GROUP INTERACTION JOURNAL ARTICLES
Compiled by Lawrence R. Frey
University of Colorado at Boulder
Aamodt, M. G., & Kimbrough, W. W. (1982). Effects of group heterogeneity on quality of task
solutions. Psychological Review, 50, 171-174.
Abbey, D. S. (1982). Conflict in unstructured groups: An explanation from control-theory.
Psychological Reports, 51, 177-178.
Abele, A. E. (2003). The dynamics of masculine-agentic and feminine-communal traits: Findings
from a prospective study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 768-776.
Abele, A., Gendolla, G. H. E., & Petzold, P. (1998). Positive mood and in-group—out-group
differentiation in a minimal group setting. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24,
1343-1357.
Aberson, C. L., Healy, M., & Romero, V. (2000). Ingroup bias and self-esteem: A meta-analysis.
Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 157-173.
Abougendia, M., Joyce, A. S., Piper, W. E., & Ogrodniczuk, J. S. (2004). Alliance as a mediator
of expectancy effects in short-term group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 8, 3-12.
Abraham, A. (1973a). Group tensions as measured by configurations of different self and
transself aspects. Group Process, 5, 71-89.
Abraham, A. (1973b). A model for exploring intra and interindividual processes in groups.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 23, 3-22.
Abraham, A. (1974-1975). Processes in groups. Bulletin de Psychogie, 28, 746-758.
Abraham, A., Geffroy, Y., & Ancelin-Schutzenberger, A. (1980). A method for analyzing group
interaction: Development and application of a video observation grid. Connexions, 31, 145166.
Abramo, J. L., Lundgren, D. C., & Bogart, D. H. (1978). Status threat and group dogmatism.
Human Relations, 31, 745-752.
Abrams, D., Ando, K., & Hinckle, S. W. (1998). Psychological attachment to the group: Crosscultural differences in organizational identification and subjective norms as predictors of
workers’ turnover intentions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 1027-1039.
Abrahms, D., & Brown, R. (1989). Self-consciousness and social identity: Self-regulation as a
group member. Social Psychology Quarterly, 52, 311-318.
Abrams, D., Henson, M., Marques, J., & Bown, N. (2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance
within and between groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 906-912.
Abrams, D., & Hogg, M. A. (1988). Comments on the motivational status of using self-esteem in
social identity and intergroup discrimination. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18,
317-334.
Abrams, D., & Hogg, M. A. (1998). Prospects for research in group processes and intergroup
relations. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 1, 7-20.
Abrams, D., Marques, J. M., Bown, N., & Dougill, M. (2002). Anti-norm and pro-norm deviance
in the bank and on the campus: Two experiments on subjective group dynamics. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 163-182.
Abrams, D., Marques, J. M., Bown, N., & Henson, M. (2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance
within and between groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 906-912.
2
Abrams, D., Rudland, A., & Cameron, L. (2003). The development of subjective group
dynamics: Children’s judgments of normative and deviant in-group and out-group
individuals. Child Development, 74, 1840-1856.
Abrams, D., Wetherell, M., Cochrane, S., Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1990). Knowing what to
think by knowing who you are: Self-categorization and the nature of norm formation,
conformity and group polarization. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 97-119.
Adams, C. H. (1995). Self-directed teams in the classroom: Be careful what you ask for, your
professor just might give it to you. CTAM Journal, 22, 143-154.
Adams, J. B., Adams, J., Rice, R. W., & Instone, D. (1985). Effects of perceived group
effectiveness and group role on attributions of group performance. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 15, 387-398.
Adams, J. S., & Rosenbaum, W. B. (1962). The relationship of worker productivity to cognitive
dissonance about wage inequities. Journal of Applied Psychology, 46, 161-164.
Adams, S. (1953). Status congruency as a variable in small group performance. Social Forces,
32, 16-22.
Adams, S. J., & Ayman, R. (2005). Communication medium and member familiarity: the effects
on decision time, accuracy, and satisfaction. Small Group Research, 36, 321-353.
Adams, S. J., Roch, S. G., & Ayman, R. (2005). Communication medium and member
familiarity: The effects on decision time, accuracy, and satisfaction. Small Group Research,
36, 321-353.
Adler, P. A., & Adler, P. (1995). Dynamics of inclusion and exclusion in preadolesent cliques.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, 145-162.
Adelson, J. P. (1975). Feedback and group development. Small Group Behavior, 6, 389-401.
Adkins, M., & Brashers, D. E. (1995). The power of language in computer-mediated groups.
Management Communication Quarterly, 8, 289-322.
Adler, N. E., & Goleman, D. (1975). Goal setting, T-group participation, and self-rated change:
An experimental study. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 11, 197-208.
Adler, P. A., Kless, S. J., & Adler, P. (1992). Socialization to gender roles: Popularity among
elementary school boys and girls. Sociology of Education, 65, 169-187.
Adrianson, L. (2001). Gender and computer-mediated communication: Group processes in
problem solving. Computers in Human Behavior, 17, 71-94.
Adrianson, L., & Hjelmquist, E. (1991). Group processes in face-to-face and computer-mediated
communication. Behaviour & Information Technology, 10, 281-296.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1983). Theory of invisible group applied to individual and group-as-a-whole
interpretations. Group: The Journal of the Eastern Group Psychotherapy Society, 7(2), 2737.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1989). Group-as-a-whole systems theory and practice. Group, 13(3-4), 131155.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1992). A systems approach to the group-as-a-whole. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy, 42, 177-203.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1999). Phases of development in the systems-centeredTM psychotherapy
groups. Small Group Research, 30, 82-107.
Agazarian, Y., & Gantt, S. (2003). Phases of group development: Systems-centered hypotheses
and their implications for research and practice. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 7, 238-252.
3
Agres, A. B. De Vreede, G-J., & Briggs, R. (2005). A tale of two cites: Case studies of group
support systems transition. Group Decision & Negotiation, 14, 267-284.
Agrell, A., & Gustafson, R. (1994). The team climate inventory (TCI) and group innovation: A
psychometric test on a Swedish sample of work groups. Journal of Occupational and
Organizational Psychology, 67, 143-151.
Ahern, T. C. (1993). The effect of a graphic interface on participation, interaction, and student
achievement in a computer-mediated small-group discussion. Journal of Educational
Computing Research, 9, 535-548.
Ahern, T. C., & El-Hindi, A. E. (2000). Improving the instructional congruency of a computermediated small-group discussion: A case study in design and delivery. Journal of Research
on Computing in Education, 32, 385-400.
Ahern, K. K., Ferris, G. R., Hochwarter, W. A., Douglas, C., & Ammeter, A. P. (2004). Leaders’
political skills and team performance. Journal of Management, 30, 309-327.
Ahern, T. C., & Durrington, V. (1995). Effects of anonymity and group saliency on participation
and interaction in a computer-mediated small-group discussion. Journal of Research on
Computing in Education, 28, 133-147.
Ahlawat, S. S. (1999). Order effects and memory for evidence in individual versus group
decision making in auditing. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 12, 71-88.
Ahlgren, A., & Walberg, H. J. (1978). Basic dimensions in characteristics of classroom groups.
Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 24, 244-256.
Ahuja, M. K., Galletta, D. F., & Carley, K. M. (2003). Individual centrality and performance in
virtual R&D groups: An empirical study. Management Science, 49, 21-38.
Ahuja, M. K., & Galvin, J. E. (2003). Socialization in virtual groups. Journal of Management,
29, 161-185.
Aiello, J. R., & Douthitt, E. A. (2001). Social facilitation: From Triplett to electronic
performance monitoring. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 163-180.
Aiello, J. R., & Jones, S. E. (1971). Field study of the proxemic behavior of young school
children in three subcultural groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 19, 351356.
Aiello, J. R., & Kolb, K. J. (1995). Electronic performance monitoring and social context: Impact
on productivity and stress. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 339-353.
Aiello, J. R., Thompson, D. E., & Brodzinsky, D. M. (1983). How funny is crowding anyway?
Effects of room size, group size, and the introduction of humor. Basic and Applied Social
Psychology, 4, 193-207.
Aiken, E. G. (1965a). Changes in interpersonal descriptions accompanying the operant
conditioning of verbal frequency in groups. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
Behavior, 4, 243-247.
Aiken, E. G. (1965b). Interaction process analysis changes accompanying operant conditioning
of verbal frequency in small groups. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21, 52-54.
Aiken, M., Hwang, C., De Magalhaes, R., & Martin, J. (1993). A comparison of Malaysian and
American groups using a group decision support system. Journal of Information Science, 19,
489-491.
Aiken, M., Kim, D., Hwang, C., & Lu, L. (1995). A Korean group decision support system.
Information & Management, 28, 303-310.
Aiken, M., Krosp, J., Shirani, A., & Martin, J. (1994). Electronic brainstorming in small and
large groups. Information & Management, 23(3), 141-149.
4
Aiken, M., Sloan, H., Paolillo, J., & Motiwalla, L. (1997). The use of two electronic idea
generation techniques in strategy planning meetings. Journal of Business Communication,
34, 370-382.
Aiken, M., Vanjani, M., & Krosp, J. (1995). Group decision support systems. Review of
Business, 16, 38-42.
Aiken, M., & Waller, B. (2000). Flaming among first-time group support system users.
Information and Management, 37, 95-100.
Akan, O. H. (2005). The role of concrescent conversation in the performing stage of work
groups. Team Performance Management, 11, 51-62.
Akiba, D., & Miller, F. (2004). The expression of cultural sensitivity in the presence of African
Americans: An analysis of motives. Small Group Research, 35, 623-642.
Alagna, S., & Reddy, D. M. (1985). Self and peer ratings and evaluations of group processes in
mixed-sex and male medical training groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 15, 3145.
Alavi, S. B., & McCormick, J. (2004). Theoretical and measurement issues for studies of
collective orientation in team contexts. Small Group Research, 35, 111-127.
Alba, R. D. (1973). A graph-theoretic definition of a sociometric clique. Journal of
Mathematical Sociology, 3, 113-126.
Albanese, R., & Van Fleet, D. D. (1985). Rational behavior in groups: The free-riding tendency.
Academy of Management Review, 10, 244-255.
Alcock, J. E., & Mansell, D. (1977). Predisposition and behavior in a collective dilemma.
Journal of Conflict Resolution, 21, 443-457.
Aldag, R. J., & Fuller, S. R. (1993). Beyond fiasco: A reappraisal of the groupthink phenomenon
and a new model of group decision processes. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 533-552.
Alderfer, C. P. (1977). Improving organizational communication through long-term inter-group
intervention. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 1, 193-210.
Alderfer, C. P. (1992). Contemporary issues in professional work with groups: Editor’s
introduction. Journal of Applied Behavioral Sciences, 28, 9-14.
Alderfer, C. P. (1998). Group psychological consulting to organizations: A perspective on
history. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research, 50, 67-77.
Alderson, S. (1993). Reframing management competence: Focusing on the top management
team. Personnel Review, 22, 53-62.
Alderton, S. M. (1980). Attributions of responsibility for socially deviant behavior in decisionmaking discussions as a function of situation and locus of control. Central States Speech
Journal, 31, 117-127.
Alderton, S. M. (1982). Locus of control-based argumentation as a predictor of group
polarization. Communication Quarterly, 30, 381-387.
Alderton, S. M., & Frey, L. R. (1983). Effects of reactions to arguments on group outcome: The
case of group polarization. Central States Speech Journal, 34, 88-95.
Alderton, S. M., & Jurma, W. E. (1980). Genderless/gender-related task leader communication
and group satisfaction: A test of two hypotheses. Southern Speech Communication Journal,
46, 48-60.
Alemi, F., Mosavel, M., Stephens, R. C., Ghadiri, A., Krishnaswamy, J., & Thakkar, H. (1996).
Electronic self-help and support groups. Medical Care, 34, 32-44.
5
Alexander, J. A., Lichtenstein, R., Jinnett, K., D’Aunno, T. A., & Ullman, E. (1996). The effects
of treatment team diversity and size on assessments of team functioning. Hospital and
Health Services Administration, 41, 37-53.
Alge, B. J., Wiethoff, C., & Klein, H. J. (2003). When does the medium matter? Knowledgebuilding experiences and opportunities in decision-making teams. Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 91, 26-37.
Alicke, M. D., Braun, J. C., Glor, J. E., Klotz, M. L., Magee, J., Sederholm, H., & Siegel, R.
(1992). Complaining behavior in social interaction. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 18, 286-295.
Allen, B. C., Sargent, L. D., & Bradley, L. M. (2003). Differential effects of task and reward
interdependence on perceived helping behavior, effort, and group performance. Small Group
Research, 34, 716-740.
Allen, K., Blascovich, J., & Mendes, W. B. (2002). Cardiovascular reactivity in the presence of
pets, friends, and spouses: The truth about cats and dogs. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 727739.
Allen, K. M., Blascovich, J., Tomaka, J., & Kelsey, R. M. (1991). Presence of human friends and
pet dogs as moderators of autonomic responses to stress in women. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 61, 582-589.
Allen, N. J., & Hecht, T. D. (2004). The “romance of teams”: Toward an understanding of the
psychological underpinnings and implications. Journal of Occupational and Organizational
Psychology, 77, 439-461.
Allen, R. D. (1993). Organizing mental health services following a disaster: A community
systems perspective. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 179-188.
Allen, V. L. (1975). Social support for nonconformity. Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology, 8, 2-43.
Allen, V. L., & Wilder, D. A. (1975). Categorization, belief similarity, and intergroup
discrimination. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 971-977.
Allen, V. L., & Wilder, D. A. (1979). Group categorization and attribution of belief similarity.
Small Group Behavior, 10, 73-80.
Allen, V. L., & Wilder, D. A. (1980). Impact of group consensus and social support on stimulus
meaning: Mediation of conformity by cognitive restructuring. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 39, 1116-1124.
Allen, W. H., & Van Sickle, R. L. (1984). Learning teams and low achievers. Social Education,
48, 60-64.
Allison, R. (1939). Changing concepts in the meaning and values of group discussion. Quarterly
Journal of Speech, 25, 117-120.
Allison, S. T., Beggan, J. K., & Midgley, E. H. (1996). The quest for “similar instances” and
“simultaneous possibilities”: Metaphors in social dilemma research. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 71, 479-497.
Allison, S. T., & Kerr, N. L. (1994). Group correspondence bias and the provision of public
goods. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 688-698.
Allison, S. T., McQueen, L. R., & Schaerfl, L. M. (1992). Social decision making processes and
the equal partitionment of shared resources. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28,
23-42.
Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1985a). Effects of experience on performance in a
replenishable resource trap. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 943-948.
6
Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1985b). The group attribution error. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 21, 563-579.
Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1990). Social decision heuristics in the use of shared resources.
Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 3, 195-204.
Allison, S. T., Worth, L. T., & King, M. C. (1990). Group decisions as social inference
heuristics. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 801-811.
Allmendinger, J., Hackman J. R., & Lehman, E.V. (1996). Life and work in symphony
orchestras. Musical Quarterly, 80, 194-219.
Allport, F. H. (1920). The influence of the group upon association and thought. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 3, 159-182.
Allport, F. H. (1934). The J-curve hypothesis of conforming behavior. Journal of Social
Psychology, 5, 141-183.
Allport, F. H. (1961). The contemporary appraisal of an old problem. Contemporary Psychology,
6, 195-197.
Allport, F. H. (1962). A structuronomic conception of behavior: Individual and collective. I.
Structural theory and the master problem of social psychology. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 64, 3-30.
Allport, F. H., & Lepkin, M. (1943). Building war morale with news-headlines. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 7, 211-221.
Alper, S., Tjosvold, D., & Law, K. S. (1998). Interdependence and controversy in group decision
making: Antecedents to effective self-managing teams. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 74, 33-52.
Altman, I., & Haythorn, W. W. (1967a). The ecology of isolated groups. Behavioral Science, 12,
169-182.
Altman, I., & Haythorn, W. W. (1967b). The effects of social isolation and group composition on
performance. Human Relations, 20, 313-340.
Alper, D., Tjosvold, D., & Law, K. S. (1998). Interdependence and controversy in group decision
making: Antecedents to effective self-managing teams. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 74, 33-52.
Alper, D., Tjosvold, D., & Law, K. S. (2000). Conflict management, efficacy, and performance
in organizational teams. Personnel Psychology, 43, 625-642.
Altman, I., & Haythorne, W. W. (1967). The effects of social isolation and group composition on
performance. Human Relations, 20, 313-340.
Altman, I., Taylor, D. A., & Wheeler, L. (1971). Ecological aspects of group behavior in social
isolation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 1, 76-100.
Alvarez, A. R., & Cabbil, L. M. (2001). The MELD program: Promoting personal change and
social justice through a year-long multicultural group experience. Social Work with Groups,
24, 3-21.
Alvaro, E. M., & Crano, W. D. (1997). Indirect minority influence: Evidence for leniency in
source evaluation and counterargumentation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72, 949-964.
Amaranto, E., & Bender, S. (1990). Individual psychotherapy as an adjunct to group
psychotherapoy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40, 91-101.
Amarel, M. J., & Monteiro, M. B. (2002). To be without being seen: Computer-mediated
communication and social identity management. Small Group Research, 36, 321-353.
7
Amason, A. C. (1996). Distinguishing the effects of functional and dysfunctional conflict on
strategic decision making: Resolving a paradox for top management teams. Academy of
Management Journal, 39, 123-148.
Amason, A. C., & Sapienza, H. J. (1997). The effects of top management team size and
interaction norms on cognitive and affective conflict. Journal of Management, 23, 495-516.
Amason, A. C., Thompson, K. R., Hochwarter, W. A., & Harrison, A. W. (1985). Conflict: An
important dimension in successful management teams. Organizational Dynamics, 24, 20-35.
Amir, Y. (1969). Contact hypothesis in ethnic relations. Psychological Bulletin, 71, 319-342.
Anastasio, P. A., Rose, K. C., & Chapman, J. G. 92005). The diverse coverage effect: How
media cleave differences of opinion between social groups. Communication Research, 32,
171-192.
Anawati, D., & Craig, A. (2006). Behavioral adaptation within cross-cultural virtual teams. IEEE
Transactions on Professional Communication, 49, 44-56.
Ancock, D., & Chertkoff, J. M. (1983). Effects of group membership, relative performance, and
self-interest on the division of outcomes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45,
1256-1262.
Ancona, D. G. (1990). Outward bound: Strategies for team survival in an organization. Academy
of Management Journal, 33, 334-365.
Ancona, D. G., & Caldwell, D. F. (1988). Beyond task and maintenance: Defining external
functions in groups. Group and Organization Studies, 13, 468-494.
Ancona, D. G., & Caldwell, D. F. (1992a). Bridging the boundary: External activity and
performance in organizational teams. Administrative Science Quarterly, 37, 634-665.
Ancona, D. G., & Caldwell, D. F. (1992b). Demography and design: Predictors of new product
team performance. Organization Science, 3, 321-341.
Ancona, D. G., Friedman, R. A., & Kolb, D. M. (1991). The group and what happens on the way
to “yes.” Negotiation Journal, 7, 155-173.
Andersen, A. B. (1975). Combined effects of interpersonal attraction and goal-path clarity on the
cohesiveness of task oriented groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 6875.
Anderson, A. (1968). Group counseling. Review of Educational Research, 33, 209-226.
Anderson, C., John, O. P., Keltner, D., & Kring, A. M. (2001). Who attains social status? Effects
of personality and physical attractiveness in social groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 81, 116-132.
Anderson, C., Keltner, D., & Oliver J. (2003). Emotional convergence between people over time.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1054-1068.
Anderson, C., & Slocum, J. W. (1973). Personality traits and their impact on T-group training
success. Training & Development Journal, 27, 18-25.
Anderson, C. A., & Bushman, B. J. (1997). External validity of “trivial” experiments: The case
of laboratory aggression. Review of General Psychology, 1, 19-41.
Anderson, C. M. (2001). Communication in the medical interview team: An analysis of patients’
stories in the United States and Hong Kong. Howard Journal of Communications, 12, 61-72.
Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (1995). The effects of communication motives, interaction
involvement, and loneliness on satisfaction: A model of small groups. Small Group
Research, 26, 118-137.
8
Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (1999). The relationship of argumentativeness and verbal
aggressiveness to cohesion, consensus, and satisfaction in small groups. Communication
Reports, 12, 21-31.
Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (2002). Communication motives (state vs. trait?) and task
group outcomes. Communication Research Reports, 19, 269-282.
Anderson, C. M., Martin, M. M., & Infante, D. A. (1999). Decision-making collaboration scale:
Tests of validity. Communication Research Reports, 15, 245-255.
Anderson, C. M., Martin, M. M., & Riddle, B. L. (2001a). Attitudes, styles, and socialization:
Predictors of commitment and satisfaction in workgroups. Communication Research
Reports, 18, 241-254.
Anderson, C. M., Martin, M. M., & Riddle, B. L. (2001b). Small group relational satisfaction
scale: Development, reliability and validity. Communication Studies, 52, 220-233.
Anderson, J. D. (1975). Human relations training and group work. Social Work, 20(3), 195-199.
Anderson, J. D. (1978). Growth groups and alienation: A comparative study of Rogerian
encounter, self-directed encounter, and gestalt. Group and Organization Studies, 3, 85-107.
Anderson, J. D. (1985). Working with groups: Little-known facts that challenge well-known
myths. Small Group Behavior, 16, 276 -283.
Anderson, L. E., & Balzer, W. K. (1991). The effects of timing of leaders’ opinions on problemsolving groups: A field experiment. Group & Organization Studies, 16, 86-101.
Anderson, L. F., & Robertson, S. E. (1985). Group facilitation: Functions and skills. Small
Group Behavior, 16, 139-156.
Anderson, L. R. (1978). Groups would do better without humans. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 4, 557-558.
Anderson, L. R. (1983). Management of the mixed-cultural work group. Organizational
Behavior and Human Performance, 31, 303-330.
Anderson, L. R., & Ager, J. W. (1978). Analysis of variance in small group research. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 341-345.
Anderson, L. R., & Blanchard, P. N. (1982). Sex differences in task and social-emotional
behavior. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 3, 109-139.
Anderson, L. R., & Tolson, J. (1991). Leaders’ upward influence in the organization: Replication
and extensions of the Pelz Effect to include group-support and self-monitoring. Small Group
Research, 22, 59-75.
Anderson, L. R., Tolson, J., Fields, M. W., & Thacker, J. W. (1990). Extension of the Pelz
Effect: The impact of leader’s upward influence on group members’ control within the
organization. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 11, 19-32.
Anderson, M. D. (1996). Using computer-mediated conferencing to facilitate group projects in
an educational psychology course. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments and
Computers, 28, 351-353.
Anderson, N. H., & Graesser, C. C. (1976). An information integration analysis of attitude
change in group discussion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 210-222.
Anderson, N. R., De Dreu, C. K. W., & Nijstad, B. A. (2004). The routinization of innovation
research: A constructively critical review of the state-of-the-science. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 25, 147-173.
Anderson, N. R., Hardy, G., & West, M. (1992). Management team innovation. Management
Decision, 30, 17-21.
9
Anderson, N. R., & West, M. (1998). Measuring climate for work group innovation:
Development and validation of the team climate inventory. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 19, 235-258.
Anderson, R. D., & Price, G. E. (2001). Experiential groups in counselor education: Student
attitudes and instructor participation. Counselor Education and Supervision, 41, 111-119.
Anderson, S. D., & Wanberg, K. W. (1991). A convergent validity model of emergent leadership
in groups. Small Group Research, 22, 380-397.
Andersson, L. (1985). Intervention against loneliness in a group of elderly women: An impact
evaluation. Social Science and Medicine, 20, 355-364.
Andre, T., Schumer, H., & Whitaker, P. (1979). Group discussion and individual creativity.
Journal of General Psychology, 100, 111-123.
Andres, H. P. (2006). The impact of communication medium on virtual team group process.
Information Resources Management Journal, 19(2), 1-17.
Andrews, P. H. (1985). Ego-involvement, self-monitoring, and conformity in small groups: A
communicative analysis. Central States Speech Journal, 36, 51-61.
Andrews, P. H. (1992). Sex and gender differences in group communication: Impact on the
facilitation process. Small Group Research, 23, 74-94.
Ang, R. P., & Hughes, J. N. (2002). Differential benefits of skills training with antisocial youth
based on group composition: A meta-analytic investigation. Social Psychology Review, 31,
164-185.
Annesi, J. J. (1999). Effects of minimal group promotion on cohesion and exercise adherence.
Small Group Research, 30, 542-557.
Annis, L. V., & Perry, D. F. (1977). Self-disclosure modeling in same-sex and mixed-sex
unsupervised groups. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 24, 370-372.
Annis, L. V., & Perry, D. F. (1978). Self-disclosure in unsupervised groups: Effects of
videotaped models. Small Group Behavior, 9, 102-108.
Anshel, M. H. (1955);. Examining social loafing among elite female rowers as a function of task
duration and mood. Journal of Sport Behavior, 18, 39-49.
Anson, R., Bostrom, R., & Wynne, B. (1995). An experiment assessing group support system
and facilitator effects on meeting outcomes. Management Science, 41, 189-209.
Anson, R., Fellers, J., Kelly, G. G., & Bostrom, R. P. (1996). Facilitating research groups with
group support systems. Small Group Research, 27, 179-214.
Anthony, D., & Horne, C. (2003). Gender and cooperation: Explaining loan repayment in microcredit groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 293-302.
Anthony, E. J. (1968). Reflections on twenty-five years of group psychotherapy. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 18, 277-301.
Anthony, J. L., & O’Brien, W. H. (2002). The effects of a group-based social support
intervention on cardiovascular reactivity. Small Group Research, 33, 155-180.
Anzai, Y. (1977). Recognition of coalition by computer in three-person game. Behavioral
Science, 22, 403-422.
Apker, J., Propp, K. M., & Zabava Ford, W. S. (2005). Negotiating status and identity tensions in
healthcare team interactions: An exploration of nurse role dialectics. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 33, 93-115.
Archer, D. (1974). Ethical problems in small group observation. Small Group Behavior, 5, 222243.
10
Archer, N. P. (1990). A comparison of computer conferences with face-to-face meetings for
small group business-decision. Behaviour & Information Technology, 9, 307-317.
Argyrakouli, E., & Zafiropoulou, M. (2007). Qualitative analysis of experiences of members of a
psychoeducational assertiveness group. Psychological Reports, 100, 531-546.
Argote, L. (1993). Group and organizational learning curves: Individual, system and
environmental components. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 31-51.
Argote, L., Devadas, R., & Melone, N. (1990). The base-rate fallacy: Contrasting processes and
outcomes of group and individual judgment. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 46, 296-310.
Argote, L., Insko, C. A., Yovetich, N., & Romero, A. A. (1995). Group learning curves: The
effects of turnover and task complexity on group performance. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 25, 512-529.
Argote, L., Seabright, M. A., & Dyer, L. (1986). Individual versus group use of base-rate and
individuating information. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 38, 6575.
Argote, L., Turner, M. E., & Fichman, M. (1989). To centralize or not to centralize: The effects
of uncertainty and threat on group structure and performance. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 43, 58-74.
Aries, E. J. (1976). Interaction patterns and themes of male, female, and mixed groups. Small
Group Behavior, 7, 7-18.
Aries, E. J. (1982). Verbal and nonverbal behavior in single-sex and mixed-sex groups: Are
traditional sex roles changing? Psychological Reports, 51, 127-134.
Aries, E. J., Gold, C., & Weigel, R. H. (1983). Dispositional and situational influences on
dominance behavior in small groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44,
779-786.
Aritzeta, A., Senior B., & Swailes, S. (2005). Team role preference and cognitive styles: A
convergent validity study. Small Group Research, 36, 404-436.
Arkin, R. M., & Burger, J. M. (1980). Effects of unit relation tendencies on interpersonal
attraction. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 380-391.
Armstrong, S. J. & Priola, V. (2001). Individual differences in cognitive style and their effects on
task and social orientations of self-managed work teams. Small Group Research, 32, 283312.
Armstrong, S., & Roback, H. (1977). An empirical test of Schutz’ three dimensional theory of
group process in adolescent dyads. Small Group Behavior, 8, 443-456.
Arnold, D. W., & Greenberg, C. I. (1980). Deviate rejection within differentially manned groups.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 419-424.
Arnold, M. E., & Hughes, J. N. (1999). First do no harm: Adverse effects of grouping deviant
youth for skills training. Journal of School Psychology, 37, 99-115.
Arnold, W. R., & Stiles, B. (1972). A summary of increasing use of “group methods” in
correctional institutions. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22, 77-92.
Aronoff, J., & Messé, L. A. (1971). Motivational determinants of small-group structure. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 17, 319-324.
Aronson, E., & Bridgeman, D. (1978). Jigsaw groups and the desegregated classroom: In pursuit
of common goals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 438-446.
Aronson, E., & Mills, J. (1959). The effects of severity of initiation on liking for a group.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59, 177-181.
11
Arrow, H. (1997). Stability, bistability, and instability in small group influence patterns. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 75-85.
Arrow, H., & Crossen, S. (2003). Musical chairs: Membership dynamics in self-organized group
formation. Small Group Research, 34, 523-556.
Arrow, H., & McGrath, J. E. (1993). Membership matters: How member change and continuity
affect small group structure, process and performance. Small Group Research, 24, 334-361.
Arrow, H., & McGrath, J. E. (1995). Membership dynamics in groups at work: A theoretical
framework. Research in Organizational Behavior, 17, 373-411.
Arrow, H., Poole, M. S., Henry, K. B., Wheelan, S., & Moreland, R. (2004). Time, change, and
development: The temporal perspective on groups. Small Group Research, 35, 73-105.
Asbury, J. (1995). Overview of focus group research. Qualitative Health Research, 5, 414-420.
Asch, S. E. (1955). Opinions and social pressures. Scientific American, 193(5), 31-35.
Asch, S. E. (1956). Studies of independence and submission to group pressure I: A minority of
one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70(9).
Ashburn-Nardo, L., Voils, C. I., & Monteith, M. J. (2001). Implicit associations as the seeds of
intergroup bias: How easily do they take root? Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 81, 789-799.
Asher, S. R., & Paquette, J. A. (2003). Loneliness and peer relations in childhood. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 75-78.
Ashkenas, R., & Tandon, R. (1979). An eclectic approach to small group facilitation. Small
Group Behavior, 10, 224-241.
Ashworth, M. J., & Carley, K. M. (2006). Who you know vs. what you know: The impact of
social position and knowledge on team performance. Journal of Mathematical Sociology,
30, 43-75.
Askevis-Leherpeux, F. (2005).For and against: Perceived entitativity of supportive and
oppositional opinion groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 27-38.
Association for Specialists in Group Work (ASGW). (1998). Association for Specialists in
Group Work: Best practice guidelines. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 23, 237-244.
Association for Specialists in Group Work (ASGW). (1999). Association for Specialists in
Group Work: Principals for diversity-competent group workers. Journal for Specialists in
Group Work, 24, 7-14.
Association for Specialists in Group Work (ASGW). (2000). Association for Specialists in
Group Work: Professional standards for the training of group workers. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 25, 327-354.
Astrachan, B. (1970). Towards a social systems model of therapeutic groups. Social Psychiatry,
5, 110-119.
Atkins, B. M. (1973). Judicial behavior and tendencies towards conformity in three member
small group: A case study of dissent behavior on the U.S. Court of Appeals. Social Science
Quarterly, 54, 41-53.
Attaran, M., & Nguyen, T. T. (2000). Creating the right structural fit for self-directed teams.
Team Performance Management, 6, 25-33.
Au, W. T. (2004). Criticality and environmental uncertainty in step-level goods dilemmas.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 40-61.
Au, W. T., & Ngai, M. Y. (2003). Effects of group size uncertainty and protocol of play in a
common pool resource dilemma. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 265-284.
12
Aubert, B. A., & Kelsey, B. L. (2003). Further understanding of trust and performance in virtual
teams. Small Group Research, 34, 575-618.
Auer-Rizzi, W., & Berry, M. (2000). Business vs. cultural frames of reference in group decision
making: Interaction among Austrian, Finnish, and Swedish business students. Journal of
Business Communication, 37, 264-292.
Auerbach, S. M., Kilmann, P. R., Gackenbach, J. I., & Julian, A., III. (1980). Profeminist group
experience: Effects of group composition on males’ attitudinal and affective response. Small
Group Behavior, 11, 50-65.
Augustinova, M., Oberle, D., & Stasser, G. L. (2005). Differential access to information and
anticipated group interaction: Impact on individual reasoning. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 88, 619-632.
Austin, J. R. (2003). Transactive memory in organizational groups: The effects of content,
consensus, specialization, and accuracy on group performance. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 88, 866-878.
Authier, J., & Fix, A. J. (1977). A step-group therapy program based on levels of interpersonal
communication. Small Group Behavior, 8, 101-107.
Aveline, A. (1986). The use of written reports in brief group psychotherapy training.
International Journal for Group Psychotherapy, 36, 477-482.
Avtgis, T. A. (1999). The relationship between unwillingness to communicate and family
communication patterns. Communication Research Reports, 16, 333-338.
Awad, S. S., Fagan, S. P., Bellows, C., Albo, D., Green-Rashad, B., De La Garza, M., et al.
(2005). Bridging the communication gap in the operating room with medical team training.
American Journal of Surgery, 190, 770-774.
Axsom, D. (1989). Cognitive dissonance and behavior change in psychotherapy. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 234-252.
Ayman, R., Chemers, M. M., & Fiedler, F. (1995). The contingency model of leadership
effectiveness: Its levels of analysis. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 147-167.
Azer, S. A. (2005). Challenges facing PBL tutors: 12 tips for successful group facilitation.
Medical Teacher, 27, 676-681.
Azzopardi, A. (2000). A case study of a parents’ self-advocacy group in Malta: The concepts of
“inclusion, exclusion and disabling barriers are analysed in the relationship that parents have
with professionals. Disability & Society, 17, 1065-1072.
Baba, M. L. (1995). The cultural ecology of the corporation: Explaining diversity in work group
responses to organizational transformation. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 31, 202233.
Baba, M. L., Gluesing, J., Ranter, H., & Wagner, K. H. (2004). The contexts of knowing: Natural
history of a globally distributed team. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 547-587.
Babad, E. Y., & Amir, L. (1978). Bennis and Shepard’s theory of group development: An
empirical examination. Small Group Behavior, 9, 477-492.
Babad, E. Y., Birnbaum, M., & Benne, K. D. (1978). The C-group approach to laboratory
learning. Group and Organization Studies, 3, 168-184.
Babad, E. Y., Tzur, A., Oppenheimer, B. T., & Shaltiel, A. (1977). An all-purpose model for
group work. Human Relations, 30, 489-501.
Back, K. W. (1951). Influence through social communication. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 46, 9-23.
13
Back, K. W. (1974). Intervention techniques: Small groups. Annual Review of Psychology, 25,
367-387.
Back, K. W. (1979). The small group: Tightrope between sociology and personality. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 283-294.
Back, K. W. (1992). This business of topology. Journal of Social Issues, 48(2), 51-66.
Badzinski, D. M., & Pettus, A. B. (1994). Nonverbal involvement and sex: Effects on jury
decision making. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 22, 309-321.
Baier, J. L., & Williams, P. S. (1983). Fraternity hazing revisited: Current alumni and active
member attitudes toward hazing. Journal of College Student Personnel, 24, 300-305.
Bailey, D. B., Buysse, V., Simeonsson, R. J., Smith, T., & Keyes, L. (1995). Individual and team
consensus ratings of child functioning. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 37,
246-249.
Bain, P., Mann, L., & Pirola-Merlo, A. (2001). The innovation imperative: The relationships
between team climate, innovation and performance in research and development teams.
Small Group Research, 32, 55-73.
Baird, J. E., Jr. (1974). A comparison of distributional and sequential structure in cooperative
and competitive groups. Speech Monographs, 41, 226-232.
Baird, J. E., Jr. (1976). Sex differences in group communication: A review of relevant research.
Quarterly Journal of Speech, 62, 179-192.
Baird, J. E., Jr. (1977). Some nonverbal elements of leadership emergence. Southern Speech
Communication Journal, 42, 179-192.
Baird, J. S. (1982). Conversation of the commons: Effects of group cohesiveness and prior
sharing. Journal of Community Psychology, 10, 210-215.
Bakeman, R., & Beck, S. (1974). The size of informal groups in public. Environment and
Behavior, 6, 378-390.
Baker, D. C. (1990). A qualitative and quantitative analysis of verbal style and the elimination of
potential leaders in small groups. Communication Quarterly, 38, 13-26
Baker, D. F. (2001). The development of collective efficacy in small task groups. Small Group
Research, 32, 451-474.
Baker, D. P., & Salas, E. (1992). Principles for measuring teamwork skills. Human Factors, 34,
469-475.
Baker, P. M. (1981). The development of mutuality in natural small groups. Small Group
Behavior, 14, 301-311.
Baker, P. M. (1984). Seeing is behaving: Visibility and participation in small groups.
Environment and Behavior, 16, 159-184.
Baker, P. M. (1988). Participation in small groups: Social, physical, and situational predictors.
Small Group Behavior, 19, 3-18.
Baker, P. M., & Eaton, G. G. (1992). Seniority versus age as causes of dominance in social
groups: Macaques and men. Small Group Research, 23, 322-343.
Baker, S. M., & Petty, R. E. (1994). Majority and minority influence: Source-position imbalance
as a determinant of message scrutiny. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 519.
Balaguer, I., Duda, J. L., Attenza, F. L., & Mayo, C. (2002). Situational and dispositional goals
as predictors of perceptions of individual and team improvement satisfaction, and coach
ratings among elite female baseball teams. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 3, 293-308.
14
Balderson, S. J., & Broderick, A. J. (1996). Behavior in teams: Exploring occupational and
gender differences. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 11(5), 33-42.
Baldwin, T. T., Bedwell, M. D., & Johnson, J. L. (1997). The social fabric of a team-based MBA
program: Network effects on student satisfaction and performance. Academy of Management
Journal, 40, 1369-1397.
Bales, R. F. (1950). A set of categories for the analysis of small group interaction. American
Sociological Review, 15, 257-263.
Bales, R. F. (1955). How people interact in conferences. Scientific American, 192(3), 31-35.
Bales, R. F., & Hare, A. P. (1965). Diagnostic use of the interaction profile. Journal of Social
Psychology, 67, 239-258.
Bales, R. F., & Strodtbeck, F. L. (1951). Phases in group problem solving. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 46, 485-495.
Bales, R. F., Strodtbeck, F. L., Mills, T. M., & Roseborough, M. E. (1951). Channels of
communication in small groups. American Sociological Review, 16, 461-468.
Balgooyen, T. J. (1984). A group exercise in personal space. Small Group Behavior, 15, 553563.
Ball, J. R., & Carron, A. V. (1976). The influence of team cohesion and participation motivation
upon performance success in intercollegiate ice hockey. Canadian Journal of Applied Sport
Sciences, 1, 271-275.
Ball, M. (1990). A case study of the Kennedy administration’s decision-making concerning the
Diem coup of November, 1963. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 54, 557-574.
Ballard, D. I., & Seibold, D. R. (2000). Time orientation and temporal variation across work
groups: Implications for group and organizational communication. Western Journal of
Communication, 64, 218-242.
Ballard, D. I., & Seibold, D. R. (2004). Communication-related organizational structures and
work group temporal experiences: The effects of coordination method, technology type, and
feedback cycle on members’ construals and enactments of time. Communication
Monographs, 71, 1-27.
Baltes, B. B., Dickson, M. W., Sherman, M. P., Bauer, C. C., & LaGanke, J. S. (2002).
Computer-mediated communication and group decision making: A meta-analysis.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 87, 156-179.
Balthazard, P., Potter, R. E., & Warren, J. (2004). Expertise, extraversion and group interaction
styles as performance indicators in virtual teams. The DATA BASE for Advances in
Information Systems, 35, 41-64.
Bamber, E. M., Hill, M. C., & Watson, R. T. (1998). Audit groups and GSS: A framework and
propositions for future research. Journal of Information Systems, 12(2), 45-73.
Bamber, E. M., Watson, R. T., & Hill, M. C. (1996). The effects of group support system
technology on audit group decision making. Auditing: A Journal of Practice and Theory, 15,
122-134.
Bandow, D. 92001). Time to create sound teamwork. Journal for Quality and Participation, 24,
41-47.
Bane, C. L. (1958). Evaluation of training in discussion. Western Speech, 22, 148-153.
Bangerter, A. (2002). Maintaining interpersonal continuity in groups: The role of collective
memory processes in redistributing information. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
5, 203-219.
15
Banker, B. S., & Gaertner, S. L. (1992). Achieving stepfamily harmony: An intergroup-relations
approach. Journal of Family Psychology, 12, 310-325.
Banker, R. D., Field, J. M., Schroeder, R. G., & Singha, K. K. (1996). Impact of work teams on
manufacturing performance: A longitudinal field study. Academy of Management Journal,
39, 867-890.
Banner, D. K., Kalish, W. A., & Peery, N. S. (1992). Self managing work-teams (SWMT) and
the human resource function. Management Decision, 30, 40-45.
Banta, H. D., & Fox, R. C. (1972). Role strains of a health care team in a poverty community:
The Columbia Point experience. Social Science and Medicine, 6, 697-722.
Bantel, K. (1993). Comprehensiveness of strategic planning: The importance of heterogeneity of
a top team. Psychological Reports, 73, 35-49.
Bantel, K. (1994). Strategic planning openness: the role of top team demography. Group &
Organization Management, 19, 406-424.
Bantel, K. A., & Jackson, S. E. (1989). Top management and innovations in banking: Does the
composition of the top team make a difference? Strategic Management Journal, 10, 107124.
Bantz, C. R. (1993). Cultural diversity and group cross-cultural team research. Journal of
Applied Communication Research, 21, 1-20.
Bardach, L., & Park, B. (1996). The effect of in-group and out-group status on memory for
consistent and inconsistent behavior of an individual. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 22, 169-178.
Bar-On, D. (1995). Encounters between descendants of Nazi perpetrators and descendants of
Holocaust survivors. Psychiatry, 58, 225-245.
Bar-On, D., & Kassem, F. (in press). Storytelling as a way to work-through intractable conflicts
The TRT German-Jewish experience and its relevance to the Palestinian-Israeli context.
Journal of Social Issues.
Barbara, F, Usher, J., & Barnes, N. (1978). The rules of “shouting” in drinking groups in Sydney
public bars. Australian Journal of Social Issues, 13, 119-128.
Barber, W. H. (1988). Inpatient adolescent group therapy as a social system. Group, 12, 233-240.
Barchas, P. R. (1986). A sociopsychological orientation to small groups. Advances in Group
Processes, 3, 209-246.
Barge, J. K. (1989). Leadership as medium: A leaderless group discussion model.
Communication Quarterly, 37, 237-247.
Barge, J. K. (1994). On interlinking language games: New opportunities for group
communication research. Communication Studies, 45, 52-67.
Barge, J. K., & Hirokawa, R. Y. (1989). Toward a communication competency model of group
leadership. Small Group Behavior, 20, 167-189.
Barge, J. K., Schlueter, D. W., & Duncan, G. (1990). Task structure as a moderator of task and
relational skills. Communication Studies, 41, 1-18.
Bargal, D. (2004). Structure and process in reconciliation-transformation workshops: Encounters
between Israeli and Palestinian youth. Small Group Research, 35, 596-616.
Bargal, D., & Bar, H. (1992). A Lewinian approach to intergroup workshops for Arab Palestinian
and Jewish youth. Journal of Social Issues, 48, 139-154.
Bargal, D., & Bar, H. (1994). The encounter of social selves: Intergroup workshops for Arab and
Jewish youth. Social Work With Groups, 17(3), 39-59.
16
Barker, H. J., Williams, T. F., Zimmer, J. G., Van Buren, C., Vincent, S. J., & Pickrel, S. G.
(1985). Geriatric consultation teams in acute hospitals: Impact on back-up of elderly
patients. Journal of American Geriatrics Society, 33, 422-428.
Barker, J. R. (1993). Tightening the iron cage: Concertive control in self-managing teams.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 38, 408-437.
Barker, J. R., Melville, C. W., & Pacanowsky, M. E. (1993). Self-directed teams at Xel: Changes
in communication practices during a program of cultural transformation. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 21, 297-312.
Barker, V. L. & Patterson, P. W., Jr. (1996). Top management team tenure and top manager
causal attributions at declining firms attempting turnarounds. Group & Organization
Management, 21, 304-337.
Barker, V. E., Abrams, J. R., Tiyaamornwong, V., Seibold, D. R., Duggan, A., Sun Park, H., et
al. (2000). New contexts for relational communication in groups. Small Group Research, 31,
470-503.
Barkhi, R. (2005). Information exchange and induced cooperation in group decision support
systems. Communication Research, 32, 646-678.
Barkhi, R., Jacob, V. S., Pipino, L., & Pirkul, H. (1998). A study of the effect of communication
channel and authority on group decision processes and outcomes. Decision Support Systems,
23, 205-226.
Barki, H., & Pinsonneault, A. (2001). Small group brainstorming and idea quality: Is electronic
brainstorming the most effective approach? Small Group Research, 32, 158-205.
Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., & Fuhriman, A. (2000). Therapeutic applications of groups:
From Pratt’s “thought control classes” to modern group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 115-134.
Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., Harding, J. A., & Behrman, J. (1997). Therapeutic focusing in
time-limited group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1,
254-266.
Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., Nebeker, R.S., & Anderson, E. (2000). Meta-analysis of
medical self-help groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 50, 53-69.
Barlow, S. H., Hansen, W. D., Fuhriman, A. J., & Finley, R. (1982). Leader communication
style: Effects on members of small groups. Small Group Behavior, 13, 518-531.
Barnard, W. A. (1991). Group influence and the likelihood of a unanimous majority. Journal of
Social Psychology, 131, 607-614.
Barnard, W. A., Baird, C., Greenwalt, M., & Karl, R. (1992). Intragroup cohesiveness and
reciprocal social influence in male and female discussion groups. Journal of Social
Psychology, 132, 179-188.
Barnlund, D. C. (1955). Experiments in leadership training for decision-making discussion
groups. Speech Monographs, 22, 1-14.
Barnlund, D. C. (1959). A comparative study of individual, majority, and group judgment.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 55-65.
BarNir, A. (1998). Can group and issue-related factors predict choice shift? A meta-analysis of
group decisions on life dilemmas. Small Group Research, 29, 308-338.
Baron, R. S., Dion, K. L., & Miller, N. (1971). Group consensus and cultural values as
determinants of risk taking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 446-455.
17
Baron, R. S., & Roper, G. (1976). Reaffirmation of social comparison views of choice shifts:
Averaging and extremity effects in an autokinetic situation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 33, 521-530.
Baron, R. S., Roper, G., & Baron, P. H. (1974). Group discussion and the stingy shift. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 538-545.
Baron, R. S., & Sanders, G. (1975). Group decision as a technique for obtaining compliance:
Some added considerations concerning how altruism leads to callousness. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 5, 281-295.
Baron, R. S., Vandello, J. A., & Brunsman, B. (1996). The forgotten variable in conformity
research: Impact of task importance on social influence. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 71, 915-927.
Barr, S. H., & Conlon, E. J. (1994). Effects of distribution of feedback in work groups. Academy
of Management Journal, 37, 641-655.
Barrett, C. J. (1978). Effectiveness of widows’ groups in facilitating change. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46, 20-31.
Barretto, M., & Ellemers, N. (2000). You can’t always get what you want: Social identity and
self-presentational determinants of the choice to work for a low-status group. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 891-906.
Barretto, M., & Ellemers, N. (2002a). The impact of anonymity and group identification on
progroup behavior in computer-mediated groups. Small Group Research, 33, 590-610.
Barretto, M., & Ellemers, N. (2002b). The impact of respect versus neglect of self-identities on
identification and group loyalty. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 629-639.
Barrick, M. B., Stewart, G. L., Neubert, M. J., & Mount, M. K. (1998). Relating member ability
and personality to work-team processes and team effectiveness. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 83, 377-391.
Barrick, M. R., & Stewart, G. L. (1998). Relating member ability and personality to work-team
process and team effectiveness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83, 377-391.
Barrick, M. R., Stewart, G. L., Neubert, M. J., & Mount, M. K. (1998). Relating member ability
and personality to work-team processes and team effectiveness. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 83, 377-391.
Barrios, B., & Giesen, M. (1977). Getting what you expect: Effects of expectations on intragroup
attraction and interpersonal distance. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 3, 87-90.
Barron, B. (2000). Achieving coordination in collaborative problem-solving groups. Journal of
the Learning Sciences, 9, 403-436.
Barron, B. (2003). When smart groups fail. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12, 307-359.
Barry, B., & Stewart, G. L. (1997). Composition, process, and performance in self-managed
groups: The role of personality. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 62-78.
Barsade, S. G. (2002). The ripple effect: Emotional contagion in groups. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 47, 644-675.
Barsade, S. G., & Gibson, D. E. (1998). Group emotion: A view from top and bottom. Research
on Managing Groups and Teams, 1, 81-102.
Barsade, S. G., Ward, A. J., Turner, J. D. F., & Sonnenfeld, J. A. (2000). To your heart’s content:
A model of affective diversity in top management teams. Administrative Science Quarterly,
45, 802-836.
18
Bar-Tal, Y., & Guinote, A. (2002). Who exhibits more stereotypical thinking? The effect of need
and ability to achieve cognitive structure on stereotyping and perceived group variability.
European Journal of Personality, 16, 313-331.
Bartel, C. A., & Saavedra, R. (2000). The collective construction of work group moods.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 45, 197-231.
Barton, E. L. (1999). Informational and interactional functions of slogans and sayings in the
discourse of a support group. Discourse & Society, 10, 461-486.
Bateman, T. S., Griffin, R. W., & Rubenstein, D. (1987). Social information processing and
group-induced shits in response to task design. Group and Organization Studies, 12, 88-108.
Bartol, K. M., & Hagmann, L. L. (1992). Team-based pay plans: A key to effective team-work.
Compensation & Benefits Review, 24, 24-29.
Barton, E. (2004). The construction of legal consciousness in discourse: Rule and relational
orientations toward the law in a disability support group. Journal of Pragmatics, 36, 603632.
Barton, W. A., Jr. (1926). The effect of group activity and individual effort in developing ability
to solve problems in first year algebra. Educational Administration and Supervision, 12,
412-518.
Bartunek, J. M., Benton, A. A., & Keys, C. B. (1975). Third party intervention and the
bargaining behavior of group representatives. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 19, 532-557.
Bartunek, J. M., & Murnighan, J. K. (1984). The nominal group technique: Expanding the basic
procedure and underlying assumptions. Group & Organization Studies, 9, 417-432.
Barua, A., Lee, C-H. S., & Whinston, A. B. (1995). Incentives and computing systems for teambased organizations. Organization Science, 4, 487-504.
Basadur, M., Graen, G. B. & Green, S. G. (1982). Training in creative problem solving: Effects
on ideation and problem finding and solving in an industrial research organization.
Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 30, 41-70.
Basden, B. H., Basden, D. R., Bryner, S. & Thomas, R. L., III (1997). A comparison of group
and individual remembering: Does collaboration disrupt retrieval strategies? Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 23, 1176-1189.
Bass, B. M. (1949). An analysis of the leaderless group discussion. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 33, 527-533.
Bass, B. M. (1954). The leaderless group discussion as a leadership evaluation instrument.
Personnel Psychology, 7, 470-477.
Bass, B. M. (1980). Team productivity and individual member competence. Small Group
Behavior, 11, 431-504.
Bass, B. M., & Klubeck, S. (1952). Effects of seating arrangements on leaderless group
discussion. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 724-727.
Bass, B. M., McGhee, C. R., Hawkins, W. C., Young, P. C., & Gebel, A. S. (1953). Personality
variables related to leaderless group discussion. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 48, 120-128.
Bass, B. M., & Norton, F-T. M. (1951). Group size and leaderless discussions. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 35, 397-400.
Bass, B. M., Pryer, M. W., Gaier, E. L., & Flint, A. W. (1958). Interacting effects on control
motivation, group practice and problems difficulty on attempted leadership. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56, 352-358.
19
Bass, B. M., Wurster, C. R., Doll, P. A., & Clair, D. J. (1953). Situational and personality factors
in leadership among sorority women. Psychological Monographs, 67, 16.
Bassin, M. (1998). Teamwork at General Foods: New and improved. Personnel Journal, 65(5),
62-70.
Bat-Chava, Y. (1994). Group identification and self-esteem in deaf adults. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 494-502.
Batchelor, J. P., & Goethals, G. R. (1972). Spatial arrangements in freely formed groups.
Sociometry, 35, 270-279.
Batemna, H., Bailey, P., & McLellan, H. (2003). Of rocks and safe channels: Learning to
navigate as an interprofessional team. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 17, 141-150.
Bateman, T. S., Griffin, R. W., & Rubenstein, D. (1987). Social information processing and
group-induced shits in responses to task design. Group and Organization Studies, 12, 88108.
Bates, B., & Goodman, A. (1986). The effectiveness of encounter groups: Implications of
research for counselling practice. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 14, 240-251.
Bates, T. (1995). Self-employment entry across industry groups. Journal of Business Ventuing,
10, 143-156.
Bateson, C. D., Change, J., Orr, R., & Rowland, J. (2002). Empathy, attitudes, and action: Can
feeling for a member of a stigmatized group motivate one to help the group? Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1656-1666.
Bateson, C. D., Polycarpou, M. P., Harmon-Jones, E., Imhoff, H. J., Mitchener, E. C., Bednar, L.
L., et al. (1997). Empathy and attitudes: Can feeling for a member of a stigmatized group
improve feelings toward the group? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 105118.
Bateson, N. (1966). Familiarization, group discussion, and risk-taking. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 2, 119-129.
Batson, C. D., Polycarpou, M. P., Harmon-Jones, E., & Imhoff, H. J. (1997). Empathy and
attitudes: Can feeling for a member of a stigmatized group improve feelings toward the
group. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 105-118.
Battaglini, M., Benabou, R., & Tirole, J. (2005). Self-control in peer groups. Journal of
Economic Theory, 123, 105-134.
Baugh, S. G., & Graen, C. B. (1997). Effects of team gender and racial composition on
perceptions of team performance in cross-functional teams. Group and Organization
Management, 22, 366-383.
Baum, A., Calesnick, L. E., Davis, G. E., & Gatchel, R. J. (1982). Individual differences in
coping with crowding: Stimulus screening and social overload. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 43, 821-830.
Baum, A., Harpin, R. E., & Valins, S. (1975). The role of group phenomena in the experience of
crowding. Environment and Behavior, 7, 185-198.
Baum, A., Shapiro, A., Murray, D., & Wideman, M. V. (1979). Interpersonal mediation of
perceived crowding and control in residential dyads and triads. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 9, 491-507.
Bauman, J. L., Gervey, R., & Siegel, K. (1992). Factors associated with cancer patients;
participation in support groups. Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 10, 1-19.
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal
attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497-529.
20
Baumeister, R. F., Twenge, J. M., & Nuss, C. K. (2002). Effects of social exclusion on cognitive
processes: Anticipated aloneness reduces intelligent thought. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 83, 817-827.
Baumgartel, H., & Goldstein, J. W. (1967). Need and value shifts in college training groups.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 3, 87-101.
Bavelas, A. (19476). A mathematical model for group structures. Applied Anthropology, 7, 1630.
Bavelas, A. (1950). Communication patterns in task-oriented groups. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 22, 725-730.
Bavelas, A., Hastorf, A. H., Gross, A. E., & Kite, W. M. (1965). Experiments on the alteration of
group structure. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 55-70.
Baxter, L. A., & Clark, C. L. (1996). Perceptions of family communication patterns and the
enactment of family rituals. Western Journal of Communication, 60, 254-268.
Bayazit, M., & Mannix, E. A. (2003). Should I stay or should I go? Predicting team members’
intent to remain in the team. Small Group Research, 34, 290-321.
Bayless, O. L. (1967). An alternate pattern for problem-solving discussion. Journal of
Communication, 17, 188-197.
Bazerman, M. H., Giuliano, T., & Appelman, A. (1984). Escalation of commitment in individual
and group decision making. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 33, 141152.
Bazerman, M. H., Mannix, E. A., & Thompson, L. L. (1988). Groups as mixed-motive
negotiations. Advances in Group Processes, 5, 195-216.
Bean, B. W., & Houston, B. K. (1978). Self-concept and self-disclosure in encounter groups.
Small Group Behavior, 9, 549-554.
Beatty, M. J. (1989). Group members’ decision rule orientations and consensus. Human
Communication Research, 16, 279-296.
Beauchamp, M. R., & Bray, S. R. (2001). Role ambiguity and role conflict within interdependent
teams. Small Group Research, 32, 133-157.
Beauchamp, M. R., Bray, S. R., Eys, M. A., & Carron, A. V. (2002). Role ambiguity, role
efficacy, and role performance: Multidimensional and mediational relationships within
interdependent sport teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 229-242.
Beauchamp, M. R., Bray, S. R., Eys, M. A., & Carron, A. V. (2005). Leadership behaviors and
multidimensional role ambiguity perceptions in team sports. Small Group Research, 36, 520.
Beauchamp, M. R., Maclachlan, A., & Lothian, A. (2005). Communication within sport teams:
Jungian preferences and group dynamics. Sport Psychologist, 19, 203-221.
Bechler, C., & Johnson, S. D. (1995). Leadership and listening: A study of member perceptions.
Small Group Research, 26, 77-85.
Beck, A. P., Eng, A. M., & Brusa, J. A. (1989). The evolution of leadership during group
development. Group, 13, 155-164.
Beck, D., & Diehl, M. (1997). Advances in small group research: Contributions from German
speaking countries between 1984 and 1995. European Psychologist, 2, 368-376.
Beck, D., & Fisch, R. (2000). Argumentation and emotional processes in group decisionmaking: Illustration of a multi-level interaction process analysis approach. Group Processes
& Intergroup Relations, 3, 183-201.
21
Becker, J. A. H. (2005). A Goffmanian analysis of (in)attentiveness as involvement in group
therapy sessions. Qualitative Research Reports in Communication, 6, 51-58.
Becker, P. M., McVey, L. J., Saltz, C. C., Feussner, J. R., & Cohen, H. J. (1987). Hospitalacquired complications in a randomized controlled clinical trial of a geriatric consultation
team. Journal of the American Medical Association, 257, 697-722.
Becker, S. L. (1980). Directions of small group research for the 1980’s. Central States Speech
Journal, 31, 221-224.
Becker-Beck, U. (2001). Methods for diagnosing interaction strategies: An application to group
interaction in conflict situations. Small Group Research, 32, 259-273.
Becker-Beck, Y., & Fisch, R. (1987). Issues in the sequential analysis of group interaction
processes. International Journal of Small Group Research, 3, 198-212.
Becker-Beck, U., Wintermantel, M., & Borg, A. (2005). Principles of regulating interaction in
teams practicing face-to-face communication versus teams practicing computer-mediated
communication. Small Group Research, 36, 499-536.
Beckhard, R. (1967). The confrontation meeting. Harvard Business Review, 45, 149-155.
Beckhard, R. (1972a). Optimizing team-building efforts. Journal of Contemporary Business, 1,
23-32.
Beckhard, R. (1972b). Organizational issues in the team delivery of a comprehensive health care.
Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 3, 287-316.
Beckwith, J., Iverson, M. A., & Render, M. E. (1965). Test anxiety, task relevance of group
experience, and change in level of aspiration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
1, 579-588.
Bednar, R. L., & Battersby, C. P. (1976). The effects of specific cognitive structure on early
group development. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 12, 513-522.
Bednar, R. L., & Kaul, T. (1979). Experiential group research: What never happened. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 311-319.
Beeber, A. R. (1988). A systems model of short-term, open-ended group therapy. Hospital &
Community Psychiatry, 39, 537-542.
Beber, A. R. (1991). Psychotherapy with schizophrenics in team groups: A systems model.
American Journal of Psychotherapy, 45, 78-83.
Bednar, R. L., Correy, G., Evans, N. J., & Gazda, G. M. (1987). Overcoming obstacles to the
future development of research on group work. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 12,
98-111.
Beersma, B., & De Drue, C. K. W. (2002). Integrative and distributive negotiation in small
groups: Effects of task structure, decision rule, and social motive. Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 87, 227-252.
Behroozi, C. S. (1992). Groupwork with involuntary clients: Remotivating strategies.
Groupwork, 5(2), 31-41.
Beilin, R., & Rabow, J. (1981). Status value, group learning, and minority achievement. Small
Group Behavior, 12, 495-508.
Becker, B. (2005). The impact of the reference group on attitudes toward foreigners in East and
West Germany. Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 34, 40-59.
Belanger, F. (1999). Communication patterns in distributed work groups: A network analysis.
IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 42, 261-275.
Belanger, F., Collins, R. W., & Chesney, P. H. (2001). Technology requirements and work group
communication for telecommuters. Information Systems Research, 12, 155-176.
22
Bell, B. S., & Koslowski, S. W. J. (2002). A typology of virtual teams: Implications for effective
leadership. Group and Organization Management, 27, 14-50.
Bell, M. A. (1974) The effects of substantive and affective conflict in problem-solving groups.
Speech Monographs, 41, 19-23.
Bell, M. A. (1979). The effects of substantive and affective verbal conflict on the quality of
decisions of small problem-solving groups. Central States Speech Journal, 30, 75-82.
Bell, M. A. (1982). Phases in group problem-solving. Small Group Behavior, 13, 475-495.
Bell, M. A. (1983). A research note: The relationship of conflict and linguistic diversity in small
groups. Central States Speech Journal, 34, 128-133.
Bell, P., & Jamieson, B. (1970). Publicity of initial decisions and the risky shift phenomenon.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 6, 329-345.
Bem, D. J., Wallach, M. A., & Kogan, N. (1965). Group decision making under risk of aversive
consequences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 453-460.
Benbasat, I., & Lim, L.-H. (1993). The effects of group, task, context, and technology variables
on the usefulness of group support systems: A meta-analysis of experimental studies. Small
Group Research, 24, 430-462.
Benbenishty, R., & Chen, W., (2003). Decision making by the child protection team of a medical
center. Health and Social Work, 28, 284-292.
Benbuunan-Fich, R., & Hiltz, S. R. (1999). Impacts of asynchronous learning networks on
individual and group problem solving: A field experiment. Group Decision and Negotiation,
8, 409-426.
Benenson, J. F., Apostoleris, N. H., & Parnass, J. (1997). Age and sex differences in dyadic and
group interaction. Developmental Psychology, 33, 538-543.
Benenson, J. F., Gordon, A. J., & Roy, R. (2000). Children’s evaluative appraisals of
competition in tetrads versus dyads. Small Group Research, 31, 635-652.
Benenson, J. F., Tricerri, M., & Hamerman, S. (1999). Characteristics of children who interact in
groups versus dyads. Developmental Psychology, 33, 528-543.
Benfari, R. C. (1976). Type A-B behavior and outcomes of group process. Psychological
Reports, 38, 415-419.
Benne, K. D., & Sheats, P. (1948). Functional roles of group members. Journal of Social Issues,
4(2), 41-49.
Bennett, E. (1955). Discussion, decision commitment, and consensus in “group decision.”
Human Relations, 8, 251-273.
Bennett, N., & Kidwell, R. E., Jr. (2001). The provision of effort in self-designing work groups:
The case of collaborative research. Small Group Research, 32, 727-744.
Bennis, W., Burke, R., Cutter, H., Harrington, H., & Hoffman, J. (1957). A note on some
problems of measurement and prediction in a training group. Group Psychotherapy, 10, 328341.
Bennis, W. G., & Shepard, H. A. (1956). A theory of group development. Human Relations, 9,
415-437.
Benoit, J. H. (1982). The application of expectation states theory to the “risky shift.” Canadian
Journal of Sociology, 7, 167-179.
Bentelspacher, C., De Silva, E., Goh, T., & LaRowe, K. (1997). A process evaluation of the
cultural compatibility of psychoeducational family group treatment with ethnic Asian
clients. Social Work With Groups, 19(3-4), 41-55.
23
Benton, A. A. ((1975a). Bargaining visibility and the attitudes and negotiation behavior of male
and female group representatives. Journal of Personality, 43, 661-667.
Benton, A. A. (1975b). Distributive justice within unsuccessful groups. Representative Research
in Social Psychology, 6, 29-36.
Benton, A. A., & Druckman, D. (1974). Constituent’s bargaining orientation and intergroup
negotiations. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4, 141-150.
Berdahl, J. L. (1998). The dynamics of composition and socialization in small groups: Insights
grained from developing a computational model. Composition: Research on Managing
Groups and Teams, 1, 209-227.
Berdahl, J. L., & Anderson, C. (2005). Men, women, and leadership centralization in groups over
time. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 45-57.
Berdahl, J., & Craig, K. (1996). Equality of participation and influence in groups: The effects of
communication medium and sex composition. Computer Supported Cooperative Work
CSCW, 4, 179-201.
Berg, D. M. (1967a). A descriptive analysis of the distribution and duration of themes discussed
by task-oriented small groups. Speech Monographs, 34, 172-175.
Berg, D. M. (1967b). A thematic approach to the analysis of the task-oriented small group.
Central States Speech Journal, 18, 285-291.
Berger, M. M. (1958). Nonverbal communication in group psychotherapy. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 8, 161-178.
Berger, S. E., & Anchor, K. N. (1978). The disclosure process in group interaction. Small Group
Behavior, 9, 59-63.
Berkowitz, L. (1953). Sharing leadership in small, decision-making groups. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 48, 231-238.
Berkowitz, L. (1954). Group standards, cohesiveness, and productivity. Human Relations, 7,
509-519.
Berkowitz, L. (1956). Group norms among bomber crews: Patterns of perceived crew attitudes,
“active” crew attitudes, and crew liking related to aircrew effectiveness in Far Eastern
combat. Sociometry, 19, 141-153.
Berkowitz, L. (1978). Decreased helpfulness with increased group size through lessening the
effects of the needy individual’s dependency. Journal of Personality, 46, 299-310.
Berkowitz, L., Levy, B., & Harvey, A. R. (1957). Effects of performance evaluations on group
integration and motivation. Human Relations, 10, 195-208.
Berl, J. E., McKelvey, R. D., Ordeshook, P. E., & Winer, M. D. (1976). An experimental test of
the core in a simple n-person cooperative nonsidepayment game. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 20, 453-479.
Berman, J. J., & Zimpfer, D. G. (1980). Growth groups: Do the outcomes really last? Review of
Educational Research, 50, 505-524.
Berman, S. L., & Wittig, M. A. (2004). An intergroup theories approach to direct political action
among African Americans. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 19-34.
Berman-Rossi, T. (2002). My love affair with stages of group development. Social Work with
Groups, 25, 151-158.
Bern, E. H., & Bern, L. L. (1984). A group program for men who commit violence towards their
wives. Social Work With Groups, 7, 63-77.
Berndt, T. J. (1992). Friends and friends’ influence in adolescence. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 1, 156-159.
24
Bernert, E. H., & Ikle, F. C. (1952). Evacuation and the cohesion of urban groups. American
Journal of Sociology, 58, 133-138.
Bernnard, D. F., & Jacobson, T. E. (2002). The committee that worked: Developing an
information literacy course by group process. Research Strategies, 18, 133-142.
Bernstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1975). What a person thinks upon learning he has chosen
differently from others: Nice evidence for the persuasive-arguments explanation of choice
shifts. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 412-426.
Bernstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1977). Persuasive argumentation and social comparison as
determinants of attitude polarization. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 315332.
Bernthal, P. R., & Insko, C. A. (1993). Cohesiveness without groupthink: The interactive effects
of social and task cohesion. Group and Organizational Management, 18, 66-87.
Bers, T. H. (1989). The popularity of problems of focus group research. College and University,
64, 260-268.
Bettencourt, B. A., & Bartholow, B. D. (1998). The importance of status legitimacy for
intergroup attitudes among numerical minorities. Journal of Social Issues, 54, 759-775.
Bettencourt, B. A., Brewer, M. B., Croak, M. R., & Miller, N. (1992). Cooperation and the
reduction of intergroup bias: The role of reward structure and social orientation. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 301-309.
Bettencourt, B. A., Charlton, K., Dorr, N., & Hume, D. L. (2001). Status differences and ingroup bias: A meta-analytic examination of the effects of status stability, status legitimacy,
and group permeability. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 520-542.
Bettencourt, B. A., Charlton, K., & Kerahan, C. (1997). Numerical representation of groups in
cooperative settings: Social orientation effects on ingroup bias. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 33, 630-659.
Bettencourt, B. A., Dorr, N., Charlton, K., & Hume, D. L. (2001). Status difference and in-group
bias: A meta-analytic examination of the effects of status, stability, status legitimacy, and
group permeability. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 520-542.
Bettencourt, B. A., & Sheldon, K. (2001). Social roles as mechanism for psychological need
satisfaction within social groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 11311143.
Bettenhausen, K. L. (1991). Five years of group research: What we have learned and what needs
to be addressed. Journal of Management, 17, 345-381.
Bettenhausen, K., & Murnighan, J. K. (1985). The emergence of norms in competitive decisionmaking groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 30, 350-372.
Bettenhausen, K., & Murnighan, J. K. (1991). The development of an intragroup norm and the
effects of interpersonal and structural challenges. Administrative Science Quarterly, 36, 2035.
Biernat, M., Crandall, C. S., Young, L. V., Kobrynowicz, D., & Halpin, S. M. (1998). All that
you can be: Stereotyping of self and others in a military context. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 75, 301-317.
Biernat, M., & Kobrynowicz, D. (1997). Gender- and race-based standards of competence:
Lower minimum standards but higher ability standards for devalued groups. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 544-557.
25
Biersner, R. J., McHugh, W. B., & Bennett, L. K. (1977). Cognitive and emotional factors
representative of reinforcement patterns among an amateur softball team. Human Factors,
19, 595-599.
Billig, M., & Cochrane, R. (1976). Judgements of values and group polarization: Test of the
value-for-risk hypothesis. European Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 495-501.
Billig, M., & Tajfel, H. (1973). Social categorization and similarity in intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 27-52.
Billing, M., & Tajfel, H. (1973). Social categorization and similarity in intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 27-52.
Billinger, K. (2005). A focus group investigation of care-provider perspectives in Swedish
institutions for the coercive care of substance abusers. International Journal of Social
Welfare, 14, 55.
Billings, A. G., McDowell, S. W., Gomberg, C. A., Kessler, M., & Weiner, S. (1978). The
validity of time-sampling in group interactions. Journal of Social Psychology, 104, 223-230.
Binning, J. F., & Lord, R. G. (1980). Boundary condition for performance cue effects on group
process ratings: Familiarity versus type of feedback. Organizational Behavior and Human
Performance, 26, 115-130.
Bion, W. R. (1948a). Experiences in groups (Part I). Human Relations, 1, 314-320.
Bion, W. R. (1948b). Experiences in groups (Part II). Human Relations, 1, 487-496.
Bird, A. M. (1977). Team structure and success as related to cohesiveness and leadership.
Journal of Social Psychology, 103, 217-223.
Bird, S. E. (1999). Chatting on Cynthia’s porch: Creating community in an e-mail fan group.
Southern Communication Journal, 65, 49-65.
Bischop, J. W., & Scott, K. D. (2000). An examination of organizational and team commitment
in a self-directed team environment. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 439-450.
Bishop, G. D., & Myers, D. G. (1974). Informational influence in group discussion.
Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 12, 92-104.
Bishop, J. W., Scott, K. D., & Burroughs, S. M. (2000). Support, commitment, and employee
outcomes in a team environment. Journal of Management, 26, 1113-1132.
Bishop, J. W., Scott, K. D., Goldsby, M. G., & Cropanzano, R. (2005). A construct validity study
of commitment and perceived support variables: A multifoci approach across different
team environments. Group & Organization Management, 30, 153-180.
Bixenstine, V. E., & Douglas, J. (1967). Effects of psychopathology on group consensus and
cooperative choice in a six-person game. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5,
32-37.
Bixenstein, V. E., Edwin, L. B., & Abascal, J. (1985). Another test of the effect of group
composition on member behavior exchange. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 41, 620-628.
Bixenstine, V. E., & Rivera, E. (1981). Clinical; observations on group composition tested by
simulated groups in the laboratory. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37, 108-110.
Black, E. B. (1955). A consideration of the rhetorical causes of breakdown in discussion. Speech
Monographs, 22, 15-19.
Blair, I. V., Park, B., & Bachelor, J. (2003). Understanding intergroup anxiety: Are some people
more anxious than others? Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 151-169.
Blanch, J., Rousaud, A., Hautzinger, M., Martinez, E. Peri, J. M., Andres, S., et al. (2002).
Assessment of the efficacy of a cognitive-behavioural group psychotherapy programme for
26
HIV-infected patients referred to a consultation-liaison psychiatry department.
Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 71(2), 77-84.
Blanchard, C., Perreault, S., & Vallerand, R. J. (1998). Participation in team sport: A selfexpansion perspective. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 29, 289-302.
Blanchard, C., Poon, P., Rodgers, W., & Pinel, B. (2000). Group environment questionnaire and
its applicability in an exercise setting. Small Group Research, 31, 210-224.
Blanchard, F. A., Adelman, L., & Cook, S. W. (1975). Effect of group success and failure upon
interpersonal attraction in cooperating interracial groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 31, 1020-1030.
Blanchard, F. A., & Cook, S. W. (1976). Effects of helping a less competent member of a
cooperating interracial group on the development of interpersonal attraction. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1245-1255.
Blanchard, F. A., Weigel, R. H., & Cook, S. W. (1975). The effect of relative competence of
group members upon interpersonal attraction in cooperating interracial groups. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 519-530.
Blanchard, P. D. (1975). Small group analysis and the study of school board conflict: An
interdisciplinary approach. Small Group Behavior, 6, 229-237.
Blanning, R. R., & Reinig, B. A. (2002). Political event analysis using group support systems.
Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 69, 153-172.
Blanton, H., Crocker, J., & Miller, D. T. (2000). The effects of in-group versus out-group social
comparison on self-esteem in the context of a negative stereotype. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 36, 519-530.
Blascovich, J., & Ginsburg, G. P. (1974a). Emergent norms and choice shifts involving risks.
Sociometry, 37, 205-218.
Blascovich, J., & Ginsburg, G. P. (1974b). Risky shifts and gambling: What’s at stake?
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 34, 725-733.
Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Howe, R. C. (1975). Blackjack and the risky shift, II:
Monetary stakes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 224-232.
Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Howe, R. C. (1976). Blackjack, choice shifts in the field.
Sociometry, 39, 274-276.
Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Veach, T. L. (1975). A pluralistic explanation of choice shifts
on the risk dimension. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 422-429.
Blascovich, J., Mendes, W. B., Hunter, S. B., & Salomon, K. (1999). Social “facilitation” as
challenge and threat. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 68-77.
Blau, G. (1995). Influence of group lateness on individual lateness: A cross-level examination.
Academy of Management Journal, 38, 1483-1496.
Bliese, P. D., & Brit, T. W. (2001). Social support, group consensus and stressor-strain
relationships: Social context matters. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 425-436.
Bliese, P. D., & Halverson, R. R. (1998). Group consensus and psychological well-being: A
large field study. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 563-580.
Blignaut, R. J., & Venter, I. M. (1998). Teamwork: Can it equip university science students with
more than rigid subject knowledge? Computers and Education, 31, 265-279.
Bloch, S., Brown, S., Davis, K., & Dishotsky, N. (1975). The use of a written summary in group
psychotherapy supervision. American Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 1055-1057.
Bloch, S., Browning, S., & McGrath, G. (1983). Humor in group psychotherapy. British Journal
of Medical Psychology, 56, 89-97.
27
Bloch, S., Crouch, E., & Reibstein, J. (1981). Therapeutic factors in group psychotherapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 519-525.
Bloch, S., & Riebstein, J. (1980). Perceptions by patients and therapists of therapeutic factors in
group psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 274-278.
Bloch, S., Reibstein, J., Crouch, R., Holroyd, P., & Themen, J. (1979). A method for the study of
therapeutic factors in group therapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 123, 257-263.
Block, E., & Llewelyn, S. P. (1987). Leadership skills in self-help groups. British Journal of
Guidance and Counseling, 15, 257-270.
Bloom, J. R. & Alexander J. A. 1982). Team nursing: Professional coordination or bureaucratic
control? Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 23, 84-95.
Bobo, L., & Hutchings, V. L. (1996). Perceptions of racial group composition: Extending
Blumer’s theory of group position to a multiracial social context. American Sociological
Review, 61, 951-972.
Bochner, A. P. (1974). Task and instrumentation variables as factors jeopardizing the validity of
published group communication research, 1970-71. Communication Monographs, 41, 169178.
Bochner, A. P., & Bochner, B. (1972). A multivariate investigation of Machiavellianism and task
structure in four-man groups. Speech Monographs, 39, 277-285.
Bochner, A. P., di Salvo, V., & Jonas, T. (1975). A computer-analysis of small group process:
An investigation of two Machiavellian groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 187-203.
Boehm, C. (1996). Emergency decisions, cultural-selection mechanics, and group selection.
Current Anthropology, 37, 763-793.
Boehringer, G. H., Zeruolis, V., Bayley, J., & Boehringer, K. (1974). Stirling: The destructive
application of group techniques to a conflict. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 18, 257-275.
Boen, F., Vanbeselaere, N., & Cool, M. (2006). Group status as a determinant of organizational
identification after a takeover: A social identity perspective. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 9, 547-560.
Boen, F., Vanbeselaere, N., & Swinnen, H. (2005). Predicting fan support in a merger between
soccer teams: A social-psychological perspective. International Journal of Sport
Psychology, 36, 65-85.
Boer, C., & Moore, C. (1994). Ecosystemic thinking in group therapy. Group Analysis, 27, 105117.
Bogardus, E. S. (1954). Group behavior and groupability. Sociology and Social Research, 38,
401-403.
Bohm, J., & Allison, L. (2001). An exploratory method for distinguishing destructive cults.
Psychology Crime & Law, 7, 133-165.
Boivin, M., Dodge, K. A., & Coie, J. D. (1995). Individual-group behavioral similarity and peer
status in experimental play groups of boys: The social misfit revisited. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 269-279.
Boje, D. M., & Murnighan, J. K. (1982). Group confidence pressures in iterative decisions.
Management Science, 28, 1187-1197.
Boldry, J. G., & Gaertner, L. (2006). Separating status from power as an antecedent of intergroup
perception. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 377-400.
Boldry, J. G., & Kashy, D. A. (1999). Intergroup perception in naturally occurring groups of
differential status: A social relations perspective. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 127, 520-542.
28
Bollen, K. A., & Hoyle, R. H. (1990). Perceived cohesion: A conceptual and empirical
examination. Social Forces, 69, 479-504.
Bolman, L. (1971). Some effects of trainers on their T-groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Science, 7, 309-325.
Bonachich, P., Shure, G. H., Kahan, J. P., & Meeker, R. J. (1976). Cooperation and group size in
the N-person Prisoner’s Dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 20, 687-706.
Bond, C. F. (1982). Social facilitation: A self-presentational view. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 42, 1042-1050.
Bond, C. F., Jr., Atoum, A. O., & VanLeeuwen, M. D. (1996). Social impairment of complex
learning in the wake of public embarrassment. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 18, 3144.
Bond, C. F., & Titus, L. J. (1983). Social facilitation: A meta-analysis of 241 studies.
Psychological Bulletin, 94, 265-292.
Bond, J. R., & Vinacke, W. E. (1961). Coalitions in mixed-sex triads. Sociometry, 24, 61-75.
Bond, M. H., Chiu, C., & Wan, K. (1984). When modesty fails: The social impact of groupeffacing attributions following success or failure. European Journal of Social Psychology,
14, 335-338.
Bond, M. H., & Shiu, W. Y. (1997). The relationship between a group’s personality resources
and the two dimensions of its group process. Small Group Research, 28, 194-217.
Bond, R. (2005). Group size and conformity. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 331354.
Bonito, J. A. (2000). The effect of contributing substantively on perceptions of participation.
Small Group Research, 31, 528-533.
Bonito, J. A. (2001). An information-processing approach to participation in small groups.
Communication Research, 28, 275-303.
Bonito, J. A. (2002). The analysis of participation in small groups: Methodological and
conceptual issues related to interdependence. Small Group Research, 33, 412-438.
Bonito, J. A. (2003a). Information processing and exchange in mediated groups:
Interdependence and interaction. Human Communication Research, 29, 533-559.
Bonito, J. A. (2003b). A social relations analysis of participation in small groups.
Communication Monographs, 70, 83-97.
Bonito, J. A. (2004). Shared cognition and participation in small groups: Similarity of member
prototypes. Communication Research, 31, 704-730.
Bonito, J. A. (2006). A longitudinal social relations analysis of participation in small groups.
Human Communication Research, 32, 302-321.
Bonito, J. A. (2007). A local model of information sharing in small groups. Communication
Theory, 17, 252-280.
Bonito, J. A., & Lambert, B. L. (2005). Information similarity as a moderator of the effect of
gender on participation in small groups: A multilevel analysis. Small Group Research, 36,
139-165.
Bonney, M. E. (1947). Popular and unpopular children: A sociometric study. Sociometry
Monographs, No. 99, A80.
Bonney, W. C. (1974). The maturation of groups. Small Group Behavior, 5, 445-461.
Bonney, W. C., Randall, D., & Cleveland, J. (1986). An analysis of client-perceived curative
factors in a therapy group of former incest victims. Small Group Behavior, 17, 303-321.
29
Bonner, B. L. (2000). The effects of extroversion on influence in ambiguous group tasks. Small
Group Research, 31, 225-244.
Bonner, B. L. (2004). Expertise in group problem solving: recognition, social combination, and
performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 277-290.
Bonner, B. L., Gonzales, C. M., & Sommer, D. (2004). Centrality and accuracy in group quantity
estimations. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 155-165.
Bonoma, T. V., & Rosenberg, H. (1978). Theory-based content analysis: A social influence
perspective for evaluating group process. Social Science Research, 7, 213-256.
Boone C., van Olffen, W., & van Witteloostuijn, A. (1998). Psychological team make-up as a
determinant of economic firm performance: An experimental study. Journal of Economic
Psychology, 19, 43-73.
Boone, K. S., Beitel, P., & Kuhlman, J. S. (1997). The effects of the win/loss record on cohesion.
Journal of Sport Behavior, 20, 125-134.
Boor, M. (1976). Effects of victim injury, victim competence, and defendant opportunism on the
decisions of simulated jurors. Journal of Social Psychology, 100, 315-316.
Booth, A. (1972). Sex and social participation. American Sociological Review, 37, 183-193.
Booth-Butterfield, M., Booth-Butterfield, S., & Koester, J. (1988). The function of uncertainty
reduction in alleviating primary tension in small groups. Communication Research Reports,
5, 146-153.
Booth-Butterfield, M., & Jordan, F. (1989). Communication adaptation among racially
homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Southern Communication Journal, 52, 253-272.
Bordeleau, L., Szalai, J. P., Ennis, M., Leszcz, M., Speca, M., Sela, M., et al. (2003). Quality of
life in a randomized trial of group psychosocial support in metastic breast cancer: Overall
effects of the intervention and an exploration of missing data. Journal of Clinical Oncology,
21, 1944-1951.
Bordia, P., Difonzo, N., & Chang, A. (1999). Rumor as group problem solving: Development
patterns in informal computer-mediated groups. Small Group Research, 30, 8-28.
Borg, W. R. (1957). The behavior of emergent and designated leaders in situational tasks.
Sociometry, 20(2), 95-104.
Borg, W. R. (1960). Prediction of small group role behavior from personality variables. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 112-116.
Borgatta, M. L. (1961). Power structure and coalitions in three person groups. Journal of Social
Psychology, 55, 287-300.
Borgatta, E. F. (1981). The small groups movement: Historical notes. American Behavioral
Scientist, 24, 607-618.
Borgatta, E. F., & Bales, R. F. (1953). Task and accumulation of experience as factors in the
interaction of small groups. Sociometry, 16, 239-252.
Borgatta, E. F., & Sales, R. F. (1953). Interaction of individuals in re-constituted groups.
Sociometry, 16, 203-320.
Borgatta, E. F., & Bales, R. B. (1956). Sociometric status patterns and characteristics of
interaction. Journal of Social Psychology, 43, 289-297.
Borke, H. (1969). The communication of intent: A revised procedure for analyzing family
interaction from videotapes. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 31, 541-544.
Borkman, T. (1976). Experiential knowledge: A new concept for the analysis of self-help groups.
Social Science Review, 50, 1173-1182.
30
Bormann, E. G. (1970). The paradox and promise of small group research. Speech Monographs,
41, 169-178.
Bormann, E. G. (1980). The paradox and promise of small group communication revisited.
Central States Speech Journal, 31, 214-220.
Bormann, E. G. (1994). Response to “Revitalizing the study of small group communication.”
Communication Studies, 45, 86-91.
Bornstein, G. (1992). The free rider problem in intergroup conflicts over step-level and
continuous public goods. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 597-602.
Bornstein, G. (2003). Intergroup conflict: Individual, group, and collective interests. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 7, 129-145.
Bornstein, G., Budescu, D., & Zamir, S. (1997). Cooperation in intergroup, N-person, and twoperson games of chicken. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 41, 384-406.
Bornstein, G., Crum, L., Wittenbraker, J., Harring, K., Insko, C. A., & Thibaut, J. (1983). On the
measurement of social orientations in the minimal group paradigm. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 13, 321-350.
Bornstein, G., & Rappoport, A. (1988). Intergroup competition for the provision of step-level
public goods: Effects of pre-play communication. European Journal of Social Psychology,
18, 125-142.
Bornstein, G., Rappoport, A., Terpel, L., & Katz, T. (1989). Within- and between-group
communication in intergroup competition for public goods. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 25, 422-436.
Borsig, C. A., & Frey, D. (1979). Satisfaction with group process and group decision as a
function of group structure. Psychological Reports, 44, 699-705.
Boss, R. W. (1983). Team building and the problem of regression: The personal management
interview as an intervention. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 19, 67-83.
Boster, F. J., & Hale, J. L. (1989). Response scale ambiguity as a moderator of choice shift.
Communication Research, 16, 532-551.
Boster, F. J., Hunter, J. E., & Hale, J. L. (1991). An information-processing model of jury
decision making. Communication Research, 18, 524-547.
Bostrom, R. N. (1970). Patterns of communicative interaction in small groups. Speech
Monographs, 37, 257-263.
Bostwick, G. (1987). Where’s Mary? A review of the group treatment dropout literature. Social
Work With Groups, 10(3), 117-132.
Bottger, P. C. (1984). Expertise and air time as bases of actual and perceived influence in
problem-solving groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 69, 214-221.
Bottger, P. C., & Yetton, P. W. (1987). Improving group performance by training in individual
problem solving. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 651-657.
Bottger, P. C., & Yetton, P. W. (1988). An integration of process and decision schemes
explanations of group problem solving performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 42, 234-249.
Bouas, K. S., & Arrow, H. (1996). The development of group identity in computer and face-toface groups with membership change. Computer Supported Collaborative Work, 4, 153-178.
Bouas, K. S., & Komorita, S. S. (1996). Group discussion and cooperation in social dilemmas.
Journal of Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 1144-1150.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1969). Personality, problem-solving procedure, and performance in small
groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 1-29.
31
Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1972a). A comparison of two group brainstorming procedures. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 56, 418-421.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1972b). Training, motivation, and personality as determinants of the
effectiveness of brainstorming groups and individuals. Journal of Applied Psychology, 56,
324-331.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Barsaloux, J., & Drauden, G. (1974). Brainstorming procedure, group size,
and sex as determinants of the problem-solving effectiveness of groups and individuals.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 59, 135-138.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Drauden, G., & Barsaloux, J. (1974). A comparison of individual, subgroup,
and total group methods of problem solving. Journal of Applied Psychology, 59, 226-227.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr., & Hare, M. (1970). Size, performance, and potential in brainstorming
groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 54, 51-55.
Boutte, F. D., Jones, E. C., Hendricks, B., & Rodger, G. J. (1996). Group dynamics of video
conferencing. Hydrocarbon Processing, 75, 139-143.
Bovard, E. W. (1951). Group structure and perception. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 46, 398-405.
Bovard, E. W. (1956). Interaction and attraction to the group. Human Relations, 9, 481-489.
Bowen, D. D. (1998). Team frames: The multiple realities of teams. Journal of Management
Education, 22, 95-103.
Bowen, D. D., & Jackson, C. N. (1985-1986). Curing those “ol’ ohmigod-not-another-groupclass “blues. Organizational Behavior Teaching Review, 10(4), 21-31.
Bowers, C. A., Pharmer, J. A., & Salas, E. (2000). When member homogeneity is needed in
work teams—A metaanalysis. Small Group Research, 31, 305-327.
Bowers, C. A., Jentsch, F., Salas, E., & Braun, C. C. (1998). Analyzing communication
sequences for team training needs assessment. Human Factors, 40, 672-679.
Bowers, C. A., Pharmer, J. A., & Salas, E. (2000). When member homogeneity is needed in
work teams: A meta-analysis. Small Group Research, 31, 305-327.
Bowers, C. A., Salas, E., Prince, C., & Bannick, M. (1992). Games teams play: A method for
investigating team coordination and performance. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments,
& Computers, 24, 503-506.
Bowers, D. G., & Hausser, D. L. (1977). Work group types and intervention effects in
organizational development. Administrative Science Quarterly, 22, 76-96.
Bowman, V., & DeLucia, J. L. (1993). Preparation for group therapy: The effects of preparer and
modality on group process and individual functioning. Journal for Specialists in Group
Work, 18, 67-79.
Boyatzis, R., Goleman, D., & McKee, A. (2002). The emotional reality of teams. Journal of
Organizational Excellence, 21, 55-65.
Boyd, R. D. (1983). A matrix model of the small group. Small Group Behavior, 14, 405-418.
Boyd, R. D. (1984). A matrix model of the small group: II. Small Group Behavior, 15, 233-250.
Boyd, R. D., & Wilson, J. P. (1974). Three channel theory of communication in small groups.
Adult Education, 24, 167-183.
Braatan, L. J. (1974/1975). Developmental phases of encounter groups: A critical review of
models and a new proposal. Interpersonal Development, 75, 1144-1150.
Bradford, L., Meyers, R. A., & Kane, K. A. (1999). Latino expectations of communicative
competence: A focus group interview study. Communication Quarterly, 47, 98-117.
32
Bradley, J., White, B. J., & Mennecke, B. E. (2003). Teams and tasks: A temporal framework for
the effects of interpersonal interventions on team performance. Small Group Research, 34,
353-387.
Bradley, P. H. (1978a). Power, status, and upward communication in small decision-making
groups. Communication Monographs, 45, 33-43.
Bradley, P. H. (1978b). Pressure for uniformity: An experimental study of deviate responses in
group discussions of policy. Small Group Behavior, 9, 149-160.
Bradley, P. H., MacHamon, C., & Harris, A. M. (1976). Dissent in small groups. Journal of
Communication, 26, 155-159.
Bradshaw, S. D., & Stasson, M. F. (1998). Attributions of shy and not-shy group members for
collective group performance. Small Group Research, 29, 283-307.
Brady, F. N. (2002). Lining up for Star-Wars tickets: Some ruminations on ethics and economics
based on an Internet study of behavior in queues. Journal of Business Ethics, 38, 157-165.
Braithwaite, D. (1995). Ritualized embarrassment at “coed” wedding and baby showers.
Communication Reports, 8, 145-157.
Braithwaite, D. O., Baxter, L. A., & Harper, A. M. (1998). The role of rituals in the management
of the dialectical tensions of “old” and “new” blended families. Communication Studies, 49,
101-120.
Braithwaite, D. O., Chad McBride, M., & Schrodt, P. (2003). “Parent teams” and the everyday
interactions of co-parenting in stepfamilies. Communication Reports, 16, 93-112.
Braithwaite, D. O. Waldron, V. R., & Finn, J. (1999). Communication of social support in
computer-mediated groups for people with disabilities. Health Communication, 11, 123-151.
Brams, S. J., & Hellman, J. G. (1974). When to join a coalition, and with how many others,
depends on what you expect the outcome to be. Public Choice, 17, 11-25.
Brandenburg, E. (1950). Public discussion as a “propaganda” technique. Central States Speech
Journal, 1, 29-32.
Brandes, N., & Todd, W. (1972). Discussion of a peer supervision group of individual
psychotherapists. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22, 54-59.
Brandon, D. P., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1999). Collaborative learning and computer-supported
groups. Communication Education, 48, 109-126.
Brandstätter, H. (1985). Social emotions in controversial discussions and in group decision
making. Advances in Group Processes, 2, 249-281.
Brandstätter, H., Bleckwenn, M., & Kette, G. (1984). Decision-making of industrial tribunals as
described by professional and lay judges. International Review of Applied Psychology, 33,
137-159.
Brandstätter, H., & Farthofer, A. (1997). Personality in social influence across tasks and groups.
Small Group Research, 28, 146-163.
Brandstätter, H., & Klein-Moddenborg, V. (1979). A modified proportional change model of
attitude change by group discussion. European Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 363-380.
Brannan, M. J. (2005). Once more with feeling: Ethnographic reflections on the mediation of
tension in a small team of call centre workers. Gender, Work & Organization, 12, 420-439.
Brannick, M. T., Roach, R. M., & Salas, E. (1993). Understanding team performance: A
multimethod study. Human Performance, 6, 287-308.
Brännström, B., Tibblin, Å., & Löwenborg, C. (2000). Counseling groups for spouses of elderly
demented patients: A qualitative evaluation study. International Journal of Nursing
Practice, 6, 183-191.
33
Branscombe, N. R. (1998). Thinking about one's gender group’s privileges or disadvantages:
Consequences for well-being in women and men. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37,
167-184.
Branscombe, N. R., Schmitt, M. T., & Harvey, R. D. (1999). Perceiving pervasive discrimination
among African-Americans: Implications for group identification and well-being. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 135-149.
Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., Ellemers, N., & Doosje, B. (2002). Intragroup and intergroup
evaluation effects on group behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 744753.
Branscombe, N. R., & Wann, D. L. (1991). The positive social and self concept consequences of
sport team identification. Journal of Sport and Social Issues, 15, 115-127.
Branscombe, N. R., & Wann, D. L. (1994). Collective self-esteem consequences of outgroup
derogation when a valued social identity is on trial. European Journal of Social Psychology,
24, 641-657.
Branscombe, N. R., Wann, D. L., Noel, J. G., & Coleman, J. (1993). In-group and out-group
extremity: Importance of threatened social identity. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 17, 381-388.
Brauer, M. (2001). Intergroup perception in the social context: The effects of social status and
group membership on perceived out-group homogeneity and ethnocentrism. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 15-31.
Brauer, M., Judd, C. M., & Gliner, M. D. (1995). The effects of repeated expressions on attitude
polarization during group discussions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68,
1014-1029.
Brauer, M., Judd, C. M., & Jacquelin, V. (2001). The communication of social stereotypes: The
effects of group discussion and information distribution on stereotypic appraisals. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 463-475.
Braun, M. J. (2001). Using self-directed teams to integrate service-learning into an
organizational communication course. Southern Communication Journal, 66, 226-238.
Braver, S. L., & Wilson, L. A. (1986). Choices in social dilemmas: Effects of communication
within subgroups. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 30, 51-62.
Brawley, L. R., Carron, A. V., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1987). Assessing the cohesion of sport
teams: Validity of the Group Environment Questionnaire. Journal of Sport Psychology,. 9,
275-294.
Brawley, L. R., Carron, A. V., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1988). Exploring the relationship between
cohesion and resistance to disruption. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 10, 199213.
Brawley, L. R., Carron, A. V., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1993). The influence of the group and its
cohesiveness on perceptions of goal-related variables. Journal of Sport Psychology, 15, 245260.
Bray, S. R. (2004). Collective efficacy, group goals, and group performance of a muscular
endurance task. Small Group Research, 35, 230-238.
Bray, S. R., & Brawley, L. R. (2002). Role clarity, role efficacy, and role performance
effectiveness. Small Group Research, 33, 233-253.
Bray, S. R., Brawley, L. R., & Carron, A. V. (2002). Efficacy for interdependent role functions:
Evidence from the sport domain. Small Group Research, 33, 644-666.
34
Bray, R. M., Johnson, D., & Chilstrom, J. T., Jr. (1982). Social influence by group members with
minority opinions: A comparison of Hollander & Moscovici. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 43, 78-88.
Bray, R. M., Kerr, N. L., & Atkin, R. S. (1978). Effects of group size, problem difficulty, and sex
on group performance and member reactions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
36, 1224-1240.
Bray, R. M., & Noble, A. M. (1978). Authoritarianism and decisions of mock juries: Evidence of
jury bias and group polarization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 14241430.
Bray, R. M., & Sugarman, R. (1980). Social facilitation among interacting groups: Evidence for
the evaluation-apprehension hypothesis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 6, 137142.
Bray, S. R. (2004). Collective efficacy, group goals, and group performance of a muscular
endurance task. Small Group Research, 35, 230-238.
Bray, S. R., Brawley, L. R., & Carron, A. V. (2002). Efficacy for interdependent role functions:
Evidence from the sport domain. Small Group Research, 33, 644-666.
Breaugh, J. A., Klimoski, R. J., & Shapiro, M. B. (1980). Third-party characteristics and
intergroup conflict resolution. Psychological Reports, 47, 447-451.
Brechner, K. C. (1977). An experimental analysis of social traps. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 13, 552-564.
Brehm, J. W., & Festinger, L. (1957). Pressures toward uniformity of performance in groups.
Human Relations, 10, 85-89.
Brehm, J. W., & Mann, M. (1975). Effect of importance of freedom and attraction to group
members on influence produced by group pressure. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 31, 816-824.
Brekheimer, S. E., & Nelson, R. O. (1976). Group methods for reducing racial prejudice and
discrimination. Psychological Reports, 39, 1259-1268.
Brekke, J. S. (1989). The use of orientation groups to engage hard-to-reach clients: Model,
method, and evaluation. Social Work With Groups, 12(2), 75-88.
Brett, J. M. (1991). Negotiating group decisions. Negotiation Journal, 7, 191-310.
Breu, K., & Hemingway, C. J. (2004). Making organizations virtual: The hidden costs of
distributed teams. Journal of Information Technology, 19, 191-202.
Brewer, M. B. (1979). In-group bias in the minimal intergroup situation: A cognitivemotivational analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 307-324.
Brewer, M. B. (1993). Social identity, distinctiveness, and in-group homogeneity. Social
Cognition, 11, 150-164.
Brewer, M. B. (1997). The social psychology of intergroup relations: Can research inform
practice? Journal of Social Issues, 53, 197-211.
Brewer, M. B. (1999). The psychology of prejuidice: Ingroup love or outgroup hate? Journal of
Social Issues, 55, 429-444.
Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. (1996). Who is this “we”? Levels of collective identity and self
representations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 83-93.
Brewer, M. B., & Kramer, R. (1985). The psychology of intergroup attitudes and behaviors.,
Annual Review of Psychology, 36, 219-243.
35
Brewer, M. B., & Kramer, R. M. (1986). Choice behavior in social dilemmas: Effects of social
identity, group size, and decision framing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
50, 543-549.
Brewer, M. B., Manzi, J. M., & Shaw, J. S. (1993). In-group identification as a function of
depersonalization, distinctiveness, and status. Psychological Science, 4, 88-92.
Brewer, M. B., & Weber, J. G. (1994). Self-evaluation effects of interpersonal versus intergroup
social comparisons. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 268-275.
Brickner, M. A., Harkins, S. G., & Ostrom, T. M. (1986). Effects of personal involvement:
Thought-provoking implications for social loafing. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 51, 763-770.
Briggs, G. E., & Naylor, J. C. (1965). Team versus individual training, training task fidelity, and
task organization effects on transfer performance by three-man teams. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 49, 387-392.
Briggs, M. H. (1993). Team talk: Communication skills for early intervention teams. Journal of
Childhood Communication Disorders, 15, 33-40.
Briggs, R. O., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Sprague, R. H., Jr. (1998). 1001 unanswered research
questions in GSS. Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 3-21.
Briggs, R. O., Renig, B. A., & de Vreede, G-J. (2006). Meeting satisfaction for technologysupported groups: An empirical validation of a goal-attainment model. Small Group
Research, 37, 585-611.
Briggs, R. O., & Vreede, G. J. de (1997). Meetings of the future: Enhancing group collaboration
with group support systems. Journal of Creativity and Innovation Management, 6, 106-116.
Brightman, H. J., Lewis, D. J., & Verhoeven, P. (1983). Nominal and interaction groups as
Baysian information processors. Psychological Reports, 53, 101-102.
Brilhart, J. K. (1960). Fostering group thinking. Today’s Speech, 8(2), 9-11, 19.
Brilhart, J. K. (1966). An experimental comparison of three techniques for communicating a
problem-solving pattern to members of a discussion group. Speech Monographs, 33, 169177.
Brilhart, J. K., & Jochem, L. M. (1964). Effects of different patterns on outcomes of problem
solving discussion. Journal of Applied Psychology, 48, 175-179.
Brinthaupt, T. M., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1991). Sources of optimism among
prospective group members. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 36-43.
Britt, T. W., Boniecki, K. A.,. Vescio, T. K., Biernat, M., & Brown, L. M. (1996). Intergroup
anxiety: A person X situation interaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22,
1177-1188.
Brodbeck, F. C., & Greitemeyer, T. (2000). Effects of individual versus mixed individual and
group experience in rule induction on group member learning and group performance.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 621-648.
Brodbeck, F. C., Kerschreiter, R., Mojzisch, A., Frey, D., & Schulz-Hardt, S. (2002). The
dissemination of critical, unshared information in decision-making groups: The effects of
pre-discussion dissent. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 35-56.
Brodbeck, F. C., Kerschreiter, R., Mojzisch, A., & Schulz-Hardt, S. (in press). Group decision
making under conditions of distributed knowledge: The information assymetries model.
Academy of Management Review.
Brodsky, C. M. (1968). Communication and behavior on a small psychiatric unit.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 9, 525-535.
36
Brodt, S., & Thompson, L. (2001). Negotiating teams: A levels of analysis approach. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 208-219.
Bromley, D. G. (1985). Cult facts and fiction. VCU Magazine, 14(2), 10-15.
Brooke, M. E., & Ng, S. H. (1986). Language and social influence in small conversational
groups. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 5, 201-210.
Broome, B. J. (1997). Designing a collective approach to peace: Interactive design and problemsolving workshops with Greek-Cypriot and Turkish-Cypriot communities in Cyprus.
International Negotiation, 2, 381-407.
Broome, B. J. (2001). Participatory planning and design in a protracted conflict situation:
Applications with citizen peace-building groups in Cyprus. Systems Research and
Behavioral Science, 18, 1-9.
Broome, B. J., & Chen, M. (1992). Guidelines for computer-assisted group problem-solving:
Meeting the challenges of complex issues. Small Group Research, 23, 216-236.
Broome, B. J., & Christakis, A. N. (1988). A culturally-sensitive approach to tribal governance
issue management. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 12, 107-123.
Broome, B. J., & Cromer, I. L. (1991). Strategic planning for tribal economic development: A
culturally appropriate model for consensus building. International Journal of Conflict
Management, 2, 217-234.
Broome, B. J., & Fulbright, L. (1995). A multi-stage influence model of barriers to group
problem solving. Small Group Research, 26, 25-55.
Broome, B. J., & Keever, D. B. (1989). Next generation group facilitation: Proposed principles.
Management Communication Quarterly, 3, 107-127.
Brossart, D. F., Patton, M. J., & Wood, P. K. (1998). Assessing group process: An illustration
using tuckerized growth curves. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 3-17.
Brower, A. (1989). Group development as a constructed social reality: A social-cognitive
understanding of group formation. Social Work With Groups, 12, 23-39.
Brown, B. B., & Lohr, N. (1987). Peer-group affiliation and adolescent self-esteem: An
integration of ego-identity and symbolic-interaction theories. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 52, 47-55.
Brown, B. B., Mounts, N., Lamborn, S. D. & Steinberg, L. (1993). Parenting practices and peer
group affiliation in adolescence. Child Development, 64, 467-482.
Brown, D., Reschley, D., & Sabers, D. (1974). Using group contingencies with punishment and
positive reinforcement to modify aggressive behaviors in a Head Start classroom,
Psychological Record, 24, 491-496.
Brown, N. J., & Abrams, D. (2003). Despicability in the workplace: Effects of behavioral
deviance and unlikeability on the evaluation of in-group and out-group members. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 33, 2413-2426.
Brown, N. R. (2002). “Community” metaphors online: A critical and rhetorical study concerning
online groups. Business Communication Quarterly, 65, 92-100.
Brown, R. (1974). Further comment on the risky shift. American Psychologist, 29, 468-470.
Brown, R., Condor, S., Matthews, A., Wade, G., & Williams, J. (1986). Explaining intergroup
differentiation in an industrial organization. Journal of Occupational Psychology, 59, 273286.
Brown, R., & Wooten-Millward, L. (1993). Perceptions of group homogeneity during group
formation and change. Social Cognition, 11, 126-149.
37
Brown, R. A., Spenser, A., & Dlin, R. (1990). Formulation in groups, or understanding what is
going on. Group, 14(2), 69-79.
Brown, R. J. (1984). The effects of intergroup similarity and cooperative vs. competitive
orientation on intergroup discrimination. British Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 21-33.
Brown, R. J., & Abrams, D. (1986). The effects of intergroup similarity and goal
interdependence on intergroup attitudes and task performance. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 22, 78-92.
Brown, R. J., Condor, S., Matthews, A., Wade, G., & Williams, J. A. (1986). Explaining
intergroup differentiation in an industrial organization. Journal of Occupational Psychology,
59, 273-286.
Brown, R., Hinckle, S. Ely, P. G., Fox-Caramone, L., Maras, P., & Taylor, L. A. (1992).
Recognizing group diversity: Individualist-collectivist and autonomous-relational social
orientations and their implications for intergroup processes. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 31, 327-342.
Brown, R., Maras, P., Masser, B., Vivian, J., & Hewstone, M. (2001). Life on the ocean wave:
Testing some intergroup hypotheses in a naturalistic setting. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 4, 81-97.
Brown, R., Vivian, J., & Hewstone, M. (1999). Changing attitudes through intergroup contact:
The effect of group membership salience. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 741764.
Brown, R. J., & Wade, G. (1987). Superordinate goals and intergroup behavior: The effects of
role ambiguity and status on intergroup attitudes and task performance. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 17, 131-142.
Brown, R. J., & Williams, J. A. (1984). Group identification: The same thing to all people?
Human Relations, 37, 547-564.
Brown, T. C. (2004). The effect of verbal self guidance training on collective efficacy and team
performance. Personnel Psychology, 56, 935-964.
Brown, T. C., & Latham, G. P. (1999). The effectiveness of behavioral outcome goals, learning
goals, and self-talk training in developing an individual’s team-playing behavior.
Proceedings of Administrative Sciences Association of Canada, 20, 39-48.
Brown, T. M., & Miller, C. E. (2000). Communication networks in task-performing groups:
Effects of task complexity, time pressure, and interpersonal dominance. Small Group
Research, 31, 131-157.
Brown, V. R., & Paulus, P. B. (1996). A simple dynamic model of social factors in group
brainstorming. Small Group Research, 27, 91-114.
Brown, V. R., & Paulus, P. B. (2002). Making group brainstorming more effective:
Recommendations from an associative memory perspective. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 11, 208-212.
Brown, V., Tumeo, M., Larey, T. S., & Paulus, P. B. (1998). Modeling cognitive interactions
during group brainstorming. Small Group Research, 29, 495-526.
Brunsting, S., & Postmes, T. (2002). Social movement participation in the digital age: Predicting
offline and online collective action. Small Group Research, 37, 271-294.
Bruss, J. (2005). Proud but isolated? Effects of in-group favouratism and acculturation
preferences on inter-ethnic attitudes and contact between German, Turkish and resettler
adolescents. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 31, 3-27.
38
Bryson, N. (1997). Supporting consensus formation in group support systems using the
qualitative discriminant process. Annals of Operations Research, 71, 75-91.
Buban, S. L. (1976). Focus control and prominence in triads. Sociometry, 39, 281-288.
Buch, K., & Spangler, R. (1990). The effects of quality circles on performance and promotions.
Human Relations, 43, 573-582.
Buchanan, J. (1965). An economic theory of clubs. Economica, 32, 1-14.
Buchanan, L. J., Jr., & Lindgren, H. C. (1973). Brainstorming in large groups as a facilitator of
children’s creative responses. Journal of Psychology, 83, 117-122.
Buchanan, H., & Coulson, N. S. (2007). Accessing dental anxiety online support groups: An
exploratory qualitative study of motives and experiences. Patient Education and
Counseling, 66, 263-269.
Buchholtz, A. K., Amason, A. C., & Rutherford, M. A. (2005). The impact of board monitoring
and involvement on top management team affective conflict. Journal of Managerial Issues,
17, 405-422.
Budescu, D. V., Suleiman, R., & Rapoport, A. (1995). Positional order and group size effects in
resource dilemmas with uncertain resources. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 61, 225-238.
Budge, S. (1981). Group cohesiveness revisited. Group, 5, 10-18.
Budman, S. H., Colley, S., Demby, A., Koppenall, G., Koslof, J., & Powers, T. (1996). A model
of time-effective group psychotherapy for patients with personality disorders: The clinical
model. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 329-355.
Budman, S. H., Demby, A., Feldstein, M., & Gold, M. (1984). The effects of time-limited group
psychotherapy: A controlled study. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 587603.
Budman, S. H., Demby, A., Soldz, S., & Merry, J. (1996). Time-limited group psychotherapy for
patients with personality disorders: Outcomes and dropouts. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 46, 357-377.
Budman, S. H., Soldz, S., Demby, A., Feldstein, M., Springer, T., & Davis, M. S. (1989).
Cohesion, alliance and outcome in group psychotherapy. Psychiatry, 52, 339-350.
Buggs, C., Valadez, A. M., & Lund, C. A. (1993). Evaluating the effectiveness of an intravenous
therapy team. Nursing Economics, 11, 249-255.
Buller, P. F. (1986). The team building-task performance relation: Some conceptual and
methodological refinement. Group and Organization Studies, 11, 147-168.
Buller, P. F., & Bell, C. H. (1986). Effects of team building and goal setting on productivity: A
field experiment. Academy of Management Journal, 29, 305-328.
Bullivant, B. M. (1978). Towards a neo-ethnographic method for small-group research.
Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, 14[Part Oct.], 239-249.
Bultz, B., Speca, M., Brasher, P., Geggie, P., & Page, S. (2000). A randomized controlled trial of
a brief psychoeducational support group for partners of early stage breast cancer patients.
Pscho-Oncology, 9, 303-313.
Bunderson, J. S. (2003). Recognizing and utilizing expertise in work groups: A status
characteristics perspective. Administrative Science Quarterly, 48, 557-591.
Bunker, B. B. (1992). From theory to practice: A review of recent books on small groups.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 28, 137-155.
Burchard, E., Michaels, J., & Kotkov, B. (1948). Criteria for the evaluation of group therapy.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 10, 257-274.
39
Burgess, J. W. (1984). Do humans show a “species-typical” group size? Age, sex, and
environmental differences in the size and composition of naturally-occurring casual groups.
Ethology and Sociobiology, 5, 51-57.
Burgoon, J. K. (1977). Unwillingness to communicate as a predictor of small group discussion
behaviors and evaluations. Central States Speech Journal, 28, 122-133.
Burgoon, J. K., LePoire, B. A., Beutler, L. E., & Engle, D. (1993). Nonverbal indices of arousal
in group psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, 30, 635-645.
Burke, K., Aytes, K. G., Chidambaram, L., & Johnson, L. L. (1999). A study of partially
distributed work groups: The impact of media, location, and time on perceptions and
performance. Small Group Research, 30, 453-490.
Burke, K., & Chidambaram, L. (1995). Developmental differences between distributed and faceto-face groups in electronically supporting meeting environments. Group Decision and
Negotiation, 4, 213-233.
Burke, K., & Chidambaram, L. (1999). How much bandwidth is enough? A longitudinal
examination of media characteristics and group outcomes. MIS Quarterly, 23, 557-580.
Burke, P. J. (1967). The development of task and social-emotional role differentiation.
Sociometry, 30, 379-392.
Burke, P. J. (1974). Participation and leadership in small groups. American Sociological Review,
39, 832-842.
Burke, S. M., Carron, A. V., Patterson, M. M., Estabrooks, P. A., Hill, J. L., Lougehead, T. M.,
et al. (2005). Cohesion as shared beliefs in exercise classes. Small Group Research, 36, 267288.
Burkhalter, S., Gastil, J., & Kelshaw, T. (2002). A conceptual definition and theoretical model of
public deliberation in small face-to-face groups. Communication Theory, 12, 398-422.
Burkley, M., & Blanton, H. (2005). When am I my group? Self-enhancement versus selfjustification accounts of perceived prototypicality. Social Justice Research, 18, 445-463.
Burleson, B. R., Levine, B. J., & Samter, W. (1984). Decision-making procedure and decision
quality. Human Communication Research, 10, 557-574.
Burlingame, G. M., Earnshaw, D. Hoag, M., Barlow, S. H., Richardson, E. J., Donnel, A. J., et
al. (2002). A systematic program to enhance clinician group skills in an inpatient psychiatric
hospital. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 52, 555-587.
Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Drescher, S. (1984). Scientific inquiry into small group
process: A multidimensional approach. Small Group Behavior, 15, 441-470.
Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Johnson, J. E. (2001). Cohesion in group psychotherapy.
Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 38, 373-379.
Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Mosier, J. (2003). The differential effectiveness of group
psychotherapy: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 7, 3-12.
Burlingame, G. M., & Layne, C. M. (Eds.). (2001). Group-based interventions for trauma
survivors. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 243-314.
Burningham, C., & West, M. A. (1995). Individual, climate, and group interaction processes as
predictors of work team innovation. Small Group Research, 26, 106-117.
Burnand, G. (1990). Group development phases as working through six fundamental human
problems. Small Group Research, 21, 255-273.
Burnett, A., & Badzinski, D. M. (2000). An exploratory study of argument in the jury decisionmaking process. Communication Quarterly, 48, 380-396.
40
Burns, G. (1995). The secrets of team facilitation. Training and Development, 49(6), 46-52.
Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1973). Testing two classes of theories about group-induced shifts
in individual choice. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 123-137.
Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1975). What a person thinks upon learning he has chosen
differently from others: Nice evidence for the persuasive-arguments explanation of choice
shifts. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 412-426.
Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1977). Persuasive arguments and social comparison as
determinants of attitude polarization. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 315332.
Burnstein, E., Vinokur, A., & Pichevin, M. F. (1974). What do differences between own,
admired, and attributed choices have to do with group induced shifts in choice? Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 428-443.
Burnstein, E., Vinokur, A., & Trope, Y. (1973). Interpersonal comparison versus persuasive
argumentation: A more direct test of alternative explanations for group induced shifts in
individual choice. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 236-245.
Burnstein, E., & Worchel, P. (1962). Arbitrariness of frustration and its consequences for
aggression in a social situation. Journal of Personality, 30, 528-540.
Burrow, T. (1927). The group method of analysis. Psychoanalytic Review, 10, 268-280.
Burrow, T. (1928). The basis of group analysis of the analysis of normal and neurotic
individuals. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 8, 198-206.
Burton, G. E. (1987). The “clustering effect”: An idea-generation phenomenon during nominal
grouping. Small Group Behavior, 18, 224-238.
Burtt, H. E. (192). Sex differences in the effect of discussion. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 3, 390-395.
Busch, E., Hamalainen, M., Suh, Y., Whinston, A., & Holsapple, C. W. (1991). Issues and
obstacles in the development of team support systems. Journal of Organizational
Computing, 2, 161-186.
Bushe, G. R., & Johnson, A. L. (1989). Contextual and internal variables affecting task group
outcomes in organizations. Group & Organization Studies, 14, 462-482.
Butkovich, P., Carlisle, J., Duncan, R., & Moss, M. (1975). Social system and psychoanalytical
approaches to group dynamics: Complementary or contradictory? International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy, 25, 3-31.
Butler, J. K., Jr., & Crano, M. D. (1992). Effects of initial tendency and real risk on choice shift.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 53, 14-34.
Butler, T., & Fuhriman, A. (1980). Patient perspective on the curative process: A comparison of
day treatment and outpatient psychotherapy groups. Small Group Behavior, 11, 271-288.
Butler, T., & Fuhriman, A. (1983a). Curative factors in group therapy: A review of the recent
literature. Small Group Behavior, 14, 131-142.
Butler, T., & Fuhriman, A. (1983b). Level of functioning and length of time in treatment
variables influencing patients' therapeutic experience in group psychotherapy. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 489-505.
Vuton, F., Fontayne, P., Heuzé, J-P., Bosselut, G., & Raimbault, N. (2007). The Q-AG-a” An
analog version of the questionnaire sur l’ambiance du groupe for measuring the dynamic
nature of group cohection. Small Group Research, 38, 235-264.
41
Butterfield, D., A., & Powell, G. N. (1981). Effect of group performance, leader sex, and rater
sex on ratings of leader behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 28,
129-141.
Butterill, D., O’Hanlon, J., & Book, H. (1992). When the system is the problem, don’t blame the
patient: Problems inherent in the interdisciplinary inpatient team. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 37, 168-172.
Buunk, B. P., & Hoorens, V. (1992). Social support and stress: The role of social comparison
and social exchange processes. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 31, 445-457.
Buys, C. J. (1978a). Humans would do better without groups. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 4, 123-125.
Buys, C. J. (1978b). On humans would do better without groups: A final note. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 568.
Buzaglo, G., & Wheelan, S. A. (1999). Facilitating work team effectiveness: Case studies from
Central America. Small Group Research, 30, 108-129.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Lowell, C. A. (1981). Sex differences in the aspects of team sport
participation viewed as enjoyable. Journal of Sport Psychology, 3, 190-195.
Cadinu, M. R., & Reggiori, C. (2002). Discrimination of a low-status outgroup: The role of
ingroup threat. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 501-515.
Cadinu, M. R., & Rothbart, M. (1996). Self-anchoring and differentiation processes in the
minimal group setting. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 661-677.
Cady, S. H., & Valentine, J. (1999). Team innovation and perceptions of consideration: What
differences does it make? Small Group Research, 30, 730-750.
Cain, E. N., Kohorn, E. I., Quinlan, D. M., Latimer, K., & Schwartz, P. E. (1985). Psychosocial
benefits of a cancer support group. Cancer, 57, 183-189.
Caine, B. T., & Schlenker, B. R. (1979). Role position and group performance as determinants of
egotistical perceptions in cooperative groups. Journal of Psychology, 101, 149-156.
Calder, B. J., Insko, C. A., & Yandell, B. (1974). The relation of cognitive and memorial
processes to persuasion in a simulated jury trial. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4,
62-93.
Caldwell, D. F., & O’Reilly, C. A., III. (2003). The determinants of team-based innovation in
organizations: The role of social influence. Small Group Research, 34, 497-517.
Caldwell, M. (1976). Communication and sex effects in a five-person prisoner’s dilemma game.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 273-280.
Callan, H. M., Chance, M. R. A., & Pitcairn, T. K. (1973). Attention and advertence in human
groups. Social Sciences Information/Information sur les Sciences Sociales, 12(2), 27-41.
Callaway, M. R., & Esser, J. K. (1984). Groupthink: Effects of cohesiveness and problemsolving procedures on group decision making. Social Behavior and Personality, 12, 157164.
Callaway, M. R., Marriott, R. G., & Esser, J. K. (1985). Effects of dominance on group decision
making: Toward a stress-reduction explanation of groupthink. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 49, 949-952.
Calsyn, R. J. (1976). Group responses to territorial intrusion. Journal of Social Psychology, 100,
51-58.
Calsyn, R., & Becker, L. J. (1976). Group size and population density in the probability of
joining or leaving free-forming groups. Psychological Reports, 39, 199-202.
42
Camacho, L. M., & Paulus, P. B. (1995). The role of social anxiousness in group brainstorming.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 1071-1080.
Cameron, J. A., Alvarez, J. M., Ruble, D. N., & Fuligni, A. J. (2001). Children’s lay theories
about ingroups and outgroups: Reconceptualizing research on prejudice. Personality and
Social Psychology Review, 5, 118-128.
Cameron, J. E. (2001). Social identity, modern sexism, and perceptions of personal and group
discrimination by women and men. Sex Roles, 45, 743-766.
Cameron, J. E., Duck, J. M., Terry, D. J., & Lalonde, R. N. (2005). Perceptions of self and group
in the context of a threatened national identity: A field study. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 8, 73-88.
Campbell, D. T. (1958a). Common fate, similarity, and other indices of the status of aggregates
of persons as social entities. Behavioral Science, 3, 14-25.
Campbell, J. (1997). The impact of videoconference meetings on the pattern and structure of
organisational communication. Singapore Management Review, 19, 77-93.
Campbell, J., & Stasser, G. (2006). The influence of time and task demonstrability on decisionmaking in computer-mediated and face-to-face groups. Small Group Research, 37, 271-294.
Campbell, J. P., & Dunnette, M. D. (1968). Effectiveness of T-group experiences in managerial
training and development. Psychological Bulletin, 70, 73-104.
Campbell, K., & Wright, K. B. (2002). On-line support groups: An investigation of relationships
among source credibility, dimensions of relational communication, and perceptions of
emotional support. Communication research Reports, 19, 183-193.
Campbell, L., Simpson, J. A., Stewart, M., & Manning, J. G. (2002). The formation of status
hierarchies in leaderless groups: The role of male waist-to-hip ratio. Human Nature, 13,
345-362.
Campion, M. A., Medsker, G. J., & Higgs, A. C., (1993). Relations between work group
characteristics and effectiveness: Implications for designing effective work groups.
Personnel Psychology, 46, 823-850.
Campion, M. A., Papper, E. M., & Medsker, G. J. (1996). Relations between work team
characteristics and effectiveness: A replication and extension. Personnel Psychology, 49,
429-452.
Canary, D. J., Brossmann, J. E., Brossmann, B. G., & Weger, H., Jr. (1995). Toward a theory of
minimally rational argument: Analyses of episode-specific effects of argument structures.
Communication Monographs, 62, 185-212.
Canary, D. J., Brossman, B. G., & Seibold, D. R. (1987). Argument structures in decisionmaking groups. Southern Speech Communication Journal, 53, 18-37.
Cannavale, F. J., Scarr, H. A., & Pepitone, A. (1970). Deindividuation in the small group:
Further evidence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16, 141-147.
Cannella, A. A., & Rowe, W. G. (1995). Leader capabilities, succession, and competitive
context: A study of professional baseball teams. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 69-88.
Cannon, M. D., & Edmondson, A. C. (2001). Confronting failure: Antecedents and consequences
of shared beliefs about failure in organizational work groups. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 22, 161-177.
Cannon-Bowers, J. A., Salas, E., & Converse, S. A. (1990). Cognitive psychology and team
training: training shared mental models and complex systems. Human Factors Society
Bulletin, 33, 1-4.
43
Cantzler, I., & Leijon, S. (2005). Team building in small businesses owned by women. Team
Performance Management, 11, 12-26.
Caplan, T., & Thomas, H. (1995). Safety and comfort, content and process: Facilitating open
group work with men who batter. Social Work With Groups, 18, 33-51.
Caplan, T., & Thomas, H. (1997-1998). “Don’t worry, it’s just a stage he’s going through”: A
reappraisal of the stage theory of group work as applied to an open model treatment group
for men who abuse women. Groupwork, 10, 231-250.
Caple, R. (1978). The sequential stages of group development. Small Group Behavior, 9, 470476.
Caplow, T. A. (1956). A theory of coalitions in the triad. American Sociological Review, 21,
489-493.
Caplow, T. A. (1959). Further development of a theory of coalitions in the triad. American
Journal of Sociology, 64, 488-493.
Caproni, V., Levine, D., O’Neal, E., McDonald, P., & Garwood, G. (1977). Seating position,
instructor’s eye contact availability, and student participation in a small seminar. Journal of
Social Psychology, 103, 315-316.
Caravia, P., & Lunca, M. (1977). Variability in the communication network under different
group conditions. Revista de Psihologie, 23, 429-446.
Carbonell, D., & Parteleno-Barehgmi, C. (1999). Psychodrama groups for girls coping with
trauma. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49, 285-306.
Carew, D. K., Parisi-Carew, E., & Blanchard, K. H. (1986). Group development and situational
leadership: A model for managing groups. Training and Development Journal, 40(6), 46-50.
Carey, J. M., & Kacmar, C. J. (1997). The impact of communication mode and task complexity
on small group performance and member satisfaction. Computers in Human Behavior, 13,
23-49.
Cargile, A. C., Bradac, J. J., & Cole, T. (2006). Theories of intergroup conflict: A report of lay
attributions. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 25, 47-63.
Carless, S. A., & De Paola, C. (2000). The measurement of cohesion in work teams. Small
Group Research, 31, 71-88.
Carletta, J., Anderson, A. H., & McEwan, R. (2000). The effects of multimedia communication
technology on non-collocated teams: A case study. Ergonomics, 43, 1237-1251.
Carletta, J., Garrod, S., & Fraser-Krauss, H. (1998). Placement of authority and communication
patterns in workplace groups. Small Group Research, 29, 531-539.
Carley, K. M. (1991). A theory of group stability. American Sociological Review, 56, 331-354.
Carli, L. L. (1999). Gender, interpersonal power, and social influence. Journal of Social Issues,
55, 81-99.
Carli, L. L. (2001). Gender and social influence. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 725-741.
Carlson, J., & Clive, D. (1971). Cultural values and the risky shift: A cross-cultural test in
Uganda and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 393-399.
Carlston, D. E. (1977). Effects of polling order on social influence in decision-making groups.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 115-123.
Carnevale, P. J. (1985). Accountability of group representations and intergroup relations.
Advances in Group Processes, 2, 227-248.
Carpenter, M. A. (2001). Top management teams, global strategic posture, and the moderating
role of uncertainty. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 533-545.
44
Carpenter, M. A., Geletanycz, M. A., & Sanders, W. G. (2004). Upper echelons research
revisited: Antecedents, elements, and consequences of top management team composition.
Journal of Management, 30, 749-778.
Carpenter, S., & Radhakrishnan, P. (2000). Allocentrism and idiocentrism as predictors of ingroup perceptions: An individual difference extension of cultural patterns. Journal of
Research in Personality, 34, 262-268.
Carron, A. V. (1981). Processes of group interaction in sports teams. Quest, 33, 245-270.
Carron, A. V. (1982). Cohesiveness in sports groups: Interpretations and considerations. Journal
of Sport Psychology, 4, 123-128.
Carron, A. V., & Ball, J. R. (1977). An analysis of the cause-effect characteristics of
cohesiveness and participation motivation in intercollegiate hockey. International Review of
Sport Sociology, 12, 49-60.
Carron, A. V., Ball, J. R., & Chelladurai, P. (1977). Motivation for participation, success in
performance and their relationship to individual and group satisfaction. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 45, 835-841.
Carron, A. V., & Brawley, L. R. (2000). Cohesion: Conceptual and measurement issues. Small
Group Research, 31, 89-106.
Carron, A. V., Brawley, L. R., Bray, S. R., Eys, M. A., Dorsch, K. D., Estabrooks, P. A., et al.
(2004). Using consensus as a criterion for groupness: Implications for the cohesion-group
success relationship. Small Group Research, 35, 466-491.
Carron, A. V., Brawley, L. R., Eyes, M. A., Bray, S., Coleman, M., Dorsch, K., et al. (2003). Do
individual perceptions of group cohesion reflect shared beliefs? An empirical analysis. Small
Group Research, 34, 468-496.
Carron, A. V., Brawley, L. R., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1990). The impact of group size in an
exercise setting. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 12, 376-387.
Carron, A. V., Bray, S. R., & Eys, M. A. (2002). Team cohesion and team success in sport.
Journal of Sport Sciences, 20, 119-126.
Carron, A. V., & Chelladurai, P. (1981). The dynamics of group cohesion in sport. Journal of
Sport Psychology, 3, 123-139.
Carron, A. V., Colman, M. M., Wheeler, J., & Stevens, D. (2002). Cohesion and performance in
sport: A meta analysis. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 24, 168-188.
Carron, A. V., Estabrooks, P. A., Horton, H., Prapavessis, H., & Hausenblas, H. A. (1999).
Reductions in the social anxiety of women associated with group membership: Distraction,
anonymity, security, or diffusion of evaluation? Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 3, 152-160.
Carron, A. V., Prapevessis, H., & Grove, L. R. (1994). Group effects and self-handicapping.
Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 16, 246-258.
Carron, A. V., & Spink, K. S. (1992). Internal consistency of the group environment
questionnaire modified for an exercise setting. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 74, 1075-1078.
Carron, A. V., & Spink, K. S. (1993). Team building in an exercise setting. Sport Psychologist,
7, 8-18.
Carron, A. V., & Spink, K. S. (1995). The group-size cohesion relationship in minimal groups.
Small Group Research, 26, 86-105.
Carron, A. V., Widmeyer, W. N., & Brawley, L. R. (1985). The development of an instrument to
assess cohesion in sports teams: The Group Environment Questionnaire. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 7, 244-266.
45
Carron, A. V., Widmeyer, W. N., & Brawley, L. R. (1988). Group cohesion and individual
adherence to physical activity. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 10, 127-138.
Carter, E. F., Mitchell, S. L., & Krautheim, M. D. (2001). Understanding and addressing clients’
resistance to group counseling. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 26, 66-80.
Carter, L. F. (1954). Recording and evaluating the performance of individuals as members of
small groups. Personnel Psychology, 7, 477-484.
Carter, L., Haythorn, W., Meirowitz, B., & Lanzetta, J. (1951). The relations of categorizations
and ratings in the observation of group behavior. Human Relations, 4, 239-254.
Carter, L., Haythorn, W., Shriver, B., & Lanzetta, J. (1951). The behavior of leaders and other
group members. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 589-595.
Carter, S. M., & West, M. A. (1998). Reflexivity, effectiveness, and mental health in BBC-TV
production teams. Small Group Research, 29, 583-601.
Cartwright, D. (1951). Achieving change in people: Some applications of group dynamics
theory. Human Relations, 4, 381-392.
Cartwright, D. (1971). Risk taking by individuals and groups: An assessment of research
employing choice dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 361-378.
Cartwright, D. S., Howard, K. I., & Reuterman, N. A. (1980). Multivariate analysis of gang
delinquency: IV. Personality factors in gangs and clubs. Multivariate Behavioral Research,
15, 3-22.
Cartwright, D., & Lippitt, R. (1957). Group dynamics and the individual. International Journal
of Psychotherapy, 7, 86-102.
Carvalho, E. R., & Brito, V. C. A. (1995). Sociometric intervention in family therapy: A case
study. Journal of Group Psychotherapy, Psychodrama & Sociometry, 47, 147-164.
Cascio, W., & Shurygailo, S. (2003). E-leadership and virtual teams. Organizational Dynamics,
31, 362-376.
Casey, J. T., Gettys, C. F., Pliske, R. M., & Mehle, T. (1984). A partition of small group
predecision performance into informational and social components. Organizational
Behavior and Human Performance, 34, 112-139.
Casey, J. T., Mehle, T., & Gettys, C. F. (1981). A partition of group performance into
informational and social components in a hypothesis generation task. Catalog of Selected
Documents in Psychology, 11, 9.
Casey, N. A., & Solomon, L. (1971). The effect of seating arrangement of T-group interaction
and sociometric choices. Interpersonal Development, 2, 9-20.
Cashman, H. R. (2005). Identities at play: Language preference and group membership in
bilingual talk in interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 37, 301-315.
Cass, K., Heintz, T. J., & Kaiser, K. M. (1992). An investigation of satisfaction when using a
voice-synchronous GDSS in dispersed meetings. Information and Management, 23, 173182.
Cassidy, R. G., & Mangold, J. (1975). Coalition behavior in n-person conflicts. Journal of
Mathematical Sociology, 4, 61-82.
Castano, E., Paladino, M. P., Coull, A., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (2002). Protecting the ingroup
stereotype: Ingroup identification and the management of deviant ingroup members. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 365-385.
Castano, E., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (1998). The highs and lows of group homogeneity. Behavioural
Processes, 42, 219-238.
46
Castano, E., Yzerbyt, V. Y., Paladino, M., & Sacchi, S. (2002). I belong, therefore, I exist:
Ingroup identification, ingroup entitativity, and ingroup bias. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 135-143.
Castle, N. G., & Banaszak-Goll, J. (1997). Top management team characteristics and innovation
in nursing homes. Gerontologist, 37, 572-580.
Castonguay, L. G., Pincus, A. L., Agras, W. S., & Hines, C. E. (1998). The role of emotion in
group cognitive-behavioral therapy for binge eating disorders: When things have to feel
worse before they get better. Psychotherapy Research, 8, 225-238.
Castore, C. H., & Murnighan, J. K. (1978). Determinants of support for group decisions.
Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 22, 75-92.
Cattell, R. B. (1948). Concepts and methods in the measurement of group syntality.
Psychological Review, 55, 48-63.
Cattell, R. B. (1951). New concepts for measuring leadership, in terms of group syntality.
Human Relations, 4, 161-184.
Cattell, R. B., Saunders, D. R., & Stice, G. F. (1953). The dimensions of syntality in small
groups. Human Relations, 6, 331-356.
Cawyer, C. S., & Smith-Dupre’, A. (1995). Communicating social support: Identifying
supportive episodes in an HIV/AIDS support group. Communication Quarterly, 43, 243258.
Cecil, J. S., Hans, V. P., & Wiggins, E. C. (1991). Citizen comprehension of difficult issues:
Lessons from civil jury trials. American University Law Review, 40, 727-774.
Cegala, D. J., Wall, V. D., & Rippey, G. (1987). An investigation of interaction involvement and
the dimensions of SYMLOG: Perceived communication behaviors of persons in taskoriented groups. Central States Speech Journal, 38, 81-93.
Cella, D. F., & Yellen, S. B. (1993). Cancer support groups: The state of the art. Cancer
Practice, 1, 56-61.
Certo, S. T., Lester, R. H., Dalton, C. M., & Dalton, D. R. (2006). Top management teams,
strategy and financial performance: A meta-analytic examination. Journal of Management
Studies, 43, 813-839.
Cervin, V. (1956). Individual behavior in social situations: Its relation to anxiety, neuroticism,
and group solidarity. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 51, 161-168.
Cestaro, M. (1952). Group work with men—A case study. Religious Education, 47, 398-401.
Chalos, P., & Pickard, S. (1985). Information choice and cue use: An experiment in group
information processes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 70, 634-641.
Champanis, A., Oschman, R., Parrish, R., & Weeks, G. (1972). Studies in interactive
communication: the effects of four communication modes on the behavior of teams during
cooperative problem solving. Human Factors, 14, 487-509.
Chamberlin, J. (1974). Provision of collective goods as a function of group size. Political
Science Review, 68, 707-713.
Chamberlin, J. R. (1978). The logic of collective action: Some experimental results. Behavioral
Science, 23, 441-445.
Chan, C. A., Eutrekin, L., & Pearson, C. (2003). Examining the effect of internal and external
team learning on team performance. Team performance Management, 9, 174-181.
Chandler, G. N., Honig, B., & Wiklund, J. (2005). Antecedents, moderators, and performance
consequences of membership change in new venture teams. Journal of Business Venturing,
20, 705-725.
47
Chaney, M. V., & Vinacke, W. E. (1960). Achievement and nurturance in triads varying in
power distribution. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 175-181.
Chang, A., & Bordia, P. (2001). A multidimensional approach to the group cohesion-group
performance relationship. Small Group Research, 32, 379-405.
Chang, A., Bordia, P., & Duck, J. (2003). Punctuated equilibrium and linear progression: Toward
a new understanding of group development. Academy of Management Journal, 46, 106-118.
Chang, A., Duck, J., & Bordia, P. (2006). Understanding the multidimensionality of group
development. Small Group Research, 37, 327-350.
Chanin, M. N., & Shapiro, H. J. (1984). Dialectical and devil’s advocate problem-solving. Asia
Pacific Journal of Management, 1, 159-170.
Chansler, P. A., Swamidass, P. M., & Cammann, C. (2003). Self-managing work teams: An
empirical study of group cohesiveness in “natural work groups” at a Harley-Davidson Motor
Company plant. Small Group Research, 34, 101-120.
Chapanis, A., Oschman, R. B., Parrish, R. N., & Weeks, G. D. (1972). Studies in interactive
communication: The effects of four communication modes on the behavior of teams during
cooperative problem solving. Human Factors, 14, 487-509.
Chapanis, A., & Overbey, C. M. (1974). Studies in interactive communication: III. Effects of
similar and dissimilar communication channels and two interactive options on team problem
solving. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 38, 343-374.
Chapel, G., Peterson, K. M., & Joseph, J. (1999). Exploring anti-gang advertisements: Focus
group discussions with gang members and at-risk youth. Journal of Applied Communication
Research, 27, 237-247.
Chapko, M. K., & Revers, R. R. (1976). Contagion in a crowd: The effects of crowd size and
initial discrepancy from unanimity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 382386.
Chark, C. W., & Mangel, M. (1986). The evolutionary advantages of group foraging.
Theoretical Population Biology, 30, 45-75.
Charlton, G. S., & Barrow, C. J. (2002). Coping and self-help group membership in Parkinson’s
disease: An exploratory qualitative study. Health & Social Care in the Community, 10, 472478.
Charlton, K., & Bettencourt, B. A. (2001). In-group members’ perceptions of a social mobility
attempt: Effects of boundary permeability and outcome. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 5, 81-91.
Chatterjee, A. (1972). The organizational variables of group cohesiveness. Indian Journal of
Psychometry and Education, 3(2), 43-52.
Chattoe, E., & Hamill, H. (2005). It’s not who you know—It’s what you know about people you
don’t know that counts—Extending the analysis of crime groups as social networks. British
Journal of Criminology, 45, 860-876.
Chattopadhyay, P., Tluchowska, M., & George, E. (2004). Identifying the ingroup: A closer look
at the influence of demographic dissimilarity on employee social identification. Academy of
Management Review, 29, 180-202.
Chein, W.T., & Chan, S., & Morrissey, J. (2005). Effectiveness of a mutual support group for
families of patients with schizophrenia. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 51, 595-608.
Chell, E. (1979). Organizational factors and participation in committees. British Journal of
Social and Clinical Psychology, 18, 53-57.
48
Chemers, M. M. (2000). Leadership research and theory: A functional integration. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 27-43.
Chen, C., Tseng, Y., Chou, F., & Wang, S. (2000). Effects of support group interventions in
post-natally distressed women: A controlled study in Taiwan. Journal of Psych-somatic
Research, 49, 395-399.
Chen, E. C., & Mallinckrodt, B. (2002). Attachment, group attraction and self-other agreement in
interpersonal circumplex problems and perceptions of group members. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 311-324.
Chen, E., Touyz, S. W., Beumont, P. J. V., Fairburn, C. G., Griffiths, R., Butow, P., et al. (2003).
Comparison of group and individual cognitive-behavioral therapy for patients with bulimia
nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 241-254.
Chen, F. F., & Kenrick, D. T. (2002). Repulsion or attraction? Group membership and assumed
attitude similarity. Journal of Personal and Social Psychology, 83, 111-125.
Chen, G. (2005). Newcomer adaptation in teams: Multilevel antecedents and outcomes. Academy
of Management Journal, 48, 101-116.
Chen, X. P. (1996). The group-based binding pledge as a solution to public goods problems.
Occupational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 66, 192-202.
Chen, X. P., & Komorita, S. S. (1994). The effects of communication and commitment in a
public goods social dilemma. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 60,
367-386.
Chen, Z., Lawson, R. B., Gordon, L. R., & McIntosh, B. (1996). Groupthink: Deciding with the
leader and the devil. Psychological Record, 46, 581-590.
Cheng, Z. C., & Li, Z. L. (1987). A review of group counseling and psychology. Chinese
Journal of Mental health, 3, 179-215.
Chesebro, J. W., Cragan, J. F., & McCullough, P. (1973). The small group technique of the
radical revolutionary: A synthetic study of consciousness-raising. Speech Monographs, 40,
136-146.
Chesler, M. A., Barbarin, O. A., & Lebo-Stein, J. (1984). Patterns of participation in a self-help
group for parents of children with cancer. Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 2(3-4), 41-64.
Chesney, B. K., & Chesler, M. A. (1993). Activism through self-help group membership:
Reported life changes of parents with children with cancer. Small Group Research, 24, 258273.
Cheung, Y. W., Mok, B-H., & Cheung, T-S. (2005). Personal empowerment and life satisfaction
among self-help group members in Honk Kong. Small Group Research, 36, 254-377.
Cheyne, J. A., & Efran, M. G. (1972). The effect of spatial and interpersonal variables on the
invasion of group controlled territories. Sociometry, 35, 477-487.
Chidambaram, L. (1996). Relational development in computer-supported groups. MIS Quarterly,
20, 143-163.
Chidambaram, L., & Bostrom, R. P. (1993). Evolution of group performance over time: A
repeated measures study of GDSS effects. Journal of Organizational Computing, 3, 443469.
Chidambaram, L., & Bostrom, R. P. (1996). Group development (I): A review and synthesis of
developmental models. Group Decisions and Negotiation, 6, 159-187.
Chidambaram, L., Bostrom, R. P., & Wynne, B. (1990). A longitudinal study of the impact of
group decision support systems on group development. Journal of Management Information
Systems, 7, 7-25.
49
Chidambaram, L., & Jones, B. (1993). Impact of communication medium and computer support
on group perceptions and performance: A comparison of face-to-face and dispersed
meetings. MIS Quarterly, 17, 465-492.
Chidambaram, L., & Tung, L. L. (2005). Is out of sight, out of mind? An empirical study of
social loafing in technology-supported groups. Information Systems Research, 16, 149-160.
Chilberg, J. C. (1989). A review of group process designs for facilitating communication in
problem-solving groups. Management Communication Quarterly, 3, 51-70.
Chin, W. W., & Gopal, A. (2995). Adoption intention in GSS: Relative importance of beliefs.
Data Base, 26(2-3), 42-63.
Chin, W. W., Salisbury, Wm. D., Pearson, A. W., & Stollak, M. J. (1999). Perceived cohesion in
small groups: Adapting and testing the perceived cohesion scale in a small-group setting.
Small Group Research, 30, 751-767.
Chirumbolo, A., Mannetti, L., Pierro, A., Areni, A., & Kruglanski, A. W. (2005). Motivated
closed-mindedness and creativity in small groups. Small Group Research, 36, 59-82.
Chiu, M. M., & Khoo, L. (2005). A new method for analyzing sequential processes: Dynamic
multilevel analysis. Small Group Research, 36, 600-631.
Chlewinski, Z. (1975). Cognitive conservatism and radicalism in individual and group decision.
Polish Psychological Bulletin, 6, 139-146.
Cho, H., & Hallfors, D., & Sanchez, V. (2005). Evaluation of a high school peer group
intervention for at-risk youth. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 33, 363-374.
Choi, J. N. (2002). External activities and team effectiveness: Review and theoretical
development. Small Group Research, 33, 181-208.
Choi, J. N., & Kim, M. U. (1999). The organizational application of groupthink and its
limitations in organizations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 84, 297-306.
Christensen, E. W. (1983). Study circles: Learning in small groups. Journal for Specialists in
Group Work, 8, 211-217.
Christensen, P. N., & Kashy, D. A. (1998). Perceptions of and by lonely people in initial social
interaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 322-329.
Christensen, T., & Kline, W. (2001). Anxiety as a condition for learning in group supervision.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 385-396.
Christian, A. (2005). Contesting the myth of the “wicked stepmother”: Narrative analysis of an
online stepfamily support group. Western Journal of Communication, 69, 27-47.
Christian, J., Porter, L. W., & Moffitt, G. (2006). Workplace diversity and group relations: An
overview. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 459-466.
Christopher, S. C., & Dodd, S. C. (1972). Three causes of achieved consensus, controlled in two
person groups. International Review of Modern Sociology, 2, 240-254.
Chung, J. Y, & Magraw, M. M. (1992). A group approach to psychosocial issues faced by HIVpositive women. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 43, 891-894.
Chung, K. H., & Ferris, M. J. (1971). An inquiry of the nominal group process. Academy of
Management Journal, 14, 520-524.
Cialdini, R. B., & Goldstein, N. J. (2004). Social influence: Compliance and conformity. Annual
Review of Psychology, 55, 591-621.
Ciano, R., Rocco, P., Angarano, A., Biasin, E., & Balestrieri, M. (2002). Group-analytic and
psychoeducation therapies for binge-eating disorders: An exploratory study on efficacy and
persistence of effects. Psychotherapy Research, 12, 231-239.
50
Ciarrochi, J. V., & Forgas, J. P. (1999). On being tense yet tolerant: The paradoxical effects of
trait anxiety and aversive mood on intergroup judgments. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 3, 227-238.
Cini, M. A., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1993). Group staffing levels and responses to
prospective and new group members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65,
723-734.
Cissna, K. N. (1984). Phases in group development: The negative evidence. Small Group
Behavior, 15, 3-32.
Citron, M., Solomon, P., & Draine, J. (1999). Self-help groups for families of persons with
mental illness: Perceived benefits of helpfulness. Community Mental Health Journal, 35, 1230.
Clark, A. W., & Powell, R. J. (1984). Changing drivers’ attitudes through peer group decision.
Human Relations, 37, 155-162.
Clark, L. P., & Arenson, S. J. (1980). Effects of social and spatial density on group performance
of an interactive motor task. Journal of Social Psychology, 111, 205-230.
Clark, M. A., Anand, V., & Robertson, L. (2000). Resolving meaning: Interpretation in diverse
decision-making groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 211-221.
Clark, N. K., Stephenson, G. M., & Kniveton, B. (1990). Social remembering: Quantitative
aspects of individual and collaborative remembering by police officers and students. British
Journal of Psychology, 81, 73-94.
Clark, P. G. (1997). Values in health care professional socialization: Implications for geriatric
education in interdisciplinary teamwork. Gerontologist, 37, 441-451.
Clark, R. D., III. (1990). Minority influence: The role of argument refutation on the majority
position and social support for the minority position. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 20, 489-497.
Clark, R. D., III. (1999). Effect of number of majority defectors on minority influence. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 303-312.
Clark, R. D., III. (2001). Effects of majority defection and multiple minority sources on minority
influence. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 57-62.
Clark, R. D., III, Crockett, W. H., & Archer, R. L. (1971). Risk-as-value hypothesis: The
relationship between perception of self, others, and the risky shift. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 20, 425-429.
Clark, R. D., III, & Maass, A. (1990). The effects of majority size on minority influence.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 99-117.
Clark, S. E., Hori, A., Putnam, A., & Martin, T. P. (2000). Group collaboration in recognition
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 15781588.
Clarke, J., Gannon, M., Hughes, I., Keogh, C., Singer, G., & Wallace, M. (1977). Adjunctive
behavior in humans in a group gambling situation. Physiology and Behavior, 18, 159-161.
Clarkin, J. E., Marziali, E., & Monroe-Blum, H. (1991). Group and family treatment for
borderline personality disorder. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 42, 1038-1043.
Clawson, R. A., Kegler, E., & Waltenburg, E. (2003). Supreme Court legitimacy and
group-centric forces: Black support for capital punishment and affirmative action. Political
Behavior, 25, 289-311.
Clawson, V. R., Bostrom, R. P., & Anson, R. (1993). The role of the facilitator in computer
supported meetings. Small Group Research, 24, 547-565.
51
Claypoole, S., Moody, E., & Peace, S. (2000). Moral dilemma discussions: An effective group
intervention for juvenile offenders. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 394-411.
Clement, D. E., & Schiereck, J. J., Jr. (1973). Sex composition and group performance in a visual
signal detection task. Memory and Cognition, 1, 251-255.
Clendenen, V. I., Herman, C. P., & Polivy, J. (1994). Social facilitation of eating among friends
and strangers. Appetite, 23, 1-13.
Clément, R., & Noels, K. A. (1992). Towards a situated approach to ethnolinguistic identity: The
effects of status on individuals and groups. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 11,
203-232.
Cline, R. (1990). Detecting groupthink: Methods for observing the illusion of unanimity.
Communication Quarterly, 38, 112-126.
Cline, R. J., & Cline, T. R. (1980). A structural analysis of risky-shift and cautious-shift
discussions: The diffusion of responsibility theory. Communication Quarterly, 28, 26-36.
Cline, T. R., & Cline, R. J. (1979). Risky and cautious decision shifts in small groups. Southern
Speech Communication Journal, 44, 252-263.
Clow, K. A., & Esses, V. M. (2005). The development of group stereotypes from descriptions of
group members: An individual different approach. Intergroup Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 8, 429-446.
Cluck, G. G., & Cline, R. J. (1986). The circle of others: Self-help groups for the bereaved.
Communication Quarterly, 34, 306-325.
Coats, S., Smith, E. R., Claypool, H. M., & Banner, M. J. (2000). Overlapping mental
representations of self and in-group: Reaction time evidence and its relationship with
explicit measures of group identification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36,
304-315.
Coche, E., Dies, R. R., & Goettelman, K. (1991). Process variables mediating changes in
intensive group therapy training. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 41, 279297.
Coet, L. J., & McDermott, P. J. (1979). Sex, instructional set,. And group make-up: Organismic
and situational factors influencing risk-taking. Psychological Reports, 44, 1283-1294.
Cognburn, D. L., & Levinson, N. S. (2003). U.S-Africa virtual collaboration in globalization
studies: Success factors for complex, cross-national learning teams. International Studies
Perspectives, 4, 31-54.
Cohen, A. M. (1962). Changing small group communication networks. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 6, 443-462.
Cohen, B. D., Ettin, M. F., & Fiedler, J. W. (1998). Conceptions of leadership: The “analytic
stance” of the group psychotherapist. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2,
118-131.
Cohen, B. P., & Zhou, X. (1991). Status processes in enduring work groups. American
Sociological Review, 56, 179-188.
Cohen, D. J., Whitmyre, J. W., & Funk, W. H. (1960). Effect of group cohesiveness and training
upon group thinking. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44, 319-322.
Cohen, G. B. (1968). Communication network and distribution of “weight” of group members as
determinants of group effectiveness. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 4, 302314.
Cohen, G. L. (2003). Party over policy: The dominating impact of group influence on
political beliefs. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 85, 808-822.
52
Cohen, H., Rubin, A. M., & Gombash, L. (1992). The team approach to treatment of the dizzy
patient. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 73, 703-708.
Cohen, J. L. (1979). Social facilitation: Increased evaluation apprehension through permanency
of record. Motivation and Emotion, 3, 19-33.
Cohen, M. B. (1994). Who wants to chair the meeting? Group development and leadership
patterns in a community action group of homeless people. Social Work with Groups, 17, 7187.
Cohen, S. G., & Bailey, D. E. (1997). What makes teams work: Group effectiveness research
from the shop floor to the executive suite. Journal of Management, 23, 239-290.
Cohen, S. G., Chang, L., & Ledford, G. E. J. (1997). A hierarchical construction of selfmanagement leadership and its relationship to quality of work life and perceived work group
effectiveness. Personnel Psychology, 50, 275-308.
Cohen, S. G., & Ledford, G. E., Jr. (1994). The effectiveness of self-managing teams: A quasiexperiment. Human Relations, 47, 13-41.
Cohen, S. G., Ledford, G. E., & Spreitzer, G. M. (1996). A predictive model of self-managing
work team effectiveness. Human Relations, 49, 643-676.
Colarelli, S. M., & Boos, A. L. (1992). Sociometric and ability-based assignment to work
groups: Some implications for personnel selection. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 13,
187-196.
Coleman, M. M., & Caroon, A. V. (2001). The nature of norms in individual sport teams. Small
Group Research, 32, 206-222.
Coleman, V. E., & Harris, G. N. (1989). A support group for individuals recently testing HIV
positive: A psycho-educational group model. Journal of Sex Research, 26, 539-548.
Collaros, P. A., & Anderson, L. R. (1969). The effect of perceived expertness upon creativity of
members of brainstorming groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 159-163.
Collier, P. J., & Morgan, D. L. (2002). Community service through facilitating focus groups: The
case for a methods-based service-learning course. Teaching Sociology, 30, 185-199.
Colman, A. M. (1991). Crowd psychology in South African murder trials. American
Psychologist, 46, 1071-1079.
Colom, F., Vieta, E., Martinez-Aran, A., Reinares, M., Goikolea, J. M., Benabarre, A., et al.
(2003). Randomized trial on the efficacy of group psochoeducation in the prophylaxis of
recurrences in bipolar patients whose disease is in remission. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 60, 402-407.
Colquitt, J. A., Hollenbach, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., LePine, J. A., & Sheppard, L. (2002). Computerassisted communication and team decision-making performance: The moderating effect of
openness to experience. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 402-410.
Colquitt, J. A., Noe, R. A., & Jackson, C. L. (2002). Justice in teams: Antecedents and
consequences for performance. Social Networks, 25, 197-210.
Comadena, M. E. (1984). Brainstorming groups: Ambiguity tolerance, communication
apprehension, task attraction, and individual productivity. Small Group Behavior, 15, 241264.
Comer, D. R. (1995). A model of social loafing in real work groups. Human Relations, 48, 647667.
Comer, E., & Meier, A., & Galinsky, M. (2004). Development of innovative group work practice
using the intervention research paradigm. Social Work, 49, 250-260.
53
Compas, B. E. (1981). Psychological sense of community among treatment analogue group
members. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 11, 151-165.
Comstock, D. E., & Scott, W. R. (1977). Technology and the structure of subunits:
Distinguishing individual and workgroup effects. Administrative Science Quarterly, 22, 177202.
Concannon, C. (1995). The senior-senior team. Group, 19, 71-78.
Conger, R. D., & McLeod, D. (1977). Describing behavior in small groups with the datamyte
event recorder. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation, 9, 418-424.
Connaughton, S. L., & Shuffler, M. (2007). Multinational and multicultural distributed teams: A
review and future agenda. Small Group Research, 38, 387-412.
Connolly, T. (1990). Effects of anonymity and evaluative tone on idea generation in computer
mediated groups. Management Science, 36, 689-703.
Connolly, T., Jessup, L., & Valachich, J. S. (1990). Effects of anonymity and evaluative tone on
idea generation in computer-mediated groups. Management Science, 36, 689-703.
Connolly, T., Routhieaux, R., & Schneider, S. (1993). On the effectiveness of group
brainstorming: Test of one underlying cognitive mechanism. Small Group Research, 24,
490-503.
Conover, P. J., & Feldman, S. (1984). Group identification, values, and the nature of political
beliefs. American Politics Quarterly, 12, 151-175.
Constantine, M. (1995). Retired female athletes in transition: A group counseling intervention.
Journal of College Student Development, 36, 604-605.
Considine, J., Meyers, R. A., & Timmerman, C. E. (2006). Evidence use in group quiz
discussions: How do students support preferred choices? Journal of Excellence in College
Teaching, 17, 65-89.
Contractor, N. S., & Seibold, D. R. (1993). Theoretical frameworks for the study of structuring
processes in group decision support systems: Adaptive structuration theory and selforganizing systems theory. Human Communication Research, 19, 528-563.
Contractor, N. S., Seibold, D. R., & Heller, M.A. (1996). Interactional influence in the
structuring of media use in groups: Influence in members’ perceptions of group decision
support system use. Human Communication Research, 22, 451-481.
Conway, L. G., & Schaller, M. (1998). Methods for the measurement of consensual beliefs
within groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 241-252.
Conyne, R. K., & Rapin, L. S. (1979). Programmed groups: A process analysis of facilitator- and
self-directed treatments. Small Group Behavior, 8, 403-414.
Conyne, R. K., Wilson, F. R., Tang, M., & Shi, K. (1999). Cultural similarities and differences in
group work: Pilot study of a U.S.-Chinese group comparison. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 3, 40-50.
Cook, S. W. (1978). Interpersonal and attitudinal outcomes in cooperating interracial groups.
Journal of Research and Development in Education, 12, 97-113.
Cook, S. W., & Pelfrey, M. (1985). Reactions to being helped in cooperating interracial groups:
A context effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1231-1245.
Cooke, C. (1997). Reflections on the health care team: My experiences in an interdisciplinary
program. Journal of the American Medical Association, 277, 1091.
Cooke, N. J., Kiekel, P. A., Salas, E., Stout, R., Bowers, C., & Cannon-Bowers, J. (2003).
Measuring team knowledge: A window to the cognitive underpinnings of team performance.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 179-199.
54
Cooke, R. A., & Szumal, J. L. (1994). The impact of group interaction styles of problem-solving
effectiveness. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 40, 415-437.
Cooks, L. (2000). Toward a practical theory for training in social justice: Participation, identity
and power among women’s groups in Panama. World Communication, 29(2), 3-24.
Cooley, E. (1994). Training an interdisciplinary team in communication and decision-making
skills. Small Group Research, 25, 5-25.
Coombs, G. (1973). Networks and exchange: The role of social relationships in a small voluntary
association. Journal of Anthropological Research, 29, 96-112.
Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2001). Cultural orientation in the United States:
(Re)examining differences among ethnic groups. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32,
348-364.
Cooney, R. (2004). Empowered self-management and the design of work teams. Personnel
Review, 33, 677-692.
Cooper, C. L. (1972a). An attempt to assess the psychologically disturbing effects of T-group
training. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 11, 342-345.
Cooper, C. L. (1972b). Coping with life stress after sensitivity training. Psychological Reports,
31, 602.
Cooper, C. L. (1973). A bibliography of current encounter and T-group research: 1971-1973.
Interpersonal Development, 4, 65-68.
Cooper, C. L. (1975). How psychologically dangerous are T-groups and encounter groups?
Human Relations, 28, 249-260.
Cooper, C. L. (1981). Social support at work and stress management. Small Group Behavior, 12,
285-297.
Cooper, C. L., & Kobayashi, K. (1976). Changes in self-actualization as a result of sensitivity
training in England and Japan. Small Group Behavior, 7, 387-396.
Cooper, L., & Gustafson, J. P. (1981). Family-group development: Planning in organizations.
Human Relations, 34, 705-730.
Cooper, M. R., & Wood, M. T. (1974). Effects of member participation and commitment in
group decision making on influence, satisfaction, and decision riskiness. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 59, 127-134.
Cooper, W. H., Gallupe, R. B., Pollard, S., & Cadsby, J. (1998). Some liberating effects of
anonymous electronic brainstorming. Small Group Research, 29, 147-178.
Cope, D. G. (1995). Functions of a breast cancer support group as perceived by the participants:
An ethnographic study. Cancer Nursing, 18, 472-478.
Copeland, B. W., & Straub, W. F. (1995). Assessment of team cohesion: A Russian approach.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 81, 443-450.
Copeland, B. W., & Wida, K. (1996). Resolving team conflict: Coaching strategies to prevent
negative behavior. Journal of Physical Recreation and Dance, 67(4), 52-54.
Cordery, J. L., Mueller, W. S., & Smith, L. M. (1991). Attitudinal and behavioral effects of
autonomous group working: A longitudinal field study. Academy of Management Journal,
34, 464-476.
Coreil, J., & Behar, R. (1999). Man to man prostate cancer support groups. Cancer Practice,
7(3), 122-129.
Corfman, K. P., Steckel, J. H., & Lehmann, D. R. (1990). Longitudinal patterns of group
decisions: An exploratory analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 25, 249-273.
55
Corman, S. R., & Kuhn, T. (2005). The detectability of socio-egocentric group speech: A quasiTuring test. Communication Monographs, 72, 117-143.
Corner, P., & Kinicki, A. (1997). A proposed mediator between top team demography and
financial performance. Academy of Management Best Paper Proceedings, 57, 7–11.
Corning, A. F., & Myers, D. J. (2002). Individual orientation toward engagement in social
action. Political Psychology, 23, 703-729.
Corrigan, P. W., Calabrese, J. D., Diwan, S. E., Keogh, C. B., Keck, L., & Mussey, C. (2002).
Some recovery processes in mutual-help groups for persons with mental illness, I:
Qualitative analysis program materials and testimonies. Community Mental Health Journal,
38, 287-301.
Corrigan, P. W., Sloppen, N., Gracia, G., Phelan, S., Keogh, C. B., & Keck, L. (2005). Some
recovery processes in mutual help groups for persons with mental illness, II: Qualitative
analysis of participant interviews. Community Mental Health Journal, 41, 721-735.
Corsini, R., & Rosenberg, B. (1955). Mechanisms of group psychotherapy: Process and
dynamics. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 406-411.
Cosgrove, J. L., Nicholas, J. J., Barmark, J., Brewer, C., Mientus, J. M., McConnell, R. L., et al.
(1998). Team treatment. American Journal of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 30,
253-260.
Coskun, H. (2005). Cognitive simulation with convergent and divergent thinking exercises in
brainwriting: Incubation, sequence priming, and group context. Small Group Research, 36,
466-498.
Coskun, H., Paulus, P. B., Brown, V., & Sherwood, J. J. (2000). Cognitive stimulation and
problem presentation in idea-generating groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 4, 307-329.
Costanzo, P. R., Reitan, H. T., & Shaw, M. E. (1968). Conformity as a function of
experimentally induced minority and majority competence. Psychonomic Science, 10, 329330.
Cota, A. A., & Dion, K. L. (1986). Salience of gender and sex composition of ad hoc groups: An
experimental test of distinctiveness theory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
50, 770-776.
Cota, A. A., Evans, C. R., Dion, K. L., Kilik, L., & Longman, R. S. (1995). The structure of
group cohesion. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 572-580.
Cota, A., Longman, R., Evans, C., Dion, K., & Kilik, L. (1995). Using and misusing factor
analysis to explore group cohesion. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 51, 308-316.
Cotton, J. L., & Baron, R. S. (1980). Anonymity, persuasive argument, and choice shifts. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 43, 391-404.
Couch, R. D. (1995). Four steps for conducting a pre-group screening interview. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 20, 18-25.
Couchman, W. (1995). Joint education for mental health teams. Nursing Standard, 10, 32-34.
Coughlin B. C., & Venkatesh S. A. (2003). The urban street gang after 1970. Annual Review of
Sociology, 29, 41-64.
Coultas, J. C. (2004). When in Rome . . . An evolutionary perspective on conformity. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 317-332.
Counselman, E. F. (1991). Leadership in a long-term leaderless women’s group. Small Group
Research, 22, 240-257.
56
Courtright, J. A. (1978). A laboratory investigation of groupthink. Communication Monographs,
43, 229-246.
Coward, D. D. (2003). Facilitation of self-transcendence in a breast cancer support group: II.
Oncology Nursing Forum, 30, 291-300.
Cox, S. A. (1999). Group communication and employee turnover: How coworkers encourage
peers to voluntarily exit. Southern Communication Journal, 64, 181-192.
Cox, S. A., & Kramer, M. W. (1995). Communication during employee dismissals: Social
exchange principles and group influence on employee exit. Management Communication
Quarterly, 9, 156-190.
Cox, T. H., Lobel, S. A., & McLeod, P. L. (1991). Effects of ethnic group cultural differences on
cooperative and competitive behavior on a group task. Academy of Management Journal,
34, 827-847.
Coyne, R. K., Wilson, F. R., Tang, M., & Shi, K. (1999). Cultural similarities and differences in
group work: Pilot study of a U.S.-Chinese task group comparison. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 40-50.
Craddock, A. E. (1985). Centralized authority as a factor in small group and family problem
solving: A reassessment of Tallman’s propositions. Small Group Behavior, 16, 59-73.
Cragan, J. F., Shields, D. C., & Wright, D. W. (1994). Revitalizing the study of small group
communication: A thematic critique. Communication Studies, 45, 92-96.
Cragan, J. F., & Wright, D. W. (1980). Small group communication research of the 1970s: A
synthesis and critique. Central States Speech Journal, 31, 197-213.
Cragan, J. F., & Wright, D. W. (1990). Small group communication research of the 1980s: A
synthesis and critique. Communication Studies, 41, 212-236.
Cragan, J. F., & Wright, D. W. (1993). The functional theory of small group decision-making: A
replication. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 165-174.
Craig, J. M., & Sherif, C. W. (1986). The effectiveness of men and women in problem-solving
groups as a function of gender composition. Sex Roles, 14, 453-366.
Craig, K. M. (1996). Are all newcomers judged similarly? Distinctiveness and time of entry in
task-oriented groups. Small Group Research, 27, 383-397.
Craig, K. M., & Rand, K. A. (1998). The perceptually “privileged” group member:
Consequences of solo status for African Americans and Whites in task groups. Small Group
Research, 29, 339-358.
Craig, R. T., & Tracy, K. (1995). Grounded practical theory: The case of intellectual discussion.
Communication Theory, 5, 248-272.
Craig, T. Y., & Kelly, J. R. (1999). Group cohesiveness and creative performance. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 243-256.
Cramton, C. D., & Webber, S. S. (in press). Relationships among geographic dispersion, team
processes, and effectiveness in software development teams. Journal of Business Research.
Crandall, C. S. (1988). Social contagion of binge eating. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 55, 588-598.
Crandall, C. S., Schiffauer, K. L., & Harvey, R. (1997). Friendship pair similarity as a measure
of group value. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 133-143.
Crandall, R. (1978). The assimilation of newcomers into groups. Small Group Behavior, 9, 331336.
Crano, W. D. (2000). Milestones in the psychological analysis of social influence. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 68-80.
57
Cravens, R. W., & Worchell, P. (1977). The differential effects of rewarding and coercive
leaders on group members differing in locus of control. Journal of Personality, 45, 150-168.
Crichton, M. (2005). Attitudes to teamwork, leadership, and stress in oil industry drilling teams.
Safety Science, 43, 679-696.
Crisp, R. J., & Beck, S. R. (2005). Reducing intergroup bias: The mediating role of ingroup
identification. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 173-186.
Crisp, R. J., & Hewstone, M. (1999). Differential evaluation of crossed category groups:
Patterns, processes, and reducing intergroup bias. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
2, 307-333.
Crisp, R. J., & Hewstone, M. (2000). Crossed categorization and intergroup bias. The
moderating roles of intergroup and affective context. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 36, 357-383.
Crisp, R. J., & Hewstone, M. (2001). Multiple categorization and implicit intergroup bias:
Differential category dominance and the positive-negative asymmetry effect. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 45-62.
Crisp, R. J., Hewstone, M., & Rubin, M. (2001). Does multiple categorization reduce intergroup
bias? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 76-89.
Crocker, J., & Luhtanen, R. (1990). Collective self-esteem and ingroup bias. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 60-67.
Crocker, J., & Schwartz, I. (1985). Prejudice and ingroup favoritism in a minimal intergroup
situation: Effects of self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 379-386.
Crocker, J., Luhtanen, R., Blaine, B., & Broadnax, S. (1994). Collective self-esteem and
psychological well-being among White, Black, and Asian college students. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 503-513.
Crocker, J., & Schwartz, I. (1985). Prejudice and ingroup favoritism in a minimal intergroup
situation: Effects of self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 379-386.
Crockett, W. H. (1955). Emergent leadership in small, decision-making groups. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 378-383.
Croft, S. E. (1999). Creating locales through storytelling: An ethnography of a group home for
men with mental retardation. Western Journal of Communication, 63, 329-347.
Cronshaw, S. F., & Ellis, R. J. (1991). A process investigation of self-monitoring and leader
emergence. Small Group Research, 22, 403-420.
Crosbie, P. V. (1979). Effects of status inconsistency: Negative evidence from small groups.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 110-125.
Crosbie, P. V., Stitt, B. G., & Petroni, F. A. (1974). Relevance in the small groups laboratory.
Humboldt Journal of Social Relations, 1(2), 83-88.
Crott, H., & Albers, W. (1981). The equal division kernel: An equity approach to coalition
formation and payoff distribution in N-person games. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 11, 285-305.
Crott, H. W., Zuber, J. A., & Schermer, T. (1986). Social decision schemes and choice shift: An
analysis of group decisions among bets. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 121.
Crouch, R. D. (1995). Four steps for conducting a pregroup screening interview. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 20, 18-25.
Crowell, L. (1958). Group- or problem-centered discussion? Western Speech, 22, 134-137.
58
Crowell, L., Katcher, A., & Miyamoto, S. F. (1955). Self-concepts of communication skill and
performance in small group discussions. Speech Monographs, 22, 20-27.
Crowell, L., & Scheidel, T. M. (1961). Categories for analysis of idea-development in discussion
groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 54, 155-168.
Crown, D. F. (2000). Building a multidimensional, context-relevant categorixzation heuristic for
organizational work teams: The TOS-TAB typology. Research in Personnel and Human
Resource Management, 18, 93-136.
Crown, D. F. (2007). Effects of structurally competitive multilevel goals for an interdependent
task. Small Group Research, 38, 265-288.
Crown, D. F., & Rosse, J. G. (1995). Yours, mine, and ours: Facilitating group productivity
through the integration of individual and group goals. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 64, 138-150.
Cruz, M. G., Boster, F. J., & Rodriguez, J. L. (1997). The impact of group size and proportion of
shared information on the exchange and integration of information in groups.
Communication Research, 24, 291-313.
Cruz, M. G., Henningsen, D. D., & Smith, B. A. (1999). The impact of directive leadership on
group information sampling, decisions, and perceptions of the leader. Communication
Research, 26, 349-369.
Cruz, M. G., Henningsen, D. D., & Williams, M. L. M. (2000). The presence of norms in the
absence of groups? The impact of normative influence under hidden-profile conditions.
Human Communication Research, 26, 104-124.
Cuijpers, P., & Stam, H. (2000). Burnout among relatives of psychiatric patients attending
psychoeducational support groups. Psychiatric Services, 51, 375-379.
Culbert, S. A. (1968). Trainer self-disclosure and member growth in two T-groups. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 4, 47-73.
Cummings, J. N. (2004). Work groups, structural diversity, and knowledge sharing in a global
organization. Management Science, 50, 352-364.
Cummings, J. N., & Cross, R. (2003). Structural properties of work groups and their
consequences for performance. Social Networks, 25, 197-281.
Cummings, J. N., Sproull, L., & Kiesler, S. B. (2002). Beyond hearing: Where the real-world and
online support meet. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 78-88.
Cummings, L. L., Huber, G. P., & Arendt, E. (1974). Effects of size and spatial arrangements on
group decision making. Academy of Management Journal, 17, 460-475.
Cummings, S., Long, J., Peterson-Hazen, S., & Harrison, J. (1998). The efficacy of a group
treatment model in helping spouses meet the emotional and practical challenges of early
stage caregiving. Clinical Gerontologist, 20, 29-45.
Cummings, T. G. (1978). Self-regulating work groups: A socio-technical synthesis. Academy of
Management Review, 3, 625-634.
Cunningham, A., Edmonds, C., Jenkins, G., & Lockwood, G. (1995). A randomized comparison
of two forms of a brief, group psychoeducational program for cancer patients: Weekly
sessions versus a “weekend intensive.” International Journal of Psychiatric Medicine, 25,
172-189.
Cunningham, G. B., & Chelladurai, P. (2004). Affective reactions to cross-functional teams: the
impact of size, relative performance, and common in-group identity. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 83-97.
59
Curran, J., & Loganbill, C. R. (1983). Factors affecting the attractiveness of a group leader.
Journal of College Student Personnel, 24, 350-355.
Currall, S. C., Hammer, T. H., Baggett, L. S., & Doniger, G. M. (1999). Combining qualitative
and quantitative methodologies to study group processes: An illustrative study of a corporate
board of directors. Organizational Research Methods, 2, 5-36.
Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Ruback, R. B. (1984). Vocal patterns in male and female groups. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 518-525.
Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Ruback, R. B. (1987). Dimensions of group process: Amount and structure
of vocal interaction. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 20, 123-169.
Dadich, A. (2003-2004). Self-help support groups and issues in research. International Journal
of Self-Help and Self-Care, 2, 41-55.
Dahlbäch, O. (2003). A conflict theory of group risk taking. Small Group Research, 34, 251-289.
Dahlin, K. B., Weingart, L. R., & Hinds, P. J. (2005). Team diversity and information use.
Academy of Management Journal, 48, 1107-1123.
Dailey, R. C. (1977). The effects of cohesiveness and collaboration on work groups: A
theoretical model. Group and Organization Studies, 2, 461-469.
Dailey, R. C. (1978a). Perceived group variables as moderators of the task characteristicsindividual performance relationship. Journal of Management, 4(2), 69-80.
Dailey, R. C. (1978b). Relationship between locus of control, perceived group cohesiveness, and
satisfaction with coworkers. Psychological Reports, 42, 311-316.
Daily, B., Whatley, A., Ash, S. R., & Steiner, R. L. (1996). The effects of a group decision
support system on culturally diverse and culturally homogeneous group decision making.
Information & Management, 30, 281-289.
Daley, J. A., McCroskey, J. C., & Richmond, V. P. (1977). Relationships between vocal activity
and perception of communicators in small group interaction. Western Journal of Speech
Communication, 41, 175-187.
Daly, B. L. (1993). The influence of face-to-face versus computer-mediated communication
channels on collective induction. Accounting, Management, and Information Technologies,
3, 1-22.
Daniels, M. (2002). Teaching small group communication using first class software. Qualitative
Research Reports in Communication, 3, 32-38.
Daniolos, P. T. (1994). House calls: A support group for individuals with AIDS in a residential
setting. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 44, 133-152.
Danish, S. J. (1971). Factors influencing changes in empathy following a group experience.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 18, 262-267.
Danowski, J. A. (1979). Group attitude uniformity and connectivity of organizational
communication networks for production, innovation, and maintenance context. Human
Communication Research, 6, 299-308.
Darley, J. (1992). Social organization for the production of evil. Psychological Inquires, 3, 199218.
Darley, J. M., & Teger, A. I. (1973). Do groups always inhibit individuals’ responses to potential
emergencies? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 26, 395-399.
Dashiell, J. F. (1930). An experimental analysis of some group effects. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 25, 190-199.
60
Dasgupta, B., Banaji, M. R., & Abelson, R. P. (1999). Group entitativity and group perception:
Associations between physical features and psychological judgment. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 77, 991-1003.
D’Augelli, A. R. (1974). Changes in self-reported anxiety during a small group experience.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 21, 202-205.
D’Augelli, A. R., & Chinsky, J. M. (1974). Interpersonal skills and pretraining: Implications for
the use of group procedures for interpersonal learning and for the selection of
nonprofessional mental health workers. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 42,
65-72.
D’Augelli, A. R., Chinsky, J. M., & Getter, H. (1974). The effect of group composition and
duration on sensitivity training. Small Group Behavior, 5, 56-64.
Davey, A., & Olson, D. (1998). Multiple criteria decision making models in group decision
support. Group Decision and Negotiation, 7, 55-75.
David, B., & Turner, J. C. (1996). Studies in self-categorization and minority conversion: Is
being a member of the out-group an advantage. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35,
179-199.
David, C., Cappella, J. N., & Fishbein, M. (2006). The social diffusion of influence among
adolescents: Group interaction in a chat room environment about antidrug advertisements.
Communication Theory, 16, 118-140.
David, F. R., Pearce, J. A., II, & Randolph, W. A. (1989). Linking technology and structure to
enhance group performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 233-241.
Davies, D., & Kuypers, B. C. (1985). Group development and interpersonal feedback. Group
and Organization Studies, 10, 184-208.
Davies, J. (2003). Expression of gender: An analysis of pupils’ gendered discourse styles in
small group classroom discussions. Discourse and Society, 14, 115-132.
Davis, J. A. (1977). Sociometric triads as multi-variate systems. Journal of Mathematical
Sociology, 5, 41-59.
Davis, J. H. (1969). Individual-group problem solving, subject preference, and problem type.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 362-374.
Davis, J. H. (1973). Group decision and social interaction: A theory of social decision schemes.
Psychological Review, 80, 97-125.
Davis, J. H. (1992). Some compelling intuitions about group consensus decisions, theoretical and
empirical research, and interpersonal aggregation phenomena: Selected examples, 19501990. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 52, 3-38.
Davis, J. H., Holt, R. W., Spitzer, C. E., & Stasser, G. (1981). The effects of consensus
requirements and multiple decisions on mock juror verdict preferences. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 17, 1-15.
Davis, J. H., Hulbert, L., Au, W. T., Chen, X., & Zarnoth, P. (1997). Effects of group size and
procedural influence on consensual judgments of quantity: The examples of damage awards
and mock civil juries. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 703-718
Davis, J. H., Kameda, T., Parks, C., Stasson, M., & Zimmerman, S. (1989). Some social
mechanics of group decision making: The distribution of opinion, polling sequence, and
implications for consensus. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 1000-1012.
Davis, J. H., Kerr, N. L., Atkin, R. S., Hold, R., & meek, D. (1975). The decision processes of 6and 12-person mock juries assigned unanimous and two-thirds majority rules. Journal of
Personal and Social Psychology, 32, 1-14.
61
Davis, J. H., Kerr, N. L., Stasser, G., Meek, D., & Holt, R. (1977). Victim consequences,
sentence severity, and decision processes in mock juries. Organizational Behavior and
Human Performance, 18, 346-365.
Davis, J. H., Kerr, N., Sussman, M., & Rissman, A. K. (1974). Social decision schemes under
risk. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 248-271.
Davis, J. R., & Restle, F. (1963). The analysis of problems and prediction of group problem
solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66, 103-116.
Davis, J. H., Laughlin, P. R., & Komorita, S. S. (1976). The social psychology of groups:
Cooperative and mixed-motive interactions. Annual Review of Psychology, 27, 501-541.
Davis, J. H., Stasser, G., Spitzer, C. E., & Holt, R. W. (1976). Changes in group members’
decision preferences during discussion: An illustration with mock juries. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1177-1187.
Davis, J. H., & Stasson, M. F. (1988). Small group performance: Past and present research
trends. Advances in Group Processes, 5, 245-277.
Davis, J. H., Stasson, M., Ono, K., & Zimmerman, S. (1988). Effects of straw polls on group
decision making: Sequential voting pattern, timing, and local majorities. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 918-926.
Davis, J. H., Stasson, M. F., Parks, C. D., Hulbert, L., Kameda, T., Zimmerman, S., et al. (1993).
Quantitative decisions by groups and individuals: Voting procedures and monetary awards
by mock civil juries. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 29, 326-346.
Davis, J. H., Tindale, R. S., Nagao, D. H., Hinsz, V. B., & Robertson, B. (1984). Order effects in
multiple decisions by groups: A demonstration with mock juries and trial procedures.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 1003-1012.
Davis, L. (1979). Racial composition in groups. Social Work, 24, 208-213.
Davis, L., & Burnstein, E. (1981). Preference for racial composition of groups. Journal of
Psychology, 109, 359-367.
Davis, L. E., Cheng, L. C., & Strube, M. J. (1996). Differential effects of racial composition on
male and female groups: Implication for group work practice. Social Work Research, 20,
157-166.
Davis, T. B., Frye, R. L., & Joure, S. (1975). Perceptions and behaviors of dogmatic subjects in a
T-group setting. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 41, 375-381.
Davison, K. P., Pennebaker, J. W., & Dickerson, S. S. (2000). Who talks? The social psychology
of illness support groups. American Psychologist, 55, 205-217.
Davison, R., & Jordan, E. (1988). Group support systems: Barriers to adoption in a cross-cultural
setting. Journal of Global Information Technology Management, 1(2), 37-50.
Davison, R. M., & Vogel, D. R. (2001). Group support systems in Hong Kong: An action
research project. Information Systems Journal, 10, 3-20.
Dawes, R. M. (1974). Formal models of dilemmas in social decision-making. Bulletin [Oregon
Research Institute], 14(12).
Dawe, H. C. (1934). The influence of size of kindergarten group upon performance. Child
Development, 5, 295-303.
Dawes, R. M. (1980). Social dilemmas. Annual Review of Psychology, 31, 169-193.
Dawes, R. M., McTavish, J., & Shaklee, H. (1977). Behavior, communication, and assumptions
about other people’s behavior in a common dilemma situation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 35, 1-11.
62
Dawes, R. M., Orbell, J., Simmons, R., & van de Kragt, A. (1986). Organizing groups for
collective action. American Political Science Review, 80, 1171-1185.
Dawes, R. M., McTavish, J., & Shaklee, H. (1997). Behavior, communication, and assumptions
about other people’s behavior in a commons dilemma situation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 35, 1-11.
Dawes, R. M., van de Kragt, A. J. C., & Orbell, J. M. (1988). Not me or thee but we: The
importance of group identity in eliciting cooperation in dilemma situations: Experimental
manipulations. Acta Psychologica, 29, 871-893.
Dean, J. W. (1985). The decision to participate in quality circles. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Science, 21, 317-327.
Dean, J. W., Jr., & Sharfman, M. P. (1996). Does decision process matter? A study of strategic
decision-making effectiveness. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 368-396.
Dean, S. R. (1970-1971). Self-help group psychotherapy: Mental patients rediscover will power.
International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 17, 72-78.
Deans, G., Bennett-Emslie, G. B., Weir, J., Smith, D. C., & Kaye, S. B. (1988). Cancer support
groups—Who joins and why? British Journal of Cancer, 58, 670-674.
De Cremer, D. (2000). Leadership selection in social dilemmas—not all prefer it: The
moderating effect of social value orientation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 4, 330-337.
De Cremer, D., & Leonardelli, G. J. (2003). Cooperation in social dilemmas and the need to
belong: The moderating effect of group size. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 7, 168-174.
De Cremer, D., & Oosterwegel, A. (2000). Collective self-esteem, personal self-esteem, and
collective-efficacy in in-group evaluations. Current Psychology, 18, 326-339.
De Cramer, D., & Tyler, T. R. (2005). Am I respected or not?: Inclusion and reputation as issues
in group membership. Social Justice Research, 18, 121-153.
De Cramer, D., & Van Dijk, E. (2002). Reactions to group success and failure as a function of
identification level: A test of the goal-transformation hypothesis in social dilemmas. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 435-442.
De Cremer, D., & Van Vugt, M. (2002). Intergroup and intragroup aspects of leadership in social
dilemmas: A relational model of cooperation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
38, 126-136.
Dedrick, D. K. (1978). Deviance and sanctioning within small groups. Social Psychology, 12,
10-16.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & De Vries, N. K. (1996). Differential processing and attitude change
following majority versus minority arguments. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 7790.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & Van Vianen, A. E. M. (2001). Managing relationship conflict and the
effectiveness of organizational teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 308-328.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & Weingart, L. R. (2003). Task versus relationship conflict, team
performance, and team member satisfaction: A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 88, 741-749.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & West, M. A. (2001). Minority dissent and team innovativeness: The
importance of participation in decision making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 11911201.
63
Deeter-Schmelz, D. R., & Kennedy, K. N. (2003). Patient care teams and customer satisfaction:
The role of team cohesion. Journal of Services Marketing, 17, 666-684.
Deep, S. D., Bass, B., & Vaughn, J. A. (1967). Some effects of business gaming of previous
quasi-group afflictions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 51, 426-431.
DeFranciso, V. L. (1996). The world of designing women: A narrative account of focus group
plans for a women’s university. Communication Education, 45, 330-337.
De Grada, E., & Glanski, A. W. (1999). Motivated cognition and group interaction: Need for
closure affects the contents and processes of collective negotiation. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 35, 346-365.
De Grada, E., Kruglanski, A. W., Mannetti, L., & Pierro, A. (1999). Motivated cognition and
group interaction: Need for closure affects the contents and processes of collective
negotiations. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 346-365.
De Jong, A., De Ruyter, K., & Lemmink, J. (2004). Antecedents and consequences of the service
climate in boundary-spanning self-managing service teams. Journal of Marketing, 68, 1835.
De Jong, R. D., Bouhuys, S. A., & Barhoorn, J. C. (1999). Personality, self-efficacy and
functioning in management teams: A contribution to validation. International Journal of
Selection and Assessment, 7, 46-49.
De Jong, T. L., & Gorey, K. (1996). Short-term versus long term group work with female
survivors of childhood sexual abuse: A brief meta-analytic review. Social Work With
Groups, 19(1), 19-27.
DeJulio, S., Bentley, J., & Cockayne, T. (1979). Pregroup norm setting: Effects on encounter
group interaction. Small Group Behavior, 10, 368-388.
De Kelaita, R., Munroe, P. T., & Tootell, G. (2001). Self-initiated status transfer: A theory of
status gain and status loss. Small Group Research, 32, 406-425.
DeLamater, J. (1974). A definition of “group.” Small Group Behavior, 5, 30-44.
de la Roche, R. S. (1996). Collective violence as social control. Sociological Forum, 11, 97-128.
de la Roche, R. S. (2002). Why is collective violence collective? Sociological Theory, 19, 126144.
Delbecq, A. L., & Van de Ven, A. H. (1971). A group process model for problem identification
and program planning. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 7, 466-492.
DeLucia, J. L., Bowman, V. E., & Bowman, R. L. (1989). The use of parallel process in
supervision and group counseling to facilitate counselor and client growth. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 14, 232-238.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (1997). Measuring the effectiveness of group work: A review and analysis
of process and outcome measures. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 277-293.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (1999). Supervision for counselors working with eating disorder groups:
Countertransference issues related to body image, food, and weight. Journal of Counseling
and Development, 77, 379-388.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (2000a). Effective group work in the schools. Journal for Specialists in
Group Work, 25, 131-132.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (2000b). The field of group work: Past, present, and future. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 25, 323-326.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (2002). A written guide for planning and processing group sessions in
anticipation of supervision. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 27, 341-352.
64
DeMatteo, J. S., Eby, L. T., & Sundstrom, E. (1998). Team-based rewards: Current empirical
evidence and directions for future research. Research in Organizational Behavior, 20, 141183.
DeMeuse, K. P. (1996). Management must relinquish control if they are to establish effective
work-teams. Small Business Forum, 14(1), 85-88.
DeMuse, K. P., & Liebowitz, S. J. (1981). An empirical analysis of team building. Group and
Organizational Studies, 6, 357-378.
Denison, D. R. (1982). Socio-technical design and self-managing work-groups: The impact on
control. Journal of Occupational Behavior, 3, 297-314.
Denison, D. R., Hart, S. G., & Kahn, J. A. (1996). From chimneys to cross-functional teams:
Developing and validating a diagnostic model. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 10051023.
Dennis, A. R. (1996). Information exchange and use in group decision making: You can lead a
group to information, but you can't make it think. MIS Quarterly, 20, 433-455.
Dennis, A. R., Aronson, J. E., Heninger, W. G., & Walker, E. D. (1999). Structuring time and
task in electronic brainstorming. MIS Quarterly, 23, 95-108.
Dennis, A. R. & Garfield, M. (2003). The adoption and use of GSS in project teams: Toward
more participative processes and outcomes. MIS Quarterly, 27, 289-323.
Dennis, A. R., George, J. F., Jessup, L. M., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Vogel, D. R. (1988).
Information technology to support electronic meetings. MIS Quarterly, 12, 591-624.
Dennis, A. R., Heminger, A. R., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Vogel, D. (1990). Bringing automated
support to large groups: The Burr-Brown experience. Information and Management, 18,
111-121.
Dennis, A. R., Hilmer, K. M., & Taylor, N. J. (1998). Information exchange and use in GSS and
verbal group decision making: Effects of minority influence. Journal of Management
Information Systems, 14, 61-88.
Dennis, A. R., Tyran, C. K., Vogel, D. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1997). Group support
systems for strategic planning. Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 155-184.
Dennis, A. R., & Valachich, J. S. (1993). Computer brainstorming: More heads are better than
one. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 531-537.
Dennis, A. R., & Valacich, J. S. (1994). Group, sub-group, and nominal group in idea
generation: New rules for a new media? Journal of Management, 20, 723-736.
Dennis, A. R., & Valacich, J. S. (1999). Research note: Electronic brainstorming: Illusions and
patterns of productivity. Information Systems Research, 10, 375-377.
Dennis, A. R., Valacich, J. S., Connolly, T., & Wynne, B. E. (1996). Process structuring in
electronic brainstorming. Information Systems Research, 7, 268-277.
Dennis, A. R., Valachich, J. S., & Nunamaker, J. F. (1990). An experimental investigation of
small, medium, and large groups in an electronic meeting system environment. IEEE
Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, 20, 1049-1057.
Dennis, A. R., & Williams, M. L. (2005). A meta analysis of groupsize effects in electronic
brainstorming: More heads are better than one. International Journal of e-Collaboration, 1,
24-42.
Dennis, A. R., & Wixom, B. H. (2002). Investigating the moderators of the group support
systems use with meta-analysis. Journal of Management Information Systems, 18, 235-257.
Dennis, A. R., Wixom, B. H., & Vandenburg, R. J. (2001). Understanding fit and appropriation
effects in group support systems via meta-analysis, MIS Quarterly, 25, 167-196.
65
Derlega, V. J., Cukur, C. S., Kuang, J. C., & Forsyth, D. R. (2002). Interdependent construal of
self and the endorsement of conflict resolution strategies in interpersonal, intergroup and
international disputes. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 610-625.
DeSanctis, G., & Gallupe, R. B. (1987). A foundation for the study of group decision support
systems. Management Science, 33, 589-609.
DeSanctis, G., & Poole, M. S. (1997). Transitions in teamwork in new organizational forms.
Advances in Group Processes, 14, 157-176.
DeSanctis, G., Poole, M. S., Dickson, G. W., & Jackson, B. M. (1993). Interpretive analysis of
team use of group technologies. Journal of Organizational Computing, 3, 1-29.
Deschamps, J. C., & Brown, R. (1983). Superordinate goals and intergroup conflict. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 189-195.
Desmond, R. E., & Seligman, M. (1977). A review of research on leaderless groups. Small
Group Behavior, 8, 3-24.
DeStephen, R. S. (1983a). Group interaction differences between high and low consensus
groups. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 47, 340-363.
DeStephen, R. S. (1983b). High and low consensus groups: A content and relational interaction
analysis. Small Group Behavior, 14, 143-162.
DeStephen, R. S. (1983). High and low consensus groups: A content and relational interaction
analysis. Small Group Behavior, 14, 143-162.
DeStephen, R. S., & Hirokawa, R. Y. (1988). Small group consensus: Stability of group support
of the decision, task process, and group relationships. Small Group Behavior, 19, 227-239.
De Souza, G., & Klein, H. (1995). Emergent leadership in the group goal-setting process. Small
Group Research, 26, 475-495.
Deutsch, M. (1949a). An experimental study of the effects of cooperation and competition upon
group process. Human Relations, 2, 199-231.
Deutsch, M. (1949b). A theory of cooperation and competition. Human Relations, 2, 129-152.
Deutsch, M., & Gerard, H. B. (1955). A study of normative and informational social influences
upon individual judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 629-636.
Deutscher, V., & Deutscher, I. (1955). Cohesion in a small group: A case study. Social Forces,
33, 336-341.
Devine, D. D., Clayton, L. D., Dunford, B. B., Seying, R., & Price, J. (2001). Jury decision
making: 45 years of empirical research on deliberating groups. Psychology, Public Policy
and Law, 7, 622-727.
Devine, D. J. (1999). Effects of cognitive ability, task knowledge, information sharing, and
conflict on group decision-making effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30, 678-711.
Devine, D. J. (2002). A review and integration of classification systems relevant to teams in
organizations. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 291-310.
Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Dunford, B. B., Seying, R., & Pryce, J. (2001). Jury decision
making: 45 years of empirical research on deliberating groups. Psychology, Public Policy,
and Law, 7, 622-727.
Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Phillips, J. L., Dunford, B. B., & Melner, S. B. (1999). Teams in
organizations: Prevalence, characteristics, and effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30,
678-811.
Devine, D. J., & Philips, J. L. (2001). Do smarter teams do better: A meta-analysis of cognitive
ability and team performance. Small Group Research, 32, 508-533.
66
Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Philips, J. L., Dunford, B. B., & Melner, S. B. (1999). Teams in
organizations: Prevalence, characteristics, and effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30,
678-711.
DeVries, D. L., & Edwards, K. J. (1973). Learning games and student teams: Their effects on
classroom processes. American Educational Research Journal, 10, 307-318.
DeVries, D. L., Edwards, K. J., & Slavin, R. E. (1978). Biracial learning teams and race relations
in the classroom: Four field experiments on Teams-Games-Tournament. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 70, 356-362.
de Vries, R. E., van den Hoof, B., & de Ridder, J. A. (2006). Explaining knowledge sharing: The
role of team communication styles, job satisfaction, and performance beliefs.
Communication Research, 33, 115-135.
De Weaver, B., Schellens, T., Valcke, M., & Van Keer, H. (in press). Content analysis schemes
to analyze transcripts of online asynchronous discussion groups: A review. Computers and
Education.
di Maco, N. (1973). T-group and workgroup climates and participants’ thoughts about transfer.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 9, 757-764.
Di Salvo, V. S., Nikkel, E., & Monroe, C. (1989). Theory and practice: A field investigation and
identification of group members' perceptions of problems facing natural work groups. Small
Group Behavior, 20, 551-567.
Diamond, M. A., & Allcorn, S. (1987). The psychodynamics of regression in work groups.
Human Relations, 40, 525-543.
DiBeradinis, J. P. (1978). The effects of videotape feedback on group and self-satisfaction.
Group and Organization Studies, 3, 108-114.
Dickens, M. (1955). A statistical formula to quantify the “spread of participation” in group
discussion. Speech Monographs, 22, 28-30.
Dickens, M., & Heffernan, M. (1949). Experimental research in group discussion. Quarterly
Journal of Speech, 35, 23-29.
Dickson, G. W., Partridge, J. L., & Robinson, L. (1993). Exploring modes of facilitative support
for GDSS. MIS Quarterly, 17, 173-194.
Dickson, J. W. (1978). The effects of normative models on individual and group choice.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 91-107.
Diehl, M. (1988). Social identity and minimal groups: The effects of interpersonal and intergroup
attitudinal similarity on intergroup discrimination. British Journal of Social Psychology, 27,
289-300.
Diehl, M., & Stroebe, W. (1987). Productivity loss in brainstorming groups: Toward the solution
of a riddle. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 497-509.
Diehl, M., & Stroebe, W. (1991). Productivity loss in idea-generating groups: Tracking down the
blocking effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 392-403.
Diener, E. (1976). Effects of prior destructive behavior, anonymity, and group presence on
deindividuation and aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 497-507.
Diener, E., Liusk, R., DeFour, D., & Flax, R. (1980). Deindividuation: Effects of group size,
density, number of observers, and group member similarity on self-consciousness and
disinhibited behavior. Journal of Personality and Social psychology, 39, 449-459.
Diener, E., Westford, K. L., Dineen, J., & Fraser, S. C. (1973). Beat the pacifists: The
deindividuating effects of anonymity and group presence. Proceedings of the 81st Annual
Convention of the American Psychological Association, 8, 221-222.
67
Dies, R. R. (1979). Group psychotherapy: Reflections on three decades of research. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 361-373.
Dietz-Uhler, B., & Murrell, A. (1998). Effects of social identity and threat on self-esteem and
group attributions. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 24-35.
Dijke, M. v., & Poppe, M. (2004). Social comparison of power: Interpersonal versus intergroup
effects. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 13-26.
Dilberto, J-J. A. (1992). A communication study of possible relationships between psychological
sex type and decision-making effectiveness. Small Group Research, 23, 379-407.
Dillon, P. C., Graham, W. K., & Aidells, A. L. (1972). Brainstorming on a “hot” problem:
Effects of training and practice on individual and group performance. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 56, 487-490.
Dion, K. L. (1973). Cohesiveness as a determinant of ingroup—outgroup bias. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 28, 163-171.
Dion, K. L. (1979). Status equity, sex composition of group, and intergroup bias. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulleting, 5, 240-244.
Dion, K. L. (2000). Group cohesion: From “field of forces” to multidimensional construct.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 7-26.
Dion, K. L., & Evans, C. R. (1992). On cohesiveness: Reply to Keyton and other critics of the
construct. Small Group Research, 23, 242-250.
Dirks, K. T. (1999). The effects of interpersonal trust on work group performance. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 84, 445-455.
Dirks, K. T. (2000). Trust in leadership and team performance; Evidence from NCAA basketball.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 1004-1012.
Dishion, T. J., McCord, J., & Poulin, F. (1999). When interventions harm: Peer groups and
problem behavior. American Psychologist, 54, 755-765.
Dishman, P., & Aytes, K. (1996). Exploring group support systems in sales management
applications. Journal of Personal Selling & Sales Management, 16, 65-77.
Dixon, R., Smith, P., & Jenks, C., (2004). Bullying and difference: A case study of peer group
dynamics in one school. Journal of School Violence, 3(4), 41-58.
Dobbins, G. H., & Zaccaro, S. J. (1986). The effects of group cohesion and leader behavior on
subordinate satisfaction. Group and Organization Studies, 11, 203-219.
Doise, W. (1969). Intergroup relations and polarization of individual and collective judgments.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 136-143.
Doll, B., Murphy, P., & Song, S. Y. (2003). The relationship between children’s self-reported
recess problems, and peer acceptance and friendships. Journal of School Psychology, 41,
113-130.
Doll, R. E., & Gunderson, E. K. E. (1971). Group size, occupational status, and psychological
symptomatology in an extreme environment. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24, 196-198.
Dommel, H.-P., & Garcia-Luna-Aceves, J. J. (2000). A coordination framework and architecture
for internet groupware. Journal of Network and Computer Applications, 23, 401-427.
Domminick, P. G., Reilly, R. R., & McGourty, J. W. (1997). The effects of peer feedback on
team member behavior. Group & Organization Management, 22, 508-525.
Doms, M., & Van Avermaet, E. (1980). Majority influence, minority influence and conversation
behavior: A replication. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 283-292.
Donnerstein, E., & Donnerstein, M. (1973). Variables in interracial aggression: Potential ingroup censure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 143-150.
68
Donohue, W. A., Hawes, L. C., & Mabee, T. (1981). Testing a structural model of group
decision making using Markov analysis. Human Communication Research, 7, 133-146.
Doojse, B., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1998). Guilty by association:
When one’s group has a negative history. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75,
872-886.
Doolen, T. L., Hacker, M. E., & Van Aken, E. M. (2003). The impact of organizational context
on work team effectiveness: A study of production teams. IEE Transactions on Engineering
Management, 50, 285-297.
Dooley, R. S., & Fryxell, G. E. (1999). Attaining decision quality and commitment from dissent:
the moderating effects of loyalty and competence in strategic decision-making teams.
Academy of Management Journal, 42, 389-402.
Doosje, B. J., & Branscombe, N. R. (2003). Attributions for the negative historical actions of a
group. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 235-248.
Dossje, B., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1998). Guilty by association:
When one’s group has a negative history. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75,
872-886.
Dossje, B., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (2006). Antecedence and
consequences of group-based guilt: The effects of ingroup identification. Group Processes
& Intergroup Relations, 9, 325-338.
Doosje, B., Ellemers, N., & Spears, R. (1995). Perceived intragroup variability as a function of
group status and identification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 410-436.
Doosje, B., Haslam, S. A., Spears, R., Oakes, P. J., & Koomen, W. (1998). The effect of
comparative context on central tendency and variability judgements and the evaluation of
group characteristics. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 173-184.
Doosje, B., Spears, R., & Ellemers, N. (1997). Sticking together or falling apart: In-group
identification as a psychological determinant of group commitment versus individual
mobility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 617-626.
Doosje, B., Spears, R., & Ellemers, N. (2002). Social identity as both cause and effect: the
development of group identification in response to anticipated and actual changes in the
intergroup status hierarchy. British Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 57-76.
Dorado, M. A., Medina, F. J., Munduate, L., Cisneros, I. F. J., & Euwema, M. (2002). Computermediated negotiation of an escalated conflict. Small Group Research, 33, 509-525.
Dorando, S., Stratis, G., O’Donnell, L., & O’Donnell, B. T., Sr. (1993). Observations on
performance of GDSS-mediated groups in a business environment. Office Systems Research
Journal, 12(1), 13-20.
Doreian, P. (1979). On the “social law of effect: for task-oriented groups. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 42, 222-231.
Doreian, P. (1986). Measuring relative standing in small groups and bounded social networks.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 49, 247-259.
Dorfman, P. W., & Stephan, W., G. (1984). The effects of group performance on cognitions,
satisfaction, and behavior: A process model. Journal of Management, 10, 173-192.
Dose, J. J. (1999). The relationship between work values similarity and team-member and
leader-member exchange relationships. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice,
3, 20-32.
Dougan, W. L. (1999). Extending mathematical aggregation strategies to multiparamter group
decisions. Small Group Research, 30, 188-208.
69
Douglas, K., & McGarty, C. (2001). Identifiability and self-presentation: Computer-mediated
communication and intergroup interaction. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 399416.
Douglas, M. S., & Mueser, K. T. (1990). Teaching conflict resolution skills to the chronically
mentally ill: Social skills training groups for briefly hospitalized patients. Behavior
Modification, 14, 519-547.
Dovidio, J. F., Gaertner, S. L., Isen, A. M., & Lowrance, R. (1995). Group representations and
intergroup bias: Positive affect, similarity, and group size. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 21, 856-865.
Dovidio, J. F., Maruyama, G., & Alexander, M. G. (1998). A social psychology of national and
international; group relations. Journal of Social Issues, 54, 831-846.
Downs, C. W., & Pickett, T. (1977). An analysis of the effects of nine leadership group
compatibility contingencies upon productivity and member satisfaction. Communication
Monographs, 44, 220-230.
Doyle, R., & McLaughlin, C. (2005). “I hate you. Please help me”: A case study from a classic
boxall nurture group. Pastoral Care in Education, 23, 3-11.
Drabek, T. E., & Key, W. H. (1976). The impact of disaster on primary group linkages. Mass
Emergencies, 1, 89-105.
Drach-Zahavy, A. (2004). Exploring team support: The role of team’s design, values, and
leader’s support. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 235-252.
Drach-Zahavy, A., & Somech, E. (2001). Understanding team innovation: The role of team
processes and structure. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 111-123.
Dreachslin, J. L., Hunt, P. L., & Sprainer, E. (1999). Communication patterns of group
composition: Implications for patient-centered team effectiveness. Journal of Healthcare
Management, 44, 252-266.
Driekurs, R. (1932). Early experiments with group psychotherapy. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 13, 882-891.
Driekurs, R. (1956). The contribution of group psychotherapy to psychiatry. Group
Psychotherapy, 9, 115-125.
Dreiss, J. E. (1985). Building cohesiveness in adolescent therapy group. Journal of Child and
Adolescent Psychotherapy, 3, 22-28.
Drescher, S., Burlingame, G., & Fuhriman, A. (1985). Cohesion: An odyssey in empirical
understanding. Small Group Behavior, 16, 3-30.
Drinka, T. J. K. (1991). Development and maintenance of an interdisciplinary health care team:
A case study. Gerontology and Geriatrics Education, 12, 111-127.
Drinka, T. J. K. (1994). Interdisciplinary geriatric teams: Approaches to conflict as indicators of
potential to model teamwork. Educational Gerontology, 20, 87-103.
Drinka, T. J. K. (1996). Applying learning from self-directed work teams in business curriculum
development for interdisciplinary geriatric teams. Educational Gerontology, 22, 433-450.
Driskell, G. W., & Polansky, B. (1995). Relinquishing power in the classroom: A case study of
self-directed teams in the classroom. CTAM Journal, 22, 115-131.
Driksell, J. E., Hogan, R., & Salas, E. (1988). Personality and group performance. Review of
Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 417-440.
Driskell, J. E., Olmstead, B., & Salas, E. (1993). Task cues, dominance cues and influence in
small groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 51-60.
70
Driskell, J. E., Radtke, P. H., & Salas, E. (2003). Virtual teams: Effects of technological
mediation on team performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 297323.
Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1991). Group decision making under stress. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 76, 473-478.
Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1992). Collective behavior and team performance. Human Factors,
34, 277-288.
Driskell, J. E., Salas, E., & Johnston, J. (1999). Does stress lead to a loss of team perspective?
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 291-302.
Droge, D. Arnston, P., & Norton, R. (1986). The social support function in epilepsy self-help
groups. Small Group Behavior, 17, 139-163.
Druskat, V. U., & Kayes, C. (2000). Learning versus performance in short-term project teams.
Small Group Research, 31, 328-353.
Druskat, V. U., & Wheller, J. V. (2003). Managing from the boundary: The effective leadership
of self-managing work teams. Academy of Management Journal, 46, 435-457.
Druskat, V. U., & Wolff, S. B. (1999). Effects and timing of developmental peer appraisals in
self-managing work groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 84, 58-74.
Druskat, V. U., & Wolff, S. B. (2001). Building the emotional intelligence of groups. Harvard
Business Review, 79, 80-90.
Dubner, M. A. (1998). Envy in the group-therapy process. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 48, 519-531.
Dubrovsky, V. J., Kiesler, S., & Sethna, B. N. (1991). The equalization phenomenon: Status
effects in computer-mediated and face-to-face decision making groups. Human-Computer
Interaction, 6, 119-146.
Duck, J. M., Terry, D. J., & Hogg, M. A. (1998). Perceptions of a media campaign: the role of
social identity and the changing intergroup context. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 24, 3-16.
Duckitt, J., & Mphuthing, T. (1998). Group identification and intergroup attitudes: A
longitudinal analysis in South Africa. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 885.
Duffy, M. E. (2003). Web of hate: A fantasy theme analysis of the rhetorical vision of hate
groups online. Journal of Communication Inquiry, 27, 291-312.
Duffy, M. K., & Shaw, J. D. (2000). The Salieri syndrome: Consequences of envy in groups.
Small Group Research, 31, 3-23.
Duggleby, W. (2005). What about focus group interaction data? Qualitative Health Research,
15, 832-840.
Dugo, J. M., & Beck, A. P. (1997). Significance and complexity of early phases in the
development of the co-therapy relationship. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 1, 294-305.
Dulebohn, J. H., & Martocchio, J. J. (1988). Employee perceptions of the fairness of work group
incentive pay plans. Journal of Management, 24, 469-488.
Dunbar, R. I. M. (1992). Neocortex size as a constraint on group size in primates. Journal of
Human Evolution, 20, 469-493.
Duncan, S. L. (1976). Differential social perception and attribution of intergroup violence:
Testing the lower limits of stereotyping of Blacks. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 34, 590-598.
71
Duncan, W. J. (1985). The superiority theory of humor at work: Joking relationships as
indicators of formal and informal status patterns in small, task-oriented groups. Small Group
Behavior, 16, 556-564.
Duncan, W. J., & Beeland, J. L. (1980). Choice consistency of interpersonal relations:
Diversified task-oriented groups. Small Group Behavior, 11, 209-228.
Dunnette, M. D., Campbell, J., & Jaastad, R. (1963). The effect of group participation on
brainstorming effectiveness for two industrial samples. Journal of Applied Psychology, 47,
30-37.
Dunning, D. G. (1985). Edification in a Christian women’s support group: Toward a model of
prayer request sequences. Religious Communication Today, 8, 8-20.
Dunphy, D. C. (1963). The social structure of urban adolescent peer groups. Sociometry, 26,
230-246.
Dunphy, D. C. (1968). Phases, roles, and myths in self-analytical groups. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 12, 523-542.
Dunphy, D., & Bryant, B. (1996). Teams: Panaceas or prescriptions for improved performance?
Human Relations, 49, 677-699.
Durham, C. C., Knight, D., & Locke, E. A. (1997). Effects of leader role, team-set goal
difficulty, efficacy, and tactics on team effectiveness. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 72, 203-231.
Durham, C. C., Locke, E. A., Poon, J. M. L., & McLeod, P. L. (2000). Effects of group goals and
time pressure on group efficacy, information-seeking strategy, and performance. Human
Performance, 13, 115-138.
Durham, M. G. (1999). Girls, media, and the negotiation of sexuality: A study on race, class, and
gender in adolescent peer groups. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 76, 193216.
Durkin, H. E. (1972). General systems theory and group therapy: An introduction. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22(2b), 159-166.
Durkin, H. E. (1989). Mothergroup as a whole formation and systemic boundarying evens.
Group, 13(3-4), 198-211.
Durrett, R., & Levin, S. (2005). Can stable social groups be maintained by homophilous
imitation alone? Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 57, 267-286.
Dyce, J. A., & Cornell, J. (1996). Factorial validity of the group environment questionnaire
among musicians. Journal of Social Psychology, 136, 263-264.
Dyce, J. A., & O’Connor, B. P. (1992). Personality complementarity as a determinant of group
cohesion in bar bands. Small Group Research, 23, 185-198.
Dyck, D. G., Hendryx, M. S., Short, R. A., Voss, W. D., & McFarlane, W. R. (2002). Service use
among patients with schizophrenia in psychoeducational multiple-family group treatment.
Psychiatric Services, 63, 749-754.
Dyck, D., Short, R., Hendryz, M., Norrell, D., Myers, M., Patterson, T. et al. (2000).
Management of negative symptoms among patients with schizophrenia attending multiplefamily groups. Psychiatric Services, 51, 513-519.
Dynes, R. R., & Quarantelli, E. L. (1968). Group behavior under stress: A required convergence
of organizational and collective behavior perspectives. Sociology and Social Research, 52,
416-429.
Dyson, J. W., Godwin, P. H. B., & Hazelwood, L. A. (1976). Group composition, leadership
orientation, and decisional outcomes. Small Group Behavior, 7, 114-128.
72
E’guya Dilworth, J., Mokrue, K., & Elias, M. J. (2002). The efficacy of a video-based teamworkbuilding series with urban elementary school students—a pilot investigation. Journal of
School Psychology, 40, 329-346.
Eagle, J., & Netwon, P., M. (1981). Scapegoating in small groups: An organizational approach.
Human Relations, 34, 283-301.
Eagly, A. H. (1970). Leadership style and role differentiation as determinants of group
effectiveness. Journal of Personality, 38, 509-524.
Eagly, A. H., & Karay, S. J. (1991). Gender and the emergence of leaders: A meta-analysis.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 685-710.
Eagly, A. H., Wood, W., & Fishbaugh, L. (1981). Sex differences in conformity: Surveillance by
the group as a determinant of male nonconformity. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 40, 384-394.
Eakin, B. A. (1975). An empirical study of the effect of leadership influence on decision
outcomes in different sized jury panels. Kansas Journal of Sociology, 11, 109-126.
Eargle, A. E., Guerra, N. G., & Tolan, P. H. (1994). Preventing aggression in inner-city children:
Small group training to change cognitions, social skills, and behavior. Journal of Child and
Adolescent Group Therapy, 4, 229-242.
Earley, P. C. (1989). Social loafing and collectivism: A comparison of the United States and the
People’s Republic of China. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34, 565-581.
Earley, P. C. (1993). East meets West meets Mideast: Further explorations of collectivist and
individualist work groups. Academy of Management Journal, 36, 319-348.
Earley, P. C. (1994). Self or group? Cultural effects of training on self-efficacy and performance.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 39, 89-117.
Earley, P. C., & Mosakwoski, E. (2000). Creating hybrid team cultures: An empirical test of
transnational team functioning. Academy of Management Journal, 1, 26-49.
Eash, M. J. (1961). Grouping: What have we learned? Educational Leadership, 18, 429-434.
Easton, A. C., Eickelmann, N. S., & Flatley, M. E. (1994). Effects of an electronic meeting
system group writing tool on the quality of written documents. Journal of Business
Communication, 31, 27-40.
Easton, A. C., Vogel, D. R., & Nunamaker, J. F. (1992). Interactive versus stand-along group
decision support systems for stakeholder identification and assumption surfacing in small
groups. Decision Support Systems, 8, 159-168.
Easton, G., Easton, A., & Belch, M. (2003). An experimental investigation of electronic focus
groups. Information and Management, 40, 717-727.
Easton, G. K., George, J. F., Nunamaker, J. F., & Pendergast, M. O. (1990). Using two different
electronic meeting system tools for the same task: An experimental comparison. Journal of
Management Information Systems, 7, 85-100.
Ebbesen, E. B., & Powers, R. J. (1974). Proportion of risky to conservative arguments in a group
discussion and choice shifts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 316-327.
Ebersole, G., Leiderman, P., & Yalom, I. D. (1969). Training the non-professional group
therapist: A controlled study. Journal of Nervous Mental Disorders, 149, 294-302.
Eby, L., & Dobbins, G. H. (1997). Collectivistic orientation in teams: An individual and grouplevel analysis. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 18, 275-295.
Eccleston, C. P., & Major, B. N. (2006). Attributions to discrimination and self-esteem: The role
of group identification and appraisals. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 147-162.
73
Echabe, A. E., & Castro, J. L. G. (1996). Images of immigrants: A study of the xenophobia and
permeability of intergroup boundaries. European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 341352.
Edelman, S., Craig, A., & Kidman, A. (2000). Group interventions with cancer patients: Efficacy
of psychoeducational versus support groups. Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 18(3), 6785.
Edelman, S., Lemon, J., & Kidman, A. (2005). Group cognitive behavior therapy for breast
cancer patients: A qualitative evaluation. Psychology, Health & Medicine, 10, 139-144.
Edelson, J. L., & Syers, M. (1991). The effects of group treatment for men who batter: An 18month follow-up study. Research on Social Work With Practice, 1, 227-243.
Eden, C., & Ackermann, F. (1996). Horses for courses—A stakeholder’s view of GDSS. Group
Decision & Negotiation, 5, 501-519.
Eden, D. (1986). Team development: Quasi-experimental confirmation among compact
companies. Group and Organization Studies, 11, 133-146.
Edgar, L., Rosberger, Z., & Collet, J. (2001). Lessons learned: Outcomes and methodology of a
coping skills intervention trial comparing individual and group formats for patients with
cancer. International Journal of Psychiatric Medicine, 31, 289-304.
Edmondson, A. (1996). Learning from mistakes is easier said than done: Group and organization
influences on the detection and correction of human error. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Science, 32, 5-28.
Edmonston, A. (1999). Psychological safety and learning behaviors in work teams.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 44, 250-383.
Edmondson, A. C. (2002). The local and variegated nature of learning in organizations: A grouplevel perspective. Organization Science, 13, 128-146.
Edmondson, A. (2003). Speaking up in the operating room: How team leaders promote learning
in interdisciplinary action teams. Journal of Management Studies, 409, 1419-1452.
Edmonston, A., Bohmer, R., & Pisano, G. (2001a). Disrupted routines: Team learning and new
technology implementation in hospitals. Administrative Science Quarterly, 46, 685-716.
Edmonston, A., Bohmer, R., & Pisano, G. (2001b). Speeding up team learning. Harvard
Business Review, 79(9), 125-134.
Edmondson, A., Roberto, M. A., & Watkins, M. (2003). A dynamic model of top management
team effectiveness: Managing unstructured task streams. Leadership Quarterly, 14, 297-325.
Edney, J. J., & Bell, P. A. (1984). Sharing scarce resources: Group-outcome orientation, external
disaster, and stealing in a simulated commons. Small Group Behavior, 15, 87-108.
Edney, J. J., & Grundmann, M. J. (1979). Friendship, group size, and boundary size: Small group
spaces. Small Group Behavior, 10, 124-135.
Edney, J. J., & Bell, P. A. (1984). Sharing scarce resources: Group-outcome orientation, external
disaster, and stealing in a simulated commons. Small Group Behavior, 15, 87-108.
Edney, J. J., & Grundmann, M. J. (1979). Friendship, group size, and boundary size: Small group
spaces. Small Group Behavior, 10, 124-135.
Edney, J. J., & Uhlig, S. R. (1977). Individual and small group territories. Small Group
Behavior, 8, 457-468.
Edwards, C. A. (1994). Leadership in groups of school-age girls. Developmental Psychology, 30,
920-927.
Edwards, K. J., DeVries, D. L., & Snyder, J. P. (1972). Games and teams: A winning
combination. Simulation and Games, 3, 247-269.
74
Egerbladh, T. (1976). The function of group size and ability level on solving a multidimensional
complementary task. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 805-808.
Egerbladh, T. (1981). A social decision scheme approach on group size, task difficulty, and
ability level. European Journal of Social Psychology, 11, 161-171.
Egerbladh, T., & Sjodin, S. (1981). Group problem solving: Ability level, group size, and
subsequent individual performance. Journal of General Psychology, 105, 3-12.
Eggins, R. A., Haslam, S. A., & Reynolds, R. J. (2002). Social identity and negotiation:
Subgroup representation and superordinate consensus. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 887-899.
Eguiluz, I., Gonzalez, T., Munoz, P., Guadilla, M., & Gonzalez, G. (1998). Evaluation of the
efficacy of psychoeducational groups in schizophrenic patients. Actas Luso Esp Neuyrol
Psiquiarty Cienc Afines, 26, 29-34.
Ehrhart, M. G., & Naumann, S. E. (2004). Organizational citizenship behavior in work groups: A
group norms approach. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89, 960-974.
Eidelman, S., & Biernat, M. (2003). Derogating black sheep: Individuals or group protection?
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 602-609.
Eidelson, R. J., & Eidelson, J. I. (2003). Dangerous ideas: Five beliefs that propel groups toward
conflict. American Psychologist, 58(3), 192-192.
Eils, L. C., & John, R. S. (1980). A criterion validation of multiattribute utility analysis and of
group communication strategy. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 25, 268288.
Einhorn, H. J., Hogarth, R. M., & Klempner, E. (1977). Quality of group judgment.
Psychological Bulletin, 84, 158-172.
Eisenberg, E. M., Murphy, A., & Andrews, L. (1998). Openness and decision making in the
search for a university provost. Communication Monographs, 65, 1-23.
Eisenhardt, K., Kahwajy, J., & Bourgeois, L. J. (1997a). Conflict and strategic choice: How top
management teams disagree. California Management Review, 39(2), 42-62.
Eisenhardt, K., Kahwajy, J., & Bourgeois, L. J. (1997b). How management teams can have a
good fight. Harvard Business Review, 75, 77-85.
Eisenhardt, K., & Schoonhoven, C. (1990). Organizational growth: Linking founding team,
strategy, environment and growth among U.S. semiconductor ventures, 1978-1988.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 35, 504-529.
Elder, T. J., Sutton, R. M., & Douglas, K. M. (2005). Keeping it to ourselves: Effects of audience
size and composition on reactions to criticisms of the ingroup. Group Processes &
Interpersonal Relations, 8, 231-244.
El-Shinnawy, M., & Vinze, A. S. (1997). Technology, culture, and persuasiveness: A study of
choice-shifts in group settings. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 473496.
El-Shinnawy, M., & Vinze, A. S. (1998). Polarization and persuasive argumentation: A study of
decision making in group settings. MIS Quarterly, 22, 165-198.
Elias, F. G., Johnson, M. E., & Fortman, J. B. (1989). Task-focused self-disclosure: Effects on
group cohesiveness, commitment to task, and productivity. Small Group Behavior, 20, 8796.
Elfant, A. B. (1997). Submergence of the personal and unique in developmental models of
psychotherapy groups and their leaders. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice,
1, 311-315.
75
Ellemers, N., Dossje, B., van Knippenberg, A., & Wilke, H. (1992). Status protection in high
status minority groups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 123-140.
Ellemers, N., Doosje, B., & Spears, R. (2004). Sources of respect: The effects of being liked by
ingroups and outgroups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 155-172.
Ellemers, N., Kortekaas, P., & Ouwerkerk, J. W. (1999). Self-categorization, commitment to the
group and group self-esteem as related but distinct aspects of social identity. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 371-389.
Ellemers, N., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (1997). Sticking together or falling apart: In-group
identification as a psychological determinant of group commitment versus individual
mobility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 617-626.
Ellemers, N., van Knippenberg, A., de Vries, N., & Wilke, H. (1988). Social identification and
permeability of group boundaries. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 497-513.
Ellemers, N., van Knippenberg, A., & Wilke, H. (1990). The influence of permeability of group
boundaries and stability of group status on strategies of individual mobility and social
change. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 233-246.
Ellemers, N., & van Rijswijk, W. (1997) Identity needs versus social opportunities: The use of
group-level and individual-level identity management strategies. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 60, 52-65.
Ellemers, N., van Rijswijk, W., Roefs, M., & Simons, C. (1997). Bias in intergroup perceptions:
Balancing group identity with social reality. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23,
186-198.
Ellemers, N., Wilke, H., & van Knippenberg, A. (1993). Effects of the legitimacy of low group
or individual status on individual and collective self-enhancement strategies. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 766-778.
Ellemers, N., Wilke, H., & van Knippenberg, A. (1993). Effects of the legitimacy of low group
or individual status on individual and collective status-enhancement strategies. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 766-778.
Eller, A., & Abrahms, D. (2004). Come together: Longitudinal comparisons of Pettigrew’s
reformulated intergroup contact model and the common ingroup identity model in AngloFrench and Mexican American contexts. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 229256.
Ellingson, L. L. (2003). Interdisciplinary health care teamwork in the clinic backstage. Journal of
Applied Communication Research, 31, 93-117.
Elliott, G. C., & Meeker, B. F. (1984). Modifiers of the equity effect: Group outcome and causes
for individual performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 586-597.
Elliott, G. C., & Meeker, B. F. (1986). Achieving fairness in the face of competing concerns: The
different effects of individual and group characteristics. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 50, 754-760.
Elliott, J. (2005). Comparing occupational segregation in Great Britain and the United States:
The benefits of using a multi-group measure of segregation. Work, Employment and Society,
19, 153-174.
Ellis, A. P., Bell, B. S., Ployhart, R. E., Hollenbeck, J. R., & Ilgen, D. R. (2005). An evaluation
of generic teamwork skills training with action teams: Effects on cognitive and skill-based
outcomes. Personnel Psychology, 58, 641-672.
Ellis, A. P., Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., Porter, C., West, B. J., & Moon, H. (2003). Team
learning: Collectively connecting the dots. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 831-835.
76
Ellis, A. P., Ilgen, D. R., & Hollenbeck, J. R. (2006). The effects of team leader race on
performance evaluations: An attributional perspective. Small Group Research, 37, 295-322.
Ellis, D. G. (1979). Relational control in two group systems. Communication Monographs, 46,
153-166.
Ellis, D. G., & Fisher, B. A. (1975). Phases of conflict in small group development: A Markov
analysis. Human Communication Research, 1, 195-212.
Ellis, D. G., & McCallister, L. (1980). Relational control sequences in sex-typed and
androgynous groups. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 44, 35-49.
Ellis, D. G., Werbel, W. S., & Fisher, B. A. (1978). Toward a systemic organization of groups.
Small Group Behavior, 9, 451-469.
Ellis, R. J. (1988). Self-monitoring and leadership emergence in groups. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 14, 681-693.
Ellis, R. J., Adamson, R. S., Deszca, G., & Cawsey, T. F. (1988). Self-monitoring and leadership
emergence. Small Group Behavior, 19, 312-324.
Ellis, R. J., & Cronshaw, S. F. (1992). Self-monitoring and leader emergence. Small Group
Research, 23, 114-115.
Elloy, D. F., & Randolph, A. (1997). The effect of superleader behavior on autonomous work
groups in a government-operated railway service. Public Personnel Management, 26, 257272.
Elizur, D. (1990). Quality circles and quality of work life. International Journal of Manpower,
11, 3-7.
Elman, D., & Rupple, D. (1978). Group discussion members’ reactions to a structured opening
exercise. Small Group Behavior, 9, 363-371.
Elmes, M. B., & Gemmill, G. (1990). The psychodynamics of mindlessness and dissent in small
groups. Small Group Research, 21, 28-44.
Elmuti, D. (1996). Sustaining high performance through self-managed work-teams. Industrial
Management, 38(2), 4-9.
Elsass, P. M., & Graves, L. M. (1997). Demographic diversity in decision-making groups: The
experiences of women and people of color. Academy of Management Review, 22, 964-973.
Ely, R. J., & Thomas, D. A. (2001). Cultural diversity at work: The moderating effects of work
group perspectives on diversity. Administrative Science Quarterly, 46, 229-273.
Emerick, R. E. (1989). Group demographics in the mental patient movement: Group location,
age, and size as structural factors. Community Mental Health Journal, 25, 277-300.
Emerson, R. M. (1966). Mount Everest: A case study of communication feedback and sustained
goal-striving. Sociometry, 29, 213-227.
Emurian, H. H., Bigelow, G. E., Brady, J. V., & Emurian, C. S. (1975). Small group performance
maintenance in a continuously programmed environment. Catalog of Selected Documents in
Psychology, 5, 187.
Emurian, H. H., & Brady, V. (1979). Small group performance and the effects of contingency
management in a programmed environment: A progress report. Catalog of Selected
Documents in Psychology, 9, 58.
Emurian, H. H., & Brady, J. V. (1984). Behavioral and biological effects of changes in group
size and membership. Psychological Documents, 14, 25.
Emurian, H. H., Brady, J. V., Meyerhoff, J. L., & Mougey, E. H. (1983). Small groups in
programmed environments: Behavioral and biological interactions. Palovian Journal of
Biological Science, 18, 199-210.
77
Emurian, H. H., Emurian, C. S., Bigelow, G. E., & Brady, J. V. (1976). The effects of a
cooperation contingency on behavior in a continuous three-person environment. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25, 293-302.
Emurian, H. H., Emurian, C. S., & Brady, J. V. (1978). Effects of a pairing contingency on
behavior in a three-person programmed environment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 29, 319-329.
Emurian, H. H., Emurian, C. S., & Bradsy, J. V. (1985). Positive and negative reinforcement
effects on behavior in a three-person microsociety. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 44, 157-175.
English, A., Griffith, R. L., & Steelman, L. A. (2004). Team performance: The effect of team
consciousness and task type. Small Group Research, 35, 643-656.
Enos, R. L. (1985). Classical rhetoric and group decision making: A relationship warranting
further inquiry. Small Group Behavior, 16, 235-244.
Ensari, N., & Miller, N. (1998). Effect of affective reactions by an out-group on preferences for
crossed categorization discussion partners. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
75, 1503-1527.
Ensari, N., & Miller, N. (2002). The outgroup must not be so bad after all: The effects of
disclosure, typicality and salience on intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 83, 313-329.
Ensari, N., & Miller, N. (2005). Prejudice and intergroup attributions: The role of personalization
and performance feedback. Intergroup Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 391-410.
Ensley, M. D., & Pearce, C. L. (2001). Shared cognition in top management teams: Implications
for new venture performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 145-160.
Entin, E. E., & Serfaty, D. (1999). Adaptive team coordination. Human Factors, 41, 312-325.
Entwisle, D. R., & Webster, M., Jr. (1974). Expectations in mixed racial groups. Sociology of
Education, 47, 301-308.
Entwhistle, N., Tait, H., & McCune, V. (2000). Patterns of response to an approach to studying
inventory across contrasting groups and contexts. European Journal of Psychology of
Education, 15, 33-48.
Eoyang, C. K. (1974). Effects of group size and privacy in residential crowding. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 389-392.
Epley, N., & Gilovich, T. (1999). Just going along: Nonconscious priming and conformity to
social pressure. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 578-589.
Erbert, L. A., Mearns, G. M., & Dena, S. (2005). Perceptions of turning points and dialectical
interpretations in organizational team development. Small Group Research, 36, 21-58.
Erev, I., Bornstein, G., & Galili, R. (1993). Constructive intergroup competition as a solution to
the free rider problem: A field experiment. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 29,
463-478.
Erez, A., Lepine, J. A., & Elms, H. (2002). Effects of rotated leadership and peer evaluation on
the functioning and effectiveness of self-managed teams: A quasi-experiment. Personnel
Psychology, 55, 929-948.
Erez, M., & Somech, A. (1996). Is group productivity loss the rule or the exception? Effects of
culture and group based motivation. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 1513-1537.
Erffmeyer, R. C., & Lane, I. M. (1984). Quality and acceptance of an evaluative task: The effects
of four group decision-making formats. Group & Organization Studies, 9, 509-529.
78
Erickson, B., & Perkins, M. (1994). Interdisciplinary team approach in the rehabilitation of hip
and knee arthropolasies. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 48, 439-445.
Erickson, D.H. (2003). Group cognitive behavioral therapy for heterogeneous anxiety disorders.
Cognitive Behavior Therapy, 32(4), 179-186.
Eskilson, A., & Wiley, M. G. (1976). Sex composition and leadership in small groups.
Sociometry, 39, 183-194.
Espinoza, J. A., & Garza, R. T. (1985). Social group salience and intergroup cooperation.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 380-392.
Esses, V. M., & Dovidio, J. F. (2002). The role of emotions in determining willingness to engage
in intergroup contact. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1202-1214.
Esser, A. H. (1973). Cottage fourteen: Dominance and territoriality in a group of institutionalized
boys. Small Group Behavior, 4, 131-146.
Esser, J. K. (1998). Alive and well after 25 years: A review of groupthink research.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 116-141.
Esser, J. K., & Lindoerfer, J. S. (1989). Groupthink and the space shuttle Challenger accident:
Toward a quantitative case analysis. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 2, 167-177.
Estabrooks, P., Brawley, L. R., Paskevich, D. M., & Carron, A. V. (1999). Advances in group
cohesion research in exercise and sport. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 21, S14.
Estabrooks, P. A., & Carron, A. V. (1999a). Group cohesion in older adult exercises: Prediction
and intervention effects. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 22, 575-588.
Estabrooks, P. A., & Carron, A. V. (1999b). The influence of the group with elderly exercisers.
Small Group Research, 30, 438-452.
Estabrooks, P. A., & Carron, A. V. (2000). The physical activity group environment
questionnaire: An instrument for the assessment of cohesion in exercise classes for older
adults. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 230-243.
Estabrooks, P. A., Munroe, K. J., Fox, E. H., Gyurcsik, N. C., Hill, J. L., Lyon, R., et al. (2004).
Leadership in physical activism groups for older adults: A qualitative analysis. Journal of
Aging & Physical Activity, 12, 232-245.
Estrada, C., Yzerbyt, V. V., & Seron, E. (2004). The effects of subjective essentialism on lay
theories of group differences. Psicothema, 16, 181-186.
Ettin, M. F. (1986). Within the group’s view: Clarifying dynamics through metaphoric and
symbolic imagery. Small Group Behavior, 17, 407-426.
Ettin, M. F. (1988). “By the crowd they have been broken, by the crowd they shall be healed”:
The advert of group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 38, 139167.
Ettin, M. F. (1989). “Come on, Jack, tell us about yourself”: The growth spurt of group
psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 39, 35-57.
Ettin, M. F. (2000). From identified patient to identifiable group: The alchemy of the group as a
whole. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 50, 137-162.
Ettin, M. F., Cohen, B. D., & Fidler, J. W. (1997). Group-as-a-whole theory viewed in its 20thcentury context. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 329-340.
Evans, C. R., & Dion, K. L. (1991). Group cohesion and performance: A meta-analysis. Small
Group Research, 22, 175-186.
Evans, G. W. (1979). Behavioral and physiological consequences of crowding in humans.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 9, 27-46.
79
Evans, G., W., & Lepore, S. J. (1992). Conceptual and analytic issues in crowding research.
Journal of Environmental Psychology, 12, 163-173.
Evans, G. W., Palsane, M. N., Lepore, S. J., & Martin, J. (1989). Residential density and
psychological health: The mediating effects of social support. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 57, 994-999.
Evans, N. J. (1984). The relationship of interpersonal attraction and attraction to the group in a
growth group setting. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 9, 172-178.
Evans, N. J., & Jarvis, P. A. (1980). Group cohesion: A review and reevaluation. Small Group
Behavior, 11, 359-370.
Evans, N. J., & Jarvis, P. A. (1986). The group attitude scale: A measure of attraction to group.
Small Group Behavior, 17, 203-216.
Evans, R. L., & Connis, R. T. (1995). Comparison of brief group therapies for depressed cancer
patients receiving radiation treatment. Public Health Reports, 110, 306-311.
Eveland, J. D., & Bikson, T. K. (1988). Work group structures and computer support: A field
experiment. Transactions on Office Information Systems, 6, 354-379.
Evensen, E. P., & Bednar, R. L. (1978). Effects of specific cognitive and behavioral structure on
early group behavior and atmosphere. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 25, 66-75.
Everett, J. J., Smith, R. E., & Williams, K. D. (1992). Effects of team cohesion and identifiability
on social loafing in relay swimming performance. International Journal of Sport
Psychology, 23, 311-324.
Exline, R. V. (1957). Group climate as a factor in the relevance and accuracy of social
perception. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 55, 382-388.
Eys, M. A., & Carron, A. V. (2001). Role ambiguity, task cohesion and task self-efficacy. Small
Group Research, 32, 356-373.
Eys, M. A., Carron, A. V., Beauchamp, M. R., & Bray, S. R. (2005). Athletes’ perceptions of the
sources of role ambiguity. Small Group Research, 36, 383-403.
Eys, M. A., Carron, A. V., Bray, S. R., & Beauchamp, M. R. (2003). Role ambiguity in sport
teams. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 25, 534-550.
Ezzamel, M., & Willmott, H. (1998). Accounting for teamwork: A critical study of group-based
systems of organizational control. Administrative Science Quarterly, 43, 358-396.
Faith, M. S., Wong, F. Y., & Carpenter, K. M. (1995). Group sensitivity training: Update, metaanalysis, and recommendations. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 42, 390-399.
Falk, G. (1981). Unanimity versus majority rule in problem-solving groups: A challenge to the
superiority of unanimity. Small Group Behavior, 12, 377-399.
Falk, G. (1982). An empirical study measuring conflict in problem-solving groups which are
assigned different decision rules. Human Relations, 35, 1123-1138.
Falk, G., & Falk, S. (1981). The impact of decision rules on the distribution of power in
problem-solving teams with unequal power. Group and Organization Studies, 6, 211-223.
Falke, R. L., & Taylor, S. E. (1983). Support groups for cancer patients. UCLA Cancer Center
Bulletin, 10, 13-15.
Fall, K. A., & Levitov, J. E. (2002). Using actors in experiential group counseling leadership
training. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 27, 122-135.
Falloon, I. R. H., Lindley, P., McDonald, R., & Marks, I. M. (1977). Social skills training of
outpatient groups: A controlled study of rehearsal and homework. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 131, 599-609.
80
Falomir-Pichastor, J. M., Staerkle, C., & Depuiset, M. (2005). Democracy justifies the means:
political group structure moderates the perceived legitimacy of intergroup aggression.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1683-1695.
Fals-Stewart, W., Marks, A. P., & Schaffer, J. (1993). A comparison of behavioral group therapy
and individual behavior therapy in treating obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 181, 189-193.
Farzj, S., & Sprull, L. (2000). Consulting expertise in software development teams. Management
Science, 46, 1554-1568.
Farmer, S., & Galaris, D. (1993). Support groups for children of divorce. American Journal of
Family Therapy, 21, 40-50.
Farmer, S. M., & Hyatt, C. W. (1994). Effects of task language demands and task complexity on
computer-mediated work groups. Small Group Research, 25, 331-366.
Farmer, S. M., & Roth, J. (1998). Conflict-handling behavior in work groups: Effects of group
structure, decision processes, and time. Small Group Research, 29, 669-713.
Farnsworth, P. R. (1928). Concerning so-called group effects. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
35, 587-594.
Farr, J. L. (1976). Incentive schedules, productivity, and satisfaction in work groups: A
laboratory study. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 17, 159-170.
Farrell, M. (1976). Patterns in the development of self-analytic groups. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 12, 523- 42.
Farrell, M. P. (1979). Collective projection and group structure: The relationship between
deviance and projection in groups. Small Group Behavior, 10, 81-100.
Farrell, M. P. (1982). Artists’ circles and the development of artists. Small Group Behavior, 13,
451-474.
Farrell, M. P., Heinemann, G. D., & Scnmitt, M. H. (1986). Informal roles, rituals, and styles of
humor in interdisciplinary health care teams: Their relationship to stages of group
development. International Journal of Small Group Research, 2, 143-162.
Farrell, M. P., Schmitt, M. H., & Heinemann, G. D. (2001). Informal roles and the stages of
interdisciplinary team development. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 15, 281-295.
Farris, D. R., & Sage, A. P. (1975). Introduction and survey of group decision making with
applications to worth assessment. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, 5,
346-358.
Farris, G. F. (1972). The effect of individual roles on performance in innovative groups. R and D
Management, 3, 23-28.
Faulkner, P., Smith, P. O., & Vidrine, M. (2002). Equine-facilitated group psychotherapy
applications for therapeutic vaulting. Issues of Mental Health Nursing, 23, 587-603.
Fay, N. G., Garrod, S., & Carletta, J. (2000). Group discussion as interactive dialogue or as serial
monologue: The influence of group size. Psychological Science, 11, 481-486.
Fazal, B. A., Telzak, E. E., Blum, S., Pollard, C. L., Bar, M., Ernst, J. A., et al. (1995). Impact of
a coordinated tuberculosis team in an inner-city hospital in New York City. Infection
Control and Hospital Epidemiology, 16, 340-343.
Federico, C. M. (1999). The interactive effects of social dominance orientation, group status, and
perceived stability on favoritism for high-status groups. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 2, 119-144.
81
Feenstra, R. C., Yang, T. H., & Hamilton, G. G. (1999). Business groups and product variety in
trade: Evidence from South Korea, Taiwan and Japan. Journal of International Economics,
48, 71-100.
Feiger, S. M., & Schmitt, M. H. (1979). Collegiality in interdisciplinary health teams: Its
measurement and its effects. Social Science and Medicine, 13A, 217-229.
Feinberg, B. J., Ostroff, C., & Burke, W. W. (2005). The role of within-group agreement in
understanding transformational leadership. Journal of Occupational & Organizational
Psychology, 78, 471-488.
Feldman, D. C. (1984). The development and enforcement of group norms. Academy of
Management Review, 9, 47-53.
Feldman, R. A. (1968). Interrelationships among three bases of group integration. Sociometry,
31, 30-46.
Feldman, R. A. (1973). Power distribution, integration, and conformity in small groups.
American Journal of Sociology, 79, 639-664.
Feldman, R. A. (1974). An experimental study of conformity behavior as small group
phenomenon. Small Group Behavior, 5, 404-426.
Felix-Ortiz, M., & Salazar, M. R. (2000). A qualitative evaluation of an assisted self-help group
for drug-addicted clients in a structured outpatient treatment setting. Community Mental
Health Journal, 36, 339-350.
Felsenthal, D. S. (1979). Group versus individual gambling behavior: Reexamination and
limitation. Behavioral Science, 24, 334-345.
Feltz, D. L., & Lirgg, C. D. (1998). Perceived team and play efficacy in hockey. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 83, 557-564.
Ferencik, M. (1990). The supportive and remedial exchange in group therapy. Small Group
Research, 21, 360-373.
Ferencik, M. (1992). The helping process in group therapy: A review and discussion. Group, 16,
113-124.
Ferrari, A. (1990). Social complexity, threat, ego defenses, and labeling the other a deviant: A
“racial” incident in the development of a small group. Small Group Research, 21, 538-553.
Ferris, G. R., & Rowland, K. M. (1983). Social facilitation effects on behavioral and perceptual
task performance measures: Implications for work behavior. Group and Organization
Studies, 8, 421-438.
Ferris, G. R., & Wagner J. A., III. (1985). Quality circles in the United States: A conceptual reevaluation. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 21, 155-167.
Festinger, L. (1950). Informal social communication. Psychological Review, 57, 271-282.
Festinger, L. (1954). A theory of social comparison processes. Human Relations, 7, 117-140.
Festinger, L., Pepitone, A., & Newcomb, T. (1952). Some consequences of deindividuation in a
group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 382-389.
Festinger, L., & Thibaut, J. (1951). Interpersonal communication in small groups. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 46, 92-99.
Fichten, C. (1982). Social exchange processes applied to small group discussions: Practicing
what we preach. Tires A Part, 3, 20-24.
Fidler, J. W. (1987). Group therapy and society. American Journal of Social Psychiatry, 7, 2426.
82
Fiechtner, S. B., & Krayer, K. J. (1986). Variations in dogmatism and leader-supplied
information: Determinants of perceived behavior in task-oriented groups. Group &
Organization Studies, 11, 403-419.
Fiedler, F. E. (1954). Assumed similarity measures as predictors of team effectiveness. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49, 381-388.
Fiedler, F. E. (1955). The influence of leader-keyman relations on combat crew effectiveness.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 227-235.
Fiedler, F. E. (1966). The effect of leadership and cultural heterogeneity on group performance:
A test of the contingency model. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2, 237-264.
Fiedler, F. E., Hutchins, E. B., & Dodge, J. S. (1959). Quasi-therapeutic relations in small
college and military groups. Psychological Monographs, 73, No. 473.
Fiedler, F. E., & Meuwese, W. A. T. (1963). Leader’s contribution to task performance in
cohesive and uncohesive groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 83-87.
Fiedler, F. E., Meuwese, W. A. T., & Oonk, S. (1961). Performance of laboratory tasks requiring
group creativity. Acta Psychologica, 18, 100-119.
Fiedler, F. E., Warrington, W. G., & Blaisdell, F. J. (1952). Unconscious attitudes as correlates
of sociometric choice in a social group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47,
790-796.
Fielding, K. S., & Hogg, M. A. (1997). Social identity, self-categorization, and leadership: A
field study of small interactive groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1,
39-51.
Fielding, K. S., & Hogg, M. A. (2000). Working hard to achieve self-defining group goals: A
social identity analysis. Zeitschrift fűr Sozialpsychologie, 31, 191-203.
Fields, D. L., & Blum, T. C. (1997). Employee satisfaction in work groups with different gender
composition. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 18, 181-196.
Fieldsteel, N. (1995). The process of termination in long-term psychoanalytic group
psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 25-39.
Filardo, E. K. (1996). Gender patterns in African American and White adolescents in social
interactions in same-race, mixed gender groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 71, 71-82.
Finchilescu, G. (1986). Effects of incompatibility between internal and external group
membership criteria on intergroup behavior. European Journal of Social Psychology, 16,
83-87.
Fine, G. A. (1979). Small groups and culture creation: The ideoculture of little league baseball
teams. American Sociological Review, 44, 733-745.
Fine, G. A. (1986). Behavioral change in group space: A reintegration of Lewinian theory in
small group research. Advances in Group Processes, 3, 23-50.
Fine, G. A., & Holyfield, L. (1996). Secrecy, trust, and dangerous leisure: Generating group
cohesion in voluntary organizations. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 22-38.
Fine, S., Forth, A., Gilbert, M., & Haley, G. (1991)(l.; Group therapy for adolescent depressive
disorder: A comparison of social skills and therapeutic support. Journal of the American
Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 30, 79-85.
Fineholt, T., & Sproull, L. S. (1990). Electronic groups at work. Organizational Science, 1, 4164.
Finer, W. D., Uataluoma, J. E., & Bloom, L. J. (1980). The effects of severity and pleasantness
of initiation on attraction to a group. Journal of Social Psychology, 111, 301-302.
83
Finkelstein, S. (1992). Power in top management teams: Dimensions, measurement, and
validation. Academy of Management Journal, 35, 505-538.
Finkelstein, S., & Hambrick, D. C. (1990). Top management team tenure and organizational
outcomes: The moderating role of managerial discretion. Administrative Science Quarterly,
35, 484-503.
Finigan, M. (1982). The effects of token representation on participation in small decision-making
groups. Economic and Industrial Democracy, 3, 531-550.
Finkelstein, P., Wenegrat, B., & Yalom, I. (1982). Large group awareness training. Annual
Review of Psychology, 33, 515-539.
Finlay, K. A., & Stephan, W. G. (2000). Improving intergroup relations: The effects of empathy
on racial attitudes. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 30, 1720-1737.
Finn, J. (1985). Men’s domestic violence treatment groups: A statewide survey. Social Work
With Groups, 8, 81-984.
Finn, J. (1999). An exploration of helping processes in an on-line self-help group focusing on
issues of disability. Health and Social Work, 24, 220-240.
Finn, J., & Lavitt, M. (1994). Computer-based self-help groups for sexual abuse survivors. Social
Work with Groups, 17, 21-47.
Fiol, C., & O’Connor, E. (2005). Identification in face-to-face, hybrid, and pure virtual teams:
Untangling the contradictions. Organization Science, 16, 19-32.
Fiorelli, J. S. (1988). Power in work groups: Team members’ perspectives. Human Relations, 41,
1-12.
Firestein, R. L. (1990). Effects of creative problem-solving training on communication behaviors
in small groups. Small Group Research, 21, 507-521.
Firestien, R. L., & McCowan, R. J. (1988). Creative problem solving and communication
behavior in small groups. Creativity Research Journal, 1, 106-114.
Fisek, M. H., Berger, J., & Norman, R. Z. (1991). Participation in heterogeneous and
homogeneous groups: A theoretical integration. American Journal of Sociology, 97, 114142.
Fish, W. W. (2006). Perceptions of parents with autism towards the IEP meeting: A case study of
one family support group chapter. Education, 127, 56-68.
Fisher, B. A. (1970a). Decision emergence: Phases in group decision-making. Speech
Monographs, 37, 53-66.
Fisher, B. A. (1970b). The process of decision modification in small discussion groups. Journal
of Communication, 20, 51-64.
Fisher, B. A. (1971). Communication research and the task-oriented group. Journal of
Communication, 21, 136-149.
Fisher, B. A. (1979). Content and relationship dimensions of communication in decision-making
groups. Communication Quarterly, 27, 3-11.
Fisher, B. A. (1985). Leadership as medium: Treating complexity in group communication
research. Small Group Behavior, 16, 167-196.
Fisher, B. A., & Hawes, L. C. (1971). An interact system model: Generating a grounded theory
of small groups. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 57, 444-453.
Fisher, B. A., & Stutman, R. K. (1987). An assessment of group trajectories: Analyzing
development breakpoints. Communication Quarterly, 35, 105-124.
84
Fisher, G. G., & Opper, F. H. (1996). An interdisciplinary nutrition support team improves
quality of care in a teaching hospital. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 96, 176178.
Fisher, M., Thompson, G. S., & Silverberg, D. A. (2004/2005). Effective group dynamics in elearning: Case study. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 33, 205-222.
Fisher, R. J. (1983). Third party consultation as a method of intergroup conflict resolution: A
review of studies. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 27, 301-334.
Fisher, R. J. (1994). Generic principles for resolving intergroup conflict. Journal of Social
Issues, 50(1), 47-66.
Fisher, R. J., & Keashly, L. (1988). Third-party interventions in intergroup conflict: Consultation
is NOT mediation. Negotiation Journal, 4, 381-393.
Fisher, S. G., Macrosson, W. D. K., & Wong, J. (198). Cognitive style and team role preference.
Journal of Managerial Psychology, 13, 544-557.
Fiske, J., Davis, D. M., & Horrocks, P. (1995). A self-help group for complete denture wearers.
British Dental Journal, 178, 18-22.
Fiske, S. T., & Goodwin, S. A. (1994). Social cognition research and small group research, a
West Side Story or . . . ? Small Group Research, 25, 147-171.
Fjermestad, J., & Hiltz, R. (1999). An assessment of group support systems experimental
research: Methodology and results. Journal of Management Information Systems, 15(3), 7149.
Fjermestad, J., & Hiltz, R. (2000). Group support systems: A descriptive evaluation of case and
field studies. Journal of Management Information Systems, 17, 112-157.
Flanagin, A. J., Park, H. S., & Seibold, D. R. (2004). Group performance and collaborative
technology: A longitudinal and multilevel analysis of information quality, contribution
equity, and members’ satisfaction in computer-mediated groups. Communication
Monographs, 71, 352-372.
Flanagin, A. J., Stohl, C., & Bimber, B. (2006). Modeling the structure of collective action.
Communication Monographs, 73, 29-54.
Flanagin, A. J., Tiyaamornwong, V., O’Connor, J., & Seibold, D. R. (2002). Computer-mediated
group work: The interaction of member sex and anonymity. Communication Research, 29,
66-93.
Flanders, J. P., & Thistlethwaite, D. L. (1967). Effects of familiarization and group discussion
upon risk taking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5, 91-97.
Fleischer, R. A., & Chertkoff, J. M. (1986). Effects of dominance and sex on leader selection in
dyadic work groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 94-99.
Flin, R. (1995). Crew resource management for teams in the offshore oil industry. Journal of
European Industrial Training, 19, 23-27.
Flippin, A. R. (1999). Understanding groupthink from a self-regulatory perspective. Small Group
Research, 30, 139-165.
Flippen, A. R., Hornstein, H. A., Siegal, W. E., & Weitzman, E. A. (1966). A comparison of
similarity and interdependence as triggers for in-group formation. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 22, 882-893.
Flores, J. C., & Alonso, A. (1991). Using focus groups in educational research. Evaluation
Review, 19, 84-101.
85
Florin, P., Giamartino, G. A., Kenny, D. A., & Wandersman, A. (1990). Levels of analysis and
effects: Clarifying group influence and climate by separating individual and group effects.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20, 881-900.
Flowers, M. L. (1977). A laboratory test of some implications of Janis’s groupthink hypothesis.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 888-896.
Foddy, M., & Smithson, M. (1996). Relative ability, paths of relevance, and influence in taskoriented groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 140-153.
Fodor, E. M. (1976). Group stress, authoritarian style of control, and use of power. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 61, 313-318.
Fodor, E. M. (1985). The power motive, group conflict, and physiological arousal. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1408-1415.
Fodor, E. M., & Riordan, J. M. (1995). Leader power motive and group conflict as influences on
leader behavior and group member self-affect. Journal of Research in Personality, 29, 418431.
Fodor, E. M., & Smith, T. (1982). The power motive as an influence on group decision making.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 178-185.
Foels, R., Driskell, J. E., Mullen, B., & Salas, E. (2000). The effects of democratic leadership on
group member satisfaction: An integration. Small Group Research, 31, 676-701.
Foldesi, T. (1978). Investigation for the objective measurement of cooperative ability among the
members of rowing teams. International Review of Sport Sociology, 13, 49-69.
Ford, D. L., Jr. (1983). Effects of personal control beliefs: An exploratory analysis of bargaining
outcomes in intergroup negotiations. Group and Organization Studies, 8, 113-125.
Ford, D. L., Jr., Nemiroff, P. M., & Pasmore, W. A. (1977). Group decision-making performance
as influenced by group tradition. Small Group Behavior, 8, 223-228.
Forester-Miller, H., & Duncan, J. A. (1990). The ethics of dual relationships in the training of
group counselors. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 15, 88-93.
Forgas, J. P. (1977). Polarization and moderation of person perception judgements as a function
of group interaction style. European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 175-187.
Forgas, J. P. (1978). Social episodes and social structure in an academic setting: The social
environment of an intact group. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 434-448.
Forgas, J. P. (1981). Responsibility attribution by groups and individuals: The effects of the
interaction episode. European Journal of Social Psychology, 11, 87-99.
Forgas, J. P. (1990). Affective influences on individual and group judgements. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 20, 441-453.
Forgas, J. P., Brennan, G., Howe, S., Kane, J., & Sweet, S. (1980). Audience effects on squash
players’ performance. Journal of Social Psychology, 111, 41-47.
Forgas, J. P., & Fiedler, K. (1996). Us and them: Mood effects on intergroup discrimination.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 28-40.
Forgas, J. P., O’Connor, K. V., & Morris, S. L. (1983). Smile and punishment: The effects of
facial expression on responsibility attribution by groups and individuals. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 587-596.
Forsyth, D. R. (2000). The social psychology of groups and group psychotherapy: One view of
the next century. Group, 24, 147-155.
Forsyth, D. R., Berger, R. E., & Mitchell, T. (1981). The effects of self-serving vs. other-serving
claims of responsibility on attraction and attribution in groups. Social Psychology Quarterly,
44, 59-64.
86
Forsyth, D. R., & Kelley, K. N. (1994). Attribution in groups: Estimations of personal
contributions to collective endeavors. Small Group Research, 25, 367-383.
Forsyth, D. R., & Schlenker, B. R. (1977). Attributing the causes of group performance: Effects
of performance quality, task importance, and future testing. Journal of Personality, 45, 220236.
Forsyth, D. R., Zyzniewski, L. E., & Giammanco, C. A. (2002). Responsibility diffusion in
cooperative collectives. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 54-65.
Forward, J., & Zander, A. (1971). Choice of unattainable group goals and effects on
performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 6, 184-199.
Foss, R. D. (1976). Group decision processes in the simulated trial jury. Sociometry, 39, 305316.
Foss, R. D. (1981). Structural effects in simulated jury decision making. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 40, 1055-1062.
Foster, D. H., & Finchilescu, G. (1985). Group-induced decision polarization: Further
generalizations. South African Journal of Psychology, 15, 47-54.
Foster, M. D., & Matheson, K. (1999). Perceiving and responding to the personal/group
discrimination discrepancy. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1319-1329.
Fouilleux, E., Maillard, J., & Smith, A. (2005). Technical or political? The working groups of the
EU Council of Ministers. Journal of European Public Policy, 12, 609-623.
Foulds, M. L., Guinan, J. F., & Warehime, R. G. (1974). Marathon group: Changes in a measure
of dogmatism. Small Group Behavior, 5, 387-392.
Fountain, M. J. (1993). Key roles and issues of the multidisciplinary team. Seminars in Oncology
Nursing, 9, 25-31.
Fouriezos, N. T., Hutt, M. L., & Guetzkow, H. (1950). Measurement of self-oriented needs in
discussion groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 45, 682-690.
Foushee, H. C. (1984). Dyads and triads at 35,000 feet: Factors affecting group process and
aircrew performance. American Psychologist, 39, 886-893.
Fox, W. M. (1989). The improved nominal group technique. Journal of Management
Development, 8, 20-27.
Foy, D. W., Eriksson, C. B., & Trice, G. A. (2001). Introduction to group interventions for
trauma survivors. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 246-251.
Foy, D. W., Glynn, S. M., Ruzek, J. L., Riney, S. J., & Gusman, F. D. (1997). Trauma focus
group therapy for combat-related PTSD. In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice, 3(4), 59-73.
Fox, J., & Guyer, M. (1977). Group size and cooperation in n-person Prisoner’s Dilemma.
Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 469-481.
Fraidin, S. N. (2004). When one head is better than two: Interdependent information in group
decision making. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 93, 102-113.
Frank, F., & Anderson, L. R. (1971). Effects of task and group size upon group productivity and
member satisfaction. Sociometry, 34, 135-149.
Frank, J. D. (1957). Some determinants, manifestations, and effects of cohesiveness in therapy
groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 7, 53-63.
Frank, M. G., Feeley, T. H., Paolantonio, N., & Servoss, T. J. (2004). Individual and small group
accuracy in judging truthful and deceptive communication. Group Decision and
Negotiation, 13, 45-59.
Frank, M. G., Paolantonio, N., Feeley, T., & Servoss, T. (2004). Individual and small
87
group advocacy in judging truthful and deceptive communication. Group Decision &
Negotiation, 13, 45-59.
Franklin, R., & Pack-Brown, S. (2001). Team brothers: An africentric approach to group work
with African-American Male adolescents. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 26, 237245.
Franko, D. L. (1987). Anorexia nervosa and bulimia: A self-help group. Small Group Behavior,
18, 398-407.
Franz, C. R., & Jin, K. G. (1995). The structure of group conflict in a collaborative work group
during information systems development. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 23,
108-127.
Franz, T. M., & Larson, J. R., Jr. (2002). The impact of experts on information sharing during
group discussion. Small Group Research, 33, 383-411.
Fraser, C. (1971). Group risk taking and group polarization. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 1, 493-510.
Fraser, K. L., & Russell, G. M. (2000). The role of the group in acquiring self-defense skills:
Results of a qualitative study. Small Group Research, 31, 397-423.
Fraser, S. C., Diener, E., Beaman, A. L., & Kelem, R. T. (1977). Two, three, or four heads are
better than one: Modifications of college performance by peer monitoring. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 69, 101-108.
Fraser, S. N., & Spink, K. S. (2002). Examining the role of social support and group cohesion in
exercise compliance. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 25, 233-249.
Frederiksen, C. H., (1999). Learning to reason through discourse in a problem-based learning
group. Discourse Processes, 27, 135-150.
Free, M., Oei, T., & Sander, M. (1991). Treatment outcome of a group cognitive therapy
program for depression. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 41, 533-547.
Freedman, J. L. (1979). Reconciling apparent differences between responses of humans and
other animals to crowding. Psychological Review, 86, 80-85.
Freedman, J. L., & Perlick, D. (1979). Crowding, contagion, and laughter. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 295-303.
Freedman, S. M., & Hurley, J. R. (1980). Perceptions of helpfulness and behaviors in group.
Group, 4, 51-58.
Freeman, C., & Munro, J. (1988). Drug and group treatments for bulimia/bulimia nervosa.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 32, 647-660.
Freeman, K. A. (1996). Attitudes toward work in project groups as predictors of academic
performance. Small Group Research, 27, 265-282.
Freeman, L. C. (1979). Centrality in social networks: I. Conceptual clarification. Social
Networks, 1, 215-239.
Freeman, S. J. (1991). Group facilitation of the grieving process with those bereaved by suicide.
Journal of Counseling & Development, 69, 328-431.
Freese, L. (1974). Conditions for status equity in formal task groups. Sociometry, 37, 174-188.
French, D. C., & Stright, A. L. (1991). Emergent leadership in children’s small groups. Small
Group Research, 22, 187-199.
French, D. C., Waas, G. A., Stright, A. L., & Baker, J. A. (1986). Leadership asymmetries in
mixed-age children’s groups. Child Development, 57, 1277-1283.
French, J. R. P., Jr. (1941). The disruption and cohesion of groups. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 36, 361-377.
88
Frey, J., & Fontana, A. (1991). The group interview in social research. Social Science Journal,
28, 175-187.
Frey, L. R. (1989). Exploring the input-throughput-output relationship in small groups:
Communicative predispositions, argumentation and leadership. World Communication,
18(2), 43-70.
Frey, L. R. (1994a). Introduction: Revitalizing the study of small group communication.
Communication Studies, 45, 1-6.
Frey, L. R. (1994b). The naturalistic paradigm: Studying small groups in the postmodern era.
Small Group Research, 25, 551-577.
Frey, L. R. (1994c). Introduction: Revitalizing the study of small group communication.
Communication Studies, 45, 1-6.
Frey, L. R. (2000). Diversifying our understanding of diversity and communication in groups:
Dialoguing with Clark, Anand, and Roberson (2000). Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 4, 222-229.
Frey, L. R., Adelman, M. B., Flint, L. J., & Query, J. L., Jr. (2000). Weaving meanings together
in an AIDS residence: Communicative practices, perceived health outcomes, and the
symbolic construction of community. Journal of Health Communication, 5, 53-72.
Frey, L. R., Adelman, M. B., & Query, J. L., Jr. (1996). Communication practices in the social
construction of health in an AIDS residence. Journal of Health Psychology, 1, 383-397.
Frey, L. R., & Sunwolf. (2004). The symbolic-interpretive perspective on group dynamics. Small
Group Research, 35, 277-306.
Friedkin, N. E. (1999). Choice shift and group polarization. American Sociological Review, 64,
856-875.
Friedkin, N. E., & Simpson, M. J. (1985). Effects of competition on members’ identification with
their subunit. Administrative Science Quarterly, 30, 377-394.
Friedlander, F. (1967). The impact of organizational training laboratories upon the effectiveness
of ongoing work groups. Personnel Psychology, 20, 289-307.
Friedlander, F. (1968). A comparative study of consulting processes and group development.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 4, 377-379.
Friedlander, M. L., Thibodeau, J. R., Nichols, M. P., Tucker, C., & Snyder, J. (1985).
Introducing semantic cohesion analysis: A sturdy of group talk. Small Group Behavior, 16,
285-302.
Friedman, P. G. (1989). Upstream facilitation: A proactive approach to managing problemsolving groups. Management Communication Quarterly, 3, 33-50.
Friedman, R., & Handle, O. (2002). Facilitating individuation processes in supervision groups
comprised of co-therapists conducting group treatment with bereaved parents. Group, 26(1),
95-105.
Fristad, M. A., Goldberg, G., Arnold, J., & Gavazzi, S. (2002). Multifamily psychoeducation
groups (MFPG) for families of children with bipolar disport. Bipolar Disorders, 4, 254-262.
Fristad, M. A., & Sisson, D. P. (2004). Creating partnerships between consumer groups and
professional psychologists. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 36, 477-480.
Fromme, D. K., & Close, S. R. (1976). Group compatibility and the modification of affective
verbalizations. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 15, 189-197.
Fry, L. W., & Slocum, J. W. (1984). Technology, structure, and workgroup effectiveness: A test
of a contingency model. Academy of Management Journal, 27, 221-246.
89
Fuehrer, A., & Keys, C. (1988). Group development in self-help groups for college students.
Small Group Behavior, 19, 325-341.
Frye, R. L., & Bass, B. M. (1963). Behavior in a group related to tested social acquiescence.
Journal of Social Psychology, 61, 263-266.
Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1990). Consistency of matter: A comparative analysis of
individual and group process variables. Counseling Psychologist, 18, 6-63.
Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1994). Measuring small group process: A methodological
application of chaos theory. Small Group Research, 25, 502-519.
Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (2001). Group psychotherapy training and effectiveness.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 51, 399-416.
Fuhriman, A., Drescher, S., & Burlingame, G. (1984). Conceptualizing small group process.
Small Group Behavior, 15, 427-440.
Fuller, S. R., & Aldag, R. J. (1998). Organizational tonypandy: Lessons from a quarter century
of groupthink phenomenon. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73,
163-184.
Fuirst, S., Blackburn, R., & Rosen, B. (1999). Virtual team effectiveness: A proposed research
agenda. Information Systems Journal, 9, 249-269.
Fuller, M. A., Hardin, A. M., & Davison, R. M. (2007). Efficacy in technology-mediated
distributed teams. Journal of Management Information Systems, 23, 221-247.
Fuller, M. G., & Jordan, M. L. (1994). The substance abuse consultation team addressing the
problem of hospitalized substance abusers. General Hospital Psychiatry, 16, 73-77.
Furst, S., Blackburn, R., & Rosen, B. (1999). Virtual team effectiveness: A proposed research
agenda. Info Systems, 9, 249-269.
Furst, S. A., Reeves, M., Rosen, B., & Blackburn, R. S. (2004). Managing the life cycle of
virtual teams. Academy of Management Executive, 18, 6-20.
Futoran, G. C., Kelly, J. R., & McGrath, J. E. (1989). TEMPO: A time-based system for analysis
of group interaction processes. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 10, 211-232.
Gabbert, B., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1986). Cooperating learning, group-to-individual
transfer, process gain, and the acquisition of cognitive reasoning strategies. Journal of
Psychology, 120, 265-278.
Gabrenya, W., Latané, B., & Wang, Y. (1983). Social loafing in cross-cultural perspective:
Chinese on Taiwan. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 14, 368-384.
Gabrenya, W. K., Wang, Y., & Latané, B. (1985). Social loafing on an optimizing task: Crosscultural differences among Chinese and Americans. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
16, 223-242.
Gaenslen, F. (1980). Democracy vs. efficiency: Some arguments from the small group. Political
Psychology, 2, 15-29.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Anastasio, P. A., Bachman, B. A., & Rust, M. C. (1993a). The
common ingroup identity model: Recategorization and the reduction of intergroup bias.
European Review of Social Psychology, 4, 2-26.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Anastasio, P. A., Bachman, B. A., & Rust, M. C. (1993b).
Reducing intergroup bias: The common ingroup identity model. European Review of Social
Psychology, 4, 1-20.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., & Bachman, B. A. (1996). Revisiting the contact hypothesis: The
induction of a common ingroup identity. International Journal of Intercultural Relations,
20, 271-290.
90
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Banker, B. S., Houlette, M., Johnson, K. M., & McGlynn, E. A.
(2000). Reducing intergroup conflict: From superordinate goals to decategorization,
recategorization, and mutual differentiation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 4, 98-114.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Rust, M. C., Nier, J. A., Banker, B. S., Ward, C. M., Mottola, G.
R., & Houlette, M. (1999). Reducing intergroup bias: Elements of intergroup cooperation.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 388-402.
Gaertner, S. L., & Insko, C. A. (2000). Intergroup discrimination in the minimal group paradigm:
Categorization, reciprocation, or fear? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79,
787-794.
Gaertner, S. L., & Insko, C. A. (2001). On the measurement of social orientations in the minimal
group paradigm: Norms as moderators of the expression of intergroup bias. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 143-154.
Gaetner, S. L., Mann, J. A., Dovidio, J. F., Murrell, A. J., & Pomare, M. (1990). How does
cooperation reduce intergroup bias? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 692704.
Gaetner, S. L., Mann, J. A., Murrell, A. J., & Dovidio, J. F. (1989). Reducing intergroup bias:
The benefits of categorization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 239-249.
Gaertner, S. L., Mann, J. A., Dovidio, J. G., Murrell, A. J., & Pomare, M. (1990). How does
cooperation reduce intergroup bias? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 692704.
Gaetner, S. L., Rust, M. C., Dovidio, J. F., Bachman, B. A., & Anastasio, P. A. (1994). The
contact hypothesis: The role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup bias.
Small Group Research, 25, 224-249.
Gaertner, S. L., & Shopler, J. (1998). Perceived ingroup entitativity and intergroup bias: An
interconnection of self and others. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 963-980.
Gage, M. (1998). From independence to interdependence: Creating synergistic health-care teams.
Journal of Nursing Administration, 28(4), 17-26.
Gagné, M., & Zuckerman, M. (1999). Performance and learning goal orientation as moderators
of social loafing and social facilitation. Small Group Research, 30, 524-541.
Gaines, S., & Gaines, W. (2000). Impact of small-group decision making in reducing stress
conditions. Journal of Anthropological Archaeology, 19, 103-130.
Galagan, P. (1986). Work teams that work. Training and Development Journal, 11, 33-35.
Galanes, G. J. (2003). In their own words: An exploratory study of bona fide group leaders.
Small Group Research, 34, 741-770.
Galanter, M. (1988). Zealous self-help groups as adjuncts to psychiatric treatment: A study of
Recovery, Inc. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 1248-1253.
Galegher, J., & Kraut, R. E. (1994). Computer-mediated communication for intellectual
teamwork: An experiment in group writing. Information Systems Research, 5, 110-138.
Galegher, J., Sproull, L., & Kiesler, S. (1998). Legitimacy, authority, and community in
electronic support groups. Written Communication, 15, 493-530.
Galinsky, A. D., & Kray, L. J. (2004). From thinking about what might have been to sharing
what we know: The effects of counterfactual mind-sets on information sharing in groups.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 606-618.
91
Galinsky, A. D., Ku, G., & Wang, C. S. (2005). Perspective-taking and self-other overlap:
Fostering social bonds and facilitating social coordination. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 8, 109-124.
Galinsky, A. D., & Moskowitz, G. B. (2992). Perspective-taking: Decreasing stereotype
expression, stereotype accessibility, and in-0group favoritism. Journal of Personal and
Social Psychology, 78, 708-724.
Galinsky, M. J., & Schopler, J. H. (1977). Warning: Groups may be dangerous for your health.
Social Work, 22, 89-93.
Galinsky, M. J., & Schopler, J. H. (1989). Development patterns in open-ended groups. Social
Work with Groups, 12, 99-114.
Galinsky, M. J., & Schopler, J. H. (1994). Negative experiences in support groups. Social Work
in Health Care, 20(1), 77-95.
Galinsky, M. J., Schopler, J. H., & Abell, M. D. (1997). Connecting group members through
telephone and computer groups. Health & Social Work, 22, 181-188.
Gallupe, R. B., Bastianutti, L. M., & Cooper, W. H. (1991). Unblocking brainstorms. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 76, 137-142.
Gallupe, R. B., & Cooper, W. H. (1993). Brainstorming electronically. Sloan Management
Review, 35, 27-36.
Gallupe, R. B., Dennis, A. R., Cooper, W. H., Valachich, J. S., Bastianutti, L., & Nunamaker, J.
F., Jr. (1992). Electronic brainstorming and group size. Academy of Management Journal,
35, 350-369.
Gallupe, R. B., DeSanctis, G., & Dickson, G. W. (1988). Computer based support for group
problem-finding: An experimental investigation. MIS Quarterly, 12, 277-296.
Gallupe, R. B., & McKeen, J. D. (1990). Enhancing computer-mediated communication: An
experimental investigation into the use of a group decision support system for face-to-face
versus remote meetings. Information and Management, 18, 1-13.
Gamble, W. A., & Strain, P. S. (1978). The effects of group-administered reinforcement on
group consensual decisions. Education, 98, 47-52.
Gammage, K. L., Carron, A. V., & Estabrooks, P. A. (2001). Team cohesion and individual
productivity: The influence of the norm for productivity and the identifiability of individual
effort. Small Group Research, 32, 3-18.
Gannon, T. M. (1966). Emergence of the “defensive” group norm. Federal Probation, 30(4), 4447.
Ganster, D. C., Williams, S., & Poppler, P. (1991). Does training in problem solving improve the
quality of group decision. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, 479-483.
Ganzarain, R. (1974-1975). A psychoanalytic study of sensitivity training. Interpersonal
Development, 5, 60-70.
Garcia, A. L., Miller, D. A., Smith, E. R., & Mackie, D. M. (2006). Thanks for the compliment?
Emotional reactions to group-level versus individual-level compliments and insults. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 307-324.
Garcia, S. M., Weaver, K., Moskowitz, G. B., & Darley, J. M. (2002). Crowded minds: The
implicit bystander effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 843-853.
Gardham, K., & Brown, R. (2001). Two forms of intergroup discrimination with positive and
negative outcomes: Explaining the positive-negative asymmetry effect. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 40, 23-34.
92
Gardner, D. E., Shields, D. L., Bredemeier, B. J., & Bostrom, A. (1996). The relationship
between perceived coaching behaviors and team cohesion among baseball and softball
players. Sport Psychologist, 10, 367-381.
Garibaldi, A. M. (1979). Affective contributions of cooperative and group goal structures.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 71, 788-794.
Garland, H., & Beard, J. F. (1979). Relationship between self-monitoring and leader emergence
across two task situations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 64, 403-420.
Garlick, R. (1993). Single, double, and triple minorities and the evaluations of persuasive
arguments. Communication Studies, 44, 273-284.
Garlick, R., & Mongeau, P. A. (1992). Majority/minority size and the evaluations of persuasive
arguments. Communication Research Reports, 9, 43-53.
Garlick, R., & Mongeau, P. A. (1993). Argument quality and group member status as
determinants of attitudinal minority influence. Western Journal of Communication, 57, 289308.
Garrod, S. C., & Doherty, G. M. (1994). Conversation, co-ordination, and convention: An
empirical investigation of how groups establish linguistic conventions. Cognition, 53, 181215.
Garside, C. (1996). Look who’s talking: A comparison of lecture and group discussion teaching
strategies in developing critical thinking skills. Communication Education, 45, 212-227.
Garza, R. T., Lipton, J. P., & Isonio, S. A. (1989). Group ethnic composition, leader ethnicity,
and task performance: An application of social identity theory. Genetic, Social, and General
Psychology Monographs, 115, 297-314.
Garza, R. T., Romero, G. J., Cox, B. G., & Ramirez, M. (1982). Biculturalism, locus of control,
and leader behavior in ethnically mixed small groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
12, 237-253.
Garza, R. T., & Santos, S. J. (1991). Ingroup/outgroup balance and interdependent interethnic
behavior. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27, 124-137.
Gastil, J. (1992). A definition of small group democracy. Small Group Research, 23, 278-301.
Gastil, H. (1993). Identifying obstacles to small group democracy. Small Group Research, 24, 527.
Gastil, J. (1994). A meta-analytic review of the productivity and satisfaction of democratic and
autocratic leadership. Small Group Research, 25, 384-410.
Gastil, J., Burkhalter, S., & Black, L. W. (2007). Do juries deliberate? A study of deliberation,
individual difference, and group member satisfaction at a municipal courthouse. Small
Group Research, 38, 337-359.
Gavin, L. A., & Furman, W. (1989). Age differences in adolescents’ perceptions of their peer
groups. Developmental Psychology, 25, 827-834.
Gear, T. E., Marsh, N. R., & Sergent, P. (1985). Semi-automated feedback and team behavior.
Human Relations, 38, 707-721.
Gebhardt, L. J., & Meyers, R. A. (1995). Subgroup influence in decision-making groups:
Examining consistency from a communication perspective. Small Group Research, 26, 147168.
Geier, J. G. (1967). A trait approach to the study of leadership in small groups. Journal of
Communication, 17, 316-323.
Geist, P., & Chandler, T. (1984). Account analysis of influence in group decision-making.
Communication Monographs, 51, 66-78.
93
Geist, R., Heinman, M., Stephens, D., Davis, R., & Katzman, D. (2000). Comparison of family
therapy and family psychoeducation in adolescents with anorexia nervosa. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 45, 173-178.
Geister, S., Konradt, U., & Hertel, G. (2006). Effects of process feedback on motivation,
satisfaction, and performance in virtual teams. Small Group Research, 37, 459-489.
Gellatly, I. R. (1995). Individual and group determinants of employee absenteeism: Test of
causal model. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 16, 469-485.
Gemmill, G. (1986). The mythology of the leader role in small groups. Small Group Behavior,
17, 41-50.
Gemmill, G. (1989). The dynamics of scapegoating in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 20,
406-418.
Gentry, G. W. (1980). Group size and attitudes toward the simulation experience. Simulation and
Games, 11, 451-460.
Gentry, M. E. (1982). Consensus as a form of decision making. Journal of Sociology and Social
Welfare, 9, 233-244.
George, J. F., Dennis, W. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1992). An experimental investigation of
facilitation in an EMS decision room. Group Decision and Negotiation, 1, 57-70.
George, J. F., Easton, G. K., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Northcraft, G. B. (1990). A study of
collaborative group work with and without computer-based support. Information Systems
Research, 1, 394-415.
George, J. F., & Jessup, L. M. (1997). Groups over time: What are we really studying?
International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 497-511.
George, J. M. (1990). Personality, affect, and behavior in groups. Journal of Applied Psychology,
75, 107-116.
George, J. M. (1995). Leader positive mood and group performance: The case of customer
service. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 778-795.
George, J. M., & Bettenhausen, K. (1990). Understanding prosocial behaviors, sales
performance, and turnover: A group-level analysis in a service context. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 75, 698-709.
George, J. M., & James, L. R. (1993). Personality, affect, and behavior in groups revisited:
Comment on aggression, levels of analysis, and a recent application of within and between
analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 798-804.
George, W. W. (1977). Task teams for rapid growth. Harvard Business Review, 55, 71-80.
Gerard, H. B. (1953). The effect of different dimensions of disagreement on the communication
process in small groups. Human Relations, 6, 249-271.
Gerard, H. B. (1964). Conformity and commitment to the group. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68, 209-211.
Gerard, H. B., & Hoyt, M. F. (1974). Distinctiveness of social categorization and attitude toward
ingroup members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 836-842.
Gerard, H. B., & Mathewson, G. C. (1966). The effects of severity of initiation on liking for a
group: A replication. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2, 278-287.
Gerard, H. B., Wilhelmy, R. A., & Connolley, E. S. (1968). Conformity and group size. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 79-82.
Germain, M., Knoeffel, F., Wieland, D., & Rubenstein, L. Z. (1995). A geriatric assessment and
intervention team for hospital inpatients awaiting transfer to a geriatric unit: A randomized
trial. Aging: Clinical and Experimental Research, 1, 55-60.
94
Gero, A. (1985). Conflict avoidance in consensual decision processes. Small Group Behavior,
16, 487-499.
Gershenoff, A. B., & Foti, R. J. (2003). Leader emergence and gender roles in all-female groups:
A contextual examination. Small Group Research, 34, 170-196.
Gersick, C. J. G. (1988). Time and transitions in work teams: Toward a new model of group
development. Academy of Management Journal, 31, 9-41.
Gersick, C. J. G. (1989). Marking time: Predictable transitions in task groups. Academy of
Management Journal, 32, 274-309.
Gersick, C. J. G., & Hackman, J. R. (1990). Habitual routines in task-performing groups.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 47, 65-97.
Ghiselli, E., & Lodahl, T. (1958). Patterns of managerial traits and group effectiveness. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57, 61-66.
Gibb, J. R. (1951). The effects of group size and of threat upon certainty in a problem-solving
situation. American Psychologist, 6, 324.
Gibbard, G., & Hartman, J. (1973). The Oedipal paradigm in group development: A clinical and
empirical study. Small Group Behavior, 4, 305-354.
Gibson, C. B. (1999). Do they do what they believe they can? Group-efficacy and group
effectiveness across tasks and cultures. Academy of Management Journal, 42, 138-152.
Gibson, C. B. (2003). Quality of team service: The role of field independent culture, quality
orientation, and quality improvement focus. Small Group Research, 34, 619-646.
Gibson, C. B. (2001a). From accumulation to accommodation: The chemistry of collective
cognition in work groups. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 121-134.
Gibson, C. B. (2001b). Me and us: Differential relationships among goal setting training,
efficacy, and effectiveness at the individual and team level. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 22, 789-808.
Gibson, C. B. (2003). The efficacy advantage: Factors related to the formation of group efficacy.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 33, 2153-2186.
Gibson, C. B., & Gibbs, J. L. (2006). Unpacking the concept of Virtuality: The effects of
geographic disperson, electronic dependence, dynamic structure, and national diversity on
team innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 51, 451-495.
Gibson, C. B., Randall, A. E., & Earley, P. C. (2000). Understanding group efficacy: An
empirical test of multiple assessment models. Group & Organization Management, 25, 6797.
Gibson, C. B., & Saxton, T. (2005). Thinking outside the black box: Outcomes of team decisions
with third-party interventions. Small Group Research, 36, 208-236.
Gibson, C. M., & Vermuelen, F. (2003). A healthy divide: Subgroups as a stimulus for team
learning. Administrative Science Quarterly, 48, 202-239.
Gibson, C. B., Zellmer-Bruhn, M., & Schwab, D. P. (2003). Team effectiveness in multinational
organizations: Development across contexts. Group and Organization Management, 28,
444-474.
Gibson, D. R. (2003). Participation shifts: Order and differentiation in group conversation. Social
Forces, 81, 1335-1380.
Giesen, M., & Hendrick, C. (1974). Effects of seating distance and room illumination on the
affective outcomes of small group interaction. Social Behavior and Personality, 2, 87-96.
Giesen, M., & Hendrick, C. (1977). Physical distance and sex in moderated groups: Neglected
factors in group interaction. Memory and Cognition, 5, 79-83.
95
Giesen, M., & McClaren, H. A. (1976). Discussion, distance, and sex: Changes in impressions
and attraction during small group interaction. Sociometry, 39, 60-70.
Giffin, K., & Ehrlich, L. (1963). The attitudinal effects of a group discussion on a proposed
change in company policy. Speech Monographs, 30, 377-379.
Gigone, D., & Hastie, R. (1993). The common knowledge effect: Information sharing and group
judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 629-636.
Gigone, D., & Hastie, R. (1997a). The impact of information on small group choice. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 132-140.
Gigone, D., & Hastie, R. (1997b). Proper analysis of the accuracy of group judgments.
Psychological Bulletin, 121, 149-167.
Gil-White, F. J. (2001). Are ethnic groups biological “species” to the human brain? Essentialism
in our conception of social categories. Current Anthropology, 42, 515-554.
Gilchrist, J. C. (1952). The formation of social groups under conditions of success and failure.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 174-187.
Gilchrist, J. C., Shaw, M. E., & Walker, L. C. (1954). Some effects of unequal distribution of
information in a wheel group structure. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49,
554-556.
Gill, A. A., Veigl, V. L., Shuster, J. J., & Notelovitz, M. (1984). A well woman’s health
maintenance study comparing physical fitness and group support program. Occupational
Therapy Journal of Research, 4, 286-308.
Gill, D. L. (1979). The prediction of group motor performance from individual member abilities.
Journal of Motor Behavior, 11, 113-122.
Gill, D. L., & Martens, R. (1977). The role of task type and success-failure in group competition.
International Journal of Sport Psychology, 8, 160-177.
Gill, S. J., Menlo, A., & Keel, L. P. (1984). Antecedents to member participation within small
groups: A review of theory and research. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 9, 68-76.
Gillett, R. (1977). Collective indecision. Behavioral Science, 22, 383-390.
Gillies, R. M., & Ashman, A. F. (1995). The effects of gender and ability on students’ behaviors
and interactions in classroom-based work groups. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 65, 211-225.
Gilmartin, K. M., & MacKannon, W. J. (1974). The effects of staff retraining and SPAN
decision making on group problem solving. Newsletter for Research in Mental Health and
Behavior Sciences, 16(2), 9-11.
Gilstein, K. W., Wright, E. W., & Stone, D. R. (1977). The effects of leadership style on group
interactions in differing sociopolitical subcultures. Small Group Behavior, 8, 313-331.
Ginter, G., & Lindskold, S. (1975). Rate of participation and expertise as factors influencing
leader choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 1085-1089.
Girdon, B., Chesler, M., & Chesney, B. (1991). Cultural aspects of self-help groups: A
comparison of participants and non-participants in Israel and the U.S. Society and Welfare,
12, 139-150.
Gist, M. E., Locke, E. A., & Taylor, M. S. (1987). Organizational behavior: Group structure,
process and effectiveness. Journal of Management, 13, 237-257.
Gladstein, D. L. (1984). Groups in context: A model of task group effectiveness. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 29, 499-517.
Gladstein, D. L., & Caldwell, N. P. (1985). Group decision making under threat: The tycoon
game. Academy of Management Journal, 28, 613-627.
96
Gladstein, D. L., & Reilly, N. P. (1985). Group decision making under threat: The tycoon game.
Academy of Management Journal, 28, 613-627.
Glaser, S. R. (1994). Teamwork and communication: A 3-year case study of change.
Management Communication Quarterly, 7, 282-296.
Gleason, J. M., & Harris, V. A. (1975). Race, socio-economic status, and perceived similarity as
determinants of judgments by simulated jurors. Social Behavior and Personality, 3, 1750180
Gleason, J. M., & Harris, V. A. (1976). Group discussion and defendant’s socio-economic status
as determinants of judgments by simulated jurors. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 6,
186-101.
Gleason, J. M., Seaman, F. J., & Hollander, E. P. (1978). Emergent leadership processes as a
function of task structure and Machiavellianism. Social Behavior and Personality, 6, 33-36.
Glisson, C. (1986). The group versus the individual as the unit of analysis in small group
research. Research in Social Group Work, 9(3), 15-30.
Glisson, C., & James, L. R. (2002). The cross-level effects of culture and climate in human
service teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 23, 767-794.
Glomb, T. A., & Liao, H. (2003). Interpersonal aggression in work groups: Social influence,
reciprocal, and individual effects. Academy of Management Journal, 46, 486-496.
Glover, J. A. (1977). Risky shift and creativity. Social Behavior and Personality, 5, 317-320.
Glover, J. A. (1979). Group structure and creative responding. Small Group Behavior, 10, 62-72.
Glover, J. A., & Chambers, T. (1978). The creative production of the group: Effects of small
group structure. Small Group Behavior, 9, 387-399.
Glunk, U., Heijtjes, M. G., & Olie, R. (2001). Design characteristics and functioning of top
management teams in Europe. European Management Journal, 19, 291-300.
Goar, C., & Sell, J. (2005). Using task definition to modify racial inequality within task groups.
Sociological Quarterly, 46, 525-543.
Godwin, W. F., & Restle, F. (1974). The road to agreement: Subgroup pressures in small group
consensus processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 500-509.
Goethals, G. R., & Zanna, M. P. (1979). The role of social comparison in choice shifts. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1469-1476.
Goetsch, G. G., & McFarland, D. D. (1980). Models of the distribution of acts in small
discussion groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 173-183.
Goetze, L., Glover, T. F., & Biswas, B. (1993). The effects of group size and income on
contributions to the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. Public Choice, 77, 407-414.
Goktepe, J. R., & Schneier, C. E. (1988). Sex and gender effects in evaluating emergent leaders
in small groups. Sex Roles, 19, 29-36.
Goldbart, S., & Cooper, L. (1976). Safety in groups: An existential analysis. Small Group
Behavior, 7, 237-256.
Goldberg, A. (1960). An experimental study of the effects of evaluation upon group behavior.
Quarterly Journal of Speech, 46, 274-283.
Goldberg, S. C. (1955). Influence and leadership as a function of group structure. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 119-122.
Goldman, E. K. (1975). Need achievement as a motivational basis for the risky shift. Journal of
Personality, 43, 346-356.
Goldman, F. W., & Goldman, M. (1981). The effects of dyadic group experience in subsequent
individual performance. Journal of Social Psychology, 115, 83-88.
97
Goldman, M. (1965). A comparison of individual and group performance for varying
combinations of initial ability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 210-216.
Goldman, M. (1966). A comparison of group and individual performance where subjects have
varying tendencies to solve problems. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 604607.
Goldman, M., & Fraas, L. A. (1965). The effects of leader selection on group performance.
Sociometry, 28, 82-88.
Goldman, M., Stockbauer, J. W., & McAuliffe, T. G. (1977). Intergroup and intragroup
competition and cooperation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 81-88.
Gologar, E. (1977). Group polarization in non-risk-taking culture. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 8, 331-346.
Goltz, S. M., Citera, M., Jensen, M., Favero, J., & Komaki, J. L. (1989). Individual feedback:
Does it enhance effects of group feedback? Journal of Organizational behavior
Management, 10, 77-92.
Gomez, C., Kirkman, B. L., & Shapiro, D. L. (2000). The impact of collectivism and ingroup/out-group membership on the evaluation of generosity of team members. Academy of
Management Journal, 43, 1097-1106.
González, M. G., Burke, M. J., Santuzzi, A. M., & Bradley, J. C. (2003). The impact of group
process variables on the effectiveness of distance collaboration groups. Computers in
Human Behavior, 19, 629-648.
Gonzalez, R., & Brown, R. J. (2003). Generalization of positive attitude as a function of
subgroup and superordinate group identification in intergroup contact. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 33, 195-214.
Gonzalez, R., & Griffin, D. (2002). Modeling the personality of dyads and groups. Journal of
Personality, 70, 901-924.
Good, L. R., & Nelson, D. A. (1973). Effects of person-group and intra-group attitude similarity
on perceived group attractiveness and cohesiveness. Psychological Reports, 33, 551-560.
Goodacre, D. M. (1951). The use of a sociometric test as a predictor of combat unit
effectiveness. Sociometry, 14, 148-152.
Goodacre, D. M. (1953). Group characteristics of good and poor performing combat units.
Sociometry, 16, 168-178.
Goodbody, J. (2005). Critical success factors for global virtual teams. Strategic Communication
Management, 9, 18-21.
Goodge, P. (1978). Intergroup conflict: A rethink. Human Relations, 31, 475-487.
Goodman, D. W., Randolph, D. L., & Brown, H. J. D. (1978). Attitudinal group-centered
counseling: Effects on openmindedness. Small Group Behavior, 9, 403-408.
Goodman, P. S., & Leyden, D. P. (1991). Familiarity and group productivity. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 76, 578-586.
Goodman, P. S., Ravlin, E. C., & Schminke, M. (1987). Understanding groups in organizations.
Research in Organizational Behavior, 9, 121-173.
Goodstein, L. D., & Dovio, M. (1979). The decline and fall of the small group. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 320-328.
Goodwin, M. H. (2002). Exclusion in girls’ peer groups: Ethnographic analysis of language
practices on the playground. Human Development, 45, 392-415.
Goodwin, P. J. (2004). Support groups in breast cancer: When a negative result is positive.
Journal of Clinical Oncology, 22, 4244-4246.
98
Goodwin, P. J., Leszcz, M., Ennis, M., Koopmans, J., Vincent, L., Guther, H., et al. (2001). The
effect of group psychosocial support on survival in metastic breast cancer. New England
Journal of Medicine, 345, 1719-1726.
Goodwin, W. F., & Restle, F. (1974). The road to agreement: Subgroup pressures in small group
consensus processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 500-509.
Gopal, A., Bostrom, R., & Chin, W. (1992). Applying adaptive structuration theory to investigate
the process of group support system use. Journal of Management Information Systems, 9(3),
45-69.
Gopal, A., Miranda, S. M., Robichaux, B. P., & Bostrom, R. P. (1997). Leveraging diversity with
information technology: Gender, attitude, and intervening influences in the use of group
support systems. Small Group Research, 28, 29-71.
Gopal, A., & Prasad, P. (2000). Understanding GDSS in symbolic context: Shifting the focus
from technology to interaction. MIS Quarterly, 24, 509-546.
Gordijn, E. H., De Vries, N. K., & De Dreu, C. K. W. (2002). Minority influence on focal and
related attitudes: Change in size, attributions and information processing. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1315-1326.
Gordon, J. (1992). Work teams—How far have they come? Training, 29(10), 59-65.
Gordon, K. (1924). Group judgments in the field of lifted weights. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 7, 389-400.
Gordon, R. D. (1985). The self-disclosure of interpersonal feedback: The “dyadic effect” in a
group context. Small Group Behavior, 16, 411-413.
Gordond, C. (2003). Aligning as a team: Forms of conjoined participation in (stepfamily)
interaction. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 36, 395-431.
Gorey, K. M., & Cryns, A. G. (1991). Group work as intervention modality with the older
depressed client: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 16, 137157.
Gorman, M. E., Gorman, M. E., Latta, R. M., & Cunningham, G. (1984). How disconfirmatory,
confirmatory and combined strategies affect group problem solving. British Journal of
Psychology, 75, 65-79.
Gorum, H., & Bornstein, G. (2000). The effects of intragroup communication on intergroup
cooperation in the repeated intergroup prisoner’s dilemma (IPD) game. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 44, 700-719.
Gottman, J. M., Guralnick, M. J., Wilson, B., Swanson, C. C., & Murray, J. D. (1997). What
should be the focus of emotion regulation in children? A nonlinear dynamic mathematical
model of children’s peer interaction in groups. Development and Psychopathology, 9, 421452.
Gottschalk, L. A. (1966). Psychoanalytic notes on T-groups at the Human Relations Laboratory,
Bethel, Maine. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 7, 472-487.
Gould, P., & Greenwalt, N. J. (1981). Some methodological perspectives on the analysis of team
games. Journal of Sport Psychology, 3, 283-304.
Gouran, D. S. (1969). Variables related to consensus in group discussions of questions of policy.
Speech Monographs, 37, 217-218.
Gouran, D. S. (1970). Response to “The paradox and promise of small group research.” Speech
Monographs, 37, 217-218.
Gouran, D. S. (1973a). Correlates of member satisfaction in group decision-making discussions.
Central States Speech Journal, 24, 91-96.
99
Gouran, D. S. (1973b). Group communication: Perspectives and priorities for future research.
Quarterly Journal of Speech, 58, 22-29.
Gouran, D. S. (1976). The Watergate coverup: Its dynamics and its implications. Communication
Monographs, 43, 176-186,
Gouran, D. S. (1981). Unanswered questions in research on communication in the small group:
A challenge for the 1980s. Communication, 10, 17-31.
Gouran, D. S. (1984). Communicative influences related to the Watergate coverup: The failure
of collective judgment. Central States Speech Journal, 35, 260-268.
Gouran, D. S. (1991). Rational approaches to decision-making and problem-solving discussion.
Quarterly Journal of Speech, 77, 343-358.
Gouran, D. S. (1994). The future of small group communication research: Revitalization or
continued good health? Communication Studies, 45, 29-39.
Gouran, D. S. (1994). The future of small group communication research: Revitalization or
continued good health? Communication Studies, 45, 29-39.
Gouran, D. S., & Andrews, P. H. (1984). Determinants of punitive responses to socially
proscribed behavior: Seriousness, attribution of responsibility, and status of the offender.
Small Group Behavior, 15, 525-543.
Gouran, D. S., & Baird, J. E., Jr. (1972). An analysis of distributional and sequential structure in
problem-solving and informal group discussions. Speech Monographs, 39, 18-22.
Gouran, D. S., Brown, C. R., & Henry, D. R. (1978). Behavioral correlates of perceptions of
quality in decision-making discussions. Communication Monographs, 45, 51-63.
Gouran, D. S., & Geonetta, S. C. (1977). Patterns of interaction in decision-making groups at
varying distances from consensus. Small Group Behavior, 8, 511-524.
Gouran, D. S., Hirokawa, R. Y., & Martz, A. E. (1986). A critical analysis of factors related to
decisional processes involved in the Challenger disaster. Central States Speech Journal, 37,
119-135.
Gouran, D. S., Ketrow, S. M., Spear, S., & Metzger, J. (1984). Social deviance and occupational
status: Group assessment of penalties. Small Group Behavior, 15 63-86.
Gouran, D. S., & Whitehead, J. L., Jr. (1971). An investigation of ratings of discussion
statements by participants and observers. Central States Speech Journal, 22, 263-268.
Graebner, W. (1986). The small group and democratic social engineering, 1900-1950. Journal of
Social Issues, 42, 137-154.
Graetz, K. A., Boyle, E., Kimble, C. E., Thompson, P., & Garloch, J. L. (1998). Information
sharing in face to face, teleconferencing, and electronic chat groups. Small Group Research,
29, 714-743.
Graffigna, G., & Bosio, A. C. (2006). The influence of setting on findings produced in
qualitative health research: A comparison between face-to-face and online discussion groups
about HIV/AIDS. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(3), 1-16.
Graham, C. R. (2002). Factors for effective learning groups in face-to-face and virtual
environments. Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 3, 307-319.
Graham, C. R. (2003). A model of norm development for computer-mediated teamwork. Small
Group Research, 34, 322-352.
Graham, E. E., Papa, M. J., & McPherson, M. B. (1997). An applied test of the functional
communication perspective of small group decision-making. Southern Communication
Journal, 62, 269-279.
100
Graham, W. K. (1977). Acceptance of ideas generated through individual and group
brainstorming. Journal of Social Psychology, 101, 231-234.
Graham, W. K., & Dillon, P. C. (1974). Creative supergroups: Group performance as a function
of individual performance on brainstorming tasks. Journal of Social Psychology, 93, 101105.
Granic, I., Hollerstein, T., Dishion, T. J., & Patterson, G. R. (2003). Longitudinal analysis of
flexibility and reorganization in early adolescence: A dynamic systems study of family
interactions. Developmental Psychology, 39, 606-617.
Grant, B. C. (1993). Focus groups versus mock trials: Which should you use? Trial
Diplomacy Journal, 16, 15-22.
Grant, P. R. (1992). Ethnocentrism between groups of unequal power in response to perceived
threat to social identity and valued resources. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 24,
348-370.
Grant, P. R. (1993). Reactions to intergroup similarity: Examination of the similaritydifferentiation and the similarity-attraction hypotheses. Canadian Journal of Behavioural
Science, 25, 28-44.
Grawitch, M. J., Munz, D. C., Elliott, K. K., & Mathis, A. (2003). Promoting creativity in
temporary problem-solving groups: The effects of positive mood and autonomy in problem
definition on idea-generating performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 7, 200-213.
Grawitch, M. J., Munz, D. C., & Kramer, T. J. (2003). Effects of member mood states on
creative performance in temporary workgroups. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and
Practice, 7, 41-54.
Gray, L., N., & Griffith, W. I. (1984). On differentiation in small-group power relations. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 47, 391-396.
Gray, L., Griffith, W. I., von Broembsen, M. H., & Sullivan. M. J. (1982). Group differentiation:
Temporal effects of reinforcement. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 44-049.
Gray, L., N., & von Brombsen, M. H. (1976). On the generalizability of the Law of Effect:
Social psychological measurement of group structures and processes. Sociometry, 39, 175183.
Gray, R. E., Carroll, J. C., Fitch, M., Greenberg, M., Chart, P., & Orr, V. (1999). Cancer selfhelp groups and family physicians. Cancer Practice, 7, 10-15.
Gray, R., Fitch, M., Davis, C., & Phillips, C. (1997). A qualitative study of breast cancer selfhelp groups. Psycho-oncology, 6, 279-289.
Graziano, W. G., French, D. C., Brownell, C. A., & Hartup, W. W. (1976). Peer interaction in
same- and mixed-age triads in relation top chronological age and incentive condition. Child
Development, 47, 707-714.
Graziano, W. G., Hair, E. C., & Finch, J. F. (1997). Competitiveness mediates the link between
personality and group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73,
1394-1408.
Green, E. H. (1933). Group play and quarreling among pre-school children. Child Development,
4, 302-307.
Green, R. B., & Mack, J. (1978). Would groups do better without social psychologists? A
response to Buys. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 561-563.
Green, S. G., & Taber, T. D. (1980). The effects of three social decision schemes on decision
group process. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 25, 97-106.
101
Green, T. B. (1975). An empirical analysis of nominal and interacting groups. Academy of
Management Journal, 18, 63-70.
Greenbaum, C. W. (1979). The small group under the gun: Uses of small groups in battle
conditions. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 392-405.
Greenbaum, H. H., Kaplan, I. T., & Damiano, R. (1991). Organizational group measurement
instruments: An integrated survey. Management Communication Quarterly, 5, 126-148.
Greenbaum, H. H., Kaplan, I. T., & Metlay W. (1988). Evaluation of problem-solving groups:
The case of quality circle programs. Group & Organization Studies, 13, 133-147.
Greenberg, C. I., Wang, Y-de., & Dossettt, D. I. (1982). Effects of work group size and task size
on observers’ job characteristics ratings. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 3, 53-66.
Greenberg, J. (1976). The role of seating position in group interaction: A review, with
applications for group trainers. Group and Organization Studies, 1, 310-327.
Geernberg, J. (1979). Group vs individual equity judgments: Is there a polarization effect?
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 504-512.
Greenberg, J., Williams, K. D., & O’Brien, M. K. (1986). Considering the harshest verdict first:
Biasing effects on mock juror verdicts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 4150.
Greenblat, C. S. (1980). Group dynamics and game design: Some reflections. Simulation and
Games, 11, 35-58.
Greene, C. N. (1989). Cohesion and productivity in work groups. Small Group Behavior, 20, 7086.
Greene, C. N., & Schreisheim, C. A. (1980). Leader-group interactions: A longitudinal field
investigation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65, 50-59.
Greene, L. R. (1976). Body image boundaries and small group seating arrangements. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 44, 244-249.
Greene, L. R., Morrison, T. L., & Tischler, N. G. (1981). Gender and authority: Effects on
perceptions of small group co-leaders. Small Group Behavior, 12, 401-413.
Greene, R. J. (1986). Applying the creative process to circles. Quality Circles Journal, 9, 25-30.
Greenland, K., & Brown R. (1999). Categorization and intergroup anxiety in contact between
British and Japanese nationals. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 503-521.
Greenwood, C. R., Hops, H., Delquardi, J., & Guild, J. (1974). Group contingencies for group
consequences in classroom management: A further analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 7, 413-425.
Greer, D. L. (1983). Spectator booing and the home advantage: A study of social influence in the
basketball arena. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 252-261.
Gregoire, I., Kalogeropoulos, D., & Corcos, J. (1997). The effectiveness of a professionally led
support group for men with prostate cancer. Urology Nursing, 17(2), 58-66.
Greitmeyer, T., & Schultz-Hardt, S. (2003). Preference-consistent evaluation of information in
the hidden profile paradigm: Beyond group-level explanations for the dominance of shared
information in group decisions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 322-339.
Greitmeyer, T., Schultz-Hardt, S., Brodbeck, F. C., & Frey, D. (2006). Information sampling and
group decision making: The effects of an advocacy decision procedure and task experience.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 12, 31-42.
Grieve, P. G., & Hogg, M. A. (1999). Subjective uncertainty and intergroup discrimination in the
minimal group situation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 926-940.
102
Gribas, J. (1995). Self-directed teams in the classroom: Three strikes and they’re out! CTAM
Journal, 22, 132-142.
Gribas, J. (1999). Organizational sports metaphors: Reconsidering gender bias in the team
concept. Communication Research Reports, 16, 55-64.
Gribas, J., & Downs, C. W. (2002). Metaphoric manifestations of talking “team” with team
novices. Communication Studies, 53, 112-128.
Griffin, M. (2001). The phenomenology of the alone condition: More evidence for the role of
aloneness in social facilitation. Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary & Applied, 135,
125-127.
Griffith, J. (1988). Measurement of group cohesion in U.S. army units. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 9, 149-171.
Griffith, T. L., Fiochman, M., & Moreland, R. L. (1989). Social loafing and social facilitation:
An empirical test of the cognitive-motivational model of performance. Basic and Applied
Social Psychology, 10, 253-271.
Griffith, T. L., & Neale, M. A. (2001). Information processing in traditional, hybrid, and virtual
teams: From nascent knowledge to transactive memory. Research in Organizational
Behavior, 23, 379-421.
Griffith, T. L., Sawyer, J. E., & Neale, M. A. (2003). Virtualness and knowledge in teams:
Managing the love triangle of organizations, individuals, and information technology. MIS
Quarterly, 27, 265-287.
Griffith, W. I., & Gray, L. N. (1978). The effects of external reinforcement on power structure in
task oriented group. Social Forces, 57, 222-235.
Griffiths, L. (1998). Humour as resistance to professional dominance in community mental
health teams. Sociology of Health and Illness, 20, 874-895.
Grissinger, J. A. (1955). The comparative influence on audience opinion of panel discussion and
formal debate. Speech Monographs, 22, 60-67.
Grob, L., Meyers, R., & Schuh, R. (1997). Powerful/powerless language use in group
interactions: Sex differences or similarities? Communication Quarterly, 45, 282-303.
Groffman, B. (1974). Helping behavior and group size: Some exploratory stochastic models.
Behavioral Science, 19, 210-224.
Groffman, B., & Owe, G. (1982). A game theoretic approach to measuring degree of centrality in
social networks. Social Networks, 4, 213-224.
Grofman, B., Feld, S. L., & Owen, G. (1984). Group size and the performance of a composite
group majority: Statistical truth and empirical results. Organizational Behavior and Human
Performance, 33, 350-359.
Grofman, B., & Owen, G. (1982). A game theoretic approach to measuring degree of centrality
in social networks. Social Networks, 4, 213-224.
Grofman, B., Owen, G., & Feld, S. L. (1982). Average competence, variability in individual
competence, and accuracy of statistically pooled group decisions. Psychological Reports,
50, 683-688.
Gross, E. (1954). Primary functions of the small group. American Journal of Sociology, 60, 2430.
Gross, E. (1956). Symbiosis and consensus as integrative factors in small groups. American
Sociological Review, 21, 174-179.
Gross, N., & Martin, W. (1952). On group cohesiveness. American Journal of Sociology, 57,
533-546.
103
Gross, S. R., & Miller, N. (1997). The “golden section” and bias in perceptions of social
consensus. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1, 241-271.
Grosse, C. U. (2002). Managing communication within virtual intercultural teams. Business
Communication Quarterly, 65, 22-38.
Gruen, W. (1979). Energy in group therapy: Implications for the therapist of energy
transformation and generation as a negentropic system. Small Group Behavior, 10, 23-39.
Gruenfeld, D. H., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1993). Sociocognition in work groups: The evolution
of group integrative complexity and its relation to task performance. Small Group Research,
24, 383-405.
Gruenfeld, D. H., Mannix, E. A., Williams, K. Y., & Neale, M. A. (1996). Group composition
and decision making: How member familiarity and information distribution affect process
and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 67, 1-15.
Gruenfeld, D. H., Martorana, P. V., & Fan, E. T. (2000). What do groups learn from their
worldliest members? Direct and indirect influence in dynamic teams. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 92, 45-59.
Gruenfeld, D. H., Thomas-Hunt, M. C., & Kim, P. H. (1998). Cognitive flexibility,
communication strategy, and integrative complexity in groups: Public versus private
reactions to majority and minority status. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34,
202-226.
Gruenfeld, L. W., & Lin, T-R., (1984). Social behavior of field independent and dependents in
an organic group. Human Relations, 37, 721-741.
Grunebaum, H. (1975). A soft-hearted review of hard-nosed research on groups. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 25, 185-197.
Guadagno, R. E., & Cialdini, R. B. (2002). Online persuasion: An examination of gender
differences in computer-mediated interpersonal influence. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 6, 38-51.
Guarnaschelli, S., McKelvey, R. D., & Palfrey, T. R. (2000). An experimental study of jury
decision rules. American Political Science Review, 94, 407-423.
Guastello, S. J. (1995). Facilitative style, individual innovation, and emergent leadership in
problem solving groups. Journal of Creative Behavior, 29, 225-239.
Guastello, S. J. (1998). Creative problem solving groups at the edge of chaos. Journal of
Creative Behavior, 32, 38-57.
Guastello, S. J. (2000). Symbolic dynamic patterns of written exchanges: Hierarchical structures
in an electronic problem-solving group. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology, and Life
Sciences, 4, 169-189.
Guastello, S. J., & Guastello, D. D. (1998). Origins of coordination and team effectiveness: A
perspective from game theory and nonlinear dynamics. Journal of Applied Psychology, 7,
83, 423-437.
Guastello, S. J., Hyde, T., & Odak, M. (1998). Symbolic dynamic patterns of verbal exchange in
a creative problem-solving group. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology, and Life Sciences, 2,
35-58. Erratum: NDPLS, 1999, 3, 127-128.
Guastello, S. J., & Phillipe, P. 91997). Dynamics in the development of large information
exchange groups and virtual communities. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology , and Life
Sciences, 1, 123-149.
Gudykunst, W. B., Gao, G., Schmidt, K. L., Nashida, T., Bond, M. H., Leung, K., et al. (1992).
The influence of individualism-collectivism, self-monitoring, and predicted-outcome value
104
on communication in ingroup and outgroup relationships. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 23, 196-213.
Gudykunst, W. B., & Shapiro, R. B. (1996). Communication in everyday interpersonal and
intergroup encounters. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20, 19-45.
Guerin, B. (1983). Social facilitation and social monitoring: A test of three models. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 203-214.
Guerin, B. (1986). Mere presence effects in humans: A review. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 22, 38-77.
Guerin, B. (1999). Social behaviors as determined by different arrangements of social
consequences: Social loafing, social facilitation, deindividuation, and a modified social
loafing. Psychological Record, 49, 565-578.
Guerin, B., & Innes, J. M. (1982). Social facilitation and social monitoring: A new look at
Zajonc’s mere presence hypothesis. British Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 7-18.
Guetzkow, H., & Gyr, J. (1954). An analysis of conflict in decision-making groups. Human
Relations, 7, 367-382.
Guetzkow, H., & Dill, W. R. (1957). Factors in the organizational development of task-oriented
groups. Sociometry, 20, 175-204.
Guetzkow, H., & Simon, D. A. (1955). The impact of certain communication nets upon
organization and performance in task-oriented groups. Management Science, 1, 233-250.
Guimerà, R., Uzzi, B., Spiro, J., & Amaral, L. (2005). Team assembly mechanisms determine
collaboration network structure and team performance. Science, 308, 697-702.
Guimond, A., & Dubé-Simard, L. (1983). Relative deprivation theory and the Quebec nationalist
movement: The cognitive-emotion distinction and the personal-group deprivation issue.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 526-535.
Guimond, S. (2000). Group socialization and prejudice: The social transmission of intergroup
attitudes and beliefs. European Journal of Social Psychology, 309, 335-354.
Guimond, S., Dif, S., & Aupy, A. (2002). Social identity, relative status, and intergroup attitudes:
When favorable outcomes change intergroup relations . . . for the worse. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 32, 739-760.
Guimond, S., & Dubé-Simard, L. (1983). Relative deprivation theory and the Quebec Nationalist
Movement: The cognition-emotion and the personal-group deprivation issue. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 526-535.
Guimond, S., Palmer, D., L., & Bégin, G. (1989). Education, academic program and intergroup
attitudes. Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology, 26, 193-216.
Guinote, A. (2001). The perception of intragroup variability in a minority and non-minority
context: When adaptation leads to outgroup differentiation. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 40, 117-132.
Guinote, A., & Fiske, S. T. (2003). Being in the outgroup territory increases stereotypic
perceptions of outgroups: Situational sources of category activation. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 6, 323-332.
Guinote, A., Judd, C. M., & Brauer, M. (2002). Effects of power on perceived and objective
group variability: Evidence that more powerful groups are more variable. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 708-721.
Gully, S. M., Devine, D. J., & Whitney, D. J. (1995). A meta-analysis of cohesion and
performance: Effects of level of analysis and task interdependence. Small Group Research,
26, 497-520.
105
Gully, S. M., Incalcaterra, K. A., Joshi, A., & Beaubien, J. M. (2002). A meta-analysis of teamefficacy, potency, and performance: Interdependence and level of analysis as moderators of
observed relationships. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 819-832.
Gundersen, D. E., Davis, D. L., & Davis, D. F. (1995). Can DSS technology improve group
decision performance for end users?: An experimental study. Journal of End User
Computing, 7(2), 3-10.
Gunderson, E. K. E., & Nelson, P. D. (1963). Adaptation of small groups to extreme
environments. Aerospace Medicine, 34, 1111-1115.
Gunderson, R. G. (1950). Group dynamics—Hope or hoax? Quarterly Journal of Speech, 36, 3438.
Gurman, E. B. (1968). Creativity as a function of orientation and group participation.
Psychological Reports, 22, 471-478.
Gurnee, H. (1973a). A comparison of collective and individual judgments of facts. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 21, 106-112.
Gurnee, H. (1937b). Maze learning in the collective situation. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 11, 348-368, 437-464.
Gustafson, D. H., Shukla, R. M., Delbecq, A. L., & Walster, G. W. (1973). A comparative study
of differences in subjective likelihood estimates made by individuals, interacting groups,
Delphi groups, and nominal groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 9,
280-291.
Gustafson, J. P. (1976). The passive small group: Working concepts. Human Relations, 29, 793803.
Gustafson, J. P., & Cooper, L. (1979). Unconscious planning in small groups. Human Relations,
32, 1039-1064.
Gustafson, J. P., Cooper, L., Lathrop, N. C., Ringler, K., Seldin, G. A., & Wright, M. K. (1981a).
Cooperating and clashing interests in small groups: Part 1. Theory. Human Relations, 34,
315-339.
Gustafson, J. P., Cooper, L., Lathrop, N. C., Ringler, K., Seldin, G. A., & Wright, M. K. (19812).
Cooperating and clashing interests in small groups: Part II. Group narratives. Human
Relations, 34, 367-378.
Guthrie, J. P., & Hollensbe, E. C. (2004). Group incentives and performance: A study of
spontaneous goal setting, goal choice, and commitment. Journal of Management, 30, 263285.
Gutwin, C., & Greenberg, S. (1999). The effects of workspace awareness support on the usability
of real-time distributed groupware. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 6,
243-281.
Guzzo, R. A., & Dickson, M. W. (1996). Teams in organizations: Recent research on
performance and effectiveness. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 307-338.
Guzzo, R. A., Wagner, D. B., McGuire, E., Herr, B., & Hawley, C. (1986). Implicit theories and
the evaluation of group processes and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 37, 279-295.
Guzzo, R. A., & Waters, J. A. (1982). The expression of affect and the performance of decisionmaking groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 67-74.
Guzzo, R. A., Yost, P. R., Campbell, R. J., & Shea, G. P. (1993). Potency in groups: Articulating
a construct. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 87-106.
106
Hackman, J. R. (1968). Effects of task characteristics on group products. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 4, 162-187.
Hackman, J. R., Brousseau, K. R., & Weiss, J. A. (1976). The interaction of task design and
group performance strategies in determining group effectiveness. Organizational Behavior
and Human Performance, 16, 350-365.
Hackman, J. R., & Gersick, C. J. G. (1990). Habitual routines in task-performing groups.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 47, 65-97.
Hackman, J. R., Jones, L. E., & McGrath, J. E. (1967). A set of dimensions for describing the
general properties of group-generated written passages. Psychological Bulletin, 67, 379-390.
Hackman, J. R., & Kaplan, R. E. (1974). Interventions into group process: An approach to
improving the effectiveness of groups. Decision Processes, 5, 459-480.
Hackman, J. R., & Vidmar, N. (1970). Effects of size and task type on group performance and
member reactions. Sociometry, 33, 37-54.
Hackman, J. R., & Wageman, R. (2005). A theory of team coaching. Academy of Management
Review, 30, 269-287.
Hadley, C. (2005). Ethnic expansions and between-group differences in children’s health: A case
study from the Rukwa Valley, Tanzania. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 128,
682-692.
Hagen, B. H. (1983). Managing conflict in all-women groups. Social Work With Groups, 6(3-4),
95-104.
Hagen, B. H., & Burch, G. (1985). The relationship of group processes and group task
accomplishment to group member satisfaction. Small Group Behavior, 16, 211-233.
Hagendoorn, L., & Henke, R. (1991). The effect of multiple category membership on intergroup
evaluations in a north Indian context: Class, caste, and religion. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 30, 247-260.
Haiman, F. S. (1963). Effects of training in group processes on open-mindedness. Journal of
Communication, 13, 236-245.
Hains, S. C., Hogg, M. A., & Duck, J. M. (1997). Self-categorization and leadership: Effects of
group prototypicality and leader stereotypicality. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 23, 1087-1100.
Hale, J. L., & Boster, F. J. (1988). Comparing effect coded models of choice shifts.
Communication Research Reports, 5, 180-186.
Haleblian, J., & Finkelstein, S. (1993). Top management team size, CEO dominance, and firm
performance: The moderating role of environmental turbulence and discretion. Academy of
Management Journal, 36, 844-863.
Haley, H., & Sidanius, J. (2005). Person—organization congruence and the maintenance of
group-based social hierarchy: A social dominance perspective. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 8, 187-203.
Halfhill, T., Nielsen, T. M., Sundstrom, E., & Weilbaecher, A. (2005). Group personality
composition and performance in military service teams. Military Psychology, 17, 41-54.
Halfhill, T., Sundstrom, E., Lahner, J., Calderone, W., & Nielson, T. M. (2005). Group
personality composition and group effectiveness: An integrative review of empirical
research. Small Group Research, 36, 83-105.
Hall, B. J., & Gudykunst, W. B. (1986). The intergroup theory of second language ability.
Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 5, 291-301.
107
Hall, J., & Watson, W. H. (1970). The effects of a normative intervention on group decision
making performance. Human Relations, 23, 299-317.
Hall, J., & Williams, M. S. (1966). A comparison of decision-making performances in
established and ad hoc groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 214-222.
Hall, J., & Williams, M. S. (1970). Group dynamics training and improved decision making.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 6, 39-68.
Halliday, K. W. (1982). Group power and social reinforcement. Psychological Reports, 51, 618.
Hallinan, M. T. (1979). Structural effects on children’s friendships and cliques. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 42, 43-54.
Halloran, M. J., & Kashima, E. S. (2004). Social identity and worldview validation: The effects
of ingroup identity primes and mortality salience on value endorsement. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 915-925.
Halperin, D. (1987). The self-help group: The mental health professional’s role. Group, 11, 4753.
Halstead, L. S. (1976). Team care in chronic illness: A critical review of the literature of the past
25 years. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 57, 507-511.
Halstead, L. S., Rintala, D. H., Kanellos, M., Griffin, B., Higgins, L., Rheinecker, N., et al.
(1986). The innovative rehabilitation team: An experiment in team building. Archives of
Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 67, 357-361.
Halverson, S. K., Murphy, S. E., & Riggio, R. E. (2004). Charismatic leadership in crisis
situations: A laboratory investigation of stress and crisis. Small Group Research, 35, 495514.
Hamblin, R. L. (1958). Group integration during a crisis. Human Relations, 11, 67-76.
Hambrick, D. C. (1994). Top management groups: A conceptual integration and reconsideration
of the “team” label. Research in Organizational Behavior, 16, 171-213.
Hambrick, D. C., Cho, T. S., & Chen, M-J. (1996). The influence of top management team
heterogeneity on firms’ competitive moves. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41, 659-684.
Hambrick, D. C., & D’Aveni, R. (1992). Top team deterioration as part of the downward spiral
of large corporate bankruptcies. Management Science, 38, 1445-1466.
Hambrick, D. C., Davison, S. C., Snell, S. A., & Snow, C. C. (1998). When groups consist of
multiple nationalities: Toward a new understanding of the implications. Organization
Studies, 19, 181-205.
Hamburger, H., Guyer, M., & Fox, J. (1975). Group size and cooperation. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 19, 503-531.
Hamby, R. R. (1978a). Effects of gender and sex-role on tension and satisfaction in small groups.
Psychological Reports, 42, 403-410.
Hamby, R. R. (1978b). Gender and sex-role behavior in problem solving groups. Sociological
Focus, 11, 211-219.
Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (1996). Perceiving persons and groups. Psychological Review,
103, 336-355.
Hancock, C., Storey, A., Downing, J., & Szewczak, S. M. (2001). Interagency resource teams: A
model for collaborative approaches to environmental education. Conservation Biology, 15,
596-602.
Hancock, R. D., & Sorrentino, R. M. (1980). The effects of expected future interaction and prior
group support on the conformity process. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16,
261-269.
108
Handlin, V., Breed, G., Noll, G., & Watkins, J. (1974). Encounter groups process as a function of
group length: The race toward confrontation, support, and living in the here and now. Small
Group Behavior, 5, 259-273.
Haney, C., Banks, C., & Zimbardo, P. (1973). Interpersonal dynamics in a simulated prison.
International Journal of Criminology and Psychology, 1, 69-97.
Hanlon, S. C., & Taylor, R. R. (1991). An examination of changes in work group communication
behaviors following installation of a gainsharing plan. Group & Organization Management,
16, 238-267.
Hans, V. P., Hannaford-Agor, P. L., Mott, N. L., & Munsterman, G. T. (2003). The hung jury:
The American Jury’s insights and contemporary understanding. Criminal Law Bulletin, 39,
33-50.
Hansell, S., Tackaberry, S. N., & Slavin, R. E. (1981). Cooperation, competition, and the
structure of student peer groups. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 12, 46-62.
Hansen, M. C., & Hayes, P. A. (1998). Integrating students into interdisciplinary teams:
Extending the caring circle. Seminars for Nurse Managers, 6, 214-218.
Hara, A., & Ichimura, T., & Yoshida, K. (2005). Discovering multiply diagnostic rules from
coronary heart disease database using automatically defined groups. Journal of Intelligent
Manufacturing, 16, 645-661.
Harai, W., & Graham, W. K. (1975). Task and task consequences as factors in individual and
group brainstorming. Journal of Social Psychology, 95, 61-65.
Harasty, A. S. (1997). The interpersonal nature of social stereotypes: Differential discussion
patterns about ingroups and outgroups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 270284.
Harcum, E. R., & Badura, L. L. (1990). Social loafing as a response to an appraisal of
appropriate effort. Journal of Psychology, 124, 629-637.
Hardin, A. M., Fuller, M. A., & Davison, R. M. (2007). I know I can, but can we? Culture and
efficacy belief in global virtual teams. Small Group Research, 38, 130-155.
Hardin, A. M., Fuller, M. A., & Valachich, J. S. (2006). Measuring group efficacy in virtual
teams: New questions in an old debate. Small Group Research, 37, 65-85.
Hardy, C. J. (1990). Social loafing: Motivational losses in collective performance. International
Journal of Sport Psychology, 21, 305-327.
Hardy, C. J., & Crace, R. K. (1991). The effects of task structure and teammate competence on
social loafing. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 13, 372-381.
Hardy, C. J., & Crace, R. K. (1997). Foundations of team building: Introduction to the team
building primer. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 67, 357-361.
Hardy, C., & Latané, B. (1986). Social loafing on a cheering task. Social Science, 71(2-3), 165172.
Hardy, C., & Latané, B. (1988). Social loafing in cheerleaders: Effects of team membership and
competition. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 10, 109-114.
Hardy, J., Eys, M. A., & Carson, A. V. (2005). Exploring the potential disadvantages of high
cohesion in sports teams. Small Group Research, 36, 166-187.
Hare, A. P. (1952). A study of interaction and consensus in different sized groups. American
Sociological Review, 17, 261-267.
Hare, A. P. (1953). Small group discussions with participatory and supervisory leadership.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 273-275.
109
Hare, A. P. (1967). Small group development in the relay assembly testroom. Sociological
Inquiry, 37, 169-182.
Hare, A. P. (1972). Bibliography of small group research: 1959-1969. Sociometry, 35, 1-150.
Hare, A. P. (1973a). Group decision by consensus: Reaching unity in the Society of Friends.
Sociological Inquiry, 43, 75-84.
Hare, A. P. (1973b). Theories of group development and categories for interaction analysis.
Small Group Behavior, 4, 259-304.
Hare, A. P. (1978). A comparison of Bales IPA and Parsons’ AGIL category systems. Journal of
Social Psychology, 105, 309-310.
Hare, A. P. (1980). Consensus versus majority vote: A laboratory experiment. Small Group
Behavior, 11, 131-143.
Hare, A. P. (1981). Group size. American Behavioral Scientist, 24, 695-708.
Hare, A. P. (1985). The significance of SYMLOG in the study of group dynamics. International
Journal of Small Group Research, 1, 38-50.
Hare, A. P. (1989). New field theory: SYMLOG research, 1960-1988. Advances in Group
Processes, 6, 229-257.
Hare, A. P. (1994). Types of roles in small groups: A bit of history and a current perspective.
Small Group Research, 25, 433-448.
Hare, A. P. (2003). Roles, relationships, and groups in organizations: Some conclusions and
recommendations. Small Group Research, 34, 123-154.
Hare, A. P., & Bales, R. F. (1963). Seating position and small group interaction. Sociometry, 26,
480-486.
Hare, A. P., Hare, S. E., & Blumberg, H. H. (1998). Wishful thinking: Who has the least
preferred coworker? Small Group Research, 29, 419-435.
Hare, A. P., & Muller, J. (1979). Categories for exchange analysis in small groups: With an
illustration from group psychotherapy. Sociological Inquiry, 49, 57-64.
Hare, A. P., & Naveh, D. (1984). Group development at the Camp David Summit, 1978. Small
Group Behavior, 15, 299-318.
Hare, A. P., & Naveh, D. (1985).Creative problem solving: Camp David, 1978. Small Group
Behavior, 16, 123-138.
Hare, A. P., & Naveh, D. (1986). Conformity and creativity: Camp David, 1978. Small Group
Behavior, 17, 243-268.
Hare, L. R., & O’Neill, K. (2000). Effectiveness and efficiency in small academic peer groups: A
case study. Small Group Research, 31, 24-53.
Harinck, F. (2004). Persuasive arguments and beating around the bush in negotiations. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 5-18.
Harkins, S. G. (1987). Social loafing and social facilitation. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 23, 1-18.
Harkins, S. G., & Jackson, J. M. (1985). The role of evaluation in eliminating social loafing.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 457-465.
Harkins, S. G., Latané, B., & Williams, K. (1980). Social loafing: Allocating effort or taking it
easy. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 457-465.
Harkins, S. G., & Petty, R. E. (1982). Effects of task difficulty and task uniqueness on social
loafing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 1214-1229.
Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1987). Social loafing and social facilitation: New wine in old
bottles. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 167-188.
110
Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1988). Social loafing and self-evaluation with an objective
standard. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 354-365.
Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1989). Social loafing and group evaluation. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 934-941.
Harlow, H. F. (1932). Social facilitation of feeding in the albino rat. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 41, 211-221.
Harmon, J. (1998). Electronic meeting and intense group conflict: Effects of a policy-modeling
performance support system and an audio communication support system on satisfaction and
agreement. Group Decision and Negotiations, 7, 131-155.
Harmon, J., Schneer, J. A., & Hoffman, L. R. (1995). Electronic meetings and established
decision groups: Audioconferencing effects on performance and structural stability.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 61, 138-147.
Harmon-Jones, E., Greenberg, J., Solomon, S., & Simon, L. (1996). The effects of mortality
salience on intergroup bias between minimal groups. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 26, 677-681.
Harnack, R. V. (1955). An experimental study of the effects of training in the recognition and
formulation of goals upon intra-group cooperation. Speech Monographs, 22, 31-38.
Harnack, V. R. (1963). A study of the effect of an organized minority upon a discussion group.
Journal of Communication, 13, 12-24.
Harnack, R. V. (1968). John Dewey and discussion. Western Speech, 32, 137-149.
Harper, N. L., & Askling, L. R. (1980). Group communication and quality of task solution in a
media production organization. Communication Monographs, 47, 77-100.
Harrigan, J. A., & Steffan, J. J. (1983). Gaze as a turn-exchange signal in group conversations.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 167-168.
Harrington, B., & Fine, G. A. (2000). Opening the “black box”: Small groups and twenty-firstcentury sociology. Social Psychology Quarterly, 63, 312-323.
Harrington, B., & Fine, G. A. (2006). Where the action is: Small groups and recent developments
in sociological theory. Small Group Research, 37, 4-19.
Harris, H., Altekruse, M., & Engles, D. (2003). Helping freshman student athletes adjust to
college life using psychoeducational groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 28, 6481.
Harris, M. W., Fried, K. L., & Arana, J. (1995). The counter-gang: A program of therapeutic
growth for New York City youth. Journal of Child and Adolescent Group Therapy, 5, 201213.
Harris, J. R. (1995). Where is the child’s environment? A group socialization theory of
development. Psychological Review, 102, 458-489.
Harris, T. E. (1992). Toward effective employee involvement: An analysis of parallel and self
managing teams. Journal of Applied Business Research, 9, 25-33.
Harrison, A. A., & Connors, M. M. (1984). Groups in exotic environments. Advances in
Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 50-87.
Harrison, D. A., Price, K. H., & Bell, M. P. (1988). Beyond relational demography: Time and the
effects of surface- and deep-level diversity on work group cohesion. Academy of
Management Journal, 41, 96-107.
Harrison, D. A., Price, K. H., Gavin, J. H., & Florey, A. T. (2002). Time, teams, and task
performance: Changing effects of surface- and deep-level diversity on group functioning.
Academy of Management Journal, 45, 1029-1045.
111
Harrison, M., & Ward, D. (1999). Values as context: Groupwork and social action. Groupwork,
11, 88-103.
Harrison, R. (1966). Cognitive change and participation in a sensitivity training laboratory.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 30, 517-520.
Harrison, R. (1972). When power conflicts trigger team spirit. European Business, 72, 57-65.
Harrison, R., & Lubin, B. (1965). Personal style, group composition, and learning. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 1, 286-301.
Hart, J. W., Bridgett, D. J., & Karau, S. J. (2001). Coworker ability and effort as determinants of
individual effort on a collective task. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5,
181-190.
Hart, J. W., Stasson, M. F., & Karau, S. J. (1999). Effects of source expertise and physical
distance on minority influence. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 81-92.
Hart, R. K., & McLeod, P. L. (2003). Rethinking team building in geographically dispersed
teams: One message at a time. Organizational Dynamics, 3, 352-361.
Härtel, C. E. J., & Härtel, G. F. (1997). SHAPE-assisted intuitive decision making and problem
solving: Information-processing-based training for conditions of cognitive busyness. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 187-199.
Hartley, D., Roback, H., & Abramowitz, S. (1976). Deterioration effects in encounter groups.
American Psychologist, 3, 247-255.
Hartman, J. J. (1979). Small group methods of personal change. Annual Review of Psychology,
30, 453-476.
Hartstone, M., & Augustinos, M. (1995). The minimal group paradigm: Categorization into two
versus three groups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 179-193.
Hartzler, B., & Brownson, C. (2001). The utility of change models in the design and delivery of
thematic group interventions: Applications to a self-defeating behaviors group. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 191-199.
Harvey, M., Novicevic, M. M., & Garrison, G. (2005). Global virtual teams: A human resource
capital architecture. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 16, 1583-1599.
Harvey, O. J., & Consalvi, C. (1960). Status and conformity to pressures in informal groups.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 182-187.
Harvey, V., DiLuzio, G., & Hunter, W. J. (1975). A comparison of verbal and nonverbal groups.
Small Group Behavior, 6, 210-219.
Harwod, J., Raman, P., & Hewstone, M. (2006). The family and communication dynamics of
group salience. Journal of Family Communication, 6, 181-200.
Harwood, I. (2003). Distinguishing between the facilitating and self-serving charismatic group
leader. Group, 27(2-3), 121-129.
Harwood, J., Raman, P., Hewstone, M. (2006). The family communication dynamics of group
salience. Journal of Family Communication, 6, 181-200.
Harzem, P., & Damon, S. G. (1975). Social interactions of a group of severely retarded people
with staff and peers in a ward setting. Psychological Reports, 36, 959-966.
Hasenfeld, Y., & Gidron, B. (1993). Self-help groups and human service organizations: An
interorganizational perspective. Social Service Review, 2, 217-235.
Haskell, R. E. (1975). Presumptions of group work: A value analysis. Small Group Behavior, 6,
469-486.
Haskell, R. E. (1982). The matrix of group talk: An empirical method of analysis and validation.
Small Group Behavior, 13, 165-191.
112
Haskins, M., Liedtka, J., & Rosenblum, J. (1998). Beyond teams: Toward an ethic of
collaboration. Organizational Dynamics, 26(4), 34-51.
Haslam, N., Bastian, B., Bain, P., & Kashima, Y. (2006). Psychological essentialism, implicit
theories, and intergroup relations. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 63-76.
Haslam, S. A., McGarty, C., Brown, P. M., Eggins, R. A., Morrison, B. E., & Reynolds, J.
(1998). Inspecting the emperor’s clothes: Evidence that random selection of leaders can
enhance group performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 168-184.
Haslam, S. A., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, C., & Turner, J. C. (1996). Stereotyping and social
influence: The mediation of stereotype applicability and sharedness by the views of the ingroup and out-group members. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 369-397.
Haslam, S. A., Turner, J. C., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, G., & Hayes, B. K. (1992). Context
dependent variation in social stereotyping I: The effects of intergroup relations as mediated
by social change and frame of reference. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 3-20.
Haslam, S. A., Turner, J. C., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, G., & Onorato, S. (1995). Contextual
changes in the prototypicality of extreme and moderate outgroup members. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 509-530.
Hastie, R., & Kameda, T. (2005). The robust beauty of majority rules in group decisions.
Psychological Review, 112, 494-508.
Hatch, J. A. (1987). Status and social power in a kindergarten peer group. Elementary School
Journal, 88, 79-92.
Hatfield, F. C. (1978). Effects of interpersonal attraction and tolerance-intolerance of ambiguity
on athletic team productivity. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 9, 214-226.
Hahn, H. (1996). Antidiscrimination laws and social research on disability: The minority
group perspective. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 14, 42-59.
Haunschild, P. R., Moreland, R. L., & Murrell, A. J. (1994). Sources of resistance to mergers
between groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24, 1150-1178.
Haupt, A. L., & Leary, M. R. (1997). The appeal of worthless groups: Moderating effects of trait
self-esteem. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 124-132.
Haupt, M., Karger, A., & Jaenner, M. (2000). Improvement of agitation and anxiety in demented
patients after psychoeducative group intervention with their caregivers. International
Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 15, 1125-1129.
Hausken, K. (1995). The dynamics of within-group and between-group interaction. Journal of
Math Economics, 24, 655-687.
Hautaluoma, J. E., Enge, R. S., Mitchell, T. M., & Rittwager, F. J. (1991). Early socialization
into a work group: Severity of initiations revisited. Journal of Social Behavior and
Personality, 6, 725-748.
Hautaluoma, J. E., & Spungin, H. (1974). Effects of initiation severity and interest on group
attitudes. Journal of Social Psychology, 93, 245-259.
Hauser, S. T., & Shapiro, R. L. (1976). An approach to the analysis of faculty-student
interactions in small groups. Human Relations, 29, 819-832.
Hawes, L. C., & Foley, J. M. (1978). Stationarity of group discussion. Small Group Behavior, 9,
518-528.
Hawkins, D. M. (2000). Will the mother-group have a face? The future of the facilitating
environment. Group, 24, 193-201.
Hawkins, K. W. (1995). Effects of gender and communication content on leadership emergence
in small task-oriented groups. Small Group Research, 26, 234-249.
113
Hawkins, K. W., & Fillion, P. B. (1999). Perceived communication skill needs for work groups.
Communication Research Reports, 16, 167-174.
Hawkins, K., & Power, C. B. (1999). Gender differences in questions asked during small
decision-making group discussions. Small Group Research, 30, 235-256.
Hawkins, K., & Stewart, R. A. (1991). Effects of communication apprehension on perceptions of
leadership and intragroup attraction in small task-oriented groups. Southern Communication
Journal, 57, 1-10.
Hayne, S. C., Pollard, C. E., & Rice, R. E. (2004). Identification of comment authorship in
anonymous group support systems. Journal of Management Information Systems, 20, 301329.
Hayne, S. C., & Rice, R. E. (1997). Attribution accuracy when using anonymity in group support
systems. International Journal of Human Computer Studies, 47, 429-452.
Haythorn, W. (1953). The influence of individual members on the characteristics of small
groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 276-284.
Haythorn, W. W. (1968). The composition of groups: A review of the literature. Acta
Psychologica, 28, 97-128.
Haythorn, W. W., Couch, A., Haefner, D., Langham, P., & Carter, L. F. (1956). The behavior of
authoritarian and equalitarian personalities in groups. Human Relations, 9, 57-74.
Hearne, G. (1957). Leadership and the spatial factor in small groups. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 54, 269-272.
Hebert, R., Levesque, L., Vezina, J., Lavoie, J., Ducharme, F., Gendron, C., et al. (2003).
Efficacy of a psychoeducative group program for caregivers of demented persons living at
home: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Gerontology, 58, S58-S67.
Hecht, M. L., & Riley, P. (1985). A three-factor model of group satisfaction and consensus.
Communication Research Reports, 2, 179-187.
Hecht, T. D., Allen, N. J., Klammer, J. D., & Kelly, E. C. (2002). Group beliefs, ability, and
performance: The potency of group potency. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 6, 143-152.
Hechter, M. (1982). A theory of group solidarity. Research in Marketing, Suppl. 1, 285-324.
Heckathorn, D. D. (19990). Collective sanctions and compliance norms: A formal theory of
group-mediated social control. American Sociological Review, 55, 366-384.
Hedlund, J., Ilgen, D. R., & Hollenbeck, J. R. (1988). Decision accuracy in computer-mediated
versus face-to-face decision-making teams. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 76, 30-47.
Hegarty, P., & Pratto, F. (2001). The effects of social category norms and stereotypes on
explanations for intergroup differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80,
723-735.
Hegarty, P., Pratto, F., & Lemieux, A. F. (2004). Heterosexist ambivalence and heterocentric
norms: Drinking in intergroup discomfort. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 119130.
Hegedus, D. M., & Rasmussen, R. V. (1986). Task effectiveness and interaction process of a
modified nominal group technique in solving an evaluation problem. Journal of
Management, 12, 545-560.
Heinen, J. S., & Jacobson, E. J. (1976). A model of task group development in complex
organizations and a strategy of implementation. Academy of Management Review, 1, 98-111.
Hegtvedt, K., Clay-Warner, J., & Johnson, C. (2003). The social context of responses to
114
injustice: Considering the indirect and direct-effects of group-level factors. Social Justice
Research, 16, 343-366.
Heinicke, C. M., & Bales, R. F. (1953). Developmental trends in the structure of small groups.
Sociometry, 16, 7-38.
Helgeson, V., Cohen, S., Shultz, R., & Yasko, J. (1999). Education and peer discussion group
interventions and adjustment to breast cancer. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 340-347.
Helgeson, V. S., Cohen, S., Schultz, R., & Yasko, J. (2000). Group support interventions for
women with breast cancer: Who benefits from what? Health Psychology, 19, 107-114.
Helgeson, V. S., Cohen, S., Schultz, R., & Yasko, J. (2002). Long-term effects of educational
and peer discussion group interventions on adjustments to breast cancer. Health Psychology,
20, 387-392.
Heller, J. F., Groff, B. D., & Solomon, S. H. (1977). Toward an understanding of crowding: The
role of physical interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 183-190.
Heller, T. (1978). Group decision-making by mentally retarded adults. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 82, 480-486.
Heller, T., Roccoforte, J. A., Hsieh, K., Cook, J. A., & Pickett, S. A. (1997). Benefits of support
groups for families of adults with severe mental illness. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 67, 187-198.
Helmreich, R. L., Merritt, A. C., & Wilhelm, J. A. (1999). The evolution of crew resource
management training in commercial aviation. International Journal of Aviation Psychology,
9, 19-32.
Hemphill, J. K. (1950). Relations between the size of the group and the behavior of “superior”
leaders. Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 11-22.
Hemphill, J. K., & Sechrest, L. (1952). A comparison of three criteria of air crew effectiveness in
combat over Korea. American Psychologist, 7, 391.
Henchy, T., & Glass, D. C. (1968). Evaluation apprehension and the social facilitation of
dominant and subordinate responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10,
446-454.
Henderson, J., Bourgeois, A. E., LeUnes, A., & Meyers, M. C. (1998). Group cohesiveness,
mood disturbance, and stress in female basketball players. Small Group Research, 29, 212225.
Hendrick, C., Giesen, M., & Coy, S. (1974). The social ecology of free seating arrangements in a
small group interaction context. Sociometry, 37, 262-274.
Hendrick, H. W. (1979). Differences in group problem-solving behavior and effectiveness as a
function of abstractness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 64, 518-525.
Hendricks, M. N. (1984). A focusing group: Model for a new kind of group process. Small
Group Behavior, 15, 155-171.
Heneman, R. L., & von Hippel, C. (1995). Balancing group and individual rewards: Rewarding
individual contributions to the team. Compensation and Benefits Review, 27, 63-68.
Hennessy, C. H., & Shen, J. K. M. (1986). Sources of “unreliability” in multidisciplinary team
assessment of the elderly. Evaluation Review, 10, 178-192.
Hennessy, J., & West, M. (1999). Intergroup behavior in organizations: A field test of social
identity theory. Small Group Research, 30, 361-382.
Henningsen, D. D., Cruz, M. G., & Miller, M. L. (2000). Role of social loafing in predeliberation
decision making. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 168-175.
115
Henningsen, D. D., & Henningsen, M. L. M. (2003). Examining social influence in informationsharing contexts. Small Group Research, 34, 391-412.
Henningsen, D. D., & Henningsen, M. L. M. (2004). The effect of individual difference variables
on information sharing in decision-making groups. Human Communication Research, 30,
540-555.
Henningsen, D. D., Henningsen, M. L. M., Eden, J., & Cruz, M. G. (2006). Examining the
symptoms of and retrospective sensemaking. Small Group Research, 37, 36-64..
Henningsen, D. D., Henningsen, M. L. M., Jakobsen, L., & Borton, I. (2004). It’s good to be
leader: The influence of randomly and systematically selected leaders on decision-making
groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 62-76.
Henningsen, M. L. M., Henningsen, D. D., Cruz, M. G., & Morrill, J. (2003). Social influence in
groups: A comparative application of relational framing theory and the elaboration
likelihood model of persuasion. Communication Monographs, 70, 175-197.
Henrick, J., & Boyd, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist transmission and the emergence of
between-group differences. Evolution and Human Behaviour, 19, 215-241.
Henry, A. D., Nelson, D. L., & Duncombe, L. W. (1984). Choice making in group and individual
activity. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 38, 245-251.
Henry, K. B. (2000). Perceptions of cooperation in a longitudinal social dilemma. Small Group
Research, 31, 507-527.
Henry, K. B., Arrow, H., & Carini, B. (1999). A tripartite model of group identification: Theory
and measurement. Small Group Research, 30, 558-581.
Henry, R. A. (1995). Improving group judgment accuracy: Information sharing and determining
the best member. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 62, 190-197.
Hensley, T. R., & Griffin, G. W. (1986). Victims of groupthink: The Kent State University
Board of Trustees and the 1977 gymnasium controversy. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 30,
497-531.
Herbert, T. T., & Yost, E. B. (1979). A comparison of decision quality under nominal and
interacting consensus group formats: The case of the structural problem. Decision Sciences,
10, 358-370.
Herek, G. M., & Capitanio, J. P. (1996). “Some of my best friends”: Intergroup contact,
concealable stigma, and heterosexuals’ attitudes toward gay men and lesbians. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 412-424.
Herman, C. P., Roth, D. A., & Polivy, J. (2003). Effects of the presence of others on food intake:
A normative interpretation. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 873-886.
Herman, R. (1983). Intervening in groups: A repertoire and language of group skills for selfdirected learning in decision-making groups. Small Group Behavior, 14, 445-464.
Herold, D. M. (1978). Improving the performance effectiveness of groups through a taskcontingent selection of intervention strategies. Academy of Management Review, 3, 315-325.
Herschel, R. T. (1994). The impact of varying gender composition on group brainstorming
performance in a GSS environment. Computers in Human Behavior, 10, 209-222.
Herschel, R. T., & Andrews, P. H. (1993, Spring). Empowering employees in group work.
Information Strategy: The Executive’s Journal, 9, 36-42.
Herschel, R. T., Cooper, T. R., Smith, L. F., & Arrington, L. (1994). Exploring numerical
proportions in a unique context: The group support systems meeting environment. Sex
Roles, 31, 99-123.
116
Hertel, G. Aarts, H., & Zeelenberg, M. (2002). What do you think is “fair”?: Effects of ingroup
norms and outcome control on fairness judgements. European Journal of Social Psychology,
32, 327-341.
Hertel, G., Deter, C., & Konradt, U. (2003). Motivation gains in computer-supported groups.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 33, 2080-3004.
Hertel, G., Geister, S., & Konradt, U. (2005). Managing virtual teams: A review of current
empirical research. Human Resource Management Review, 15, 69-95.
Hertel, G., Kerr, N. L., & Messé, L. A. (2000). Motivation gains in groups: Paradigmatic and
theoretical advances on the Koehler effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
79, 580-601.
Hertel, G., Kerry, N. L., Scheffler, M., Geister, S., & Messé, L. A. (2000). Exploring the Koehler
motivation gain effect: Impression management and spontaneous goal setting. Zeitschrift fűr
Socialpsychologie, 31, 204-220.
Hertel, G., Konradt, U., & Orlikowski, B. (2004). Managing distance by interdependence: Goal
setting, task interdependence and team-based rewards in virtual teams. European Journal of
Work and Organizational Psychology, 13, 1-28.
Heslin, R. (1964). Predicting group task effectiveness from member characteristics.
Psychological Bulletin, 62, 248-256.
Heslin, R., & Dunphy, D. (1964). Three dimensions of member satisfaction in small groups.
Human Relations, 17, 99-112.
Heuzé, J-P., & Fontayne, P. (2002). Questionnaire sur l’ambiance du groupe: A French-language
instrument for the measurement of group cohesion. Journal of Sport and Exercise
Psychology, 24, 42-67.
Heuzé, J-P., Sarrazin, P., Masiero, M., Raimbault, N., & Thomas, J-P. (2006). The relationships
of perceived motivational climate to cohesion and collective efficacy in elite female teams.
Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 18, 201-218.
Hewes, D. E. (1979). The sequential analysis of social interaction. Quarterly Journal of Speech,
65, 56-73.
Hewett, T. T., O’Brien, G. E., & Hornik, J. (1974). The effects of work organization, leadership
style, and member compatibility upon the productivity of small groups working on a
manipulative task. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 11, 283-301.
Hewstone, M. (1990). The “ultimate attribution error”? A review of the literature on intergroup
causal attribution. European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 311-335.
Hewstone, M., Islam, M. R., & Judd, C. M. (1993). Models of crossed categorization and
intergroup relations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 779-793.
Hewstone, M., Jaspars, J., & Lalljee, M. (1982). Social representations, social attribution and
social identity: The intergroup images of “public” and “comprehensive” schoolboys.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 12, 241-269.
Hewstone, M., Rubin, M., & Willis, H. (2002). Intergroup bias. Annual Review of Psychology,
53, 575-604.
Hickman, G. R., & Creighton-Zollar, A. (1998). Diverse self-directed work teams: Developing
strategic initiatives for 21st century organizations. Public Personnel Management, 27, 187200.
Hiers, J. M., & Heckel, R. V. (1977). Seating choice, leadership, and locus of control. Journal of
Social Psychology, 103, 313-314.
Higbee, K. L. (1973). Group influence on self-disclosure. Psychological Reports, 32, 903-909.
117
Highhouse, S. (2002). A history of the T-group and its early applications in management
development. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 277-290.
Hightower, R., & Sayeed, L. (1995). The impact of computer mediated communication systems
on biased group discussion. Computers in Human Behavior, 11, 33-44.
Hightower, R., & Sayeed, L. (1996). Effects of communication mode and predicsussion
information distribution characteristics on information exchange in groups. Information
Systems Research, 7, 451-465.
Hildebrand, J., & Forbes, C. (1987). Group work with mothers whose children have been
sexually abused. British Journal of Social Work, 17, 285-303.
Hilingh, C., Fridlund, B., & Segesten, K. (1995). Social support in self-help groups, as
experienced by persons having coronary heart disease and their next of kin. International
Journal of Nursing Studies, 32, 224-232.
Hilkey, J. H., Wilhelm, C. L., & Horne, A. M. (1982). Comparative effectiveness of videotape
pre-training versus no pre-training on selected process and outcome variables in group
therapy. Psychological Reports, 509, 1151-1159.
Hill, C. E. (1990). Is individual therapy process really different from group therapy process?
Counseling Psychologist, 18, 126-130.
Hill, G. W. (1982). Group versus individual performance: Are N + 1 heads better than one?
Psychological Bulletin, 91, 517-539.
Hill, J. L., Estabrooks, P. A., & Milliken, G. (2001). The development of class cohesion in
physical activity groups for older adults. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 23, S090.
Hill, R. E. (1975). Interpersonal compatibility and workgroup performance. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 11, 210-219.
Hill, T. A. (1976). An experimental study of the relationship between opinionated leadership and
small group consensus. Communication Monographs, 43, 246-257.
Hill, W. F., & Gruner, L. (1973). A study of development in open and closed groups. Small
Group Behavior, 4, 355-381.
Hillery, J. M., & Fugita, S. S. (1975). Group size effects in employment testing. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 35, 745-750.
Hills, J. (1994). A systemic approach to group therapy. Context, 18, 9-13.
Hiltz, S. R., Johnson, K., & Turoff, M. (1986). Experiments in group decision making:
Communication process and outcome in face-to-face versus computerized conferences.
Human Communication Research, 13, 225-252.
Hiltz, S. R., Johnson, K., & Turoff, M. (1994). Group decision support: The effects of designated
human leaders and statistical feedback in computerized conferences. Journal of
Management Information Systems, 8(2), 81-108.
Himber, C. (1970). Evaluating sensitivity training for teen-agers. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Science, 6, 307-322.
Hinckle, S., Fox-Cardamone, D. L., Haseleu, J. A., Brown, R., & Irwin, L. M. (1996). Grassroots
political activism as an intergroup phenomenon. Journal of Social Issues, 52, 39-51.
Hinckle, S., Taylor, L. A., & Fox-Cardamone, D. L. (1989). Intragroup identification and
intergroup differentiation: A multi-component approach. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 28, 305-317.
Hindle, P. (2000). Developing employment interview and interviewing skills in small-group
project work. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 24, 29-36.
118
Hinds, P. J., & Bailey, D. E. (2003). Out of sight, out of synch: Understanding conflict in
distributed teams. Organization Science, 14, 615-632.
Hinds, P. J., Carley, K. M., Krackhardt, D., & Wholey, D. (2000). Choosing work group
members: Balancing similarity, competence, and familiarity. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 81, 226-251.
Hinds, P. J., & Mortensen, M. (2005). Understanding conflict in geographically distributed
teams: The moderating effects of shared identity, shared context, and spontaneous
communication. Organization Science, 16, 290-307.
Hines, P. L., Stockton, R., & Morran, D. K. (1995). Self-talk of group therapists. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 42, 242-248.
Hinrichsen, G., Revenson, T., & Shinn, M. (1985). Does self-help help? An empirical
investigation of scoliosis peer support groups. Journal of Social Issues, 41, 65-87.
Hinsz, V. B. (1990). Cognitive and consensus processes in group recognition memory
performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 705-718.
Hinsz, V. B. (1995). Goal setting by groups performing an additive task: A comparison with
individual goal setting. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 965-990.
Hinsz, V. B., & Davis, J. H. (1984). Persuasive arguments theory, group polarization, and choice
shifts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 260-268.
Hinsz, V. B., & Nickell, G. S. (2004). Positive reactions to working in groups in a study of group
and individual goal decision making. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and Practice, 8,
253-264.
Hinsz, V. B., Tindale, R. S., & Vollrath, D. A. (1997). The emerging conceptualization of groups
as information processors. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 43-64.
Hinsz, V. B., Vollrath, D. A., Nagao, D. H., & Davis, J. H. (1988). Comparing the structure of
individual and small group perceptions. International Journal of Small Group Research, 4,
159-168.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1980). A comparative analysis of communication patterns within effective and
ineffective decision-making groups. Communication Monographs, 47, 312-321.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1982a). Consensus group decision-making, quality of decision, and group
satisfaction: An attempt to sort fact" from “fiction.” Central States Speech Journal, 33, 407415.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1982b). Group communication and problem-solving effectiveness I: A critical
review of inconsistent findings. Communication Quarterly, 30, 134-141.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1983a). Group communication and problem-solving effectiveness: An
investigation of group phases. Human Communication Research, 9, 291-305.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1983b). Group communication and problem-solving effectiveness II: An
investigation of procedural functions. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 47, 5974.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1985). Discussion procedures and decision-making performance; A test of a
functional perspective. Human Communication Research, 12, 203-224.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1987). Why informed groups make faulty decisions: An investigation of
possible interaction-based explanations. Small Group Behavior, 18, 3-29.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1988). Group communication and decision-making performance: A continued
test of the functional perspective. Human Communication Research, 14, 487-515.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1990). The role of communication in group decision-making efficacy: A taskcontingency perspective. Small Group Research, 21, 190-204.
119
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1994). Functional approaches to the study of group discussion: Even good
notions have their problems. Small Group Research, 25, 542-550.
Hirokawa, R. Y., DeGooyer, D., & Valde, K. (2000). Using narratives to study task group
effectiveness. Small Group Research, 31, 573-591.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Gouran, D. S. (1989). Facilitation of group communication: A critique of
prior research and an agenda for future research. Management Communication Quarterly, 3,
71-92.
Hirokawa, R. Y., Gouran, D. S., & Mantz, A. E. (1988). Understanding the sources of faulty
group decision making: A lesson from the Challenger disaster. Small Group Research, 19,
411-433.
Hirokawa, R. Y., Ice, R., & Cook, J. (1988). Preference for procedural order, discussion
structure, and group decision performance. Communication Quarterly, 36, 217-226.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Keyton, J. (1995). Perceived facilitators and inhibitors of effectiveness in
organizational work teams. Management Communication Quarterly, 8, 424-446.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Pace, R. (1983). A descriptive investigation of the possible communicationbased reasons for effective and ineffective group decision-making. Communication
Monographs, 50, 363-379.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Rost, K. M. (1992). Effective group decision making in organizations: Field
test of the vigilant interaction theory. Management Communication Quarterly, 5, 267-288.
Hirota, K. (1970). Group problem solving and communication. Japanese Journal of Psychology,
24, 176-177.
Hirschhorn, L., & Krantz, J. (1982). Unconscious planning in a natural work group: A case study
in process consultation. Human Relations, 35, 805-843.
Hirst, G. & Mann, L. (2004). A model of R&D leadership and team communication: the
relationship with project performance. R&D Management, 34, 147-160.
Hirt, E. R., Zillmann, D., Erickson, G. A., & Kennedy, C. (1992). Costs and benefits of
allegiance: Changes in fans' self-ascribed competencies after team victory versus defeat.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 724-738.
Hirschhorn, L., & Krantz, J. (1982). Unconscious planning in a natural work group: A case study
in process consultation. Human Relations, 35, 805-844.
Hitch, P. J., Fielding, R. G., & Llewelyn, S. P. (1994). Effectiveness of self-help and support
groups for cancer patients: A review. Psychology and Health, 9, 437-448.
Ho, T. H., & Raman, K. S. (1991). The effects of GDSS and elected leadership on small group
meetings. Journal of Management Information Systems, 8, 109-134.
Hogg, M. A. (1985). Masculine and feminine speech in dyads and groups: A study of speech
style and gender salience. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 4, 99-112.
Hoag, M. A. (1993). Group cohesiveness: A critical review and some new directions. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 85-111.
Hoag, M. A., Abrams, D., Otten, S., & Hinckle, S. (2004). The social identity perspective:
Intergroup relations, self-conception, and small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 246-276.
Hoag. M. A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1997a). Child and adolescent group psychotherapy: A
narrative review of effectiveness, a case for meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 7(2), 51-58.
Hoag, M. A. & Burlingame, G. M. (1997b). Evaluating the effectiveness of child and adolescent
group treatment: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 26, 234246.
120
Hoag, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1996). Intergroup relations and group solidarity: Effects of group
identification and social beliefs on depersonalized attraction. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 70, 295-309.
Hoag, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1998). Friendship and group identification: A new look at the role
of cohesiveness in groupthink. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 323-341.
Hogg, M. A., Hardie, E. A., & Reynolds, K. J. (1995). Prototypical similarity, selfcategorization, and depersonalized attraction: A perspective on group cohesiveness.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 159-177.
Hoag, M. A., & Moreland, R. L. (1993). Studying social processes in small groups. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 107-110.
Hoag, M. A., & Reid, S. A. (2006). Social identity, self-categorization, and the communication
of group norms. Communication Theory, 16, 7-30.
Hoag, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1985a). Interpersonal attraction, social identification and
psychological group formation. European Journal of Social Psychology, 15, 51-66.
Hoag, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1985b). When liking begets solidarity: An experiment on the role
of interpersonal attraction in psychological group formation. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 24, 267-281.
Hoag, M. A., Turner, J., & Davidson, B. (1990). Polarized norms and social frames of reference:
A test of self-categorization theory of group polarization. Basic and Applied Social
Psychology, 11, 77-100.
Hogg, M., & van Knippenberg, D. (2003). Social identity and leadership processes in groups.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 1-52.
Hoag, M. A., & Williams, K. D. (200). From I to we: Social identity and the collective self.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 81-97.
Hobman, E. V., & Bordia, P. (2006). The role of team identification in the dissimilarity-conflict
relationship. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 483-508.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., & Gallois, C. Perceived dissimilarity and work group involvement:
The moderating effects of group openness to diversity. Group & Organization
Management, 29, 560-587.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., & Gallois, C. (2003). Consequences of feeling dissimilar from others
in a work team. Journal of Business and Psychology, 17, 301-325.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., & Gallois, C. (2004). Perceived dissimilarity and work group
involvement: The moderating effects of group openness to diversity. Group & Organization
Management, 29, 560-587.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., Irmer, B., & Chang, A. (2002). The expression of conflict in
computer-mediated and face-to-face groups. Small Group Research, 33, 439-465.
Hockbaum, G. M. (1954). The relation between group members’ self-confidence and their
reactions to group pressures to uniformity. American Sociological Review, 79, 678-687.
Hodge, L., & Carron, A. (1992). Collective efficacy and group performance. International
Journal of Sport Psychology, 23, 48-59.
Hodgkinson, G., & Wright, G. 92002). Confronting strategic inertia in a top management team:
learning from failure. Organization Studies, 23, 949-977.
Hodson, G., & Esses, V. M. (2002). Distancing oneself from negative attributes and the
personal/group discrimination discrepancy. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38,
500-507.
121
Hodson, G., & Sorrentino, R. M. (1997). Groupthink and uncertainty orientation: Personality
differences in reactivity to the group situation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 1, 144-155.
Hodson, G., & Sorrentino, R. M. (2001). Just who favors in in-group? Personality differences in
reactions to uncertainty in the minimal group paradigm. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 5, 92-101.
Hoegl, M., & Gemeunden, H. G. (2001). Teamwork quality and the success of innovative
projects: A theoretical concept and empirical evidence. Organization Science, 12, 435-449.
Hoegl, M., & Parboteeah, K. P. (2003). Goal setting and team performance in innovative
projects: On the moderating role of teamwork quality. Small Group Research, 34, 3-19.
Hoegl, M., Parboteeah, K. P., & Gemuenden, H. G. (2003). When teamwork really matters: Task
innovativeness as a moderator of the teamwork-performance relationship in software
development projects. Journal of Engineering and Technology Management, 20, 281-302.
Hoegl, M., & Weinkauf, K. (2005). Managing task interdependencies in multi-team projects: A
longitudinal study. Journal of Management Studies, 42, 1287-1308.
Hoegl, M., Weinkauf, K., & Gemuenden, H. G. (2004). Interteam coordination, project
commitment, and teamwork in multiteam R&D projects: A longitudinal study.
Organizational Science, 15, 38-55.
Hoeksema-van Order, C. Y. D., Galliard, A. W. K., & Buunck, B. P. (1998). Social loafing under
fatigue. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 1179-1190.
Hoffman, J. R., & Rogelberg, S. G. (2001). All together now? College students’ preferred project
group grading procedures. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 33-40.
Hoffman, L. R. (1959). Homogeneity of member personality and its effects on group problemsolving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 27-32.
Hoffman, L. R. (1965). Group problem solving. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 2,
99-132.
Hoffman, L. R. (1979). Applying experimental research on group problem solving to
organizations. Journal of Applied Behavior, 15, 375-391.
Hoffman, L. R., Harburg, E., & Maier, N. R. F. (1962). Differences and disagreement as factors
in creative group problem solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64, 206214.
Hoffman, L. R., & Kleinman, G. B. (1994). Individual and group in group problem solving: The
valence model redressed. Human Communication Research, 21, 36-59.
Hoffman, L., & Maier, N. (1961). Quality and acceptance of problem solutions by members of
homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64,
401-407.
Hoffman, L. R., & Maier, N. R. F. (1964). Valence in the adoption of solutions by problemsolving groups: Concept, method and results. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
69, 264-271.
Hoffman, R., & Maier, N. R. F. (1970). Sex differences, sex composition, and group problemsolving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63, 453-456.
Hogan, D. B. (1974). Encounter groups and human relations training: The case against applying
traditional forms of statutory regulation. Harvard Journal of Legislation, 11, 659-701.
Hogan, D. B., & Fox, R. A. (1990). A prospective controlled trial of a geriatric consultation team
in an acute-care hospital. Age and Ageing, 19, 107-113.
122
Hogg, M. A. (1993). Group cohesiveness: A critical review and some new directions. European
Review of Social Psychology, 4, 85-111.
Hogg, M. A., Abrams, D., Otten, S., & Hinckle, S. (2004). The social identity perspective:
Intergroup relations, self-conception, and small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 246-276.
Hogg, M. A., Cooper-Shaw, L., & Holzworth, D. W. (1993). Group prototypicality and
depersonalized attraction in small interactive groups. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 19, 452-465.
Hogg, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1996). Intergroup relations and group solidarity: Effects of group
identification and social beliefs on depersonalized attraction. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 70, 295-309.
Hogg, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1998). Friendship and group identification: A new look at the role
of cohesiveness in group think. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 323-341.
Hogg, M. A., Hains, S. C., & Mason, I. (1998). Identification and leadership in small groups:
Salience, frame of reference, and leader stereotypicality effects on leader evaluations.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 1248-1263.
Hogg, M. A., Martin, R., Epitropaki, O., Mankad, A., Svensson, A., & Weeden, K. (2005).
Effective leadership in salient groups: Revisiting leader-member exchange theory from the
perspective of the social identity theory of leadership. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 991-1004.
Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1985). Interpersonal attraction, social identification and
psychological group formation. European Journal of Social Psychology, 15, 51-66.
Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1987). Intergroup behaviour, self-stereotyping and the salience of
social categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 325-340.
Hogg, M. A., Turner, J. C., & Davidson, B. (1990). Polarized norms and social frames of
reference: A test of the self-categorization theory of group polarization. Basic and Applied
Social Psychology, 11, 77-100.
Hogg, M. A., & Williams, K. D. (2000). From I to we: Social identity and the collective self.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 81-97.
Høigaard, R., Säfvenbom, R., & Tønnessen, F. E. (2006). The relationship between group
cohesion, group norms, and perceived social loafing in soccer teams. Small Group Research,
37, 217-232.
Hold-Cavell, B. C., & Borsutsky, D. (1986). Strategies to obtain high regard: Longitudinal study
of a group of preschool children. Ethnology and Sociobiology, 7, 39-56.
Holland, S. M., Fedler, A. J., & Ditton, R. B. (1986). The group representative bias: Another
look. Leisure Sciences, 8, 79-91.
Holland, S., Gatson, K., & Gomes, J. (2000). Critical success factors for cross-functional
teamwork in new product development. International Journal of Management Review, 2,
231-259.
Hollihan, T. A., & Riley, P. (1987). The rhetorical power of a compelling story: A critique of a
“toughlove” parental support group. Communication Quarterly, 35, 13-25.
Hollenbeck, J. R., Colquit, J. A., Ilgen, D. R., LePine, J. A., & Hedlund, J. (1998). Accuracy
decomposition and team decision making: Testing theoretical boundary conditions. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 83, 494-500.
Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgren, D. R., LePine, J. A., Colquitt, J. A., & Hedlund, J. (1998). Extending
the multilevel theory of team decision making: Effects of feedback and experience in
hierarchical teams. Academy of Management Review, 9, 195-206.
123
Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgren, D. R., Sego, D. J., Hedlund, J., Major, D. A., & Phillips, J. (1995).
Multilevel theory of team decision making: Decision performance in teams incorporating
distributed expertise. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 292-316.
Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., Tuttle, D. B., & Sego, D. J. (1995). Team performance on
monitoring tasks: An examination of decision errors in contexts requiring sustained
attention. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 685-696.
Holleran, B. P., & Holleran, P. R. (1976). Creativity revisited: A new role for group dynamics.
Journal of Creative Behavior, 10, 130-137.
Hollingshead, A. B. (1996). Information suppression and status persistence in group decision
making: The effects of communication media. Human Communication Research, 23, 193219.
Hollingshead, A. B. (1996b). The rank-order effect in group decision making. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 68, 181-193.
Hollingshead, A. B. (1998). Group and individual training: The impact of practice on
performance. Small Group Research, 29, 254-280.
Hollingshead, A. B., & Brandon, D. P. (2002). Potential benefits of communication in
transactive memory systems. Human Communication Research, 29, 607-615.
Hollingshead, A. B., McGrath, J. E., & O’Connor, K. M. (1993). Group task performance and
communication technology: A longitudinal study of computer-mediated versus face-to-face
work groups. Small Group Research, 24, 307-333.
Holloman, C. R., & Hendrick, H. (1972). Adequacy of group decisions as a function of the
decision making process. Academy of Management Journal, 12, 175-184.
Holmes, C M., Sholley, B. K., & Walker, W. E. (1980). Leader, follower, and isolate personality
patterns in Black and White emergent leadership groups. Journal of Psychology, 105, 41-46.
Holmes, P. (1983). “Dropping out” from an adolescent therapeutic group: A study of factors in
the patients and their parents which may influence this process. Journal of Adolescence, 6,
333-346.
Holz, R. (2004). Group cohesion, attitude projection, and opinion certainty: Beyond interaction.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 112-125.
Homma, M., Tajima, K., & Hayashi, M. (1995). The effects of misperception of performance in
brainstorming groups. Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 221-231.
Hong, D. S. (1979). The effects of concreteness, balance, and sex on the ratings of pleasantness
and willingness to change relationship in triadic social relations. Korean Journal of
Psychology, 2, 217-232.
Hong, L. K. (1978). Risky shift and cautious shift: Some direct evidence on the culture-value
theory. Social Psychology, 41, 342-346.
Hong, Y., Coleman, J., Chan, G., Wong, R. Y. M., Chiu, C., Hansen, I. G., et al. (2004).
Predicting intergroup bias: The interactive effects of implicit theory and social identity.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1035-1047.
Honey, K., Bennett, P., & Morgan, M. (2002). A brief psycho-education group intervention for
postnatal depression. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 41, 405-409.
Honeywell-Johnson, J. A., & Dickinson, A. M. (1999). Small group incentives: A review of the
literature. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 19, 89-120.
Hong, Y., Coleman, J., Chan, G., Wong, R. Y. M., Chiu, C., Hansen, I., et al. (2004). Predicting
intergroup bias: The interactive effects of implicit theory and social identity. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1035-1047.
124
Hong, Y, Levy, S. R., & Chiu, C-Y. (2001). The contribution of the lay theories approach to the
study of groups. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 98-106.
Hoogstraten, J., & Vorst, H. C. M. (1978). Group cohesion, task performance, and the
experimenter expectancy effect. Human Relations, 31, 939-956.
Hooper, S. (2003). The effects of persistence and small group interaction during computer-based
instruction. Computers in Human Behavior, 19, 211-218.
Hooper, S., & Hannafin, M. (1991). The effects of group composition on achievement,
interaction, and learning efficiency during computer-based cooperative instruction.
Educational Technology Research and Development, 39(3), 27-40.
Hooper, S., Ward, T., Hannafin, M., & Clark, H. (1989). The effects of aptitude composition on
achievement during small group learning. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 16(3),
102-109.
Hope, D. A., Heimberg, R. G., & Bruch, M. A. (1995). Dismantling cognitive-behavioral group
therapy for social phobia. Behavior Research and Therapy, 33, 637-650.
Hopkins, K. D. (1982). The unit of analysis: Group means versus individual observations.
American Educational Research Journal, 19, 5-18.
Hopkins, W. E., & Hopkins, S. A. (2002). Effects of cultural recomposition on group interaction
processes. Academy of Management Review, 27, 541-554.
Hopper, E. (1997). Traumatic experience in the unconscious life of groups: A fourth basic
assumption. Group Analysis, 30, 439-470.
Hopthrow, T., & Hulbert, L. G. (2005). The effect of group decision making on cooperation in
social dilemmas. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 89-100.
Hopthrow, T., & Hulbert, L. G. (in press). Social dilemmas and group decision making. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations.
Horejsi, C. R. (1974). Small-group sex education for engaged couples. Journal of Family
Counseling, 2(2), 23-27.
Horne, A. M., & Rosenthal, R. (1997). Research in group work: How did we get where we are?
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 128-140.
Hornsey, M. J., Blackwood, L., & O’Brien, A. (2005). Speaking for others: The pros and cons of
group advocates using collective language. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8,
245-258.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (1999). Subgroup differentiation as a response to an overlyinclusive group: A test of optimal distinctiveness theory. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 29, 543-550.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000a). Assimilation and diversity: An integrative model of
subgroup relations. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 143-156.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000b). A comparison of the mutual intergroup differentiation
and common ingroup identity models of prejudice reduction. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 26, 242-256.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000c). Intergroup similarity and subgroup relations: Some
implications for assimilation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 948-958.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000d). Subgroup relations: Two experiments comparing
subgroup differentiation and common ingroup identity models of prejudice reduction.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 242-256.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2002). The effects of status on subgroup relations. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 203-218.
125
Hornsey, M. J., & Imami, A. (2004). Criticizing groups from the inside and the outside: An
identity perspective on the intergroup sensitivity effect. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 30, 365-383
Hornsey, M. J., & Jetten, J. (2003). Not being what you claim to be: Imposters as sources of
group threat. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 639-657.
Hornsey, M. J., & Jetten, J. (2004). The individual within the group: Balancing the need to
belong with the need to be different. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 8, 248-264.
Hornsey, M. J., Oppes, T., & Swenson, A. (2002). “It’s OK if we say it, but you can’t”:
Responses to intergroup and intragroup criticism. European Journal of Social Psychology,
32, 293-307.
Hornsey, M. J., Spears, R., Cremers, I., & Hogg, M. A. (2003). Relations between high and low
power groups: The importance of legitimacy. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
29, 216-227.
Hornsey, M. J., Trembath, M., & Gunthorpe, S. (2004). “You can criticize because you care”:
Identity attachment, constructiveness, and the intergroup sensitivity effect. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 499-518.
Hornsey, M. J., van Leewen, E., & Van Santen, W. (2003). Dragging down and dragging up:
How relative group status affects responses to common fate. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 7, 254-288.
Hornung, W., Northoff-Helling, U., Vogel-Helleberg, P., & Feldmann, R. (2000). Early
rehabilitation for schizophrenia in-patients: A pilot study of combined psycho-educationalpsychotherapeutic group therapy program. Krankenhauspsychiatrie, 11(2), 44-48.
Horowitz, L. (1962). Consensus, conflict and cooperation: A sociological inventory. Social
Forces, 41, 177-188.
Horton, M., & Biolsi, K. (1994). Coordination challenges in a computer-supported meeting
environment. Journal of Management Information Systems, 10(3), 7-24.
Horton, M., Rogers, OP., Austin, L., & McCormick, M. (1991-1992). Exploring the impact of
face-to-face collaborative technology on group writing. Journal of MIS, 8(3), 27-48.
Horwitz, J. L. (1969). Dimensions of rehabilitation teamwork. Rehabilitation Record, 10, 37-48.
Horwitz, L. (1977). A group-centered approach to group psychotherapy. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy, 27, 423-439.
Horwitz, M. (1954). The recall of interrupted group tasks: An experimental study of individual
motivation in relation to group goals. Human Relations, 7, 3-38.
House, R. J. (1967). T-group education and leadership effectiveness: A review of the empirical
literature and a critical evaluation. Personnel Psychology, 20, 1-32.
Househ, M. S., & Lau, F. Y. (2005). Collaborative technology use by healthcare teams. Journal
of Medical Systems, 29, 449-461.
Houston, T. K., Cooper, L. A., & Ford, D. E. (2002). Internet support groups for depression: A
1-year prospective cohort study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 2062-2068.
Howard, J. W., & Rothbart, M. (1980). Social categorization and memory for in-group and outgroup behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 301-310.
Howard, W., & Crano, W. D. (1974). Effects of sex, conversation, location, and size of observer
group on bystander intervention in a high risk situation. Sociometry, 37, 491-507.
Howe, J. G. (1977). Group climate: An exploratory analysis of construct validity. Organizational
Behavior and Human Performance, 19, 106-125.
126
Howells, L. T., & Becker, S. W. (1962). Seating arrangement and leadership emergence. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64, 148-150.
Hoyle, R. H., & Crawford, A. M. (1994). Use of individual-level data to investigate group
phenomena: Issues and strategies. Small Group Research, 25, 464-485.
Hoyle, R. H., Georgesen, J. C., & Webster, J. M. (2001). Analyzing data from individuals in
groups: The past, the present, and the future. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 5, 41-47.
Hoyle R. H., Pinkley R. L., & Insko C. A. (1989). Perceptions of behavior: Evidence of differing
expectations for interpersonal and intergroup interactions. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 15, 365-376.
Hoyt, C. L. & Blascovich, J. (2003). Transformational and transactional leadership in virtual and
physical environments. Small Group Research, 34, 678-715.
Hoyt, C. L., Murphy, S. E., Halverson, S. K., & Watson, C. B. (2003). Group leadership:
Efficacy and effectiveness. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 259-274.
Hrycenko, I., & Minton, H. L. (1974). Internal-external control, power position, and satisfaction
in task-oriented groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 871-878.
Hsieh, E. (2004). Stories in action and the dialogic management of identities: Storytelling in
transplant support group meetings. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 37, 39-70.
Huang, W., Raman, K. S., & Wei, K. K. (1997). Effects of group support system and task type
on social influences in small groups. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and
Cybernetics—Part A: Systems and Humans, 27, 578-587.
Huang, W. W., & Wei, K. K. (2000). An empirical investigation into the effects of group support
systems (GSS) and task type on group interactions from an influence perspective. Journal of
Management Information Systems, 17, 181-206.
Huang, W. W., Wei, K. K., & Tan, B. C. (1999). Compensating effects of GSS on group
performance. Information and Management, 35, 195-202.
Huang, W. W., Wei, K. K., Watson, R. T., & Tan, B. C. (2002). Supporting virtual team-building
in GSS: An empirical investigation. Decision Support Systems, 34, 359-367.
Huber, G. P. (1984). Issues in the design of group decision support systems. Management
Information Systems Quarterly, 8, 195-204.
Huber, M. W., & Dennis, A. R. (1998). Mum’s not the word! An investigation of the effects of a
group support system on a men’s counseling groups. Proceedings of the 31st Annual Hawaii
International Conference on System Sciences, 1, 58-67.
Hubert, K. N., Gudykunst, W. B., & Guerrerro, S. L. (1999). Intergroup communication over
time. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 13-46.
Huddleson, S., Doody, S. G., & Ruder, M. K. (1985). The effect of prior knowledge of social
loafing phenomenon on performance in a group. International Journal of Sport Psychology,
16, 176-182.
Huddy, L. (2004). Contrasting theoretical approaches to intergroup relations. Political
Psychology, 25, 947-967.
Hughes, R. L. (2003). The flow of human crowds. Annual Review of Fluid Mechanics, 35, 169–
182.
Huguet, P., Charbonnier, E., & Monteil, J-M. (1999). Productivity loss in performance groups:
People who see themselves as average do not engage in social loafing. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 118-131.
127
Hulbert, L., G., Correa da Silva, M. L., & Adegboyega, G. (2001). Cooperation in social
dilemmas and allocentrism: A social values approach. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 31, 641-657.
Humphreys, B., Johnson, R., & Johnson, D. W. (1982). Effects of cooperative, competitive, and
individualistic learning on students’ achievement in science class. Journal of Research in
Science Teaching, 19, 351-356.
Humphreys, K. (1996). World view change in Adult Children of Alcoholics/Al-Anon self-help
groups: Restructuring the alcoholic family. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
46, 255-263.
Humphreys, K., & Rappaport, J. (1994). Researching self-help /mutual aid groups and
organizations: Many roads, one journey. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 3, 217-231.
Humphrys, P., & O’Brien, G. E. (1985). The proposal and evaluation of two models of group
productivity. Australian Journal of Psychology, 37, 175-184.
Hunsaker, P. L., & Hunsaker, D. M. (1974). Luna I moon colony: An adapted format for analysis
of group decision-making in a competitive setting. Psychological Reports, 35, 411-414.
Hunt, W., & Issacharoff, A. (1991). History and analysis of a leaderless group of professional
therapists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 1164-1167.
Hunter, D., Gambell, T., & Randhawa, B. (2005). Gender gaps in group listening and speaking:
Issues in social constructivist approaches to teaching and learning. Educational Review, 57,
329-355.
Hunter, J. A., Platow, M. J., Bell, L. M., Kypri, K., & Lewis, C. A. (1997). Intergroup bias and
self-evaluation: Domain-specific self-esteem, threats to identity and dimensional
importance. British Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 405-426.
Huo, Y. J., & Molina, L. E. (2006). Is pluralism a viable model of diversity? The benefits and
limits of subgroup respect. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 359-376.
Huo, Y. J., Molina, L., Sawahata, R., & Deang, J. M. (2005). Leadership and the management of
conflicts in diverse groups: Why acknowledging versus neglecting subgroup identity
matters. European Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 237-254.
Huo, Y. J., Smith, H. J., Tyler, T. R., & Lind, E. A. (1996). Superordinate identification,
subgroup identification, and justice concerns. Psychological Science, 7, 40-45.
Hurley, J. R. (1975). “Some effects of trainers on their T groups” reconsidered. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 11, 190-196.
Hurley, J. R. (1997). Interpersonal theory and measures of outcome and emotional climate in 111
personal development groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 86-97.
Hurst, A. G., Stein, K. B., Korchim, S. J., & Soskin, W. F. (1978). Leadership style
determinations of cohesiveness in adolescent groups. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 28, 263-277.
Hurst, D. K., Rush, J. C., & White, R. E. (1989). Top management teams and organizational
renewal. Strategic Management Journal, 10, 87-105.
Husband, R. W. (1940). Cooperative versus solitary problem solving. Journal of Social
Psychology, 11, 405-409.
Huston-Comeraux, S. L., & Kelly, J. R. (1996). Sex differences in interaction style and group
task per4formance: The process-performance relationship. Journal of Social Behavior and
Personality, 11, 255-275.
128
Hutchison, P., Hetten, J., Christian, J., & Haycraft, E. (in press). Protecting threatened identity:
Sticking with the group by emphasizing ingroup heterogeneity. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin.
Huxman, S. S. (1997). The tragic-comic rhetorical “dance” of marginalized groups: The case of
Mennonites in the Great War. Southern Communication Journal, 62, 305-318.
Huysman, M., Steinfield, C., Jang, C., David, K., Tveld, M., Poot, J., et al. (2003). Virtual teams
and the appropriation of communication technology: Exploring the concept of media
stickiness. Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 12, 411-436.
Hwang, H. G., & Guynes, J. (1994). The effect of group size and group performance in
computer-supported decision making. Information and Management, 26, 189-198.
Hyatt, D. E., & Ruddy, T. M. (1997). An examination of the relationships between work group
characteristics and performance: Once more into the breech. Personnel Psychology, 50, 553585.
Hyde, C. (1984). The retrenchment support group: A case study in campus ministry. Religion
and Intellectual Life, 1, 77-87.
Hyers, L. L., & Swim, J. K. (1998). A comparison of the experiences of dominant and minority
group members during an intergroup encounter. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 1,
143-163.
Hynes, K., & Clarkberg, M. (2005). Women’s employment patterns during early parenthood: A
group-based trajectory analysis. Journal of Marriage and Family, 67, 222-239.
Hyrkäs, K., & Appelqvist-Schmidlechner, K. (2003). Team supervision in multiprofessional
teams: Team members’ descriptions of the effects as highlighted by group interviews.
Journal of Clinical Nursing, 12, 188-197.
Ilgen, D. R. (1999). Teams embedded in organizations: Some implications. American
Psychologist, 54, 129-139.
Ilgen, D. R., Hollenbeck, J. R., Johnson, M., & Jundt, D. (2005). Teams in organizations: From
input-process-output models to IMOI models. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 517-543.
Indik, B. P. (1965). Operational size and member participation: Some empirical tests of
alternative explanations. Human Relations, 18, 339-350.
Ingham, A. G., Levinger, G., Graves, J., & Peckham, V. (1974). The Ringelmann effect: Studies
of group size and group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10,
371-384.
Innami, I. (1994). The quality of group decisions, group verbal behavior, and intervention.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 60, 409-430.
Insko, C. A., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Lipsitz, A., Moehle, D., & Thibaut, J. (1983). Trade versus
expropriation in open groups: A comparison of two types of social power. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 977-999.
Insko, C. A., Gilmore, R., Moehle, D., Lipsitz, A., Drenan, S., & Thibaut, J. W. (1982). Seniority
in generational transition in laboratory groups: The effects of social familiarity and task
experience. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 557-580.
Insko C. A., Hoyle R. H., Pinkley R. L., Hong G., Slim R., Dalton, G., et al. (1988). Individualgroup discontinuity: The role of a consensus rule. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 24, 505-519.
Insko, C. A., Kirchner, J. L., Pinter, B., Efaw, J., & Wildschut, T. (2005). Interindividualintergroup discontinuity as a function of trust and categorization: The paradox of expected
cooperation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 365-385.
129
Insko C. A., Pinkley, R. L., Hoyle, R. H., Dalton, B., Hong, G., Slim, R., et al. (1987). Individual
versus group discontinuity: The role of intergroup contact. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 23, 250-267.
Insko C. A., Schopler, J., Drigotas, S. M., Graetz, K., Kennedy, J., Cox, C., et al.., (1993). The
role of communication in interindividual-intergroup discontinuity. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 37, 108-138.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Gaertner, L., Wildschut, T., Kozar, R., Pinter, B., et al. (2001).
Interindividual-intergroup discontinuity reduction through the anticipation of future
interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 95-111.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S. M., Currey, K. P., Smith, S. L., et al.
(1994). Interindividual-intergroup discontinuity in the Prisoner’s Dilemma Game. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 38, 87-116.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Hoyle, R. H., Dardis, G. J., & Graetz, K. A., (1990). Individual-group
discontinuity as a function of fear and greed. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
58, 68-79.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Kennedy, J. F., Dahl, K. R., Graetz, K. A., & Drigotas, S. M. (1992).
Individual-group discontinuity from the differing perspectives of Campbell’s realistic group
conflict theory and Tajfel and Turner’s social identity theory. Social Psychology Quarterly,
55, 272-291.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Pemberton, M. B., Wieselquist, J., McIlraith, S. A., Currey, D. P., et
al. (1998). Future consequences and the reduction of interindividual-intergroup
discontinuity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 695-711.
Insko, C. A., Smith, R. H., Alicke, M. D., Wade, J., & Taylor, S. (1985). Conformity and group
size: The concern with being right and the concern with being liked. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 11, 41-50.
Ip, G., W., Chiu, C-Y., & Wan, C. (in press). Birds of a feature flocking together: Physical
versus behavioral cues may lead to trait- versus goal-based group perception. Journal Of
Personality and Social Psychology.
Iscoe, I., Williams, M., & Harvey, J. (1963). Modification of children’s judgments by a
simulated group technique: A normative developmental study. Child Development, 34, 963978.
Isenberg, D. J. (1981). Some effects of time pressure on vertical structure and decision-making
accuracy in small groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 27, 119-134.
Isenberg, D. J. (1986). Group polarization: A critical review and meta-analysis. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1141-1151.
Isenberg, D. J., & Ennis, J. G. (1981). Perceiving group members: A comparison of derived and
imposed dimensions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 293-305.
Islam, G., & Zyphur, M. J. (2005). Power, voice, and hierarchy: Exploring the antecedents of
speaking up in groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 93-103.
Islam, M. R., & Hewstone, M. (1993a). Dimensions of contact as predictors of intergroup
anxiety, perceived out-group variability, and out-group attitude: An integrative model.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 700-710.
Islam, M. R., & Hewstone, M. (1993b). Intergroup attributions and affective consequences in
majority and minority groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 936-950.
Issac, R. M., & Walker, J. M. (1988). Group size effects in public goods provision: The
voluntary contributions mechanism. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 103, 179-199.
130
Issac, R. M., Walker, J. M., & Thomas, S. H. (1984). Divergent evidence on free riding: An
experimental examination of possible explanations. Public Choice, 43, 113-149.
Issac, R. M., Walker, J. M., & Williams, A. W. (1994). Group size and the voluntary provision
of public goods: Experimental evidence utilizing very large groups. Journal of Public
Economics, 54, 1-36.
Iso-Ahola, S. (1976a). Determinants of evaluation of team performance. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 17, 292-296.
Iso-Ahola, S. (1976b). Evaluation of self and team performance and feelings of satisfaction after
success and failure. International Review of Sport Sociology, 11, 33-46.
Isdozaki, M. (1984). The effect of discussion on polarization of judgments. Japanese
Psychological Research, 26, 187-193.
Ittyerah, M., & Modi, M. (1981). Effect of group pressure on value conformity. Personality
Study and Group Behaviour, 16, 115-125.
Jabeur, K., Martel, J., & Khelifa, S. B. (2004). A distance-based collective preorder integrating
the relative importance of the group’s members. Group Decision and Negotiation, 13, 327.
Jablin, F. M. (1981). Cultivating imagination: Factors that enhance and inhibit creativity in
brainstorming groups. Human Communication Research, 7, 245-258.
Jablin, F. M., & Seibold, D. R. (1978). Implications for problem solving groups of empirical
research on brainstorming: A critical review of the literature. Southern States Speech
Communication Journal, 43, 327-356.
Jablin, F. M., Seibold, D. R., & Sorensen, R. L. (1977). Potential inhibitory effects of group
participation on brainstorming performance. Central States Speech Journal, 28, 113-121.
Jablin, F. M., Sorenson, R. L., & Seibold, D. R. (1978). Interpersonal perception and group
brainstorming performance. Communication Quarterly, 26, 36-44.
Jablin, F. M., & Sussman, L. (1978). An exploration of communication and productivity in real
brainstorming groups. Human Communication Research, 4, 329-337.
Jackson, G., Gater, R., Goldberg, D., Tantam, D., Loftus, L., & Taylor, H. (1993). A new
community mental health team based in primary care: A description of the service and its
effect on service use in the first year. British Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 375-384.
Jackson, J. (1993). Contact theory of intergroup hostility: A review of the theoretical and
empirical literature. International Journal of Group Tensions, 23, 43-65.
Jackson, J. (2002). Intergroup attitudes as a function of different dimensions of group
identification and perceived intergroup conflict. Self and Identity, 1, 11-33.
Jackson, J. M., & Harkins, S. G. (1985). Equity in effort: An explanation of the social loafing
effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1199-1206.
Jackson, J. M., & Saltzstein, H. D. (1958). The effect of person-group relationships on
conformity pressures. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57, 17-24.
Jackson, J. M., & Williams, K. D. (1985). Social loafing on difficult tasks: Working collectively
can improve performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 937-942.
Jackson, J. W. (1993). Realistic group conflict theory: A review and evaluation of the theoretical
and empirical literature. Psychological Record, 43, 395-405.
Jackson, J. W. (2001). Effects of endowment amount and attributions on responses to a subgroup
social dilemma. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 67-80.
Jackson, L. A., Lewandowski, D. A., Ingram, J. M., & Hodge, C. N. (1997). Group stereotypes:
Content-gender specificity, and affect associated with typical group members. Journal of
Social Behaviour and Personality, 12, 381-396.
131
Jackson, L. A., & Sullivan, L. (1987). The ingroup favorability bias in the minimal group
situation. Journal of Social Psychology, 127, 461-472.
Jackson, L. A., Sullivan, L. A., Harnish, R., & Hodge, C. N. (1996). Achieving positive social
identity: Social mobility, social creativity and permeability of group boundaries. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 241-254.
Jackson, M. H., & Poole, M. S. (2003). Idea-generation in naturally occurring contexts: Complex
appropriation of a simple group procedure. Human Communication Research, 29, 560-591.
Jackson, N. F., Aiken, M. W., Vanjani, M. B., & Hasan, B. S. (1995). Support group decisions
via computer systems. Quality Progress, 28, 75-78.
Jackson, S. E., Brett, J. F., Sessa, V. I., Cooper, D. M., Julin, J. A., & Petronnin, K. (1991). Some
differences make a difference: Individual dissimilarity and group heterogeneity as correlates
of recruitment, promotions, and turnover. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, 675-689.
Jackson, S. E., Joshi, A., & Erhardt, N. L. (2003). Recent research on team and organizational
diversity: SWOT analysis and implications. Journal of Management, 29, 801-830.
Jacobs, M. K., & Goodman, G. (1989). Psychology and self-help groups: Predictions on a
partnership. American Psychologist, 44, 536-545.
Jacobson, D. (1981). Intraparty dissensus and interparty conflict in the context of the Middle
East conflict. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 25, 471-494.
Jacobson, M. B. (1975). Dichotomous choices on life-dilemma problems, subjective expected
utility, and the group shift effect. Social Behavior and Personality, 3, 71-80.
Jacobson, M. B. (1977). Effect of reinstating initial response on the shift to risk. Psychological
Reports, 40, 631-634.
Jacobson, M. B., & Uleman, J. S. (1976). Recall of initial response, probability scale meaning,
and the group-shift effect. Psychological Reports, 39, 1271-1278.
Jaffe, Y., & Yinon, Y. (1979). Retaliatory aggression in individuals and groups. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 177-186.
Jaffee, E. D., Nebenzahl, I. D., & Gotesdyner, H. (1989). Machiavellianism, task orientation, and
team effectiveness. Psychological Reports, 53, 859-866.
Jahan, R., & Begum, H. A. (1977). Individual and group risk-taking as a function of sex of
subjects. Asian Journal of Psychology and Education, 2(1), 1-9.
James, J. A. (1951). A preliminary study of the size determinant in small group interaction.
American Sociological Review, 16, 474- 477.
James, J. (1953). The distribution of free-forming small group size. American Sociological
Review, 18, 569-570.
James, K., & Greenberg, J. (1989). In-group salience, intergroup comparison, and individual
performance and self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 604-616.
James, L. R., Demaree, R. G., & Wolf, G. (1984). Estimating within-group interrater reliability
with and without bias. Journal of Applied Psychology, 69, 85-98.
James, L. R., Demaree, R. G., & Wolf, G. (1993). Rwg: An assessment of within-group interrater
agreement. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 306-309.
James, T., & Platzer, H. (1999). Ethical considerations in qualitative research with vulnerable
groups: Exploring lesbians’ and gay men’s experiences of health care—A personal
perspective. Nursing Ethics, 6, 74-82.
Jang, C.-Y., Steinfield, C., & Plaff, B. (2002). Virtual team awareness and groupware support:
An evaluation of the TeamSCOPE system. International Journal of Human-Computer
Studies, 56, 109-126.
132
Janicik, G. A., & Bartel, C. A. (2003). Talking about time: Effects of temporal planning and time
awareness norms on group coordination and performance. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 7, 122-134.
Janis, I. L. (1971). Groupthink. Psychology Today, 5(6), 43-46.
Janssen, O., Van de Vliert, E., & Veenstra, C. (1999). How task and person conflict shape the
role of positive interdependence in management teams. Journal of Management, 25(2), 117142.
Janssens, L., & Nuttin, J. R. (1976). Frequency perception of individual and group successes as a
function of competition, coaction, and isolation. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 34, 830-836.
Janssens, M., & Brett, J. M. (2006). Cultural intelligence in global teams: A fusion model of
collaboration. Group & Organization Management, 31, 124-153.
Janz, B. D., Colquitt, J. A., & Noe, R. A. (1997). Knowledge worker team effectiveness: The
role of autonomy, interdependence, team development, and contextual support variables.
Personnel Psychology, 50, 866-904.
Janz, B. D., Wehterbe, J. C., Davis, G. B., & Noe, R. A. (1997). Reengineering the systems
development process: The link between autonomous teams and business process outcomes.
Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 41-68.
Jaques, M. E., & Patterson, K. M. (1974). The self-help group model: A review. Rehabilitation
Counseling Bulletin, 18, 48-54.
Jarboe, S. (1988). A comparison of input-process, process-output, and input-process-output
models of small group problem-solving effectiveness. Communication Monographs, 55,
121-142.
Jarboe, S. (1991). Two multivariate methods for analyzing small group interaction: A data base
comparison. Small Group Research, 22, 515-547.
Jarboe, S. C., & Witteman, H. R. (1996). Intragroup conflict management in task-oriented
groups: The influence of problem sources and problem analyses. Small Group Research, 27,
316-338.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., Knoll, K., & Leidner, D. E. (1998). Is anybody out there? Antecedents of trust
in global virtual teams. Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 29-65.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., & Leidner, D. E. (1999). Communication and trust in global virtual teams.
Organization Science, 10, 791-815.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., Rao, V. S., & Huber, G. P. (1988). Computer support for meetings of groups
working on unstructured problems: A field experiment. MIS Quarterly, 12, 645-666.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., & Shaw, M. (in press). Toward contextualized theories of trust: The role of
trust in global virtual teams. Information Systems Research.
Jarzabkowski, P., & Wilson, D. C. (2002). Top teams and strategy in a UK university. Journal of
Management Studies, 39, 355-381.
Jason, L. A. (1985). Using the media to foster self-help groups. Professional Psychology:
Research and Practice, 16, 455-464.
Jayarante, S. (1977). Single-subject and group designs in treatment evaluation. Social Work
Research & Abstracts, 13(3), 35-42.
Jeffery, A. B., Maes, J. D., & Bratton-Jeffery, M. F. (2005). Improving team decision-making
performance with collaborative modeling. Team Performance Management, 11, 40-50.
133
Jehn, K. A. (1994). Enhancing effectiveness: An investigation of advantages and disadvantages
of value-based intragroup conflict. International Journal of Conflict Management, 5, 223238.
Jehn, K. A. (1995). A multimethod examination of the benefits and detriments of intragroup
conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40, 256-282.
Jehn, K. A. (1997). A qualitative analysis of conflict types and dimensions in organizational
groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 42, 520-557.
Jehn, K. A. (2000). The influence of proportional and perceptual conflict composition on team
performance. International Journal of Conflict Management, 11, 56-74.
Jehn, K. A., & Bzrukova, K. (2004). A field study of group diversity, workgroup context, and
performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 703-729.
Jehn, K. A., Chadwick, C., & Thatcher, S. M. B. (1997). To agree or not to agree: The effects of
value congruence, individual demographic dissimilarity, and conflict on workgroup
outcomes. International Journal of Conflict, 8, 287-305.
Jehn, K. A., & Mannix, E. A. (2001). The dynamic nature of conflict: A longitudinal study of
intragroup conflict and group performance. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 238-251.
Jehn, K. A., Northcraft, G., & Neale, M. (1999). Why differences make a difference: A field
study of diversity, conflict, and performance in workgroups. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 44, 741-763.
Jehn, K. A., & Shah, P. P. (1997). Interpersonal relationships and task performance: An
examination of mediating processes in friendship and acquaintance groups. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 775-790.
Jenab, K., & Dhillon, B. S. (2005). Group-based failure effects analysis. International Journal of
Reliability, Quality & Safety Engineering, 12, 291-307.
Jenness, A. (1932). The role of discussion in changing opinion regarding a matter of fact.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 27, 29-34.
Jennings, L. B., & George, S. C. (1984). Group-induced distortion of visually perceived extent:
The Asch effect revisited. Psychological Record, 34, 133-148.
Jentsch, F., & Bowers, C. A. (1998). Evidence for the validity of PC-based simulations in
studying aircrew coordination. International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 8, 243-260.
Jessup, L. M. (1987). Group decision support systems: A need for behavioral research.
International. Journal of Small Group Research, 3, 139-158.
Jessup, L. M., Connolly, T., & Galegher, J. (1990). The effects of anonymity on GDSS group
process with an idea-generating task. MIS Quarterly, 14, 313-321.
Jessup, L. M., Connolly, T., & Tansik, D. A. (1990). Toward a theory of automated group
process with an idea-generating task. MIS Quarterly, 14, 313-321.
Jessup, L. M., Connolly, T., & Tansik, D. A. (1990). Toward a theory of automated workgroup:
The deindividuating effects of anonymity. Small Group Research, 21, 333-348.
Jessup, L. M., & George, J. F. (1997). Theoretical and methodological issues in group support
systems research: Learning from groups gone awry. Small Group Research, 28, 394-413.
Jessup, L. M., & Kukalis, S. (1990). Better planning using group support systems. Long Range
Planning, 23(3), 100-105.
Jessup, L. M., & Tanski, D. A. (1991). Decision making in an automated environment: The
effects of anonymity and proximity with a group decision support system. Decision
Sciences, 22, 266-279.
134
Jesuino, J. C. (1986). Influence of leadership processes on group polarization. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 16, 413-423.
Jetten, J., Branscombe, N. R., Schmitt, M. T., & Spears, R. (2001). Rebels with a cause: Group
identification as a response to perceived discrimination from the mainstream. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1204-1213.
Jetten, J., Hogg, M. A., & Mullin, B-A. (2000). In-group variability and motivation to reduce
subjective uncertainty. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 184-198.
Jetten, J. Postmes, T., & McAuliffe, B. J. (2002). “We’re all individuals”: Group norms of
individualism and collectivism, levels of identification, and identity threat. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 189-207.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1996). Intergroup norms and intergroup
discrimination: Distinctive self-categorization and social identity effects. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1222-1233.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1997a). Distinctiveness threat and prototypicality:
Combined effects on intergroup discrimination and collective self-esteem. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 635-657.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1997b). Strength of identification and intergroup
differentiation: The influence of group norms. European Journal of Social Psychology, 27,
603-609.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1998). Defining dimensions of distinctiveness:
Group variability makes a difference to differentiation. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 74, 1481-1492.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (2001). Similarity as a source of discrimination: The
role of group identification. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 621-640.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Postmes, T. (2004). Ingroup distinctiveness and differentiation: A metaanalytic integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 862-879.
Jimerson, J. B. (1999). “Who has next?” The symbolic, rational, and methodical use of norms in
pickup basketball. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 136-156.
Jinadu, O. (2005). A multi-centre survey on the team concept of instrument design in gynendoscopy. Minimally Invasive Therapy and Applied Technologies, 14, 345-351.
Johansen, R., Miller, R. H., & Vallee, J. (1974). Group communication through electronic media:
Fundamental choices and social effects. Educational Technology, 14, 7-20.
Johnsen, J., & Rosenvinge, J., & Gammon D. (2002). Online group interaction and mental
health: An analysis of three online discussion forums. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
43, 445-449.
Johnson, A. (1939). Teaching the fundamentals of speech through group discussion. Quarterly
Journal of Speech, 25, 440-447.
Johnson, A. (1940). Discussion: A technique of applying scientific method to social problems.
Southern Speech Journal, 6, 26-28.
Johnson, A. (1943). An experimental study in the analysis and measurement of reflective
thinking. Speech Monographs, 10, 83-96.
Johnson, B. M. (1975). Images of the enemy in intergroup conflict. Central States Speech
Journal, 26, 84-92.
Johnson, C., Clay-Warner, J., & Funk, S. J. (1996). Effects of authority structures and gender on
interaction in same-sex task groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 221-236.
135
Johnson, D. L., & Ridener, L. R. (1974). Self-disclosure, participation, and perceived
cohesiveness in small group interaction. Psychological Reports, 35, 361-362.
Johnson, D., Terry, D. J., & Louis, W. R. (2005). Perceptions of intergroup structure and antiAsian prejudice among White Australians. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 5372.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1981a). Effects of cooperative and individualistic learning
experiences on interethnic interaction. Journal of Educational Psychology, 73, 444-449.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1982). Effects of cooperative, competitive, and individualistic
learning experiences on cross-ethnic interaction and friendships. Journal of Social
Psychology, 118, 47-58.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1985). Relationships between Black and White students in
intergroup cooperation and competition. Journal of Social Psychology, 125, 421-428.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1986). Oral interaction in cooperative learning groups:
Speaking, listening, and the nature of statements made by high-, medium-, and lowachieving students. Journal of Psychology, 119, 303-321.
Johnson, D. W., Maruyama, G., Johnson, R., Nelson, D., & Skon, L. (1981). Effects of
cooperative, competitive, and individualistic goal structures on achievement: A metaanalysis. Psychological Bulletin, 89, 47-62.
Johnson, N. R., & Glover, M. (1978). Individual and group shifts to extreme: Laboratory
experiment on crowd polarization. Sociological Focus, 11, 247-254.
Johnson, N. R., Stemler, J. G., & Hunter, D. (1977). Crowd behavior as risky shift: A laboratory
experiment. Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 183-187.
Johnson, R. A., & Schulman, G. I. (1989). Gender-role composition and role entrapment in
decision-making groups. Gender & Society, 3, 355-372.
Johnson, S. D., & Bechler, C. (1998). Examining the relationship between listening effectiveness
and leadership emergence: Perceptions, behaviors, and recall. Small Group Research, 29,
452-471.
Johnson, S. D., & Iacobucci, C. (1995). Teaching small group communication with the dream
team. Communication Education, 44, 177-182.
Johnson, S. T. (1993). Work teams: What’s ahead in work design and rewards management.
Compensation and Benefits Review, 25, 35-41.
Johnston, L., & Hewstone, M. (1992). Cognitive models of stereotype change: III. Subtyping and
the perceived typicality of disconfirming group members. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 28, 360-386.
Johnston, W. A., & Briggs, G. E. (1968). Team performance as a function of team arrangement
and work load. Journal of Applied Psychology, 52, 89-94.
Johnstone, W. A. (1966). Transfer of team skills as a function of type of training. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 50, 102-108.
Jolley, J. C. (1973). Leadership and task completion in wheel and circle configurations: A small
groups experiment. Utah State University Journal of Sociology, 4, 35-44.
Jonassen, D. H., & Kwon, H. I. (2000). Communication patterns in computer mediated and faceto-face group problem solving. Educational Technology Research & Development, 49, 3551.
Jones, A., & Crandall, R. (1985). Preparing newcomers to enhance assimilation into groups: A
group therapy example. Small Group Behavior, 16, 31-57.
136
Jones, A. C., (2004). Transforming the story: Narrative applications to a stepmother support
group. Families in Society, 85, 129-139.
Jones, D. C. (1975). Power structure and perceptions of power holders in same-sex groups of
young children. Women & Politics, 3(2-3), 147-164.
Jones, D. S., & Medvene, A. M. (1975). Self-actualization effects of a marathon growth group.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 22, 39-43.
Jones, G. R., & George, J. M. (1998). The experience and evolution of trust: Implications for
cooperation and teamwork. Academy of Management Journal, 23, 531-546.
Jones, M. B. (1974). Regressing group on individual effectiveness. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 11, 426-451.
Jones, R. E., & White, C. S. (1983). Relationships between Machiavellianism, task orientation
and team effectiveness. Psychological Reports, 53, 859-866.
Jordan, M. H., Field, H. S., & Armenakis, A. A. (2002). The relationship of group process
variables and team performance: A team-level analysis in a field setting. Small Group
Research, 33, 121-150.
Jorgenson, D. O. (1980). Identifiability and behavior in a simulated commons dilemma. Catalog
of Selected Documents in Psychology, 10, 64 (Ms. No. 2099).
Jorgenson, D. O., & Dukes, F. O. (1976). Deindividuation as a function of density and group
membership. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 24-29.
Jorgenson, D. O., Jenks, J. A., & Reaney, D. (1980). Consistency of response to a simulated
commons dilemma and behavior in an actual commons. Journal of Social Psychology, 111,
297-298.
Jorgenson, D. O., & Papciak, A. S. (1981). The effects of communication, resource feedback,
and identifiability on behavior in a simulated commons. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 17, 373-385.
José, P. E., & McCarthy, W. (1988). Perceived agentic and communal behavior in mixed-sex
group interactions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 14, 57-67.
Jost, J. T., & Burgess, D. (2000). Attitudinal ambivalence and the conflict between group and
system justification in low status groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26,
293-305.
Jost, J. T., Pelham, B. W., & Carvallo, M. (2002). Non-conscious forms of system justification:
Cognitive, affective, and behavioral preferences for higher status groups. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 586-602.
Jost, J. T., & Thompson, E. P. (2000). Group-based dominance and opposition to equality as
independent predictors of self-esteem, ethnocentrism, and social policy attitudes among
African Americans and European Americans. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
36, 209-232.
Jourdan, D., & Herman, G. (2005). Group identity and self-esteem: The case of young people out
of work. Recherches Sociologiques, 36, 79-103.
Jowitt, S., & Chaundy, V. (2004). An investigation into the impact of coach leadership and
coach-athlete relationship on group cohesion. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 8, 302-311.
Joyce, A. S., McCallum, M., & Piper, W. E. (1999). Borderline functioning, work, and outcome
in intensive evening group treatment. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49,
343-368.
137
Julian, J., Bishop, D., & Fiedler, F. E. (1966). Quasitherapeutic effects of intergroup competition.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 321-327.
Julian, J. W., Hollander, E. P., & Regula, C. R. (1969). Endorsement of the group spokesman as
a function of his source of authority, competence, and success. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 11, 42-49.
Jung, D. I. (2001). Transformational and transactional leadership and their effects on creativity in
groups. Creativity Research Journal, 13, 185-195.
Jung, D. I., & Sosik, J. J. (1999). Effects of group characteristics on work group performance: A
longitudinal investigation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 279-290.
Jung, D. I., & Sosik, J. J. (2002). Transformational leadership in work groups: The role of
empowerment, cohesiveness, and collective-efficacy on perceived group performance. Small
Group Research, 33, 313-336.
Jung, D. I., & Sosik, J. J. (2003). Group potency and collective efficacy: Examining their
predictive validity, level of analysis, and effects of performance feedback on future group
performance. Group & Organization Management, 28, 366-391.
Jung, D. I., Sosik, J. J., & Baik, K. B. (2002). Investigating work group characteristics and
performance over time: A replication and cross-cultural extension. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 153-171.
Jurma, W. E. (1978). Leadership structuring style, task ambiguity, and group member
satisfaction. Small Group Behavior, 9, 124-134.
Jurma, W. E. (1979). Effects of leaders structuring style and task-orientation characteristics of
group members. Communication Monographs, 46, 282-285.
Jurma, W. E., & Wright, B. C. (1990). Follower reactions to male and female leaders who
maintain or lose reward power. Small Group Research, 21, 97-112.
Kabanofff, B. (1985). Potential influence structures as sources of interpersonal conflict in groups
and organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 36, 113-141.
Kabanoff, B., & O’Brien, G. E. (1979a). Cooperation structure and the relationship of leader and
member team effectiveness. Psychological Reports, 53, 859-866.
Kabanoff, B., & O’Brien, G. E. (1979b). The effects of task type and cooperation upon group
products and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 23, 163-181.
Kacen, L., & Rozovski, U. (1998). Assessing group processes: A comparison among group
participants’, direct observers’, and indirect observers’ assessment. Small Group Research,
29, 179-211.
Kafer, N. F. (1976). A sociometric method for identifying group boundaries. Journal of
Experimental Education, 45, 71-74.
Kahai, S. S., Sosik, J. J., & Avolio, B. J. (1997). Effects of leadership style and problem structure
on work group process and outcomes in an electronic meeting system environment.
Personnel Psychology, 50, 121-146.
Kaiser, A., Hahlweg, K., Fehm-Wolfsdorf, G., & Groth, T. (1998). The efficacy of a compact
psychoeducational group training program for married couples. Journal of Consulting and
Clinical Psychology, 66, 753-760.
Kahan, J. P. (1975). A subjective probability interpretation of risky shift. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 31, 977-982.
Kahan, J. P., & Rapoport, A. (1977). When you don’t need to join: The effects of guaranteed
payoffs on bargaining in three-person cooperative games. Theory and Decision, 8(2), 97126.
138
Kahan, J. P., & Rapoport, A. (1979). The influence of structural relationships on coalition
formation in four-person apex games. European Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 339-361.
Kahn, A., Nelson, R. E., & Gaeddert, W. P. (1980). Sex of subjects and sex composition of the
group as determinants of reward allocations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
38, 737-750.
Kalichman, S. C., Rompa, D., & Cage, M. (2005). Group intervention to reduce HIV
transmission risk behavior among persons living with HIV/AIDS. Behavior Modification,
29, 256-285.
Kalma, A. (1992). Gazing in triads: A powerful signal in floor apportionment. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 31, 21-39.
Kaluzny, A. D. (1985). Design and management of disciplinary and interdisciplinary groups in
health services: Review and critique. Medical Care Review, 42, 77-112.
Kambiz, M., & Benton, C. (1999). Rapid team learning: Lessons from team New Zealand
America’s Cup campaign. Organization Dynamics, 27, 48-62.
Kameda, T. (1994). Group decision making and social sharedness. Japanese Psychological
Review, 37, 367-385.
Kameda, T., Ohtsubo, Y., & Takezawa, M. (1997). Centrality in sociocognitive networks and
social influence: An illustration in a group decision-making context. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 73, 296-309.
Kameda, T., Stasson, M. F., Davis, J. H., Parks, C. D., & Zimmerman, S. K. (1992). Social
dilemmas, subgroups, and motivation loss in task-oriented groups: In search of an “optimal”
team size in division of work. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 47-56.
Kameda, T., & Sugimori, S. (1993). Psychological entrapment in group decision making: An
assigned decision rule and a groupthink phenomenon. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 65, 282-292.
Kameda, T., & Sugimori, S. (1995). Procedural influence in two-step group decision making:
Power of local majorities in consensus formation. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 69, 865-876.
Kameda, T., Takezawa, M., & Hastie, R. (2003). The logic of social sharing: An evolutionary
game analysis of adaptive norm development. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 7,
2-19.
Kameda, T. & Tindale, R. S. (2004). Evolutionary/adaptive thinking as a meta-theory for
systematic group research: An extended “fungus-eater” approach. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 7, 299-304.
Kampmeier, C., & Simon, B. (2001). Individuality and group formation: The role of
independence and differentiation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 448462.
Kanas, N. (1986). Group psychotherapy with schizophrenics: A review of controlled studies.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 36, 339-351.
Kanas, N., & Barr, M. A. (1986). Process and content in a short-term inpatient schizophrenic
group. Small Group Behavior, 17, 353-363.
Kanas, N., Stewart, P., Deri, J., Ketter, T., & Henry, K. (1989). Group process in short-term outpatient therapy groups for schizophrenics. Group, 13, 67-73.
Kanawattabachai, P., & Yoo, Y. (2002). Dynamic nature of trust in virtual teams. Journal of
Strategic Information Systems, 11, 187-213.
139
Kane, C., DiMartino, E., & Jimenez, M. (1990). A comparison of short-term psycho-educational
and support groups for relatives coping with chronic schizophrenia. Archives of Psychiatric
Nursing, 4, 343-353.
Kane, R. A. (1975). The interprofessional team as a small group. Social Work in Health Care, 1,
19-32.
Kane, T., Zaccaro, S., Tremble, T. R., Jr., & Masuda, A. D. (2002). An examination of the
leader’s regulation of groups. Small Group Research, 33, 65-120.
Kanekar, S. (1982). Individual and group performance on an anagrams task. Australian Journal
of Psychology, 34, 337-344.
Kanekar, S., Libby, C., Engels, J., & Jahn, G. (1978). Group performance as a function of group
type, task condition and scholastic level. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 439451.
Kanekar, S., Neelakantan, P., & Lalkaka, P. K. (1975). Nominal and real group performance in
relation to manifest anxiety and induced stress. Social Behavior and Personality, 3, 197-204.
Kangasharju, H. (1996). Aligning as a team in multiparty conversation. Journal of Pragmatics,
26, 291-319.
Kanin-Lovers, J., & Cameron, M. (1993). Team-based reward systems. Journal of Compensation
and Benefits, 8, 56-60.
Kanki, B. G., & Foushee, H. C. (1989). Communication as group process mediator of aircrew
performance. Aviation, Space and Environmental Medicine, 60, 401-410.
Kanki, B. G., Lozito, S. C. & Foushee, H. C. (1989). Communication indexes of crew
coordination. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 60, 56-60.
Kanter, R. M. (1977). Some effects of proportions on group life: Skewed sex ratios and
responses to token women. American Journal of Sociology, 82, 465-490.
Kaplan, I. H. (1967). Fantasies, fables and facts about groups. Journal of the Fort Logan Mental
Health Center, 4(4), 149-162.
Kaplan, I. T., & Greenbaum, H. H. (1989). Measuring work group effectiveness: A comparison
of three instruments. Management Communication Quarterly, 2, 424-448.
Kaplan, M. F. (1977). Discussion polarization effects in a modified jury decision paradigm:
Informational influences. Sociometry, 40, 262-271.
Kaplan, M. F., & Martin, A. M. (1999). Effects of differential status of group members on
process and outcome of deliberation. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 2, 347-364.
Kaplan, M. F., & Miller, C. E. (1977). Judgments and group discussion: Effect of presentation
and memory factors on polarization. Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 337-343.
Kaplan, M. F., & Miller, C. E. (1987). Group decision making and normative versus
informational influence: Effects of type of issue and assigned decision rule. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 306-313.
Kaplan, R. E. (1979). The conspicuous absence of evidence that process consultation enhances
task performance. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 346-360.
Kaplan, R. E. (1985). Some hidden elements of control in group facilitation: Appreciating the
bounded and binding aspects of openness. Small Group Behavior, 16, 462-476.
Karacapilidis, N. I., & Pappis, C. P. (1997). A framework for group decision support systems:
Combining AI tools and OR techniques. European Journal of Operational Research, 103,
373-388.
Karahanna, E., Ahuja, M., Srite, M., & Galvin, J. (2002). Individual differences and relative
advantage: the case of GSS. Decision Support Systems, 32, 327-341.
140
Karakowsky, L., & Elangovan, A. R. (2001). Risky decision making in mixed-gender teams:
Whose risk tolerance matters? Small Group Research, 32, 94-111.
Karakowsky, L., & McBey, K. (2001). Do my contributions matter? The influence of imputed
expertise on member involvement and self-evaluations in the work group. Group and
Organization Management, 26, 70-92.
Karakowsky, L., McBey, K., & Miller, D. L. (2004). Gender, perceived competence, and power
displays: Examining verbal interruptions in a group context. Small Group Research, 35,
407-439.
Karakowsky, L., & Siegel, J. P. (1999). The effects of proportional representation and gender
orientation of the task on emergent leadership in mixed-gender work groups. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 84, 620-631.
Karau, S. J., & Hart, J. W. (1998). Group cohesiveness and social loafing: Effects of a social
interaction manipulation on individual motivation within groups. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 2, 185-191.
Karau, S. J., & Kelly, J. R. (1992). The effects of time scarcity and time abundance on group
performance quality and interaction process. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28,
542-571.
Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (1993). Social loafing: A meta-analytic review and theoretical
integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 681-706.
Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (1997). The effects of group cohesiveness on social loafing and
social compensation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 156-168.
Karim, K., Thabet, A. A., & Vostanos, P. (2005). Group crisis intervention for children during
ongoing war conflict. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 14, 262-269.
Karp, D. A. (1992). Illness ambiguity and the search for meaning: A case study of a self-help
group for affective disorders. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 21, 139-170.
Karterud, S., & Foss, T. (1989). The group emotionality rating system: A modification of
Thelden's method of assessing emotionality in groups. Small Group Behavior, 20, 131-150.
Kaseman, B. M. (1976). An experimental use of structured techniques in group psychotherapy.
Group Psychotherapy, Psychodrama and Sociometry, 29, 33-34.
Kashima, E. S., Kasima, Y., & Hardie, E. A. (2000). Self-typicality and group identification:
Evidence for their separateness. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 3(1), 97-110.
Kashima, Y., Kashima, E., Chiu, C., Farsaides, T., Geffland, M., Hony, Y., et al. (2005). Culture,
essentialism, and agency: Are individuals universally believed to be more real entities than
groups? European Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 147-169.
Katovich, M., Weiland, M. W., & Couch, C. J. (1981). Access to information and internal
structures of partisan groups: Some notes on the iron law of oligarchy. Sociological
Quarterly, 22, 431-445.
Katz, N., Lazer, D., Arrow, H., & Contractor, N. (2004). Network theory and small groups.
Small Group Research, 35, 307-332.
Katz, A. H., & Bender, E. I. (1976). Self-help groups in Western society: History and prospects.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 12, 265-282.
Katz, G. M. (1982). Previous conformity, status, and the rejection of the deviant. Small Group
Behavior, 13, 403-422.
Katz, R. (1977). The influence of group conflict on leadership effectiveness. Organizational
Behavior and Human Performance, 20, 265-286.
141
Katz, R. (1982). The effects of group longevity on project communication and performance.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 27, 81-104.
Katz, R., & Allen, T. J. (1982). Investigating the not invented here (NIH) syndrome: A look at
the performance, tenure, and communication patterns of 50 R&D project groups. R&D
Management, 12, 7-19.
Katz, R., & Tushman, M. (1979). Communication patterns, project performance, and task
characteristics: An empirical evaluation and integration in an R & D setting. Organization
Behavior and Group Performance, 23, 139-162.
Katz-Navon, T. Y., & Erez, M. (2005). When collective- and self-efficacy affect team
performance: The role of task interdependence. Small Group Research, 36, 437-465.
Katzell, R. A., Miller, C. E., Rotter, N. G., & Venet, T. G. (1970). Effects of leadership and other
inputs on group process and outputs. Journal of Social Psychology, 80, 157-169.
Katzenbach, J. R., & Smith, D. K. (1993). The discipline of teams. Harvard Business Review, 71,
111-120.
Kaul, T. J., & Bednar, R. L. (1978). Conceptualizing group research: A preliminary analysis.
Small Group Behavior, 9, 173-191.
Kavanaugh, R. R., Jr., & Bollet, R. M. (1983). Levels of verbal intimacy technique (LOVIT): An
initial validation study of the measurement of verbal intimacy in groups. Small Group
Behavior, 14, 35-49.
Kayes, A. B., Kayes, D. C., & Kolb, D. A. (2005). Experiential learning in teams. Simulation &
Gaming, 36, 33-354.
Kayes, D. C. 92003). Proximal team learning: Lessons from United Flight 93 on 9/11.
Organizational Dynamics, 32, 80-92.
Kayes, D. C. (2006). From climbing stairs to riding waves: Group critical thinking and its
development. Small Group Research, 37, 612-630.
Kayworth, T. R., & Leidner, D. E. (2001/2002). Leadership effectiveness in global virtual teams.
Journal of Management Information Systems, 18, 7-40.
Keating, J. P., & Snowball, H. (1977). Effects of crowding and depersonalization on perception
of group atmosphere. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 44, 431-435.
Keenan, P. A., & Carnevale, P. (1989). Positive effects of within-group cooperation on betweengroup negotiation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 19, 977-992.
Kees, N. L. (1999). Women together again: A phenomenological study of leaderless women’s
groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 24, 288-305.
Kees, N. L., & Jacobs, E. (1990). Working with groups: Conducing more effective groups: How
to select and process group exercises. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 15, 21-29.
Keidel, R. W. (1987). Team sports models as a generic organizational framework. Human
Relations, 40, 591-612.
Keith, R. A. (1991). The comprehensive treatment team in rehabilitation. Archives of Physical
Medicine and Rehabilitation, 72, 269-274.
Keleman, K. S., Lewis, L. F. H., & Garcia, J. E. (1993). Script management: A link between
group support systems and organizational learning. Small Group Research, 24, 566-382.
Keller, F., & Schuler, B. (2002). Psychoeducational groups for families of in-patients with
affective disorder. Psychiatric Prax, 29(3), 130-135.
Keller, R. T. (1986). Predictors of the performance of project groups in R&D organizations.
Academy of Management Journal, 29, 715-726.
142
Keller, R. T. (1994). Technology-information processing fit and the performance of R&D project
groups: A test of contingency theory. Academy of Management Journal, 37, 167-179.
Keller, R. T. (2001). Cross-functional project groups in research and new product development:
Diversity, communications, job stress, and outcomes. Academy of Management Journal, 44,
547-555.
Kelley, H. H. (1955). Salience of membership and resistance to change of group-anchored
attitudes. Human Relations, 3, 275-289.
Kelley, H. H., Contry, J. C., Dahlke, A. E., & Hill, A. H. (1965). Collective behavior in a
simulated panic situation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 20-54.
Kello, A., & Ruisel, I. (1979). Effect of personality traits on group status in sportsmen. Studia
Psychologica, 21, 155-159.
Kelly, C. (1988). Intergroup differentiation in a political context. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 27, 319-332.
Kelly, C. (1989). Political identity and perceived intragroup homogeneity. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 28, 239-250.
Kelly, C. (1993). Group identification, inter-group perceptions and collective action. European
Review of Social Psychology, 4, 59-83.
Kelly, C., & Kelly, J. (1994). Who gets involved in collective action? Social psychological
determinants of individual participation in trade unions. Human Relations, 47, 63-87.
Kelly, D. R., Cunningham, D. E., McCalister, P., Cassidy, J., & MacVicar, R. (2007). Applying
evidence in practice through small-group learning: A qualitative exploration of success.
Quality in Primary Care, 15, 93-99.
Kelly, J. A., Murphy, D. A., Bahr, G. R., Kalichman, S. C., Morgan, M. G., Stevenson, L. Y., et
al. (1993). Outcome of cognitive-behavioral and support group brief therapies for depressed,
HIV-infected persons. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1679-1686.
Kelly, J. A., Wildman, H. E., & Urey, J. R. (1982). Gender and sex role differences in group
decision-making social interactions: A behavioral analysis. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 12, 112-127.
Kelly, J. R. (2001). Mood and emotions in small groups and work teams. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 86, 99-130.
Kelly, J. R., & Barsade, S. G. (2001). Mood and emotions in small groups and work teams.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 86, 99-130.
Kelly, J. R., & McGrath, J. E. (1985). Effects of time limits and task types on task performance
and interaction of four-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49,
395-407.
Kelly, J. R., Futoran, G. C., & McGrath, J. E. (1990). Capacity and capability: Seven studies of
entrainment of task performance rates. Small Group Research, 21, 283-314.
Kelly, J. R., Jackson, J. W., & Hutson-Comeaux, S. L. (1997). The effect of time pressure and
task differences on influence modes and accuracy in problem-solving groups. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 10-22.
Kelly, J. R., & Karau, S. J. (1993). Entrainment of creativity in small groups. Small Group
Research, 24, 179-198.
Kelly, J. R., & Karau, S. J. (1999). Group decision making: The effects of initial preferences and
time pressure. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1342-1354.
143
Kelly, J. R., & Loving, T. J. (2004). Time pressure and group performance: Exploring underlying
processes in the Attentional Focus Model. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40,
185-199.
Kelly, J. R., & McGrath, J. E. (1985). Effects of time limits and task types on task performance
and interaction of four-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49,
395-407.
Kelly, L., & Duran R. L. (1986). A replication of Parke and Houben’s study of group types.
International Journal of Small Group Research, 2, 186-196.
Kelly, T. B. (1999). Mutual aid groups with mentally ill older adults. Social Work With Groups,
21(4), 63-80.
Kelly, W. L. (1974). Group-training: Perspectives of professional trainees on group dynamics.
Small Group Behavior, 427-444.
Kelman, H. (1997). Group processes in the resolution of international conflicts: Experiences
from the Israeli-Palestinian case. American Psychologist, 52, 212-220.
Kelsey, B. L. (1998). The dynamics of multicultural groups: Ethnicity as a determinant of
leadership. Small Group Research, 29, 602-623.
Kelsey, B. L. (2000). Increasing minority group participation and influence using a group
support system. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences, 17, 63-75.
Keltner, J. W. (1957). Groupthink and individual thinking. Today’s Speech, 5(2), 5-6.
Keltner, J. W. (1960). Communication in discussion and group processes: Some research trends
of the decade 1950-1959. Part I. Journal of Communication, 10, 195-204.
Keltner, J. W. (1961). Communication in discussion and group processes: Some research trends
of the decade 1950-1959. Part II. Journal of Communication, 11, 27-33.
Keltner, J. (S.). (1989). Facilitation: Catalyst for group problem solving. Management
Communication Quarterly, 3, 8-32.
Kenny, D. A., Hallmark, B. W., Sullivan, P., & Kashy, D. A. (1993). The analysis of designs in
which individuals are in more than one group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32,
173-190.
Kenny, D. A., Mannetti, L., Pierro, A., Livi, S., & Kashy, D. A. (2002). The statistical analysis
of data from small groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 126-137.
Kenny, D. A., & La Voie, L. (1985). Separating individual and group effects. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 775-790.
Kenny, D. A., & Stigler, J. W. (1983). Program LEVEL: A FORTRAN IV program for
correlational analysis of group-individual data structures. Behavior Research Methods and
Instrumentation, 15, 606.
Kernaghen, J. A., & Cooke, R. A. (1987). The relationship of group process factors to the quality
and acceptance of group output. International Journal of Small Group Research, 3, 39-60.
Kernaghen, J. A., & Cooke, R. A. (1990). Teamwork in planning innovative projects: Improving
group performance by rational and interpersonal interventions in group process. IEEC
Transactions on Engineering Management, 87, 109-116.
Kernberg, O. F. (1984). The couch at sea: Psychoanalytic studies of group and organizational
leadership. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 5-23.
Kerr, N. L. (1981). Social transition schemes: Charting the group’s road to agreement. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 684-702.
Kerr, N. L. (1983). Motivation losses in small groups: A social dilemma analysis. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 819-828.
144
Kerr, N. (1989). Illusions of efficacy: The effects of group size on perceived efficacy in social
dilemmas. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 287-313.
Kerr, N. L., Atkin, R. S., Stasser, G., Meek, D., Holt, R. W., & Davis, J. H. (1976). Guilt beyond
a reasonable doubt: Effects of concept definition and assigned decision rule on the
judgments of mock jurors. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 282-294.
Kerr, N. L., & Bruun, S. E. (1981). Ringelmann revisited: Alternative explanations for the social
loafing effect. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 224-231.
Kerr, N. L., & Bruun, S. E. (1983). Dispensability of member effort and group motivation losses:
Free-rider effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 78-94.
Kerr, N. L., Davis, J. H., Meek, D., & Rissman, A. K. (1975). Group position as a function of
member attitudes: Choice shift effects from the perspective of social decision scheme
theory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 574-593.
Kerr, N. L., & Huang, J. Y. (1986). Jury verdicts: How much difference does one juror make?
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 325-343.
Kerr, N. L., & Kaufman-Gilliland, C. M. (1994). Communication, commitment, and cooperation
in social dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 513-529.
Kerr, N. L., & MacCoun, R. J. (1985a). The effects of jury size and polling method on the
process and product of jury deliberation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48,
349-363.
Kerr, N. L., & MacCoun, R. J. (1985b). Role expectations in social dilemmas: Sex roles and task
motivation in groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1547-1556.
Kerr, N. L., MacCoun, R. J., Hansen, C. H., & Hymes, J. A. (1987). Gaining and losing social
support: Momentum in decision-making groups. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 23, 119-145.
Kerr, N. L., MacCoun, R. J., & Kramer, G. P. (1996a). Bias in judgment: Comparing individuals
and groups. Psychological Review, 103, 687-719.
Kerr, N. L., Messé, L. A., Park, E. S., & Sambolec, E. J. (2005). Identifiability, performance
feedback and the Köhler effect. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 375-390.
Kerr, N. L., Niedermeier, K. E., & Kaplan, M. F. (2000). On the virtues of assuming minimal
differences in information processing in individuals and groups. Group Processes and
Intergroup Relations, 3, 203-217.
Kerr, N. L., & Stanfel, J. A. (1993). Role schemata and member motivation in task groups.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 432-442.
Kerr, N. L., Stasser, G., & Davis, J. H. (1979). Model testing, model fitting and social decision
schemes. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 23, 399-410.
Kerr, N. L., & Sullaway, M. E. (1983). Group sex composition and member task motivation. Sex
Roles, 9, 403-417.
Kerr, N. L., & Tindale, R. S. (2004). Group performance and decision making. Annual Review of
Psychology, 55, 623-655.
Kerr, N. L., & Watts, B. L. (1982). After division, before decision: Group faction size and
predeliberation thinking. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 198-205.
Kessler, J. (1973). An empirical study of six- and twelve-member jury decision-making
processes. University of Michigan Journal of Law Reform, 6, 712-734.
Kessler, T., & Mummendey, A. (2001). Is there any scapegoat around? Determinants of
intergroup conflicts at different categorization levels. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 71, 1090-1102.
145
Kerr, N. L., & Tindale, R. S. (2004). Group performance and decision making. Annual Review of
Psychology, 55, 623-655.
Kessler, R. C., Mickelson, K. D., & Zhao, S. (1997). Patterns and correlates of self-help group
membership in the United States. Social Policy, 27, 27-46.
Kessler, T., & Mummendey, A. (2001). Is there any scapegoat around? Determinants of
intergroup conflicts at different categorization levels. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 81, 1090-1102.
Ketrow, S. M. (1991a). Communication role specializations and perceptions of leadership. Small
Group Research, 22, 492-514.
Ketrow, S. M. (1991b). Nonverbal communication and customer satisfaction in computerassisted transactions. Management Communication Quarterly, 5, 192-219.
Ketrow, S. M. (1991c). Role specialization and perceptions of leadership. Small Group
Research, 22, 492-514.
Kets de Vries, M. F. R., & Miller, D. (1984). Group fantasies and organizational functioning.
Human Relations, 37, 111-134.
Keyton, J. (1991). Evaluating individual group member satisfaction as a situational variable.
Small Group Research, 22, 200-219.
Keyton, J. (1992). Challenging interpersonal compatibility in groups. Kansas Speech Journal,
52(1), 1-18.
Keyton, J. (1993). Group termination: Completing the study of group development. Small Group
Research, 24, 84-100.
Keyton, J. (1994). Going forward in group communication research may mean going back:
Studying the groups of children. Communication Studies, 45, 40-51.
Keyton, J. (1999). Analyzing interaction patterns in dysfunctional teams. Small Group Research,
30, 491-518.
Keyton, J., & Springston, J. (1990). Redefining cohesiveness in groups. Small Group Research,
21, 234-254.
Keyton, J., & Wall, V. D. (1989). SYMLOG: Theory and method for measuring group and
organizational communication. Management Communication Quarterly, 2, 544-567.
Kibria, N., Lee, S., & Olvera, R. (2003). Peer lending groups and success: A case study of
working capital. Journal of Developmental Entrepreneurship, 8, 41-58.
Kichuk, S. L., & Wiesner, W. H. (1997). The Big Five personality factors and team performance:
Implications for selecting successful product teams. Journal of Engineering and Technology
Management, 14, 195-221.
Kichuk, S. L., & Wiesner, W. H. (1998). Work teams: Selecting members for optimal
performance. Canadian Psychology, 39, 23-32.
Kickul, J., & Newman, G. (2000). Emergent leadership behaviors: The function of personality
and cognitive ability in determining teamwork performance and KSAS. Journal of Business
and Psychology, 15, 27-51.
Kidd, J. S., & Campbell, D. T. (1955). Conformity to groups as a function of group success.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 390-393.
Kidd, P. S., & Parshall, M. B. (2000). Getting the focus and the group: Enhancing analytical
rigor in focus group research. Qualitative Health Research, 10, 293-308.
Kidwell, R. E., Jr., Mossholder, K. W., & Bennett, N. (1997). Cohesiveness and organizational
citizenship behavior: A multilevel analysis using work groups and individuals. Journal of
Management, 23, 775-793.
146
Kiesler, C. A., & De Salvo, J. (1967). The group as an influencing agent in a forced compliance
paradigm. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 3, 160-171.
Kiesler, C. A., & Pallack, M. S. (1975). Minority influence: The effect of majority reactionaries
and defectors, and minority and majority compromisers, upon majority opinion and
attraction. European Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 237-256.
Kiesler, S., & Sproull, L. (1992). Group decision making and communication technology.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Process, 52, 96-123.
Kilduff, M., Angelmar, R., & Mehra, A. (2000). Top management team diversity and firm
performance: Examining the role of cognitions. Organization Science, 11, 21-34.
Kilgore, D. W. (2001). A group learning intervention into how women learn empathy in prison.
Adult Education Quarterly, 51, 146-164.
Killian, L. M. (1952). The significance of multiple-group membership in disaster. American
Journal of Sociology, 57, 309-314.
Killworth, P., & Bernard, H. R. (1976). A model of human group dynamics. Social Science
Research, 5, 173-224.
Kilmann, P. R., Laughlin, J. E., Carranza, L. V., Downer, J. T., Major, S., & Parnell, M. M.
(1999). Effects of an attachment-focused group preventive intervention on insecure women.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 138-147.
Kim, S., Stevens, N. G., & Pinsky, L. (2003). Casting anxiety in small group facilitation: Faculty
development via role play. Medical Education, 37, 489.
Kim, M. (1992). The relation of performance norms and cohesiveness for Japanese school
athletic teams. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 74, 1096-1098.
Kim, M. (1995). Performance norms and performance by teams in basketball competition.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 80, 770.
Kim, P. H. (1997). When what you know can hurt you: A study of experimental effects on group
discussion and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 69,
165-177.
Kim, Y., & Lee, B. (1995). RandD projects team climate and team performance in Korea: A
multidimensional approach. RandD Management, 25, 179-196.
Kimball, R. K., & Hollander, E. P. (1974). Independence in the presence of an experienced but
deviate group member. Journal of Social Psychology, 93, 281-292.
Kimberly, J. C. (1984). Cognitive balance, inequality and consensus: Interrelations among
fundamental processes in groups. Advances in Group Processes, 1, 95-126.
Kimberly, J. C. (1986). Instrumental and expressive structures in small groups: The stabilization
of injustice in groups in organizational settings. Small Group Behavior, 17, 395-406.
Kimble, C. E., Yoshikawa, J. C., & Zehr, H. D. (1981). Vocal and verbal assertiveness in samesex and mixed sex groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 1048-1054.
Kinzel, R., & Fisher, R. J. (1993). Ethnocentrism, group cohesion, and constituent pressure on
negotiators in intergroup conflict. International Journal of Conflict Management, 4, 323336.
Kirchler, E., & Davis, J. H. (1986). The influence of member status differences and task type on
group consensus and member position change. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 51, 83-91.
Kirchmeyer, C. (1993). Multicultural task groups: An account of the low contribution levels of
minorities. Small Group Research, 24, 127-48.
147
Kirchmeyer, C., & Cohen, A. (1992). Multicultural groups: Their performance and reactions
with constructive conflict. Group and Organizational Management, 17, 153-170.
Kirkman, B., & Mathieu, J. (2005). The dimensions and antecedents of team Virtuality. Journal
of Management, 31, 700-718.
Kirkman, B. L., & Rosen, B. (1999). Beyond self-management: Antecedents and consequences
of team empowerment. Academy of Management Journal, 42, 58-74.
Kirkman, B. L., Rosen, B., Gibson, C. B., Tesluk, P. E., & McPherson, S. O. (2002). Five
challenges to virtual team success: Lessons from Sabre, Inc. Academy of Management
Executive, 16, 67-79.
Kirkman, B. L., Rosen, B., Tesluk, P. E., & Gibson, C. B. (2004). The impact of team
empowerment on virtual team performance: The moderating role of face-to-face interaction.
Academy of Management Journal, 47, 175-192.
Kirkman, B. L., & Shapiro, D. L. (1997). The impact of cultural values on employee resistance
to teams: Toward a model of globalised self-managing work team effectiveness. Academy of
Management Review, 22, 730-757.
Kirkman, B. L., & Shapiro, D. L. (2000). Understanding why team members won’t share: An
examination of factors related to employee receptivity to team-based rewards. Small Group
Research, 31, 175-209.
Kirkman, B. L., Shapiro, D. L., Novelli, L., Jr., & Brett, J. (1966). Employee concerns regarding
self managing work teams: A multidimensional justice perspective. Social Justice Research,
9, 27-47.
Kirkman, B. L., Tesluck, P. E., & Rosen, B. (2001). Assessing the incremental validity of team
consensus ratings over aggregation of individual-level data in predicting team effectiveness.
Personnel Psychology, 54, 645-667.
Kirkman, B. L., Tesluck, P. E., & Rosen, B. (2004). The impact of demographic heretogeneity
and team leader-team member demographic fit on team empowerment and effectiveness.
Group & Organization Management, 29, 334-368.
Kirkpatrick, R. G., & Tumminia, D. (1992). Space magic, techno-animism and the cult of the
Goddess in a Southern California UFO contactee group: A case study of millenarianiam.
Syzygy: Journal of Alternative Religion and Culture, 1, 159-172.
Kirkpatrick, S. A., Davis, F., & Robertson, R. D. (1976). The process of political decisionmaking in groups: Search behavior and choice shifts. American Behavioral Scientist, 20, 3364.
Kirkwood, W. G. (1984). Effects of incubation sequences on communication and problem
solving in small groups. Journal of Creative Behavior, 18, 45-61.
Kirscht, J. D., Lodahl, T. M., & Haire, M. (1959). Some factors in the selection of leaders by
members of small groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 406-408.
Kirshner, B. J., Dies, R. R., & Brown, R. A. (1978). Effects of experimental manipulation of
self-disclosure on group cohesiveness. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 46,
1171-1177.
Kissane, D. W., Love, A., Hatton, A., Bloch, S., Smith, G., Clarke, D. M., et al. (2004). Effect of
cognitive-existential group therapy on survival in early-stage breast cancer. Journal of
Clinical Oncology, 22, 4255-4260.
Kitayama, S. (1984). The influence of a minority within a group. Japanese Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 23, 97-105.
148
Kittleson, J. M., & Southerland, S. A. (2004). The role of discourse in group knowledge
construction: A case study of engineering students. Journal of Research in Science
Teaching, 41, 267-293.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr. (1985). Feedback in group psychotherapy: Review and implications. Small
Group Behavior, 16, 373-386.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr. (1997). Leader behavior and therapeutic gain: An application of situational
leadership theory. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 32-38.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Angelone, E. O. (1992). Interpersonal problems: Variables influencing
participants’ perception of group climate. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 39, 468-472.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Goldfine, D. C. (1991). Endorsement of therapeutic factors as a function
of stage of group development and participant interpersonal attitudes. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 38, 150-158.
Kivlighan, D. M.,, Jr., & Jauquet, C. A. (1990). Quality of group member agendas and group
session climate. Small Group Research, 21, 205-219.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Lilly, R. L. Developmental changes in group climate as they relate to
therapeutic gain. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 208-221.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., McGovern, T.V., & Corazzini, J. G. (1984). Effects of content and timing
of structuring interventions on group therapy process and outcome. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 31, 363-370.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Mullison, D. (1988). Participants’ perception of therapeutic factors in
group counseling: The role of interpersonal style and stage of group development. Small
Group Behavior, 19, 452-468.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., Multon, K. D., & Brossart, D. F. (1996). Helpful impacts in group
counseling: Development of a multidimensional rating system. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 43, 347-355.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Tarrant, J. M. (2001). Does group climate mediate the group leadershipgroup member outcome relationship?: A test of Yalom’s hypotheses about leadership
priorities. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 220-234.
Kiyuna, K. M. (1977). Building closer relation between Asian and American university students:
Two group approaches. Communication, 6, 51-55.
Klass, D. (1982). Self-help groups for the bereaved: Theory, theology, and practice. Journal of
Religion and Health, 21, 307-324.
Klausmeier, H. J., Wiersma, W., & Harris, C. W. (1963). Efficiency of initial learning and
transfer by individuals, pairs, and quads. Journal of Educational Psychology, 54, 160-164.
Klauss, R., & Bass, B. M. (1974). Group influence on individual behavior across cultures.
Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 5, 236-246.
Kleck, R. E., & DeJong, W. (1983). Physical disability, physical attractiveness, and social
outcomes in children’s small groups. Rehabilitation Psychology, 28, 78-91.
Klein, E. E., & Dologie, D. G. (2000). The role of computer support tools and gender
composition in innovative information system idea generation by small groups. Computers
in Human Behavior, 16, 111-139.
Klein, H. J., & Mulvey, P. W. (1995). Two investigations of the relationships among group
goals, group commitment, cohesion, and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 61, 44-53.
149
Klein, K. J., Conn, A. B., Smith, D. B., & Sorra, J. S. (2001). Is everyone in agreement? An
exploration of within-group agreement in employee perceptions of the work environment.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 86, 3-16.
Klein, O., & Azzi, A. E. (2001). The strategic confirmation of meta-stereotypes: How group
members attempt to tailor an out-group’s representation of themselves. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 40, 279-293.
Kleinberg, J. (2005). On the job after 9/11: Looking at worker’s block through a group lens.
Group Analysis, 38, 203-218.
Kleiven, J., Fraser, C., & Gouge, C. (1974). Are individual and group decisions dependent on
available information? Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 15, 178-184.
Klemm, P., Hurst, M., Dearholt, S. L., & Trone, S. R. (1999). Cyber solace: Gender differences
on internet support groups. Computers in Nursing, 17, 65-72.
Klemm, P., Reppert, K., & Visich, L. A. (1998). A nontraditional cancer support group: The
internet. Computers in Nursing, 16, 31-36.
Klenke, K. (2003). Gender influences in decision-making processes in top management teams.
Management Decision, 41, 1024-1034.
Klimoski, R., & Mohammed, S. (1994). Team mental model: Construct or metaphor? Journal of
Management, 20, 403-437.
Kline, F. (1972). Dynamics of a leaderless group. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 22, 234-242.
Kline, J. A. (1970). Indices of opinionated and orienting statements in problem-solving
discussions. Speech Monographs, 37, 282-286.
Kline, J. A. (1972). Orientation and group consensus. Central States Speech Journal, 23, 44-47.
Kline, J. A., & Hollinger, J. L. (1973). Redundancy, self-orientation and group consensus.
Speech Monographs, 40, 72-74.
Kline, S. L., Hennen-Floyd, C. L., & Farrell, K. M. (1990). Cognitive complexity and verbal
response mode use in discussion. Communication Quarterly, 38, 350-360.
Kline, T. J. B., & Gardiner, H. (1997). The successful adoption of groupware: Perceptions of the
users. Human Systems Management, 16, 301-306.
Kline, T., & McGrath, J. L. (1999). A review of groupware literature: Theories, methodologies,
and a research agenda. Canadian Psychology, 40, 265-271.
Klingberg, H. E. (1973). An evaluation of sensitivity training effects on self-actualization,
purpose in life, and religious attitudes of theological students. Journal of Psychology and
Theology, 1(4), 31-39.
Klinger, E. (1969). Feedback effects and social facilitation of vigilance performance: Mere
coaction versus potential evaluation. Psychonomic Science, 14, 161-162.
Klocke, U. (2007). How to improve decision making in small groups: Effects of dissent and
training interventions. Small Group Research, 38, 437-468.
Klopfer, F. J., & Moran, T. (1978). Influences of sex composition, decision rule, and decision
consequences in small group policy making. Sex Roles, 4, 907-915.
Knight, D., Pearce, C. L., Smith, K. G., Olian, J. D., Sims, P. H., Smith, K. A., et al. (1999). Top
management team diversity, group process, and strategic consensus. Strategic Management
Journal, 20, 445-465.
Knight, E., L., Alpert, M. I., & Witt, R. E. (1976). Variation in group conformity influence.
Journal of Social Psychology, 98, 137-138.
150
Knight, G. P., & Dubro, A. F. (1984). Cooperative, competitive, and individualistic social
values: An individualized regression and clustering approach. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46, 98-105.
Knight, P. A., & Weiss, H. M. (1980). Effects of selection agent and leader origin on leader
influence and group member perceptions. Organizational Behavior and Human
Performance, 26, 7-21.
Knouse, S. B., & Dansby, M. R. (1999). Percentage of work-group diversity and work-group
effectiveness. Journal of Psychology, 133, 486-494.
Knowles, E. S. (1973). Boundaries around group interaction: The effect of group size and
member status on boundary permeability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 26,
327-331.
Knowles, E. S. (1975). Group risk taking shifts with a payoff response mode. Journal of Social
Psychology, 96, 297-298.
Knowles, E. S. (1976). Group size and the extension of social space boundaries. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 647-654.
Knowles, E. S., & Bassett, R. L. (1976). Groups and crowds as social entities: The effects of
activity, size, and member similarity on nonmembers. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 34, 837-845.
Knowles, E. S., & Brickner, M. A. (1981). Social cohesion effects on spatial cohesion.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 309-313.
Knowles, E. S., Kreuser, B., Haas, S., Hyde, M., & Schuchart, G. E. (1976). Group size and the
extension of social space boundaries. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33,
647-654.
Knox, R. E., & Safford, R. K. (1976). Group caution at the race track. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 21, 317-324.
Knutson, T. J. (1972). An experimental study of the effects of orientation behavior on small
group consensus. Speech Monographs, 39, 159-165.
Knutson, T. J., & Holdridge, W. E. (1975). Orientation behavior, leadership, and consensus: A
possible functional relationship. Speech Monographs, 42, 107-114.
Knutson, T. J., & Kowitz, A. C. (1977). Effects of information type and levels of orientation on
consensus-achievement in substantive and affective conflict. Central States Speech Journal,
28, 54-63.
Koch, S. C. (2005). Evaluative affect displays toward male and female leaders of task-oriented
groups. Small Group Research, 36, 678-703.
Koch, S. C., Mueller, B., Kruse, L., & Zumbach, J. (2005). Constructing gender in chat groups.
Sex Roles, 53, 29-41.
Kock, N. (1998). Can communication medium limitations foster better group outcomes? An
action research study. Information & Management, 34, 295-305.
Kock, N., & McQueen, R. (1997). A field study of the effects of asynchronous groupware
support on process improvement groups. Journal of Information Technology, 12, 245-259.
Kogan, N., & Doise, W. (1969). Effects of anticipated delegate status on level of risk-taking in
small decision-making groups. Acta Psychologica, 29, 228-243.
Kogan, N., & Wallach, M. A. (1967a). Group risk taking as a function of members’ anxiety and
defensiveness. Journal of Personality, 35, 50-63.
151
Kogan, N., & Wallach, M. A. (1967b). Risky-shift phenomenon in small decision-making
groups: A test of the information-exchange hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 3, 75-84.
Kolb, J. A. (1992). Leadership of creative teams. Journal of Creative Behavior, 26, 1-9.
Kolb, J. A. (1996). A comparison of leadership behaviors and competencies in high- and
average-performance teams. Communication Reports, 9, 173-183.
Kolb, J. A. (1995). Leader behaviors affecting team performance: Similarities and differences
between leader/member assessments. Journal of Business Communication, 32, 233-248.
Kolb, J. A. (1996). A comparison of leadership behaviors and competencies in high- and
average-performance teams. Communication Reports, 9, 173-183.
Kolb, J. A. (1997). Are we still stereotyping leadership? A look at gender and other predictors of
leader emergence. Small Group Research, 28, 370-393.
Kolb, J. A. (2004). Initial contracting issues in small group facilitation. Industrial & Commercial
Training, 36(5), 207-209.
Komorita, S. S. (1976). A model of the N-person dilemma type game. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 12, 357-373.
Komorita, S. S., Chan, D. K-S., & Parks, C. (1993). The effects of reward structure and
reciprocity in social dilemmas. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 29, 252-267.
Komorita, S. S., & Lapworth, LC. W. (1982). Cooperative choice among individuals versus
groups in an N-person dilemma situation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42,
487-496.
Konar-Goldband, E., Rice, R. W., & Monkarsh, W. (1979). Time phased interrelationships of
group atmosphere, group performance, and leader style. Journal of Applied Psychology, 64,
401-409.
Koneya, M. (1977). Privacy regulation in small and large groups. Group & Organization Studies,
2, 324-335.
Koneya, M. (1978). The Steinzor effect revisited. Small Group Behavior, 9, 540-548.
Konrad, A. M., Winters, S., & Gutek, B. A. (1992). Diversity in work group sex composition:
Implications for majority and minority members. Research in the Sociology of
Organizations, 10, 115-140.
Koomen, W., & Sagel, P. K. (1977). The prediction of participation in two-person groups.
Sociometry, 40, 369-373.
Korsgaard, A., Schweiger, D., & Sapienza, H. (1995). Building commitment, attachment, and
trust in top management teams: The role of procedural justice. Academy of Management
Journal, 38, 60-84.
Kostinskaya, A. G. (1976). Foreign investigations of risky decision-making in groups. Voprosy
Psikhologii, 5, 171-178.
Kotlyar, I., & Karakowsky, L. (2006). Leading conflict? Linkages between leader behaviors and
group conflict. Small Group Research, 37, 377-403.
Kottler, J. A. (1994). Working with difficult group members. Journal for Specialists in Group
Work, 19, 3-10.
Kozlowski, S. W. J., & Hattrup, J. (1992). A disagreement about within-group agreement:
Disentangling issues of consistency versus consensus. Journal of Applied Psychology, 77,
161-167.
152
Kozub, S. A.,, & Button, C. J. (2000). The influence of a competitive outcome on perceptions of
cohesion in rugby and swimming teams. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 31, 8295.
Kraft, L. W., & Vraa, C. W. (1976). Sex composition of groups and pattern of self-disclosure by
high school females. Psychological Reports, 37, 733-734.
Kralik, D., Warren, J., Price, K., Koch, T., & Pignone, G. (2005). The ethics of research using
electronic mail discussion groups. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 52, 537-545.
Kramer, M. W. (2002). Communication in a community theater group: Managing multiple group
roles. Communication Studies, 53, 151-170.
Kramer, M. W. (2004). Toward a communication theory of dialectics: An ethnographic study of
a community theatre group. Communication Monographs, 71, 311-333.
Kramer, M. W. (2005a). Communication and social exchange processes in community theater
groups. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 33, 159-182.
Kramer, M. W. (2005b). Communication in a fund-raising marathon group. Journal of
Communication, 55, 257-276.
Kramer, M. W., Benoit, P. J., Dixon, M. A., & Benoit-Bryan, J. (2007). Group processes in a
teaching renewal retreat: Communication functions and dialectical tensions. Southern
Communication Journal, 72, 135-168.
Kramer, M. W., Kuo, C. L., & Dailey, J. C. (1997). The impact of brainstorming techniques on
subsequent group processes: Beyond generating ideas. Small Group Research, 28, 218-242.
Kramer, R. M. (1991). Intergroup relations and organizational dilemmas: The role of
categorization processes. Research in Organizational Behavior, 13, 191-228.
Kramer, R. M., & Brewer, M. B. (1984). Effects of group identity on resource use in a simulated
commons dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 1044-1057.
Kramer, T. J., Fleming, G. P., & Mannis, S. M. (2001). Improving face-to-face brainstorming
through modeling and facilitation. Small Group Research, 32, 533-557.
Kranas, G. (1982). Utility of outcomes and linking in ingroup conflict of interest. Polish
Psychological Bulletin, 13, 63-72.
Kraus, G. (1997). The psychodynamics of constructive aggression in small groups. Small Group
Research, 28, 122-145.
Kravitz, D. A, & Martin, B. (1986). Ringelmann rediscovered: The original article. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 936-941.
Krayer, K. J. (1988). Exploring group maturity in the classroom: Differences in behavioral,
affective, and performance outcomes between mature and immature groups. Small Group
Behavior, 19, 259-272.
Krebs, S. A., Hobman, E. V., & Bordia, P. 92006). Virtual teams and group member
dissimilarity: Consequences for the development of trust. Small Group Research, 37, 721741.
Kriesberg, M., & Guetzkow, H. (1950). The use of conferences in the administration process.
Public Administration Review, 10, 93-98.
Kristof-Brown, A., Barrick, M. R., & Stevens, C. K. (2005). When opposites attract: A multisample demonstration of complementary person-team fit on extraversion. Journal of
Personality, 73, 935-958.
Kroon, M., Kreveld, D., & Rabbie, J. (1992). Group versus individual decision making: Effects
of accountability and gender on groupthink. Small Group Research, 23, 427-458.
153
Kroon, M. B. R., ‘t Hart, P., & van Kreveld, D. (1991). Managing group decision making
processes: Individual versus collective accountability and groupthink. International Journal
of Conflict Management, 2, 91-115.
Krueger, D. L. (1979). A stochastic analysis of communication development in self-analytic
groups. Human Communication Research, 5, 314-324.
Kruglanski, A. W., & Webster, D. M. (1991). Group members’ reactions to opinion deviates and
conformists at varying degrees of proximity to decision deadline and of environmental
noise. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 212-225.
Kruglanski, A. W., Shah, J. Y., Pierro, A., & Mannetti, L. (2002). When similarity breeds
content: Need for closure and the allure of homogeneous and self-resembling groups.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 648-662.
Kruglanski, A. W., & Webster, D. (1991). Group members’ reactions to opinion deviates and
conformists at varying degrees of proximity to decision deadline and of environmental
noise. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 212-225.
Krull, J. L., & MacKinnon, D. P. (2001). Multilevel modeling of individual- and group-level
mediated effects. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36, 249-277.
Krumpel, K. (2000). Making the right (interactive) moves for knowledge-producing tasks in
computer-mediated groups. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 43, 185195.
Kugihara, N. (2001). Effects of aggressive behaviour and group size on collective escape in an
emergency: A test between a social identity model and deindividuation theory. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 575-598.
Kuhn, T., & Poole, M. S. (2000). Do conflict management styles affect group decision making?
Evidence from a longitudinal field study. Human Communication Research, 26, 558-590.
Kuk, G. (2000). “When to speak again”: Self-regulation under facilitation. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 291-306.
Kulic, K. R., Horne, A. M., & Dagley, J. C. (2004). A comprehensive review of prevention
groups for children and adolescents. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8,
139-151.
Kumar, J. (2006). Working as a designer in a global team. Interactions, 13, 25-26.
Kureka, P. M., Austin, J. M., Johnson, W., & Mendoza, J. L. (1982). Full and errant coaching
effects on assigned role leaderless group discussion performance. Personnel Psychology, 35,
805-812.
Kurland, R., & Salmon, R. (1998). Purpose: A misunderstood and misused keystone of group
work practice. Social Work With Groups, 21(3), 5-17.
Kurtz, L. F., & Powell, T. J. (1987). Three approaches to understanding self-help groups. Social
Work With Groups, 10(3), 69-80.
Kush, F. R., & Fleming, L. M. (2000). An innovative approach to short-term group cognitive
therapy in the combined treatment of anxiety and depression. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 4, 176-183.
Kuypers, B. C., Davies, D., & Glaser, K. H. (1986). Developmental arrestations in self-analytic
groups. Small Group Behavior, 17, 269-302.
Kuypers, B. C., Davies, D., & Hazewinkel, A. (1986). Developmental patterns in self-analytic
groups. Human Relations, 39, 793-815.
154
Kwok, R. C-W., Ma, J., & Vogel, D. R. (2002). Effects of group support systems and content
facilitation on knowledge acquisition. Journal of Management Information Systems, 19,
185-230.
Kyratzis, A. (2004). Talk and interaction among children and the co-construction of peer groups
and peer culture. Annual Review of Anthropology, 33, 625-649.
LaBarge, E., Von Dras, D., & Wingbermuehle, C. (1998). An analysis of themes and feelings
from a support group for people with Alzheimer’s disease. Psychotherapy: Theory,
Research, Practice, Training, 35, 537-544.
LaCoursiere, R. (1974). A group method to facilitate learning during the stages of psychiatric
affiliation. Interpersonal Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 24, 342-351.
LaFrance, M. (1985). Postural mirroring and intergroup relations. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 11, 207-217.
LaFrance, M., & Broadbent, M. (1976). Group rapport: Posture sharing as a nonverbal indicator.
Group & Organization Studies, 1, 328-333.
LaFreniere, P., & Charlesworth, W. R. (1983). Dominance, attention, and affiliation in a preschool group: A nine-month longitudinal study. Ethology and Sociobiology, 4, 55-67.
Lahti, D. C. & Weinstein, B. S. (2005). The better angels of our nature: Group stability and the
evolution of moral tension. Evolution and Human Behavior, 26, 47-63.
Laing, D. W. (2000). Investigating the encoding process of transactive memory development in
group training. Group and Organization Management, 25, 373-396.
Laing, D. W., Moreland, R., & Argote, L. (1995). Group versus individual training and group
performance: The mediating role of transactive memory. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 21, 384-393.
Laing, J. D., & Morrison, R. J. (1973). Coalitions and payoffs in three-person sequential games:
Initial tests of two formal models. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 3, 3-25.
Lalonde, R. N. (1992). The dynamics of group differentiation in the face of defeat. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 336-342.
Lalonde, R. N. (2002). Testing the social identity-intergroup differentiation hypothesis: “We’re
not American eh!” British Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 611-630.
Lalonde, R. N., & Camerson, J. E. (1993). An intergroup perspective on immigrant acculturation
with a focus on collective strategies. International Journal of Psychology, 28, 57-74.
Lalonde, R. N., & Silverman, R. A. (1994). Behavioral preferences in response to social
injustice: The effects of group permeability and social identity salience. Journal of Personal
and Social Psychology, 66, 78-85.
Lam, S. K., & Schaubroeck, J. (2000). Improving group decisions by better pooling information:
A comparative advantage of group decision support systems. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 85, 565-573.
Lam, S. S. (1997). The effects of group decision support systems and task structures on group
communication and decision quality. Journal of Management Information ystems, 13, 193215.
Lamb, T. A. (1980). Paralanguage hierarchies in dyads and triads: Talking first and talking the
most. Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 221-224.
Lamb, T. A. (1981). Nonverbal and paraverbal control in dyads and triads: Sex or power
differences? Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 49-53.
Lamb, T. A. (1986). The familiarity effect in small-group hierarchy research. Journal of Social
Psychology, 126, 51-56.
155
Lamm, H., & Meyers, D. G. (1976). Machiavellianism, discussion time, and group shift. Social
Behavior and Personality, 4, 41-48.
Lamm, H., & Myers, D. G. (1978). Group-induced polarization of attitudes and behavior.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 145-195.
Lamm, H., & Sauer, C. (1974). Discussion-induced shift toward higher demands in negotiation.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 85-88.
Lamm, H., & Trommsdorff, G. (1973). Group versus individual performance on tasks requiring
ideational proficiency (brainstorming): A review. European Journal of Social Psychology, 3,
361-388.
Lammers, J. C., & Krikorian, D. H. (1997). Theoretical extension and operationalization of the
bona fide group construct with an application to surgical teams. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 25, 17-38.
Lampton, D. R., & Parsons, J. B. (2001). The fully immersive team training (FITT) research
system: Design and implementation. Presence, 10, 129-141.
Landry-Dattee, N., Gauvain-Piquard, A., & Cosset-Delaigue, M. (2000). A support group for
children with one parent with cancer: Report on a 4-year experience of a talking group.
Bulletin of Cancer, 87, 355-362.
Lane, I. M., Matthews, M. C., Chaney, C., Effmeyer, R. C., Reber, R. A., & Teddlie, C. B.
(1982). Making the goals of acceptance and quality explicit: Effects on group decisions.
Small Group Behavior, 13, 542-554.
Lane, K. L., Wehby, J., Menzies, H. M., Doukas, G. L., Munton, S. M., & Gregg, R. M. (2003).
Social skills instruction for students at risk for antisocial behavior: The effects of smallgroup instruction. Behavior Disorders, 28, 229-248.
Langfred, C. W. (1998). Is group cohesiveness a double-edged sword? An investigation of the
effects of cohesiveness on performance. Small Group Research, 29, 124-143.
Langfred, C. W. (2000a). The paradox of self-management: Individual and group autonomy in
work groups. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 21, 563-585.
Langfred, C. W. (2000b). Work-group design and autonomy: A field study of the interaction
between task interdependence and autonomy. Small Group Research, 31, 54-70.
Langfred, C. W. (2004). Too much of a good thing? Negative effects of high trust and individual
autonomy in self-managing teams. Academy of Management Journal, 47, 385-399.
Langfred, C. W., & Shanley, M. T. (1977). The importance of organizational context, I: A
conceptual model of cohesiveness and effectiveness in work groups. Public Administration
Quarterly, 21, 349-369.
Lanzetta, J. T. (1955). Group behavior under stress. Human Relations, 8, 29-52.
Lanzetta, J. T., & Roby, T. B. (1956). Effects of work-group structure and certain variables on
group performance. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 53, 307-314.
Lanzetta, J. T., & Roby, T. B. (1960). The relationship between certain group process variables
and group problem-solving efficiency. Journal of Social Psychology, 52, 135-148.
Lapponi, E. (1996). Psychodynamic and systemic paradigms: An attempted integration in the
light of personal experience with groups. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 56, 177-185.
Larey, T. S., & Paulus, P. B. (1999). Group preference and convergent tendencies in groups: A
content analysis of group brainstorming performance. Creativity Research Journal, 12, 175184.
156
Larkey, L. K. (1996a). The development and validation of the Workforce Diversity
Questionnaire: An instrument to assess interactions in diverse workgroups. Management
Communication Quarterly, 9, 296-337.
Larkey, L. K. (1996b). Toward a theory of communicative interactions in culturally diverse work
groups. Academy of Management Review, 21, 463-491.
Larson, C. E. (1969). Forms of analysis and small group problem-solving. Speech Monographs,
36, 452-455.
Larson, C. E. (1971). Speech communication research on small groups. Speech Teacher, 20, 89107.
Larson, C. U. (1971). The verbal response of groups to the absence or presence of leadership.
Speech Monographs, 38, 177-181.
Larson, J. R. (1997). Modeling the entry of shared and unshared information into group
discussion: A review and BASIC language computer program. Small Group Research, 28,
454-479.
Larson, J. R., Jr. (2007). Deep diversity and strong synergy: Modeling the impact of variability
in members’ problem-solving strategies on group problem-solving performance. Small
Group Research, 38, 413-436.
Larson, J. R., Jr. & Christensen, C. (1993). Groups as problem-solving units: Toward a new
meaning of social cognition. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 5-30.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Christensen, C., & Abbott, A. S., & Franz, T. M. (1996). Diagnosing groups:
Charting the flow of information in medical decision-making teams. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 71, 315-330.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Christensen, C., Franz, T. M., & Abbott, A. S. (1998). Diagnosing groups:
Management and impact of shared and unshared case information in team-based mediated
decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 93-108.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Gantz, T. M. (1998). Leadership style and the
discussion of shared and unshared information in decision-making groups. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 482-495.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Keys, C. B. (1994). Discussion of shared and
unshared information in decision-making groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67, 446-461.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Sargis, E. G., Elstein, A. S., & Schwartz, A. (2002). Holding shared versus
unshared information: Its impact on perceived member influence in decision-making groups.
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 24, 145-155.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Granz, T. M. (1998). Leadership style and the
discussion of shared and unshared information in decision-making groups. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 482-495.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Keys, C. B. (1994). The discussion of shared and
unshared information in decision-making groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67, 446-461.
Latané, B. (1981). The psychology of social impact. American Psychologist, 36, 343-356.
Latané, B., & Bourgeois, M. J. (1996). Experimental evidence for dynamic social impact: The
emergence of subcultures in electronic groups. Journal of Communication, 46(4), 35-47.
Latané, B., & Dabbs, J. M. (1975). Sex, group size and helping in three cities. Sociometry, 38,
180-194.
157
Latané, B., & Darley, J. M. (1968). Group inhibition of bystander intervention in emergencies.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10, 215-221.
Latané, B., & L’Herrou, T. L. (1996). Spatial clustering in the conformity game: Dynamic social
impact in electronic groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1218-1230.
Latané, B., & Nida, S. A. (1981). Ten years of research on group size and helping. Psychological
Bulletin, 89, 308-324.
Latané, B., Williams, K., & Harkins, S. (1979a). Many hands make light the work: The causes
and consequences of social loafing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 822832.
Latané, B., Williams, K., & Harkins, S. (1979b). Social loafing. Psychology Today, 13(3), 104110.
Latané, B., & Wolf, S. (1981). The social impact of majorities and minorities. Psychological
Review, 88, 438-453.
Latham, V. M. (1987). Task type and group motivation: Implications for a behavioral approach
to leadership in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 18, 56-71.
Latta, R. M., & Gorman, M. E. (1984). The small group: A bridge between sociology and social
psychology. Psychological Reports, 54, 947-950.
Lau, D. C., & Murnighan, J. K. (2005). Interactions within groups and subgroups: The effects of
demographic faultlines. Academy of Management Journal, 48, 645-659.
Lau, R. R. (1989). Individual and contextual influences on group identification. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 52, 220-231.
Laughlin, P. R. (1978). Ability and group problem solving. Journal of Research and
Development in Education, 12, 114-120.
Laughlin, P. R. (1988). Collective induction: Group performance, social combination processes,
and mutual majority and minority influence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
54, 254-267.
Laughlin, P. R., & Adamopolous, J. (1980). Social combination processes and individual
learning for six-person cooperative groups on an intellectual task. Journal of Personal and
Social Psychology, 38, 941-947.
Laughlin, P. R., & Barth, J. M. (1981). Group-to-individual and individual-to-group problem
solving transfer. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 1087-1093.
Laughlin, P. R., Bonner, B. L., & Miner, A. G. (2002). Groups perform better than the best
individuals on letters-to-numbers problems. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 88, 605-620.
Laughlin, P. R., Branch, L. G., & Johnson, H. H. (1969). Individual versus triadic performance
on a unidimensional complementary task as a function of initial ability level. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 144-150.
Laughlin, P. R., & Earley, P. C. (1982). Social combination models, persuasive arguments
theory, social comparison theory, and choice shifts. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 48, 608-613.
Laughlin, P. R., & Ellis, A. L. (1986). Demonstrability and social combination processes on
mathematical intellective tasks. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 177-189.
Laughlin, P. R., Gonzalez, C. M., & Sommer, D. (2003). Quantity estimations by groups and
individuals: Effects of known domain boundaries. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 7, 55-63.
158
Laughlin, P. R., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1995). A theory of collective induction. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 61, 94-107.
Laughlin, P. R., Kerr, N. L., Davis, J. H., Halff, H. M., & Marciniak, K. A. (1975). Group size,
member ability and social decision schemes on an intellective task. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 31, 522-535.
Laughlin, P. R., Kerr, N. L., Munch, M. M., & Haggarty, C. A. (1976). Social decision schemes
of the same four-person groups on two different intellective tasks. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 33, 80-88.
Laughlin, P. R., & McGlynn, R. P. (1986). Collective induction: Mutual group and individual
influence by exchange of hypotheses and evidence. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 22, 567-589.
Laughlin, P. R., & Shupe, E. I. (1996). Intergroup collective induction. Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 68, 44-57.
Laughlin, P. R., VanderStoep, S. W., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1991). Collective versus individual
induction: Recognition of truth, rejection of error, and collective information processing.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 50-67.
Laughlin, P. R., Zander, M. L., Knievel, E. M., & Tan, T. K. (2003). Groups perform better than
the best individuals on letters-to-numbers problems: Informative equations and effective
strategies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 684-694.
Laux, J. M., Smirnoff, J. B., Ritchie, M. H., & Cochrane, W. S. (2007). The effect of type of
screening on the satisfaction of students in experiential counseling training groups. Small
Group Research, 38, 289-300.
LaVallee, K. (2005). The impact of first-grade “friendship group” experiences on child social
outcomes in the fast track program. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 33, 301-324.
Lavery, T. A., Franz, T. M., Winquist, J. R., & Larson, J. R., Jr. (1999). The role of information
exchange in predicting group accuracy on a multiple judgment task. Basic and Applied
Social Psychology, 21, 281-289.
Lawrence, L. C., & Smith, P. C. (1955). Group decision and employee participation. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 39, 334-337.
Lawson, E. D. (1974a). Reinforced and non-reinforced four-man communication nets.
Psychological Reports, 14, 287-296.
Lawson, E. D. (1964b). Reinforcement in group problem-solving with arithmetic problems.
Psychological Reports, 18, 139-147.
Layne, C. M., Pynoos, R. S., Saltzman, W. R., Arslanagic, B., Black, M., Savjak, N., et al.
(2001). Trauma/grief-focused group psychotherapy: School-based postwar intervention with
traumatized Bosnian adolescents. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 277290.
Lazaric, N., & Raybaut, A. (2005). Knowledge, hierarchy and the selection of routines: an
interpretative model with group interactions. Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393421.
Lazell, E. W. (1921). The group treatment of dementia praecox. Psychoanalytical Review, 8,
168-179.
Lea, M., & Spears, R. (1991). Computer-mediated communication, deindividuation and group
decision-making. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 34, 283-301.
159
Lea, M., Spears, R., & de Groot, D. (2001). Knowing me, knowing you: Effects of visual
anonymity on self-categorization, stereotyping and attraction in computer-mediated groups.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 526-537.
Leana, C. R. (1985). A partial test of Janis’ groupthink model: Effects of group cohesiveness and
leader behavior on defective decision making. Journal of Management, 11, 5-17.
Leary, M. R., & Forsyth, D. R. (1987). Attributions of responsibility for collective endeavors.
Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 167-188.
Leary, M. R., Robertson, R. B., Barnes, B. D., & Miller, R. S. (1986). Self-presentations of small
group leaders: Effects of role requirements and leadership orientation. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 742-748.
Lease, A. M., & Axelrod, J. L. (2001). Position in the peer group’s perceived organizational
structure: Relation to social status and friendship. Journal of Early Adolescence, 21, 377404.
Leathers, D. G. (1969). Process disruption and measurement in small group communication.
Quarterly Journal of Speech, 55, 287-300.
Leathers, D. G. (1970). The process effects of trust-destroying behavior in the small group.
Speech Monographs, 37, 180-187.
Leathers, D. G. (1971). The feedback rating instrument: A new means of evaluating discussion.
Central States Speech Journal, 22, 32-42.
Leathers, D. (1972). Quality of group communication as a determinant of group product. Speech
Monographs, 39, 166-173.
Leatt, P., & Schneck, R. (1984). Criteria for grouping nursing subunits in hospitals. Academy of
Management Journal, 27, 150-165.
Leavitt, H. J. (1951). Some effects of certain communication patterns on group performance.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 38-50.
Lebbie, L., Rhoades, J., & McGrath, J. E. (1996). Interaction process in computer mediated and
face to face groups. Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 4, 127-152.
Lecuyer, R. (1975). Space dimensions, the climate of discussion and group decisions. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 509-514.
Lee, C., Tinsley, C. H., & Bobko, P. 9200). An investigation of the antecedents and
consequences of group-level confidence. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 16281652.
Lee, E., & Leets, L. (2002). Persuasive storytelling by hate groups online: Examining its effects
on adolescents. American Behavioral Scientist, 45, 927-957.
Lee, E., & Nass, C. (2002). Experimental tests of normative group influence and representation
effects in computer-mediated communication: When interacting via computers differs from
interacting with computers. Human Communication Research, 28, 349-381.
Lee, E-J. (2006). When and how does depersonalization increase conformity to group norms in
computer-mediated communication. Communication Research, 33, 423-447.
Lee, E-J. (2007). Deindividuation effects on group polarization in computer-mediated
communication: The role of group identification, public self-awareness, and perceived
argument quality. Journal of Communication, 57, 385-403.
Lee, F., & Bednar, R. L. (1977). Effects of group structure and risk-taking disposition on group
behavior, attitudes, and atmosphere. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 24, 191-199.
Lee, H. (2005). Implosion, Virtuality, and interaction in an internet discussion group.
Information, Communication & Society, 8, 47-63.
160
Lee, J. (1992). Leader-member exchange, the “Pelz effect,” and cooperative communication
between group members. Management Communication Quarterly, 11, 266-287.
Lee, J. (1998). Maintenance communication in superior-subordinate relationships: An
exploratory investigation of group social context and the “Pelz Effect.” Southern
Communication Journal, 63, 144-159.
Lee, M. (1993). Gender, group composition, and peer interaction in computer-based cooperative
learning. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 9, 549-577.
Lee, P. C., Juan, G., & Hom, A. B. (1984). Group work practice with Asian clients: A
sociocultural approach. Social Work With Groups, 7, 37-48.
Leenders, R. T. A. J., van Englen, J. M. L., & Kratzer, J. (2003). Virtuality, communication, and
new product team creativity: A social network perspective. Journal of Engineering and
Technology Management, 20, 69-92.
Lefébvre, L. M., & Cunningham, J. D. (1977). The successful football team: Effects of coaching
and team cohesiveness. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 8, 29-41.
Leibowitz, A., & Tollison, R. (1980). Free-riding, shirking, and team production in legal
partnerships. Economic Inquiry, 18, 380-394.
Leichtentritt, J., & Schechtman, Z. (199). Therapist, trainee, and child verbal response modes in
child group therapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 36-47.
Leidner, D. E., & Fuller, M. (1997). Improving student learning of conceptual information: GSS
supported collaborative learning vs. individual constructive learning. Decision Support
Systems, 20, 149-163.
Leitko, T. A., Griel, A. L., & Peterson, S. A. (1985). Lessons at the bottom: Worker
nonparticipation in labor management committees as situational adjustment. Work &
Occupations, 12, 285-305.
Lembke, S., & Wilson, M. G. (1998). Putting the “team” into teamwork: Alternative theoretical
contributions for contemporary management practice. Human Relations, 51, 927-944.
Lemieux-Charles, L., Murray, M., Baker, G. R., Barnsley, J., Tasa, K., & Ibrahim, S. A. (2002).
The effects of quality improvement practices on team effectiveness: A mediational model.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 23, 533-553.
Lemmens, G., Verdegem, S., Heireman, G., van Houdenhove, B., Sabbe, B., & Eisler, I. (2003).
Helpful events in family discussion groups with chronic-pain patients: A qualitative study of
differences in perception between therapists/observers and patients/family members.
Families, Systems & Health: The Journal of Collaborative Family Healthcare, 21, 37-52.
Lemyre, L., & Smith, P. M. (1985). Intergroup discrimination and self-esteem in the minimal
group paradigm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 660-670.
Lemus, D. R., Seibold, D. R., Flanagin, A. J., & Metzger, M. J. (2004). Argument and decision
making in computer-mediated groups. Journal of Communication, 54, 302-320.
Lennie, J. (2002). Care and connection in online groups linking rural and urban women in
Australia: Some contradictory effects. Feminist Media Studies, 2, 289-306.
Lennung, S. A. (1974-1975). Implicit theories in experiential group practices: A pedagogical
approach. Interpersonal Development, 5, 37-49.
Leon, G. R. (1991). Individual and group process characteristics of polar expedition teams.
Environment and Behavior, 23, 723-748.
Leonard, H., & Freedman, A. (2000). From scientific management through fun and games to
high-performing teams: A historical perspective on team-based organizations. Consulting
Psychology Journal: Practice and Research, 52, 3-19.
161
LePine, J. A., Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. A., Colquitt, J. A., & Ellis, A. 92002). Gender
composition, situational strength, and team decision-making accuracy: A criterion
decomposition approach. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 88, 445475.
LePine, J. A., Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. A., & Hudlund, J. (1997). Effects of individual
differences on the performance of hierarchical decision-making teams: Much more than g.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 803-811.
LePine, J. A., & Van Dyne, L. (1998). Predicting voice behavior in work groups. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 83, 835-868.
Lerea, L., & Goldberg, A. (1961). Research notes: The effects of socialization upon group
behavior. Speech Monographs, 28, 60-64.
Lesko, W. A., & Scheider, F. W. (1978). Effects of speaking order and speaker gaze level on
interpersonal gaze in a triad. Journal of Social Psychology, 104, 185-195.
Lester, S. W., Meglino, B. M., & Korsgaard, M. A. (2002). The antecedents and consequences of
group potency: A longitudinal investigation of newly formed work groups. Academy of
Management Journal, 45, 352-369.
Letende, J., & Davis, K. (2004). What really happens in violence prevention groups? A content
analysis of leader behaviors and child responses in a school-based violence prevention
project. Small Group Research, 35, 367-387.
Leventhal, G. S. (1976). The distribution of rewards and resources in groups and organizations.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 91-131.
Levesque, L. L., Wilson, J. M., & Wholey, D. R. (2001). Cognitive divergence and shared
mental models in software development project teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior
Special Issue: Shared Cognition, 22, 135-144.
Levin, E. M., & Kurtz, R. R. (1974). Structured and nonstructured human relations training.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21, 526-531.
Levin, S., Federioc, C. M., Sidanius, J., & Rabinowitz, J. L. (2002). Social dominance
orientation and intergroup bias: The legitimation of favoritism for high-status groups.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 144-157.
Levin, S. Henry, P. J., Pratto, F., & Sidanius, J. (2003). Social dominance and social identity in
Lebanon: Implications for support of violence against the West. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 6, 353-368.
Levin, S., & Sidanius, J. (1999). Social dominance and social identity in the United States and
Israel: Intergroup favoritism or outgroup derogation? Political Psychology, 20, 99-126.
Levine, D. H. (1990). Popular groups, popular culture, and popular religion. Comparative
Studies in Society and History, 32, 718-764.
Levine, J. M. (1999). Transforming individuals into groups: Some hallmarks of the SDS
approach to small group research. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
80, 21-27.
Levine, J. M., & Moreland, R. L. (1990). Progress in small group research. Annual Review of
Psychology, 41, 585-634.
Levine, J. M., & Moreland, R. L. (1994). Group socialization: Theory and research. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 303-336.
Levine, J. M., & Ranelli, C. J. (1978). Majority reaction to shifting and stable attitudinal
deviates. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 55-70.
162
Levine, J. M., & Russo, E. M. (1987). Majority and minority influence. Review of Personality
and Social Psychology, 8, 13-54.
Levine, J. M., Sroka, K. R., & Snyder, H. N. (1977). Group support and reaction to stable and
shifting agreement/disagreement. Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 214-224.
Levy, L. H. (1976). Self-help groups: Types and psychological processes. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 12, 310-322.
Levy, L. H., Derby, J. F., & Martinkowski, K. S. (1993). Effects of membership in bereavement
support groups on adaptation to conjugal bereavement. American Journal of Community
Psychology, 21, 361-381.
Levy, S. R., Chiu, C-y., & Hong, Y-y. (2006). Lay theories and intergroup relations. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 5-24.
Levy, S. R., Plaks, J. Hong, Y., Chiu, C-y., & Dweck, C. S. (2001). Static versus dynamic
theories of groups: Different routes to different destinations. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 5, 156-168.
Levy, S. R, Tendler, C., VanDevanter, N., & Cleary, P. D. (1990). A group intervention model
for individuals testing positive for HIV antibody. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 60,
452-459.
Levy, S. R., West, T. L., Ramirez, L., & Karafantis, D. M. (2006). The Protestant work ethic: A
lay theory with dual intergroup implications. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9,
95-116.
Lewin, K. (1947a). Frontiers in group dynamics I: Concept, method and reality in social science:
Social equilibria and social change. Human Relations, 1, 5-41.
Lewin, K. (1947b). Frontiers in group dynamics: II. Channels of group life; social planning and
action research. Human Relations, 1, 143-153.
Lewin, K., & Lippitt, R. (1938). An experimental approach to the study of autocracy and
democracy: A preliminary note. Sociometry, 1, 292-300.
Lewin, K., Lippitt, R., & White, R. (1939). Patterns of aggressive behavior in experimentally
created “social climates.” Journal of Social Psychology, 10, 271-299.
Lewin, M. A., & Kane, M. (1975). Impeachment of Nixon and the risky shift. International
Journal of Group Tensions, 5, 171-176.
Lewis, A. E. (2004). “What group?” Studying Whites and whiteness in the era of
“colorblindness.” Sociological Theory, 22, 623-646.
Lewis, B. F. (1977). Group silences. Small Group Behavior, 8, 109-120.
Lewin, B. F. (1978). An examination of the final phase of a group development theory. Small
Group Behavior, 9, 507-517.
Lewis, L. F. (1987). A decision support system for face-to-face groups. Journal of Information
Sciences, 13, 211-219.
Lewis, L. F., & Keleman, K. S. (1990). Experiences with GDSS development: Lab and field
studies. Journal of Information Science, 16, 195-205.
Lewis, P., Dawes, A. S., & Cheney, T. (1974). Effects of sensitivity training on beliefs in internal
control of interpersonal relationships. Psychotherapy Theory, Research and Practice, 11,
282-284.
Leyens, J., P., Rodriguez, A. P., Rodriguez, R. T., Gaunt, R., Paladino, P. M., Vaes, J., et al.
(2001). Psychological essentialism and the differential attribution of uniquely human
emotions to ingroups and outgroups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 394-411.
163
Li, F., & Harmer, P. (1996). Confirmatory factor analysis of the Group Environment
Questionnaire within an intercollegiate sample. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology,
18, 49-63.
Libby, R., Trotman, K. T., & Zimmer, I. (1987). Member variation, recognition of expertise, and
group performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 81-87.
Lichtenberg, P. A., Strzepek, D. M., & Zeiss, A. M. (1990). Bringing psychiatric aids into the
treatment team: An application of the veterans administration’s ITTG Model. Gerontology
& Geriatrics Education, 10, 63-73.
Lichtenstein, R., Alexander, J. A., Jinnett, K., & Ullman, E. (1997). Embedded intergroup
relations in interdisciplinary teams. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 33, 413-434.
Lichtenstein, R., Alexander, J. A., McCarthy, J. F., & Wells, R. (2004). Status differences in
cross-functional teams: Effects on individual member participation, job satisfaction, and
intent to quit. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 45, 322-335.
Lickel, B., Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (2001). Elements of a lay theory of groups: Types
of groups, relational styles, and the perception of group entitativity. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 5, 129-140.
Lickel, B., Hamilton, D. L., Wieczorkowska, G., Lewis, A., Sherman, S. J., & Uhles, A. N.
(2000). Varieties of groups and the perception of group entitativity. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 78, 223-246.
Lickel, B., Rutchick, A., Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (in press). Intuitive theories of group
types and relational principles. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology.
Liden, R. C., Wayne, S. J., & Bradway, L. K. (1997). Task interdependence as a moderator of
the relation between group control and performance. Human Relations, 50, 169-181.
Liden, R. C., Wayne, S. J., Jaworski, R. A., & Bennett, N. (2004). Social loafing: A field
investigation. Journal of Management, 30, 285-304.
Lieberman, M. (1976). Change induction in small groups. Annual Review of Psychology, 27,
217-250.
Lieberman, M. A. (1990). A group therapist perspective on self-help groups. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40, 251-278.
Lieberman, M. A., & Bond, G. R. (1976). Self-help groups: Problems of measuring outcomes.
Small Group Behavior, 9, 221-241.
Lieberman, M. A., & Golant, M. (2002). Leader behaviors as perceived by cancer patients in
professionally directed support groups and outcomes. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 6, 267-276.
Lieberman, M. A., Golant, M., & Altman, T. (2004). Therapeutic norms and patient benefit:
Cancer patients in professionally directed support groups. Group Dynamics: theory,
Research, and Practice, 8, 265-276.
Lieberman, M. A., & Snowden, L. R. (1993). Problems in assessing prevalence and membership
characteristics of self-help group participants. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 29,
166-180.
Lieberman, M. A., & Videka-Sherman, L. (1986). The impact of self-help groups on the mental
health of widows and widowers. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56, 435-449.
Lieberman, M., & Yalom, I. (1992). Brief group psychotherapy for the spousally bereaved: A
controlled study. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 42, 117-132.
164
Liebkind, K., Haaramo, J., & Jasinskaja-Lahti, I. (2000). Effects of contact and personality on
intergroup attitudes of different professionals. Journal of Community & Applied Social
Psychology, 9, 171-181.
Liebkind, K., Nystöm, S., Honkanummi, E., & Lange, A. (2004). Group size, group status and
dimensions of contact as predictors of intergroup attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 7, 145-160.
Liebowitz, S. J., & Holden, K. T. (1996). Are self-managing teams worthwhile? A tale of two
companies. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 13, 461-462.
Liebrand, W. B. G. (1984). The effect of social motives, communication and group size on
behaviour in an N-person multi-stage mixed-motive game. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 14, 239-264.
Lietz, C. A. (2007). Strengths-based group practice: Three case studies. Social Work with
Groups, 30(2), 73-87.
Lievens, A., & Moenaert, R. K. (2000). Project team communication in financial service
innovation. Journal of Management Studies, 37, 733-766.
Likert, R., & Likert, J. G. (1978). A method for coping with conflict in problem-solving groups.
Group and Organization Studies, 3, 427-434.
Lilienthal, R. A., & Hutchison, S. L. (1979). Group polarization (risky shift) in led and leaderless
group discussions. Psychological Reports, 45, 168.
Liljenquist, K. A., Galinsky, A. D., & kray, L. J. (2004). Exploring the rabbit hole of possibilities
or with my group: The benefits and liabilities of activating counterfvactual mind-sets for
information sharing and group coordination. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 17,
263-279.
Lilly, B., & Tippins, M. J. (2002). Enhancing student motivation in marketing classes: Using
student management groups. Journal of Marketing Education, 24, 253-264.
Lim, L., & Benbasat, I. ( 1996). A framework for addressing group biases with group
technology. Journal of Management Information Systems, 13(3), 7-24.
Lim, L., & Benbasat, I. ( 1997). The debiasing role of group support systems: An experimental
investigation of the representative bias. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies,
47, 453-471.
Lim, L., Raman, K. S., & Wei, K. (1994). Interacting effects of GDSS and leadership. Decision
Support Systems, 12, 199-211.
Limayem, M., & DeSanctis, G. D. (200). Providing decisional guidance for multicriteria decision
making in groups. Information Systems Research, 11, 386-401.
Limon, M. S., & Boster, F. J. (2001). The impact of varying argument quality and minority size
on influencing the majority and perceptions of the minority. Communication Quarterly, 49,
350-365.
Limon, M. S., & Boster, F. J. (2003). The effects of performance feedback on group members’
perceptions of prestige, task competencies, group belonging, and loafing. Communication
Research Reports, 20, 13-23.
Limon, M. S., & La France, B. H. (2005). Communication traits and leadership emergence:
Examining the impact of argumentativeness, communication apprehension, and verbal
aggressiveness in work groups. Southern Communication Journal, 70, 123-133.
Lind, M. R. (1999). The gender impact of temporary virtual work groups. IEEE Transactions on
Professional Communication, 42, 276-285.
165
Lindeman, M. (1997). Ingroup bias, self-enhancement and group identification. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 337-355.
Lindholm, L-P., & Lundquist, B. (1973). Cooperation and independent: Studies of assessment
techniques in observations of small groups. Didakometry and Sociometry, 5, 9-26.
Lindow, J. A., Wilkenson, L. C., & Peterson P. L. (1985). Antecedents and consequences of
verbal disagreements during small-group learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 77,
658-667.
Lindsay, J., Turcotte, D., Montminy, L., & Roy, C. (2003). Therapeutic factors in groups for
abusive spouses: A review of research. Canadian Social Work, 5, 126-137.
Lindsay, J. S. (1976). On the number and size of subgroups. Human Relations, 29, 1103-1114.
Lindkvist, L. (2005). Knowledge communities and knowledge collectivities: A typology of
knowledge work in groups. Journal of Management Studies, 42, 1189-1210.
Lindskold, S., Albert, K. P., Baer, R., & Moore, W. C. (1976). Territorial boundaries of
interacting groups and passive audiences. Sociometry, 39, 71-76.
Lindskold, S., & Han, G. (1988). Group resistance to influence by a conciliatory member. Small
Group Behavior, 19, 19-34.
Lindskold, S., & Collins, M. G. (1978). Inducing cooperation by groups and individuals:
Applying Osgood’s GRIT strategy. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 679-690.
Lindskold, S., & Han, G. (1988). Group resistance to influence by a conciliatory member. Small
Group Behavior, 19, 19-34.
Lindskold, S., McElwain, D. C., & Wayner, M. (1977). Cooperation and the use of coercion by
groups and individuals. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 21, 531-550.
Lingard, L., Reznick, R., DeVito, I., & Espin, S. (2002). Forming professional identities on the
health care team: Discursive constructions of the “other” in the operating room. Medical
Education, 36, 728-734.
Lingard, L., Reznick, R., Espin, S., Regehr, G., & De Vito, I. (2002). Team communications in
the operating room: Talk patterns, sites of tensions, implications for novices. Academic
Medicine, 77, 232-237.
Linville, P. W., Fischer, G. W., & Salovey, P. (1989). Perceived distributions of the
characteristics of in-group and out-group members: Empirical evidence and a computer
simulation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 165-188.
Linville, P. W., & Jones, E. E. (1980). Polarized appraisal of out-group members. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 689-703.
Lion, C., & Gruenfeld, L. W. (1993). The behavior and personality of work group and basic
assumption group members. Small Group Research, 24, 236-257.
Liou, Y. I., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1993). An investigation into knowledge acquisition using a
group decision support system. Information & Management, 24, 121-132.
Lipforth, J. W. (1995). Group size and the free-rider hypothesis: An examination of new
evidence from churches. Public Choice, 83, 291-303.
Lipgar, R. M. (1999). Guide to patient-staff large group meetings: A sociotherapeutic approach.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 51-60.
Lipman, E. L., & Boyle, M. H. (2005). Social support and education groups for single mothers:
A randomized controlled trial of a community-based program. Canadian Medical
Association Journal, 173, 1451-1456.
Lipnack, J., & Stamps, J. (1999). Distributed teams: The new way to work. Strategy &
Leadership, 27, 4-9.
166
Lippitt, R. (1939). Field theory and experiment in social psychology: Autocratic and democratic
group atmospheres. American Journal of Sociology, 45, 26-49.
Lippitt, R. (1940). An experimental study of the effect of democratic and authoritarian group
atmospheres. University of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare, 16, 43-195.
Lippitt, R. (1986). The small group and participatory democracy: Comment on Graebner.
Journal of Social Issues, 42, 155-156.
Lippitt, R., Polansky, N., & Rosen, S. (1952). The dynamics of power: A field study of social
influence in groups of children. Human Relations, 5, 37-64.
Lipponen, J., Helkama, K., & Juslin, M. (2003). Subgroup identification, superordinate
identification and intergroup bias between the subgroups. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 6, 239-250.
List, D. (2001). The consensus group technique in social research. Field Methods, 13, 277-290.
Little, B. L., & Madigan, R. M. (1997). The relationship between collective efficacy and
performance in manufacturing work teams. Small Group Research, 28, 517-534.
Littlepage, G. E. (1991). Effects of group size and task characteristics on group performance: A
test of Steiner’s model. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 449-456.
Littlepage, G.E., Cowart, L., & Kerr, B. (1989). Relationship between group environment scales
and group performance and cohesiveness. Small Group Behavior, 20, 50-61.
Littlepage, G. E., & Karau, S. J. (1997). Utility and limitations of the SHAPE-assisted intuitive
decision-making procedure. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 200-207.
Littlepage, G. E., & Mueller, A. L. (1997). Recognition and utilization of expertise in problemsolving groups: Expert characteristics and behavior. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 1, 324-328.
Littlepage, G. E., Robison, W., & Reddington, K. (1997). Effects of task experience and group
experience on group performance, member ability, and recognition of expertise.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 69, 133-147.
Littlepage, G. E., & Silbiger, H. (1992). Recognition of expertise in decision-making groups:
Effects of group size and participation patterns. Small Group Research, 23, 344-355.
Littlepage, G. E., Schmidt, G. W., Whisler, E. W., & Frost, A. G. (1995). An input-processoutput analysis of influence and performance in problem-solving groups. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 877-889.
Litwak, E., & Szelenyi, I. (1969). Primary group structures and their functions: Kin, neighbors,
and friends. American Sociological Review, 34, 465-481.
Liu, J. H., & Allen, M. W. (1999). Evolution of political complexity in Maori Hawke’s Bay:
Archaeological history and its challenge to intergroup theory in psychology. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 64-80.
Liu, J. H., & Latané, B. (1998). Extremitization of attitudes: Does thought- and discussioninduced polarization cumulate? Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 20, 103-110.
Lobb, M. O. H. 91982). Seating arrangement as a predictor of small group interaction. Journal of
Advanced Nursing, 7, 163-166.
Loch, C. H., Huberman, B. A., & Stout, S. (2000). Status, competition and performance in work
groups. Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 43, 35-55.
Locke, E. A., & Latham, G. P. (2002). Building a practically useful theory of goal setting and
task motivation: A 35-year odyssey. American Psychologist, 57, 705-717.
Lockheed, M. E. (1977). Cognitive style effects on sex status in student work groups. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 69, 158-165.
167
Lockheed, M. E., Harris, A. M., & Nemceff, W. P. (1983). Sex and social influence: Does sex
function as a status characteristic in mixed-sex groups of children? Journal of Educational
Psychology, 75, 877-888.
Locksley, A., Ortiz, J., & Hepburn, C. (1980). Social categorization and discriminatory behavior:
Extinguishing the minimal intergroup discrimination effect. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 39, 773-783.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (1997). Severity of initiation revisited: Does severity
of initiation increase attractiveness in real groups? European Journal of Social Psychology,
27, 275-300.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (2001). Affiliation during naturalistic severe and
mild initiations: Some further evidence against the severity-attraction hypothesis. Current
Research in Social Psychology, 4(7), 90-107.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., Wildschut, T., Syroit, J. E. E. M., & Rabbie, J. M. (1999). Competition
between individuals and groups: Do incentives matter? A group adaptiveness perspective.
Small Group Research, 30, 387-404.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., Van Zomeran, M., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (2005). The anticipation of a
severe initiation: Gender differences in effects on affiliation tendencies and group attraction.
Small Group Research, 36, 237-262.
Lois, J. (1999). Socialization to heroism: Individualism and collectivism in a voluntary search
and rescue group. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 117-135.
Lois, J. (2001). Managing emotions, intimacy, and relationships in a volunteer search and rescue
group. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 30, 131-179.
Loisel, P., Falardeau, M., Baril, R., José-Durand, M., Langley, A., Sauvé, S., et al. (2005). The
values underlying team decision-making in work rehabilitation for musculoskeletal disorders.
Disability & Rehabilitation, 27, 561-569.
London, K., & Nunez, N. (2000). The effect of jury deliberations on jurors’ propensity to
disregard inadmissible evidence. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 932-939.
London, M. (1975). Effects of shared information and participation on group process and
outcomes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60, 537-543.
London, M., & Oldham, G. R. (1977). A comparison of group and individual incentive plans.
Academy of Management Journal, 20, 34-41.
London, M., & Walsh, B. W. (1975). The development and application of a model of long-term
group process for the study of interdisciplinary teams. Catalog of Selected Documents in
Psychology, 5, 188.
Lonetto, R., & Williams, D. (1974). Personality, behavioural and output variables in a small
group task situation: An examination of consensual leader and non-leader differences.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 6, 59-74.
Long, L. D., & Cope, C. S. (1980). Curative factors in a male felony offender group. Small
Group Behavior, 11, 389-398.
Long, S. (1984). Early integration in groups: “A group to join, and a group to create.” Human
Relations, 37, 311-332.
Long, T. J., & Schultz, E. W. (1973). Empathy: A quality of an effective group leader.
Psychological Reports, 32, 699-705.
Longley, J., & Pruitt, D. G. (1980). Groupthink: A critique of Janis’s theory. Review of
Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 74-93.
168
Lonetto, R., & Williams, D. (1974). Personality, behavioural and output variables in a small
group task situation: An examination of consensual leader and non-leader differences.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 6, 59-74.
Loo, R., & Loewen, P. (2002). A confirmatory factor-analytic and psychometric examination of
the Team Climate Inventory. Small Group Research, 33, 254-265.
Lord, R. G. (1976). Group performance as a function of leadership behavior and task structure:
Toward an explanatory theory. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 17, 7696.
Lord, R. G., Phillips, J. S., & Rush, M. C. (1980). Effects of sex and personality on perceptions
of emergent leadership, influence, and social power. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65,
176-182.
Lorenzi-Cioldi, F. (1993). They all look alike and so do we . . . sometimes: Perceptions of ingroup and out-group homogeneity as a function of sex and context. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 32, 111-124.
Lorenzi-Cioldi, F, Deaux, R., & Dafflon, A. (1998). Group homogeneity as a function of relative
social status. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 57, 255-273.
Lorge, I., Aikman, L., Moss, G., Spiegel, J., & Tuckman, J. (1955). Solutions by teams and by
individuals to a field problem at different levels of reality. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 46, 17-24.
Lorge, I., Fox, D., Davitz, J., & Brenner, M. (1958). A survey of studies contrasting quality of
group performance and individual performance, 1920-1957. Psychological Bulletin, 55, 337372.
Lorge, I., & Solomon, H. (1955). Two models of group behavior in the solution of eureka-type
problems. Psychometrika, 20, 139-148.
Lott, A. J., & Lott, B. E. (1965). Group cohesiveness as interpersonal attraction: A review of
relationships with antecedent and consequent variables. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 259-30
Lott, A. J., & Lott, B. E. (1966). Group cohesiveness and individual learning. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 57, 61-73.
Lou, H., & Scamell, R. W. (1996). Acceptance of groupware: The relationships among use,
satisfaction, and outcomes. Journal of Organizational Computing and Electronic
Commerce, 6, 173-190.
Lou, Y., Abrami, P. C., Spence, J. C., Poulsen, C., Chambers, B., & d’Appollonia, S. (1996).
Within-class grouping: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 66, 423-458.
Lowry, P. B., Roberts, T. L., Romano, N. C., Jr., Cheney, P. D., & Hightower, R. T. (2006). The
impact of group size and social presence on small-group communication: Does computermediated communication make a difference? Small Group Research, 37, 631-661.
Luche, C., & Magnier, J. P. (1978). Group development: Effects on intergroup and intragroup
relations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 387-391.
Loughead, T. M., Coleman, M. M., & Carron, A. V. (2001). Investigating the mediational
relationship of leadership, class cohesion, and adherence in an exercise setting. Small Group
Research, 32, 558-575.
Louis, W. R., & Taylor, D. M. (2002). Understanding the September 11th terrorist attach on
America: The role of intergroup theories of normative influence. Analysis of Social Issues
and Public Policy, 2, 87-100.
169
Louis, W. R., Taylor, D. M., & Douglas, R. L. (2005). Normative influence and rational conflict
decision: group norms and cost-benefit analyses for intergroup behavior. Group Processes
& Intergroup Relations, 8, 355-374.
Louis, W., & Terry, D. (2003). Whom to fight when about what: Social identity and strategic
decisions in multi-group conflicts. Australian Journal of Psychology, 55, 51-56.
Lovaglia, M. J., & Houser, J. A. (1996). Emotional reactions and status in groups. American
Sociological Review, 61, 867-883.
Lovelace, K., Shapiro, D. L., & Weingart, L. R. (2001). Maximizing cross-functional new
product teams’ innovativeness and constraint adherence: A conflict communications
perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 779-793.
Lovett, L., & Lovett, J. (1991). Group therapeutic factors on an alcohol in-patient unit. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 365-370.
Lowry, P. B., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (2003). Using internet-based, distributed collaborative
writing tools to improve coordination and group awareness in writing teams. IEEE
Transactions on Professional Communication, 46, 277-297.
Lu, M., Watson-Manheim, M., Chudoba, K., & Wynn, E. (2006). Virtuality and team
performance: Understanding the impact of variety of practices. Journal of Global
Information Technology Management, 9, 4-23.
Lubin, H., Loris, M., Burt, J., & Johnson, D. (1998). Efficacy of psychoeducational group
therapy in reducing symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder among mutiply traumatized
women. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 1172-1177.
Lucas, J. W., & Lovaglia, M. J. (1998). Leadership status, gender, group-size, and emotion in
face-to-face groups. Sociological Perspective, 41, 617-637.
Luhtanen, R., & Crocker, J. (1992). A collective self-esteem scale: Self-evaluation of one’s
social identity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 302-318.
Luke, D. A., Roberts, L., & Rappaport, J. (1993). Individual, group context, and individualgroup fit predictors of self-help group attendance. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science,
29, 216-238.
Lumsden, G. (1974). An experimental study of the effect of verbal agreement on leadership
maintenance in problem-solving discussion. Central States Speech Journal, 25, 270-276.
Lundberg, C., & Lundberg, J. (1974). Encounter co-training: Benefits and pitfalls. Training and
Development Journal, 28(10), 20-26.
Lundberg, G. A. (1940). Some problems of group classification and measurement. American
Sociological Review, 5, 351-360.
Lundgren, D. C. (1971). Trainer style and patterns of group development. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 7, 689-709.
Lundgren, D. C. (1974). Trainer-member influence in T groups: One-way or two-way? Human
Relations, 27, 755-766.
Lundgren, D. C. (1975). Interpersonal needs and member attitudes toward trainer and group.
Small Group Behavior, 6, 371-388.
Lundgren, D. C. (1977). Developmental trends in the emergence of interpersonal issues in T
groups. Small Group Behavior, 8, 179-200.
Lundgren, D. C., & Bogart, D. H. (1974a). Group size, member dissatisfaction, and group
radicalism. Human Relations, 27, 339-355.
Lundgren, D., & Knight, D. J. (1974b). Leadership styles and member attitudes in T groups.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1, 263-266.
170
Lundgren, D., & Knight, D. (1977). Trainer styles and member attitudes in T groups. Small
Group Behavior, 8, 47-64.
Lundgren, D., & Knight, D. J. (1978). Sequential stages of development in sensitivity training
groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 14, 204-222.
Lundgren, D. C., & Schaeffer, C. (1976). Feedback processes in sensitivity training groups.
Human Relations, 29, 763-782.
Luong, A., & Rogelberg, S. G. (2005). Meetings and more meetings: The relationship between
meeting load and the daily well-being of employees. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 9, 58-67.
Lurey, J. S., & Raisinghani, M. S. (2001). An empirical study of best practices in virtual teams.
Information & Management, 38, 523-544.
Luther, N. (2000). Integrity testing and job performance within high performance work teams: A
short note. Journal of Business and Psychology, 15, 19-25.
Lyle, J. (1961). Communication, group atmosphere, productivity, and morale in small task
groups. Human Relations, 14, 369-379.
Ma, J. L. C. (1992). Social support, mutual aid groups, the mentally ill and their families. Hong
Kong Journal of Mental Health, 21, 16-27.
Maass, A. (1999). Linguistic intergroup bias: Stereotype perpetuation through language.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 79-121.
Maass, A., Ceccarelli, R., & Rudin, S. (1996). Linguistic intergroup bias: Evidence for in-groupprotective motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 512-526.
Maass, A., & Clark, R. D., III. (1984). Hidden impact of minorities: Fifteen years of minority
influence research. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 428-450.
Maass, A., Milesi, A., Zabbini, S., & Stahlberg, D. (1995). Linguistic intergroup bias:
Differential expectancies or in-group protection? Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 68, 116-126.
Maass, A., Salvi, D., Arcuri, L., & Semin, G. (1989). Language use in intergroup contexts: The
linguistic intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 981-993.
Maass, A., West, S. G., & Cialdini, R. B. (1987). Minority influence and conversion. Review of
Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 55-79.
Mabry, E. A. (1975a). Exploratory analysis of a developmental model for task-oriented small
groups. Human Communication Research, 2, 66-74.
Mabry, E. A. (1975b). An instrument for assessing content themes in group interaction.
Communication Monographs, 42, 291-297.
Mabry, E. A. (1975c). Sequential structure of interaction in encounter groups. Human
Communication Research, 1, 302-307.
Mabry, E. A. (1985). The effects of gender composition and task structure on small group
interaction. Small Group Behavior, 16, 75-96.
Mabry, E. A. (1989). Developmental aspects of nonverbal behavior in small group settings.
Small Group Behavior, 20, 190-202.
Mabry, E. A., & Attridge, M. D. (1990). Small group interaction and outcome correlates for
structured and unstructured tasks. Small Group Research, 21, 315-332.
MacCoun, R., & Kerr, N. L. (1988). Asymmetric influence in mock jury deliberations: Jurors’
bias for leniency. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 21-33.
MacDevitt, J. W. (1987). Conceptualizing therapeutic components of group work. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 12, 78-84.
171
MacDevitt, J. W., & Sanislow, C., III. (1987). Curative factors in offender groups. Small Group
Behavior, 18, 72-81.
MacGowan, M. J., & Levenson, J. S. (2003). Psychometrics of the Group Engagement Measure
with male sex offenders. Small Group Research, 34, 155-169.
MacKenzie, K. R. (1981). Measurement of group climate. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 31, 287-295.
MacKenzie, K. R. (1987). Therapeutic factors in group psychotherapy: A contemporary view.
Group, 11, 26-31.
MacKenzie, K. R. (1997). Clinical application of group development ideas. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 275-287.
Mackenzie, R. (1995). Time limited group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 46, 41-59.
Mackie, D. M. (1986). Social identification effects in group polarization. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 50, 720-728.
Mackie, D. M. (1987). Systematic and nonsystematic processing of majority and minority
persuasive communications. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 41-52.
Mackie, D. M., & Cooper, J. (1984). Attitude polarization: Effects of group membership.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 575-585.
Mackie, D. M., Devos, T., & Smith, E. R. (2000). Intergroup emotions: Explaining offensive
action tendencies in an intergroup context. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
79, 602-616.
Mackie, D. M. Gastardo-Conaco, M. C., & Skelly, J. J. (1992). Knowledge of the advocated
position and the processing of ingroup and outgroup persuasive messages. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 145-151.
Mackie, D. M., & Smith, E. R. (1998). Intergroup relations: Insights from a theoretically
integrative approach. Psychological Review, 105, 499-529.
Mackie, D. M., Worth, L., & Asuncion, A. (1990). Processing of persuasive in-group messages.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 812-822.
MacKinnon, G. E. III. (2000). Facilitating the understanding of the formulary decision making
process using group projects. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 64, 54-58.
MacKinnon, W. J., & Anderson, L. M. (1976). The SPAN III computer program for synthesizing
group decisions: Weighting participants’ judgments in proportion to confidence. Behavior
Research Methods and Instrumentation, 8, 409-410.
MacNair-Semands, R. R. (2002). Predicting attendance and expectations for group therapy.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 219-228.
MacNair-Semands, R. R., & Lese, K. P. (2000). Interpersonal problems and the perception of
therapeutic factors in group therapy. Small Group Research, 31, 158-174.
MacNeil, M. K., Davis, L. E., & Pace, D. J. (1975). Group status displacement under stress: A
serendipitous finding. Sociometry, 38, 293-307.
Macpherson, N. (1977). Adaptation of groups to Antartic isolation. Polar Record, 18, 581-585.
MacPherson, R., Jones, A., Whitehouse, C. R., & O’Neill, P. A. (2001). Small group learning in
the final year of a medical degree: A quantitative and qualitative evaluation. Medical
Teacher, 23, 494-502.
Macy, J., Jr., Christie, L. S., & Luce, R. D. (1953). Coding noise in a task-oriented group.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 401-409.
172
Madsen, D. B. (1978). Issue importance and choice shifts: A persuasive arguments approach.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 1118-1127.
Madsen, D. B., & Finger, J. R., Jr. (1978). Comparison of a written feedback procedure, group
brainstorming, and individual brainstorming. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 120-123.
Maddux, W. W., & Brewer, M. B. (2005). Gender differences in the relational and collective
bases for trust. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 159-171.
Magaro, P. A., & Ashbrook, R. M. (1985). The personality of societal groups. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1479-1489.
Magen, R., & Glajchen, M. (1999). Cancer support groups: Client outcome and the context of
group process. Research on Social Work Practice, 9, 541-554.
Mager, W., & Milich, R., & Harris, M., & Howard, A. (2005). Intervention groups for
adolescents with conduct problems: Is aggregation harmful or helpful? Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 33, 349-347.
Magill, R. S. (1993). Focus groups, program evaluation and the poor. Journal of Sociology and
Social Welfare, 20, 103-114.
Maier, N. R. (1950). The quality of group decisions as influenced by the discussion leader.
Human Relations, 3, 155-174.
Maier, N. R. F. (1953). An experimental test of the effect of training on discussion leadership.
Human Relations, 3, 155-174.
Maier, N. R. F. (1967). Assets and liabilities in group problem-solving: The need for an
integrative function. Psychological Review, 74, 239-249.
Maier, N. R. F. (1970). Male versus female discussion leaders. Personnel Psychology, 23, 455471.
Maier, N. R. F., & Hoffman, L. R. (1960). Quality of first and second solutions in group
dynamics. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44, 278-283.
Maier, N. R. F., & Maier, R. A. (1957). An experimental test of the effects of “development” vs.
“free” discussions on the quality of group decisions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 41,
320-323.
Maier, N. R. F., & Solem, A. R. (1952). The contribution of a discussion leader to the quality of
group thinking: The effective use of minority opinions. Human Relations, 5, 277-288.
Maines, D. R. (1984). The sand and the castle: Some remarks concerning G. P. Stone’s critique
of small group research. Studies in Symbolic Interaction, 5, 23-34.
Maitland, K. A., & Goldman, J. R. (1974). Moral judgment as a function of peer group
interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 699-704.
Majchrazak, A., Malhotra, A., Stamps, J., & Lipnak, J. (2004). Can absence make a team group
stronger? Harvard Business Review, 82(5), 131-140.
Majchrzak, A., Rice, R., King, N., Malhotra, A., & Ba, S. (2000). Computer-mediated
interorganizational knowledge-sharing: Insights from a virtual team innovating using a
collaborative tool. Information Resource Management Journal, 13, 44-53.
Majchrzak, A., Rice, R., Malhotra, A., King, N., & Ba, S. (2000). Technology adaptation: The
case of a computer-supported inter-organizational virtual team. MIS Quarterly, 24, 569-600.
Major, B. (1994). From social inequality to personal entitlement: The role of social comparisons,
appraisals, and group memberships. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 293355.
173
Major, B., Gramzow, R. H., McCoy, S. K., Levin, S., Schmader, T., & Sidanius, J. (2002).
Perceiving personal discrimination: The role of group status and legitimizing ideology.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 269-282.
Major, B., Quintoin, W. J., & Schmader, T. (2003). Attributions to discrimination and self
esteem: Impact of group identification and situational ambiguity. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 220-231.
Major, B., Schiacchitano, A. M., & Crocker, J. (1993). In-group versus out-group comparisons
and self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 711-721.
Majuika, R. J., & Baldwin, T. T. (1991). Team-based employee involvement programs for
continuous organizational improvement: Effects of design and administration. Personnel
Psychology, 44, 793-812.
Malekoff, A. (1994). Moments and madness: Humanizing the scapegoat in the group. Journal of
Child and Adolescent Group Therapy, 4, 171-176.
Mallinger, M. A. (1981). Effective coping: A study of behavior in stressful small group
situations. Small Group Behavior, 12, 269-284.
Mamali, C., & Paunn, G. (1982). Group size and the genesis of subgroups: Objective restrictions.
Revue Roumaine des Sciences Sociales Serie de Psychologie, 26, 139-148.
Mamola. C. (1979). Women in mixed groups: Some research findings. Small Group Behavior,
10, 431-440.
Man, D. C., & Lam, S. S. K. (2003). The effects of job complexity and autonomy on
cohesiveness in collectivistic and individualistic work groups: A cross-cultural analysis.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 979-1001.
Mangham, I. (1977). Definitions, interactions, and disengagement: Notes towards a theory of
intervention processes in T-groups. Small Group Behavior, 8, 487-510.
Mann, L. (1969). Queue culture. The waiting line as a social system. American Journal of
Sociology, 75, 340-354.
Mann, L. (1970). The psychology of waiting lines. American Scientist, 58, 390-398.
Mann, L. (1977). The effect of stimulus queues on queue-joining behaviour. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 6, 437-442.
Mann, L. (1981). The baiting crowd in episodes of threatened suicide. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 41, 703-709.
Mann, L., Newton, J. W., & Innes, J. M. (1982). A test between deindividuation and emergent
norm theories of crowd aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 260272.
Mann, R. D. (1959). A review of the relationships between personality and performance in small
groups. Psychological Bulletin, 56, 241-270.
Madd, R. D. (1961). Dimensions of individual performance in small groups under task and
socio-emotional conditions. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62, 674-682.
Mann, R. D. (1966). The development of member and member-trainer relationships in selfanalytic groups. Human Relations, 19, 85-115.
Manning, B. A., Pierce-Jones, J., & Parelman, R. L. (1974). Cooperative, trusting behavior in a
“culturally deprived” mixed-ethnic group population. Journal of Social Psychology, 92, 133144.
Manning, F. J., & Fullerton, T. D. (1988). Health and well being in highly cohesive units of the
U.S. Army. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 18, 503-519.
174
Mannix, E. A. (1993). Organizations as resource dilemmas: The effects of power balance on
coalition formation in small groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 55, 1-22.
Mannix, E., & Neale, M. A. (2005). What differences make a difference? The promise and
reality of diverse teams in organizations. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 6, 3155.
Mannix, E. A., Thompson, L. L., & Bazerman, M. H. (1989). Negotiation in small groups.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 508-517.
Manz, C. C. (1992). Self-leading work teams: Moving beyond self-management myths. Human
Relations, 45, 1119-1140.
Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P., Jr. (1982). The potential for groupthink in autonomous work groups.
Human Relations, 35, 773-784.
Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P., Jr. (1984). Searching for the “unleader”: Organizational member
views on leading self-managed groups. Human Relations, 37, 409-424.
Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P. (1987). Leading workers to lead themselves: The external leadership
of self-managing work teams. Administrative Science Quarterly, 32, 106-128.
Manzo, J. (1993). Jurors’ narratives of personal experience in deliberation talk. Text, 13, 267290.
Manzo, J. (1996). Taking turn and taking sides: Opening scenes from two jury deliberations.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 107-125
Maoz, I. (2000a). An experiment in peace: Reconciliation-aimed workshops of Jewish-Israeli
and Palestinian youth. Journal of Peace Research, 37, 721-736.
Maoz, I. (2000b). Multiple conflicts and competing agendas: A framework for conceptualizing
structured encounters between groups in conflict—The case of a coexistence project of Jews
and Palestinians in Israel. Peace and Conflict: Journal Peace Psychology, 6, 135-156.
Maoz, I. (2000c). Power relations in intergroup encounters: A case study of Jewish-Arab
encounters in Israel. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24, 259-277.
Maoz, I. (2001). Participation, control, and dominance in communication between groups in
conflict: Analysis of dialogues between Jews and Palestinians in Israel. Social Justice
Research, 14, 189-208.
Maoz, I., & Bar-On, D. (2002). From working through the Holocaust to current ethnic conflicts:
Evaluating the TRT group workshop in Hamburg. Group, 26, 29-48.
Maoz, I., Bar-On, D., Steinberg, S., & Farkhadeen, M. (in press). The dialogue between the
“self” and the “other”: A process analysis of Palestinian-Jewish encounters in Israel. Human
Relations.
Maples, M. F. (1988). Group development: Extending Tuckman’s theory. Journal for Specialists
in Group Work, 13, 17-23.
Marcus, D. K. (1998). Studying group dynamics with the social relations model. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 230-240.
Marcus, D. K., & Kashy, D. A. (1995). The social relations model: A tool for group
psychotherapy research. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 42, 383-389.
Marcus-Newhall, A., Miller, N., Holtz, R., & Brewer, M. B. (1993). Cross-cutting category
membership with role assignment: A means of reducing intergroup bias. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 32, 125-146.
Marcy, M. R., & Fromme, D. K. (1979). Group modification of affective verbalizations: “Hereand-now” and valance effects. Small Group Behavior, 10, 547-556.
175
Markham, S. E., & McKee, G. H. (1995). Group absence behavior and standards: A multilevel
analysis. Academy of Management Journal, 38, 1174-1190.
Markovitz, R. J., & Smith, J. E. (1983). Patients’ perceptions of curative factors in short term
group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 21-39.
Marks, M. A. (2000). A critical analysis of computer simulations for conducting team research.
Small Group Research, 31, 653-675.
Marks, M. A., Mathieu, J. E., & Zaccaro, S. J. (2001). A temporally based framework and
taxonomy of team processes. Academy of Management Review, 26, 356-376.
Marks, M. A., & Panzer, F. J. (2004). The influence of team monitoring on team processes and
performance. Human Performance, 17, 25-41.
Marks, M. A., Sabella, M. J., Burke, C. S., & Zaccaro, S. J. (2002). The impact of cross-training
on team effectiveness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 3-13.
Marks, M. A. Zaccaro, S. J., & Mathieu, J. E. (2000). Performance implications of leader
briefings and team-interaction training for team adaptation to novel environments. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 85, 971-986.
Marks, M. L., Mirvis, P. H., Grady, F. & Hackett, E. J. (1985). Employee participation in a
quality circle program: Impact on quality of work life, productivity, and absenteeism.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 61-69.
Marks, M. W., & Vestre, N. D. (1974). Self-perception and interpersonal behavior changes in
marathon and time-extended encounter groups. Journal of Consulting and Clinical
Psychology, 42, 729-733.
Markus, H. (1978). The effect of mere presence on social facilitation: An unobtrusive test.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 389-397.
Marmar, C. R., Horowitz, M. J., Weiss, D. S., & Wilner, N. R. (1988). A controlled trial of brief
psychotherapy and mutual-help group treatment of conjugal bereavement. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 145, 203-209.
Marmarosh, C. L., & Corazzini, J. G. (1997). Putting the group in your pocket: Using collective
identity to enhance personal and collective self-esteem. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 1, 65-74.
Marmarosh, C., Holz, A., & Schottenbaur, M. (2005). Group cohesiveness, group-derived
collective self-esteem, group-derived hope, and the well-being of group therapy members.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 32-44.
Marotta, S., & Asner, K. (1999). Group psychotherapy for women with a history of incest: The
research base. Journal of Counseling and Development, 77, 315-323.
Marple, C. H. (1933). The comparative susceptibility of three age levels to the suggestion of
group versus expert opinion. Journal of Social Psychology, 10, 3-40.
Marquart, D. I. (1955). Group problem solving. Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 103-113.
Marques, J. M., Abrams, D., Paez, D., & Matinez-Taboada, C. (1998). The role of categorization
and in-group norms in judgments of groups and their members. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 75, 976-988.
Marques, J. M., Abrams, D., & Serodio, R. (2001). Being better by being right: Subjective group
dynamics and derogation of in-group deviants when generic norms are undermined. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 436-447.
Marques, J., Abrahms, D., Paez, D., & Martinez-Taboada, C. (1998). The role of categorization
and in-group norms in judgments of groups and their members. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 75, 976-988.
176
Marques, J. M., & Páez, D. (1994). The “black sheep effect”: Social categorization, rejection of
ingroup deviates, and perception of group variability. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 5, 37-68.
Marques, J. M., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (1988). The black sheep effect: Judgmental extremity towards
ingroup members in inter- and intra-group situations. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 18, 287-292.
Marques, J. M., Yzerbyt, V. Y., & Leyens, J. P. (1988). The “black sheep effect”: Extremity of
judgments towards ingroup members as a function of group identification. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 1-16.
Marr, T. J. (1974). Conciliation and verbal responses as functions of orientation and threat in
group interaction. Speech Monographs, 41, 6-18.
Marsden, J. R., & Mathiyalankan, S. (1999). A mutisession comparative study of group size and
group performance in an electronic meeting system environment. IEEE Transcations on
Systems, Man and Cybernetics, 29(2, Part C), 169-185.
Marsh, C. (1931). Group treatment for the psychosis by the psychological equivalent of the
revival. Mental Hygiene, 15, 328-349.
Marshall, J. E., & Heslin, R. (1975). Boys and girls together: Sexual composition and the effect
of density and group size on cohesiveness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
31, 952-961.
Marshall, N. P., Pederson, L. M., & Weller, E. M. (1978). Interactional analysis of the task and
maintenance behaviors of college men and women in problem-solving small-group
interaction. Catalog of Selected Documents in Psychology, 8, 61-62.
Marshall, R. J. (1999). Facilitating cooperation and creativity in group supervision. Modern
Psychoanalysis, 24, 181-186.
Martell, R. F., & Guzzo, R. A. (1991). The dynamics of implicit theories of group: When and
how do they operate? Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50, 51-74.
Martens, R., & Peterson, J. A. (1971). Group cohesiveness as a determinant of success and
member satisfaction is team performance. International Review of Sport Sociology, 6, 49-71.
Martin, J. D. (1979). Suspicion of confederates by group members. Small Group Behavior, 10,
284-294.
Martin, L., & Jacobs, M. (1980). Structured feedback delivered in small groups. Small Group
Behavior, 11, 88-107.
Martin P. Y., &. Shanahan, K. (1983). Transcending the effects of sex composition in small
groups. Social Work in Groups, 6, 19-32.
Martin, R., & Davids, K. (1995). The effects of group development techniques on a professional
athletic team. Journal of Social Psychology, 135, 533-535.
Martin, R., & Hewstone, M. (2003). Majority and minority influence: When, not whether, source
status instigates heuristic or systematic processing. European Journal of Social Psychology,
33, 313-330.
Martin, V., & Thomas, M. C. (2000). A model psychoeducation group for shy college students.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 79-88.
Martins, L. L., & Gilson, L. L. (2004). Virtual teams: What do we know and where do we go
from here. Journal of Management, 30, 805-835.
Martins, L. L., Milliken, F. J., Wisenfeld, B. M., & Salgada, S. R. (2003). Racioethnic diversity
and group member’s experiences: The role of racioethnic diversity of the organizational
context. Group & Organization Management, 28, 75-106.
177
Martz, W. B., Jr., & Shepherd, M. M. (2000). A discussion of process losses in GSS: Exploring
the consensus gap. Informatica, 24, 167-174.
Martz, W. B., Jr., & Shepherd, M. M. (2004). Group consensus: The impact of multiple
dialogues. Group Decision and Negotiation, 13, 315.
Martz, W. B., Vogel, D. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1992). Electronic meeting systems: Results
from the field. Decision Support Systems, 8, 141-158.
Maruping, L. M., & Agarwal, R. (2004). Managing team interpersonal processes through
technology: A task-technology fit perspective. Journal of Management Information Systems,
19, 129-155.
Marwell, G., & Ames, R. E. (1979). Experiments on the provision of public good. I. Resources,
group size, and the free-rider problem. American Journal of Sociology, 84, 1335-1360.
Mason, C. M. (2006). Exploring the processes underlying within-group homogeneity. Small
Group Research, 37, 233-270.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2002). Group task satisfaction: Applying the construct of job
satisfaction to groups. Small Group Research, 33, 271-312.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2003a). Group absenteeism and positive affective tone: A
longitudinal study. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 667-687.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2003b). Identifying group task satisfaction at work. Small
Group Research, 34, 413-442.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2005). Group task satisfaction: The group’s shared attitude to
the task and work environment. Group and Organization Management, 30, 625-652.
Mason, D. A., & Good, T., L. (1993). Effects of two-group and whole-class teaching on
regrouped elementary students’ mathematics achievement. American Educational Research
Journal, 30, 328-360.
Massey, A. P., & Clapper, D. L. (1995). Element finding: The impact of a group support system
on a crucial phase of sense making. Journal of Management Information Systems, 11, 149176.
Massey, A. P., Montoya-Weiss, M. M., & Hung, Y. (2003). Because time matters: Temporal
coordination in global virtual project teams. Journal of Management Information Systems,
19, 129-155.
Materska, M. (1982). Serial transmission and processing of information in chains of small tasksolving groups. Polish Psychological Bulletin, 13, 53-61.
Mathes, E. W., & Guest, T. A. (1976). Anonymity and group antisocial behavior. Journal of
Social Psychology, 100, 257-262.
Mathewson, K., Cole, B., & Majka, K. (2003). Dissidence from within: Examining the effects of
intergroup context on group members’ reactions to attitudinal opposition. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 161-169.
Mathews, C. O. (1992). An application of general system theory (GST) to group therapy.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 17, 161-169.
Mathews, R. C., Lane, I. M., Reber, R. A. Buco, S. M., Chaney, C. M., & Erffmeyer, R. C.
(1982). Toward designing optimal problem-solving procedures: Comparisons of male and
female interacting groups. Group and Organization Studies, 7, 497-507.
Mathieu, J. E., Goodwin, G. F., Heffner, T. S., Salas, E., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (2000). The
influence of shared mental models on team process and performance. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 85, 273-283.
178
Mathis, R. D., Tanner, Z. (2000). Structured group activities with family-of-origin themes.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 89-103.
Maton, K. I. (1993). Moving beyond the individual level of analysis in mutual help group
research: An ecological paradigm. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 29, 272-286.
Matsui, T., Takashi, K., & Onglatco, M. L. (1987). Effects of goals and feedback on
performance in groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 73, 407-415.
Matthews, J., & Bendig, A. W. (1955). The index of agreement: A possible criterion for
measuring the outcome of group discussion. Speech Monographs, 22, 39-42.
Maxmen, J. (1973). Group therapy as viewed by hospitalized patients. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 28, 404-408.
Maxmen, J. (1978). An educative model for in-patient group therapy. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy, 28, 321-338.
May, G. L., & Gueldenzoph, L. E. (2006). The effect of social style on peer evaluation ratings in
project teams. Journal of Business Communication, 43, 4-20.
Mayer, M. E. (1985). Explaining choice shift: An effects coded model. Communication
Monographs, 52, 92-101.
Mayer, M. E. (1998). Behaviors leading to more effective decisions in small groups embedded in
organizations. Communication Reports, 11, 123-132.
Mayer, M. E., Sonoda, K. T., & Gudykunst, W. B. (1997). The effect of time pressure and type
of information on decision quality. Southern Communication Journal, 62, 280-292.
Maznevski, M. L. (1994). Understanding our differences: Performance in decision-making
groups with diverse members. Human Relations, 47, 531-552.
Maznevski, M. L., & Chudoba, K. M. (2000). Bridging space over time: Global virtual team
dynamics and effectiveness. Organizational Science, 11, 473-492.
Mazur, A. (1973). A cross-species comparison of status in established small groups. American
Sociological Review, 38, 513-529.
Mazur, A. (1985). A biosocial model of status in face-to-face primate groups. Social Forces, 64,
377-402.
McAuliffe, B. J., Jetten, J., Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2003). Individualist and collectivist
group norms: When it’s OK to go your own way. European Journal of Social Psychology,
33, 57-70.
McCallum, D. M., Harring, K., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Chase, J., Insko, C. A., & Thibaut, J.
(1985). Competition and cooperation between groups and between individuals. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 301-320.
McCallum, M., & Piper, W. E. (1990). A controlled study of effectiveness and patient suitability
for short-term group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40,
431-452.
McCallum, M., & Piper, W. E. (1999). Personality disorders and response to group-oriented
evening treatment. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 3-14.
McCallum, M., Piper, W. E., Ogrodniczuk, J. S., & Joyce, A. S. (2002). Early process and
dropping out from short-term group therapy for complicated grief. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 243-254.
McCallum, R., Rusbult, C. E., Hong, G. K., Walden, T., & Schopler, J. (1979). Effects of
resource availability and importance of behavior on the experience of crowding. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1304-1313.
179
McCammon, S. L., & Long, T. E. (1993). A post-tornado support group: Survivors and
professionals in concert. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 131-148.
McCann, C. D., Baranski, J. V., Thompson, M. M., & Pigeau, R. A. (2000). On the utility of
experimental cross-training for team decision-making under time stress. Ergonomics, 43,
1095-1110.
McCann, C. D., Ostrom, T. M., Tyner, L. K., & Mitchell, M. L. (1985). Person perception in
heterogeneous groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1449-1459.
McCanne, L. P. (1977). Dimensions of participant goals, expectations, and perceptions in small
group experiences. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 13, 533-541.
McCarrick, A. K., Manderscheid, R. W. & Silbergeld, S. (1981). Gender differences in
competition and dominance during married-couples group therapy. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 44, 164-177.
McCarthy, M. M., Thompson, A., Rivers, S., & Jahanzeb, M. (1999). The benefits of support
group participation to lung cancer survivors: An evaluation. Clinical Lung Cancer, 1, 110117.
McCauley, C. (1989). The nature of social influence in groupthink: Compliance and
internalization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 250-260.
McCauley, C. (1998). Groupthink dynamics in Janis’s theory of groupthink: Backward and
forward. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 142-162.
McClernon, T. R., & Swanson, R. A. (1995). Team building: An experimental investigation of
the effects of computer-based and facilitator-based interventions on work groups. Human
Resource Development Quarterly, 6, 39-58.
McClintock, E., & Sonquist, J. A. (1976). Cooperative task-oriented groups in a college
classroom: A field application. Journal of Educational Psychology, 68, 588-596.
McClure, B. A. (1987). Metaphoric illumination in groups. Small Group Behavior, 18, 179-187.
McCluskey, U. (2002). The dynamics of attachment and systems-centered group psychotherapy.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 131-142.
McConnell, A. R., Sherman, S. J., & Hamilton, D. L. (1997). Target entitativity: Implications for
information processing about individual and group targets. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 72, 750-762.
McCorcle, M. D. (1982). Critical issues in the functioning of interdisciplinary groups. Small
Group Behavior, 13, 291-310.
McCorkle, L. W., & Elias, A. (1960). Group therapy in correctional institutions. Federal
Probation, 24, 57-63.
McCormick, M. B., Lundgren, E. F., & Cecil, E. A. (1980). Group search and decision-making
processes: A laboratory test of Soelberg’s confirmation hypothesis. Journal of Social
Psychology, 100, 79-86.
McCoy, S. K., & Major, B. (2003). Group identification moderates emotional responses to
perceived prejudice. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1005-1017.
McCrimmon, M. (1995). Teams without roles: Empowering teams for greater creativity. Journal
of Management Development, 14, 35-41.
McCrone, P., Beecham, J., & Knapp, M. (1994). Community psychiatric nurse teams: Costeffectiveness of intensive support versus generic care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 165,
218-221.
McCurdy, H. G., & Lambert, W. E. (1952). The efficiency of small human groups in the solution
of problems requiring genuine co-operation. Journal of Personality, 20, 478-494.
180
McDermut, W., Miller, I. W., & Brown, R. A. (2001). The efficacy of group psychotherapy for
depression: A meta-analysis and review of the empirical research. Evidence-Based Mental
Health, 4(3), 82-101.
McDonough, E. F., III, Kahn, K. B., & Barczak, G. (2001a). Effectively managing global,
collocated, and distributed new product development teams. Journal of Product Innovation
Management, 18, 110-120.
McDonough, E. F., III, Kahn, K. B., & Barczak, G. (2001b). An investigation of the use of
global, virtual, and colocated new product development teams. Journal of Product
Innovation Management, 18, 110-120.
McFarland, P., & Sanders, S. (2000). Educational support groups for male caregivers of
individuals with Alzheimer’s disease. American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, 15, 367373.
McFarland, W., Link, B., Dushay, R., Marchal, J., & Crilly, J. (1995). Psychoeducational
multiple family groups: Four-year relapse outcome in schizophrenia. Family Process, 34,
127-144.
McFarland, W., Lukens, E., Link, B., Dushay, R., Deakins, S., Newmark, M., et al. (1995).
Multiple-family groups and psychoeducation in the treatment of schizophrenia. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 52, 679-687.
McGaffey, T. N. (1976). Motivational determinants of decision-making in a triadic coalition
game. Journal of General Psychology, 94, 167-185.
McGarty, C., Haslam, S. A., Hutchinson, K. J., & Grace, D. M. (1995). Determinants of
perceived consistency: The relationship between group entitativity and the meaningfulness
of categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 237-256.
McGarty, C., Haslam, S. A., Hutchinson, K. J., & Turner, J. C. (1994). The effects of salient
group membership on persuasion. Small Group Research, 25, 267-293.
McGarty, C., Turner, J. C., Hogg, M. A., David, B., & Wetherell, W. S. (1992). Group
polarization as conformity to the prototypical group member. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 31, 1-20.
McGlynn, R. P., McGurk, D., Effland, V. S., Johll, N. L., & Harding, D. J. (2004).
Brainstorming and task performance in groups constrained by evidence. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 93, 75-87.
McGrath, J. E., Arrow, H., Gruenfeld, D. H., Hollingshead, A. B., & O’Connor, K. M. (1993).
Group tasks and technology: The effect of experience and change. Small Group Research,
24, 406-420.
McGrath, C., Blythe, J., & Krackhardt, D. (1996). Seeing groups in graph layouts. Connections,
19(2), 22-29.
McGrath, J. E. (1991). Time, interaction, and performance (TIP): A theory of groups. Small
Group Research, 22, 147-174.
McGrath, J. E. (1993). Introduction: The JEMCO workshop: Description of a longitudinal study.
Small Group Research, 24, 285-306.
McGrath, J. E. (1997). Small group research, that once and future field: An interpretation of the
past with an eye to the future. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 7-27.
McGrath, J. E., Arrow, H., & Berdahl, J. L. (2000). The study of groups: Past, present, and
future. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 95-105.
181
McGrath, J. E., Arrow, H., Gruenfeld, D. H., Hollingshead, A. B., & O’Connor, K. M. (1993).
Groups, tasks, and technology: The effects of experience and change. Small Group
Research, 24, 406-420.
McGrath, J. E., & Julian, J. W. (1963). Interaction process and task outcome in experimentallycreated negotiation groups. Journal of Psychological Studies, 14, 117-138.
McGrath, J. E., & Kravitz, D. A. (1982). Group research. Annual Review of Psychology, 33, 195230.
McGraw, K. M., & Bloomfield, J. (1987). Social influence on group moral decisions: The
interactive effects of moral reasoning and sex role orientation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 53, 1080-1087.
McGraw, K. M., & Ling, C. (2003). Media priming of presidential and group evaluations.
Political Communication, 20, 23-40.
McGrew, J. F., Bilotta, J. G., & Deeney, J. M. (1999). Software team formation and decay:
Extending the standard model for small groups. Small Group Research, 30, 209-234.
McGrew, P. L., & McGrew, W. C. (1975). Interpersonal spacing behavior of preschool children
during group formation. Man-Environment Systems, 5, 43-48.
McGuire, L. E. (2003). Using qualitative methods to evaluate a group: Does the survival skills
for women program increase self-sufficiency? Social Work with Groups, 26(4), 43-58.
McGuire, M. (1974). Group size, group homogeneity, and the aggregate provision of a pure
public good under cournot behavior. Public Choice, 18, 107-126.
McGuire, M. V.., & Bermant, G. (1977). Individual and group decisions in response to a mock
trial: A methodological note. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 7, 220-226.
McGuire, T. W., Kiesler, S., & Siegel, J. (1987). Group and computer-mediated discussion
effects in risk decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 917-930.
McHugh, M., West, P., Assatly, C., Duprat, L., Niloff, J., Waldo, K., et al. (1996). Establishing
an interdisciplinary patient care team: Collaboration at the bedside and beyond. Journal of
Nursing Administration, 26(4), 21-27.
McKenna, K. Y. A., & Green, A. S. (2002). Virtual group dynamics. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 6, 116-127.
McKillip, J., DiMiceli, A. J., & Luebke, J. (1977). Group salience and stereotyping. Social
Behavior and Personality, 5, 81-85.
McKimmie, B. M., Terry, D. J., Hogg, M. A., Manstead, A. S. R., Spears, R., & Doosje, B.
(2003). I’m a hypocrite, but so is everyone else: Group support and the reduction of
cognitive dissonance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 214-224.
McKinney, B. C. (1982). The effects of reticence on group interaction. Communication
Quarterly, 30, 124-128.
McKinney, E. H., Jr., Barker, J. R., Davis, K. J., & Smith, D. (2004). The role of communication
values in swift starting action teams: IT insights from flight crew experience. Information &
Management, 41, 1043-1056.
McKinney, E. H., Jr., Barker, J. R., Davis, K. J., & Smith, D. (2005). How swift starting action
teams get off the ground: What United Flight 232 and airline flight crews can tell us about
team communication. Management Communication Quarterly, 19, 198-237.
McKinney, K., & Graham-Buxton, M. (1993). The use of collaborative learning groups in the
large class: Is it possible. Teaching Sociology, 21, 403-408.
McKinney, V., & Mabry, E. (1999). Online collaboration of groups with varying tasks and goals.
Proceedings of the Fifth American Conference on Information Systems, 5, 352-354.
182
McLachlan, A. (1986). Polarization and discussion context. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 25, 129-138.
McLaughlin, M. L., & Jordan, W. J. (1975). Impression formation in triads. Speech Monographs,
42, 47-55.
McLean, P. D., Whittal, M. L., Thordarson, D. S., Taylor, S., Scochting, I., Koch, W. J., et al.
(2001). Cognitive versus behavioral therapy in the group treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 205-214.
McLeish, J., & Park, J. (1972). Outcomes associated with direct and vicarious experience in
training groups: I. Personality changes. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology,
11, 333-341.
McLeod, J. (1984). Group process as drama. Small Group Behavior, 15, 319-332.
McLeod, P. L. (1992). An assessment of the experimental literature on electronic support of
group work: Results of a meta-analysis. Human Computer Interaction, 7, 257-280.
McLeod, P. L., Baron, R. S., Marti, M. W., & Yoon, K. (1997). The eyes have it: Minority
influence in face-to-face and computer-mediated group discussion. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 82, 706-718.
McLeod, P. L., & Kettner-Polley, R. B. (2004). Contributions of psychodynamic theories to
understanding small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 333-361.
McLeod, P. L., Liker, J. K., & Lobel, S. A. (1992). Process feedback in task groups: An
application of goal setting. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 28, 15-41.
McLeod, P. L., Lobel, S. A., & Cox, T. H. (1996). Ethnic diversity and creativity in small
groups. Small Group Research, 27, 248-264.
McMahon, P. M., & Fehr, L. A. (1984). Methodological problems in mock jury research.
Journal of Social Psychology, 123, 277-278.
McNally, L. (1993). Comitative coordination: A case study in group formation. Natural
Language & Linguistic Theory, 11, 347-379.
McNaughton-Cassill, M., Bostwick, J., Arthur, N., Robinson, R., & Neal, G. (2002). Efficacy of
brief couples support groups developed to manage the stress of in vitro fertilization
treatment. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 77, 1060-1066.
McPherson, J. M., & Rotolo, T. (1996). Testing a dynamic model of social composition:
Diversity and change in voluntary groups. American Sociological Review, 61, 179-202.
McPherson, J. M., & Smith-Lovin, L. (1987). Homophily in voluntary organizations: Status
distance and the composition of face-to-face groups. American Sociological Review, 52,
370-379.
McPhail, C., & Wohlstein, R. R. (1983). Individual and collective behaviors within gatherings,
demonstrations, and riots. Annual Review of Sociology, 9, 579-600.
McRoberts, C., Burlingame, G. M., & Hoag, M. J. (1998). Comparative efficacy of individual
and group psychotherapy: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics: Theory, research,
and Practice, 2, 101-117.
McWhirter, B., & Page, G. (1999). Effects of anger management and goal setting group
intervention on state-trait anger and self-efficacy beliefs among high risk adolescents.
Current Psychology: Developmental, Learning, Personality, Social, 18, 223-237.
McWhirter, J. J., & Frey, R. E. (1987). Group leader and member characteristics and attraction to
initial and final group sessions and to the group and group leader. Small Group Behavior,
18, 533-547.
183
Meade, R. D., & Barnard, W. A. (1975). Group pressure effects on American and Chinese
females. Journal of Social Psychology, 96, 137-138.
Meadow, A., Parnes, S. J., & Reese, H. (1959). Influence of brainstorming instructions and
problem sequence on a creative problem solving test. Journal of Applied Psychology, 43,
413-416.
Meadow, D. (1988). Preparation of individuals for participation in a treatment group:
Development and empirical testing of a model. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 38, 367-385.
Medow, H., & Zander, A. (1965). Aspirations for group chosen by central and peripheral
members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 224-228.
Medvene, L. J., & Krauss, D. H. (1989). Causal attributions and parent-child relationships in a
self-help group for families of the mentally ill. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 19,
1413-1430.
Meeker, B. F., & Weitzel-O’Neill, P. A. (1977). Sex roles and interpersonal behavior in taskoriented groups. American Sociological Review, 42, 91-105.
Mehaffey, J. L., & Sandberg, S. K. (1992). Conducting social skills training groups with
elementary school children. School Counselor, 40, 61-67.
Mehrabian, A., & Diamond, S. G. (1971). Seating arrangement and conversation. Sociometry,
34, 281-289.
Meir, E. I., & Segal-Halevi, A. (2001). Environmental congruence, group importance, and wellbeing among paratroopers. Journal of Career Assessment, 9, 169-183.
Mejias, R. J. (2007). The interaction of process losses, process gains, and meeting satisfaction
within technology-supported environments. Small Group Research, 38, 156-194.
Mejias, R., Lazeno, L., Rico, A., Torres, A., Vogel, D., & Shepherd, M. (1996). A cross-cultural
comparison of GSS and non-GSS consensus and satisfaction level within and between the
U.S. and Mexico. Proceedings of the Twenty-Ninth Hawaii International Conference on
System Sciences, 3, 408-417.
Mejias, R. J., Shepherd, M. M., Vogel, D. R., & Lazaneo, L. (1996-1997). Consensus and
perceived satisfaction levels: A cross-cultural comparison of GSS and non-GSS outcomes
within and between the United States and Mexico. Journal of Management Information
Systems, 13(3), 137-161.
Mellor, M., J., Hyer, K., & Howe, J. L. (2002). The geriatric interdisciplinary team approach:
Challenges and opportunities in educating trainees together from a variety of disciplines.
Educational Gerontology, 28, 867-880.
Melnick, J., & Wicher, D. (1977). Social risk taking propensity and anxiety as predictors of
group performance. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 24, 415-419.
Melnick, J., & Woods, M. (1976a). Analysis of group composition research and theory for
psychotherapeutic and growth-oriented groups. Journal of Behavioral Science, 12, 493-512.
Melnick, J., & Woods, M. (1976b). Group composition research and theory for
psychotherapeutic and growth-oriented groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 12,
493-512.
Melnick, M., & Chemersw, M. M. (1974). Effects of group social structure on the success of
basketball teams. Research Quarterly, 45, 1-8.
Mennecke, B. E. (1997). Using group support systems to discover hidden profiles: An
examination of the influence of group size and meeting structures on information sharing
and decision quality. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 387-405.
184
Mennecke, B. E., & Bradley, J. H. (1998). Making project groups work: The impact of
structuring group roles on the performance and perception of information systems project
teams. Journal of Computer Information Systems, 29, 30-36.
Mennecke, B. E., Bradley, J. H., & McLeod, M. (1999). The impact of group process training
and role assignments on the performance and perceptions of student IS project teams.
Journal of Informatics Education and Research, 29, 30-36.
Mennecke, B. E., Hoffer, J. A., & Wynne, B. E. (1992). The implications of group development
and history for group support system theory and practice. Small Group Research, 23, 524572.
Mennecke, B. E., & Valachich, J. S. (1998). Information is what you make of it: The influence of
group history and computer support on information sharing, decision quality, and member
perceptions. Journal of Management Information Systems, 15, 173-197.
Menon, T., Morris, M., Chiu, C-y., & Hong, Y. (1999). Culture and attributions to individuals
versus groups: North Americans attribute to personal dispositions; East Asians attribute to
the dispositions of social collectives. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 701717.
Mesch, D., Marvin, L., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1988). Impact of positive
interdependence and academic group contingencies on achievement. Journal of Social
Psychology, 128, 345-353.
Messé, L.A., Aronoff, J., & Wilson, J. P. (1956). Motivation as a mediator of the mechanisms
underlying role assignments in small groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
24, 84-90.
Messé, L.A., Hertel, G., Kerr, N. L., Lount, R. B. Jr., & Park, E. S. (2002). Knowledge of
partner’s ability as a moderator of group motivation gains: An exploration of the Koehler
discrepancy effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 935-946.
Messé, L.A., Vallacher, R., & Phillips, J. L. (1974). Equity and coalition formation in triads.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1, 249-251.
Messé, L.A., Vallacher, R., & Phillips, J. L. (1975). Equity and the formation of revolutionary
and conservative coalitions in triads. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31,
1141-1146.
Messick, D. M., & Mackie, D. M. (1989). Intergroup relations. Annual Review of Psychology,
40, 45-81.
Messick, D. M., & Liebrand, W. B. G. (1995). Individual heuristics and the dynamics of
cooperation in large groups. Psychological Review, 102, 131-145.
Meyer, H. H. (1951). Factors related to success in the human relations aspect of workgroup
leadership. Psychological Monographs, 65(3, Serial No. 320).
Meyers, R. A. (1989a). Persuasive arguments theory: A test of assumptions. Human
Communication Research, 15, 357-381.
Meyers, R. A. (1989b). Testing persuasive argument theory’s predictor model: Alternative
interactional accounts of group argument and influence. Communication Monographs, 56,
112-132.
Meyers, R. A., & Brashers, D. E. (1994). Expanding the boundaries of small group
communication research: Exploring a feminist perspective. Communication Studies, 45, 6885.
185
Meyers, R. A., & Brashers, D. E. (1998). Argument in group decision making: Explicating a
process model and investigating the argument-outcome link. Communication Monographs,
65, 261-281.
Meyers, R. A., Brashers, D. E., & Hanner, J. (2000). Majority-minority influence: Identifying
argumentative patterns and predicting argument-outcome links. Journal of Communication,
50, 3-30.
Meyers, R. A., Brashers, D. E., Winston, L., & Grob, L. (1997). Sex differences and group
argument: A theoretical framework and empirical investigation. Communication Studies, 48,
19-41.
Meyers, R. A., Seibold, D. R., & Brashers, D. (1991). Argument in initial group decision-making
discussions: Refinement of a coding scheme and a descriptive quantitative analysis. Western
Journal of Speech Communication, 55, 47-68.
Michaelsen, L. K., Watson, W. E., & Black, R. H. (1989). A realistic test of individual versus
group consensus decision making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 834-839.
Michaelsen, L. K., Watson, W. E., Cragin, J., & Fink, D. (1982). Team learning: A potential
solution to the problem of large classes—exchange. Organizational Behavior Teaching
Journal, 7, 21-33.
Michaelsen, L. K., Watson, W. E., Schwartzkopf, A., & Black, R. H. (1992). Group decision
making: How you frame the question determines what you find. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 77, 106-108.
Michalec, B. (2005). Exploring the multidimensional benefits of breast cancer support groups.
Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 23, 159-179.
Michelini, R. L., Passalacqua, R., & Cusimano, J. (1976). Effects of seating arrangement on
group participation. Journal of Social Psychology, 99, 179-186.
Michel, J. G., & Hambrick, D. C. (1992). Diversification posture and top management team
characteristics. Academy of Management Journal, 35, 9-37.
Michener, H. A., Fleishman, J. A., & Baske, J. J. (1976). A test of the bargaining theory of
coalition formation in four-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
34, 1114-1126.
Michener, H. A., Fleishman, J. A., Vaske, J. J., & Statza, G. R. (1975). Medium resource and
pivotal power theories: A competitive test in four-personal coalitional situations. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 19, 89-107.
Michener, H. A., Ginsberg, I. J., & Yuen, K. (1979). Effects of core prosperities in four-person
games with side-payments. Behavioral Science, 24, 263-280.
Michinov, N., Michinov, E., & Toczek-Capelle, M-C. (2004). Social identity, group processes,
and performance in synchronous computer-mediated communication. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 27-39.
Mickelson, J. S., & Campbell, J. H. (1975). Information behavior: Groups with varying levels of
interpersonal acquaintance. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 13, 193205.
Miesing, P., & Preble, J. F. (1985). Group processes and performance in a complex business
simulation. Small Group Behavior, 16, 325-338.
Migdal, M. J., Hewstone, M., & Mullen, B. (1998). The effects of crossed categorization on
intergroup evaluations: A meta-analysis. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 303-324.
186
Mikolic, J. M., Parker, J. C., & Pruitt, D. G. (1997). Escalation in response to persistent
annoyance: Groups versus individuals and gender effects. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 72, 151-163.
Milanovich, D. M., Driskell, J. E., Stout, R. J., & Salas, E. (1998). Status and cockpit dynamics:
A review and empirical study. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 155167.
Miles, J. A. (2000). Relationship of collective orientation and cohesion to team outcomes.
Psychological Reports, 86, 435-444.
Miles, J. A., & Greenberg, J. (1993). Using punishment threats to attenuate social loafing effects
among swimmers. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 56, 246-265.
Milgram, S. (1964). Group pressure and action against a person. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 67, 371-378.
Milgram, S. (1965). Liberating effects of group pressure. Journal of Personal and Social
Psychology, 1, 127-134.
Milgram, D., & Rubin, J. S. (1992). Resisting resistance: Involuntary substance abuse group
therapy. Social Work With Groups, 15, 95-110.
Milgram, S., Bickman, L., & Berkowitz, L. (1969). Note on the drawing power of crowds of
different size. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 79-82.
Milgram, S., Liberty, H. J., Toledo, R., & Wackenhut, J. (1986). Response to intrusion into
waiting lines. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 683-689.
Miller, A. H., Gurin, P., Gurin, G., & Malanchuk, O. (1981). Group consciousness and political
participation. American Journal of Political Science, 25, 494-511.
Miller, C. E. (1979). Probabilistic theories of coalition formation in groups. Behavioral Science,
24, 359-368.
Miller, C. E. (1981). Coalition formation in triads: Effects of liking and resources. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 296-301.
Miller, C. E. (1985). Group decision making under majority and unanimity decision rules. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 48, 51-61.
Miller, C. E., & Anderson, P. D. (1979). Group decision rules and the rejection of deviates.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 354-363.
Miller, C. E., Jackson, P., Mueller, J., & Schersching, C. (1987). Some social psychological
effects of group decision rules. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 325-332.
Miller, C. E., & Komorita, S. S. (1995). Reward allocation in task-performing groups. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 80-90.
Miller, D. A., Smith, E. R., & Mackie, D. M. (2004). Effects of intergroup contact and political
predispositions on prejudice: Role of intergroup emotions. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 7, 221-237.
Miller, D. C. (1939). An experiment in the measurement of social interaction in group
development. American Sociological Review, 4, 241-251.
Miller, D. L. (2001). Reexamining teamwork: KSAs and team performance. Small Group
Research, 32, 745-766.
Miller, D. T., & Prentice, D. A. (1994). Collective errors and errors about the collective.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 541-550.
Miller, E. J. (1998). A note on the protomental system and “groupishness”: Bion’s basic
assumptions revisited. Human Relations, 51, 1495-1508.
187
Miller, F. D. (1976). The problem of transfer of training in learning groups: Group cohesion as
an end in itself. Small Group Behavior, 7, 221-236.
Miller, M. J. (1987). Flow charting: the group membership screening interview. Journal of
Human Behavior and Learning, 4, 14-16.
Miller, N., Butler, D. C., & McMartin, J. A. (1969). The ineffectiveness of punishment power in
group interaction. Sociometry, 32, 24-42.
Miller, N., & Davidson-Podgorny, G. (1987). Theoretical models of intergroup relations and the
use of cooperative teams as an intervention for desegregated settings. Review of Personality
and Social Psychology, 9, 41-67.
Miller, R. S., Goldman, H. J., & Schenkler, B. R. (1978);. The effects of task importance and
group performance on group members’ attributions. Journal of Psychology, 99, 53-58.
Miller, R. S., & Schenkler, B. R. (1985). Egotism in group members: Public and private
attributions of responsibility for group performance. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 8589.
Millhous, L. (1999). The experience of culture in multicultural groups: Case studies of RussianAmerican collaboration in business. Small Group Research, 30, 280-308.
Milliken, F. J., & Martins, L. L. (1996). Searching for common threads: Understanding the
multiple effects of diversity in organizational groups. Academy of Management Review, 21,
402-433.
Milliken, F. J., & Vollrath, D. A. (1991). Strategic decision-0making tasks and group
effectiveness: Insights from theory and research on small group performance. Human
Relations, 44, 1229-1253.
Mills, C. J., & Bohannopn, W. E. (1980). Character structure and jury behavior: Conceptual and
applied implications. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 662-667.
Mills, J., Clark, M. S., Ford, T. E., & Johnson, M. (2004). Measurement of communal strength.
Personal Relationships, 11, 213-230.
Mills, T. M. (1962). A sleeper variable in small groups research: The experimenter. Pacific
Sociological Review, 5, 21-28.
Mills, T. N. (1967). Power relations in three-person groups. American Sociological Review, 18,
351-357.
Mills, T. M. (1979). Changing paradigms for studying human groups. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 15, 407-423.
Milton, G. A. (1965). Enthusiasm vs. effectiveness in group and individual problem-solving.
Psychological Reports, 16, 1197-1202.
Minami, H., & Tanaka, K. (1995). Social and environmental psychology: Transaction between
physical space and group-dynamic processes. Environment and Behavior, 27, 43-55.
Minde, K., Shosenberg, N., Marton, P., Thompson, J., Ripley, J., & Burns, S. (1980). Self-help
groups in a premature nursery: A controlled valuation. Journal of Pediatrics, 96, 933-940.
Miner, F. C., Jr. (1979). A comparative analysis of three diverse group decision making
approaches. Academy of Management Journal, 22, 81-93.
Miner, F. C., Jr. (1984). Group versus individual decision making: An investigation of
performance measures, decision strategies, and process losses/gains. Organizational
Behavior and Human Performance, 33, 112-124.
Mintz, A. (1951). Non-adaptive group behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
46, 150-159.
188
Miranda, S. M. (1994). Avoidance of groupthink: Meeting management using group support
systems. Small Group Research, 25, 105-136.
Miranda, S. M., & Bostrom, R. P. (1993-1994). The impact of group support systems on group
conflict and conflict management. Journal of Management Information Systems, 10, 63-96.
Miranda, S. M., & Bostrom, R. P. (1999). Meeting facilitation: process versus content
interventions. Journal of Management Information Systems, 15(4), 89-114.
Miron, A. M., Branscombe, N. R., & Schmitt, M. T. (2006). Collective guilt as distress over
illegitimate intergroup inequality. Group Processes & Interpersonal Relations, 9, 163-180.
Mischel, L. J., & Northcraft, G. B. (1997). “I think we can, I think we can . . .”: The role of
efficacy beliefs in group and team effectiveness. Advances in Group Processes, 14, 177-197.
Mishra, P. K., & Das Braja, K. (1983). Group size and helping behavior: A comprehensive
review. Perspectives in Psychological Researches, 6(2), 60-64.
Misumi, J., & Nakano, S. (1960b). A cross-cultural study of the effect of democratic,
authoritarian, and laissez-faire atmosphere in children’s groups. Japanese Journal of
Educational Social Psychology, 1, 119-135.
Misumi, J., Nakano, S., & Veno, Y. (1958). An experimental study of group decision. Research
Bulletin of Faculty of Education Kyushu University, 4, 17-26.
Misumi, J., & Okamura, N. (1961). A cross-cultural study of the effect of democratic,
authoritarian, and laissez -faire atmosphere in children’s groups. Research Bulletin of
Faculty of Education Kyushu University, 22, 38-42.
Mitchell, A. M., Gale, D. D., Garland, L., & Wesner, S. (2003). The use of narrative data to
inform the psychotherapeutic group process with suicide survivors. Issues in Mental Health
Nursing, 24, 91-107.
Mitchell, J. E., Pyle, R. L., Pomeroy, C., Zollman, M., Crosby, R., Seim, H., et al. (1993).
Cognitive-behavioral group psychotherapy of bulimia nervosa: Importance of logistical
variables. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 14, 277-287.
Mitchell, R. C., & Mitchell, R. R. (1984). Constructive management of conflict in groups.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 9, 137-144.
Mitchell, R. R. (1975). Relationships between personal characteristics and change in sensitivity
training groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 414-420.
Mitchell, R. R. (1986). Team building by disclosure of internal frames of reference. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 21, 15-28.
Mitchell, T., Larson, J. R., & Green, S. G. (1977). Leader behavior, situational moderators, and
group performance: An attributional analysis. Organizational Behavior and Human
Performance, 18, 254-268.
Mitchell, T. R., & Silver, W. S. (1990). Individual and group goals when workers are
interdependent: Effects of task strategies and performance. Journal of Applied Psychology,
75, 185-193.
Miura, A., & Hida, M. (2004). Synergy between diversity and similarity in group-idea
generation. Small Group Research, 35, 540-564.
Moghaddam, F. M., & Perreault, S. (1991). Individual and collective mobility strategies among
minority group members. Journal of Social Psychology, 132, 343-357.
Mohamed, A., & Wiebe, F. (1996). Toward a process theory of groupthink. Small Group
Research, 27, 416-430.
Mohammed, S., & Angell, L. C. (2003). Personality heterogeneity in teams: Which differences
make a difference for team performance? Small Group Research, 34, 651-677.
189
Mohammed, S., & Angell, L. C. (2004). Surface- and deep-level diversity in workgroups:
Examining the moderating effects of team orientation and team process on relationship
conflict. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 1015-1039.
Mohammed, S., & Dumville, B. C. (2001). Team mental models in a knowledge framework:
Expanding theory and measurement across disciplinary boundaries. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 22, 89-106.
Mohammed, S., Mathieu, J. E., & Bartlett, A. L. (2002). Technical-administrative task
performance, leadership task performance, and contextual performance: Considering the
influence of team- and task-related composition variables. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 23, 795-814.
Mok, B. H. (2001). Cancer self-help groups in China: A study of individual change, perceived
benefit, and community impact. Small Group Research, 32, 115-132.
Mok, B. H., Chau, K. L., Fung, H. L., & Ngai, N. P. (2003). Prevalence, role and functions of
self-help groups in Hong Kong. Hong Kong Journal of Social Work, 37, 87-96.
Mok, E., & Martinson, I. (2000). Empowerment of Chinese patients with cancer through selfhelp groups in Hong Kong. Cancer Nursing, 23, 206-213.
Molinari, D. L. (2004). The role of social comments in problem-solving groups in an online
class. American Journal of Distance Education, 18, 89-101.
Molleman, E. (2005a). Diversity in demographic characteristics, abilities and personality traits:
Do faultlines affect team functioning? Group Decision and Negotiation, 14, 173.
Molleman, E. (2005b). The multilevel nature of team-based work research. Team Performance
Management, 11, 113-124.
Mollleman, E., Nauta, A., & Jehn, K. A. (2004). Person-fit applied to teamwork: A multilevel
approach. Small Group Research, 35, 515-539.
Molleman, E., & Slomp, J. (1999). Functional flexibility and team performance. International
Journal of Production Research, 37, 1837-1858.
Moller, J., & Eggen, A. B. (2005). Team leadership in upper secondary education. School
Leadership and Managment, 25, 331-347.
Monahan, D., Greene, V., & Coleman, P. (1992). Caregiver support groups: Factors affecting use
of services. Social Work, 37, 254-260.
Money, W. H. (1996). Applying group support systems to classroom settings: A social cognitive
learning theory explanation. Journal of Management Information Systems, 12, 65-80.
Mongeau, P. A., Hale, J. L., & Smith, M. (1993). An involvement moderated model of choice
shifts. Communication Reports, 6, 34-40.
Monk-Turner, E., & Payne, B. (2005). Addressing issues in group work in the classroom.
Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 16, 166-179.
Montanari, J. R., & Moorhead, G. (1989). Development of the Groupthink Assessment
Inventory. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 49, 209-219.
Montgomery, B. M. (1986). An interactionist analysis of small group peer assessment. Small
Group Behavior, 17, 19-37.
Montoya-Weiss, M. M., Massey, A. P., & Song, M. (2001). Getting it together: Temporal
coordination and conflict management in global virtual teams. Academy of Management
Journal, 44, 1251-1262.
Mooij, T. (1980). Conflict behavior during cooperation within groups. Nederlands Tijdschrift
voor de Psychologie en haar Grensgebieden, 35, 299-314.
190
Moore, O. K., & Anderson, S. B. (1954). Search behavior in individual and group problem
solving. American Sociological Review, 19, 702-714.
Moore, R. M., III. (2000). Creativity of small groups and of persons working alone. Journal of
Social Psychology, 140, 142-143.
Moorehead, G. (1982). Groupthink: Hypothesis in need of testing. Group and Organization
Studies, 7, 429-444.
Moorhead, G., Ference, R., & Neck, C. P. (1991). Group decision fiascoes continue: Space
shuttle Challenger and a revised groupthink framework. Human Relations, 44, 539-550.
Moorhead, G., & Montanari, J. R. (1986). An empirical investigation of the groupthink
phenomenon. Human Relations, 39, 399-410.
Moorhead, G., Neck, C. P., & West, M.S. (1998). The tendency toward defective decision
making within self-managing teams: The relevance of groupthink for the 21st century.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 327-351.
Moos, R. H., & Speisman, J. C. (1962). Group compatibility and productivity. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 654, 190-196.
Moos, R. H., Van Dort, B., Smail, P., & DeYoung, A. J. (1975). A typology of university student
living groups. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 359-367.
Morasch, B., Groner, N., & Keating, J. (1979). Type of activity and failure as mediators of
perceived crowding. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 223-226.
Morgeson, F. P. (in press). The external relationship of self-managing teams: Intervening in the
context of novel and disruptive events. Journal of Applied Psychology.
Moreland, R. L. (1985). Social categorization and the assimilation of “new” group members.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1173-1190.
Moreland, R. L. (1987). The formation of small groups. Review of Personality and Social
Psychology, 8, 80-110.
Moreland, R. L., Hogg, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1994). Back to the future: Social psychological
research on groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 527-555.
Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1982). Socialization in small groups: Temporal changes in
individual-group relations. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 137-192.
Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (2002). Socialization and trust in work groups. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 185-201.
Moreland, R. L., & McMinn, J. G. (1999). Views from a distant shore: A social psychological
perspective on group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3,
15-19.
Moreland, R. L., & Myaskovsky, L. (2000). Exploring the performance benefits of group
training: Transactive memory or improved communication? Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 82, 117-133.
Moreno, K. N., & Bodenhausen, G. V. (2001). Intergroup affect and social judgment: Feelings as
inadmissible information. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 21-29.
Morey, J., Simon, R., & Jay, G. (2002). Error reduction and performance improvement in the
emergency department through formal teamwork training. Health Services Research, 37,
1553-1581.
Morgan, B., & Hensely, L. (1998). Supporting work mothers through group work. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 23, 298-311.
Morgan, B. B., Salas, E., & Glickman, A. S. (1993). An analysis of team evolution and
maturation. Journal of General Psychology, 120, 277-291.
191
Morgan, C. P., & Aram, J. D. (1975). The preponderance of arguments in the risky shift
phenomenon. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 25-34.
Morgan, D. L. (1996). Focus groups. Annual Review of Sociology, 22, 129-152.
Morgan, P. M., & Tindale, R. S. (2002). Group vs. individual performance in mixed-motive
situations: Exploring an inconsistency. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 87, 44-65.
Morgan, R. D., Ferrell, S. W., & Winterowd, C. L. (1999). Therapist perceptions of important
therapeutic factors in psychotherapy groups for male inmates in state correctional facilities.
Small Group Research, 30, 712-729.
Morgan, R. D., & Flora, D. B. (2002). Group psychotherapy with incarcerated offenders: A
research synthesis. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 203-218.
Morgeson, F. P., Reider, M. H., & Campion, M. A. (2005). Selecting individuals in team
settings: The importance of social skills, personality characteristics, and teamwork
knowledge. Personnel Psychology, 58, 583-611.
Moritz, S. E., & Watson, C. B. (1998). Levels of analysis issues in group psychology: Using
efficacy as an example of a multilevel model. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 2, 285-298.
Morran, D. K., & Hulse, D. (1984). Group leader and member reactions to selected intervention
statements: A comparison. Small Group Behavior, 15, 278-288.
Morran, D. K., Robison, F. F., & Hulse-Kallacky, D. (1990). Group research and the unit of
analysis problem: The use of ANOVA designs with nested factors. Journal for Specialists in
Group Work, 15, 10-14.
Morran, D. K., Robison, F. F., & Stockton, R. (1985). Feedback exchange in counseling groups:
An analysis of message content and receive acceptance as a function of leader versus
member delivery, session and valence. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 32, 57-67.
Morran, D. K., Stockton, R., Cline, R. J., & Teed, C. (1998). Facilitating feedback exchange in
groups: Leader interventions. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 23, 257-268.
Morris, C. G. (1966). Task effects on group interaction. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 4, 545-554.
Morris, C. G. (1970). Changes in group interaction during problem solving. Journal of Social
Psychology, 81, 157-165.
Morris, L., Hulbert, L., & Abrams, D. (2000). An experimental investigation of group members'
perceived influence over leader decisions. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 4, 157-167.
Morris, M. W., Menon, T., & Ames, D. R. (2001). Culturally conferred conceptions of agency: A
key to social perception of persons, groups, and other actors. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 5, 169-182.
Morris, W. N., Worchel, S., Bois, J. L., Pearson, J. A., Rountree, C. A., Samaha, G. M., et al.
(1976). Collective coping with stress: Group reactions to fear, anxiety, and ambiguity.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 674-679.
Morrison, T. L. (1984). Member reactions to group leaders in varying leadership roles. Journal
of Social Psychology, 122, 49-53.
Morrison, T. L., Greene, L. R., & Tischler, N. G. (1979). Member learning in analytic self-study
groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 109, 59-67.
Morrisette, J. O., Hornseth, J. P., & Shellar, K. (1975). Team organization and monitoring
performance. Human Factors, 17, 296-300.
192
Morse, J. J., & Caldwell, D. F. (1979). Effects of personality and perception of the environment
on satisfaction with task groups. Journal of Psychology, 103, 183-192.
Mortensen, C. D. (1966). Should the discussion group have an assigned leader? Speech Teacher,
15, 34-41.
Mortensen, C. D. (1970). The state of small group research. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 56,
304-309.
Mortenson, M., & Hinds, P. J. (2001). Conflict and shared identity in geographically distributed
teams. International Journal of Conflict Management, 12, 212-238.
Moscovici, S., & Lage, E. (1976). Studies in social influence: III. Majority versus minority
influence in a group. European Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 149-174.
Moscovici, S., Lage, E., & Naffrechoux, M. (1969). Influence of a consistent minority on the
responses of a majority in a color perception task. Sociometry, 12, 365-380.
Moscovici, S., & Néve, P. (1973). Studies on polarization of judgments: III. Majorities,
minorities and social judgments. European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 479-484.
Moscovici, S., & Personnaz, B. (1980). Studies in social influence. V. Minority influence and
conversion behavior in a perceptual task. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16,
270-282.
Moscovici, S., & Zavalloni, M. (1969). The group as a polarizer of attitudes. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 125-135.
Moier, J. N., & Tammaro, S. G. (1994). Video teleconference use among geographically
dispersed work groups: A field investigation of usage patterns. Journal of Organizational
Computing, 4, 343-365.
Mossholder, K. W., & Bedein, A. G. (1983). Group interactional processes: Individual and group
level effects. Group and Organization Studies, 8, 187-202.
Mowday, R. T., & Sutton, R. I. (1993). Organizational behavior: Linking individuals and groups
to organizational contexts. Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 195-229.
Moxley, R. L., & Moxley, N. F. (1974). Determining point centrality in uncontrived social
networks. Sociometry, 37, 122-130.
Moxnes, P. (1999). Understanding roles: A psychodynamic model for role differentiation in
groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 99-113.
Mudrack, P. E. (1989a). Defining group cohesiveness: A legacy of confusion. Small Group
Behavior, 20, 37-49.
Mudrack, P. E. (1989b). Group cohesiveness and productivity: A closer look. Human Relations,
42, 771-785.
Mudrack, P. E., & Farrell, G. M. (1994). The need for dominance scale of the Manifest Needs
Questionnaire and role behaviour in groups. Applied Psychology: An International Review,
43, 399-413.
Mudrack, P. E., & Farrell, G. M. (1995). An examination of functional role behavior and its
consequences for individuals in group settings. Small Group Behavior, 26, 542-571.
Mugny, G., & Doise, W. (1978). Socio-cognitive conflict and structure of individual and
collective performance. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 181-192.
Mugny, G., Kaiser, C., Papastamou, SA., & Perez, J. A. (1984). Intergroup relations,
identification and social influence. British Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 317-322.
Muijen, M., Cooney, M., Strathdee, G., Bell, R., & Hudson, A. (1994). Community psychiatric
nurse teams: Intensive support versus generic care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 211217.
193
Mulcahey, A. L., & Young, M. (1995). A bereavement support group for children: Fostering
communication and grief and healing. Cancer Practice, 2, 150-156.
Mulcahy, A. L., & Young, M. A. (1995). Bereavement support group for children: Fostering
communication about grief and healing. Cancer Practice, 3, 150-156.
Mulder, C. L., Antoni, M. H., Emmelkamp, P. M. G., Veugelers, P. J., Sandfort, T. G. M., van de
Vijver, F. A. J. R. et al. (1995). Psychosocial group intervention and the rate of decline of
immunological parameters in asymptomatic HIV infected homosexual men. Psychotherapy
and Psychosomatics, 63(3-4). 185-192.
Mulder, C. L., Emmelkamp, P. M., Antoni, M. H., Mulder, J. W., Sandfort, T. G., & DeVries, M.
J. (1994). Cognitive-behavioral and experiential group psychotherapy for HIV-infected
homosexual men: A comparative study. Psychosomatic Medicine, 56, 423-431.
Mulder, I., Swaak, J., & Kessels, J. (2002). Assessing group learning and shared understanding
in technology-mediated interaction. Educational Technology & Society, 5(1), 35-47.
Mulder, M. (1959a). Group-structure and group-performance. Acta Psychologica, 16, 356-402.
Mulder, M. (1959b). Power and satisfaction in task-oriented groups. Acta Psychologica, 16, 178225.
Mulder, M. (1960). Communication structure, decision structure and group performance.
Sociometry, 23, 1-14.
Mulder, M., & Stemerding, A. (1963). Threat, attraction to group, and need for strong leadership.
Human Relations, 16, 317-334.
Mulder, M., Van Dijk, R., SountenDijk, S., Stelwagen, T., & Verhagen, J. (1965). Noninstrumental liking tendencies toward powerful group members. Acta Psychologica, 22,
367-386.
Mullen, B. (1982). Operationalizing the effect of the group on the individual: A self-attention
perspective. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 295-322.
Mullen, B. (1986a). Atrocity as a function of lynch mob composition: A self-attention
perspective. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 187-197.
Mullen, B. (1986b). Effects of strength and immediacy in group contexts: Reply to Jackson.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 514-516.
Mullen, B. (1991). Group composition, salience, and cognitive representations: The
phenomenology of being in a group. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27, 297323.
Mullen, B., Anthony, T., Salas, E., & Driskell, J. E. (1994). Group cohesiveness and quality of
decision making: An integration of tests of the groupthink hypothesis. Small Group
Research, 25, 189-204.
Mullen, B., & Baumeister, R. F. (1987). Group effects on self-attention and performance: social
loafing, social facilitation, and social impairment. Review of Personality and Social
Psychology, 9, 189-206.
Mullen, B., Brown, R., & Smith, C. (1992). Ingroup bias as a function of salience, relevance, and
status: An integration. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 103-122.
Mullen, B., Bryant, B., & Driskell, J. E. (1997). Presence of others and arousal: An integration.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 52-64.
Mullen, B., & Copper, C. (1994). The relation between group cohesiveness and performance: An
integration. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 210-227.
194
Mullen, B., Cooper, C., Cox, P., Fraser, C., Hu, L., Meisler, A., et al. (1990). Boundaries around
group interaction: A meta-analytic integration of the effects of group size. Journal of Social
Psychology, 12, 271-283.
Mullen, B., Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1998). Meta-analysis and the study of group dynamics.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 213-229.
Mullen, B., Johnson, C. & Salas, E. (1991). Productivity loss in brainstorming groups: A metaanalytic review. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 12, 3-23.
Mullen, B., Salas, E., & Driskell, J. (1989). Salience, motivation, and artifacts as contributors to
the relationship between participation rate and leadership. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 25, 545-559.
Mullen, B., Symons, C., Hu, L., & Salas, E. (1989). Group size, leadership behavior, and
subordinate satisfaction. Journal of General Psychology, 116, 155-170.
Mullender, A., & Ward, D. (1985). Towards an alternative model of social groupwork. British
Journal of Social Work, 15, 155-172.
Mulvey, P. W., Bowes-Sperry, L., & Klein, H. (1998). The effect of perceived loafing and
defensive impression management on group effectiveness. Small Group Research, 29, 394416.
Mulvey, P. W., & Kline, H. J. (1998). The impact of perceived loafing and collective efficacy on
group goal processes and group performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 74, 62-87.
Mulvey, P. W., & Ribbens, B. A. (1999). The effects of intergroup competition and assigned
group goals on group efficacy and group effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30, 651-677.
Mulvey, P. W., Veiga, J. F., & Elass, P. M. (1996). When teammates raise a white flag. Academy
of Management Executive, 10, 40-49.
Mumford, M. S. (1974). A comparison of interpersonal skills in verbal and activity groups.
American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 28, 281-283.
Mummendey, A., Klink, A., Mielke, R., Wenzel, M., & Blanz, M. (1999). Socio-cultural
characteristics of intergroup relations and identity management strategies: Results from a
field test in East Germany. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 259-285.
Mummendey, A., Otten, S., & Blanz, M. (1994). Social categorization and intergroup
discrimination. The asymmetry in positive versus negative outcome allocations. Revue
Internationale de Pschologie Sociale, 1, 15-30.
Mummendey, A., & Schreiber, H. J. (1983). Better or just different? Positive social identity by
discrimination against or differentiation from outgroups. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 13, 389-397.
Mummendey, A., Simon, B., Dietze, C., Grûnert, M., Haeger, G., Kessler, S., et al. (1992).
Categorization is not enough: Intergroup discrimination in negative outcome allocation.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 103-122.
Mummendey, A., & Wenzel, M. (1999). Social discrimination and tolerance in intergroup
relations: Reactions to intergroup difference. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 3,
158-174.
Munroe, K., Eastabrooks, P., Dennis, P., & Carron, A. V. (1999). A phenomenological analysis
of group norms in sports teams. Sport Psychologist, 13, 171-182.
Munroe-Blum, H., & Marziali, E. (1995). A controlled trial of short-term group treatment for
borderline personality disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 9, 190-198.
195
Murningham, J. K. (1985). Coalitions in decision-making groups: Organizational analogs.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 35, 1-26.
Murnighan, J. K., & Castore, C. H. (1975). An experimental test of three choice shift hypotheses.
Memory and Cognition, 3, 171-174.
Murnighan, J. K., & Conlon, D. E. (1991). The dynamics of intense work groups: A study of
British string quartets. Administrative Science Quarterly, 36, 165-186.
Murnighan, J. K., Komorita, S. S., & Szwajkowski, E. (1977). Theories of coalition formation
and the effects of reference groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 166181.
Murnighan, J. K., & Roth, A. E. (1978). Large group bargaining in a characteristic function
game. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 299-317.
Murnighan, J. K., & Roth, A. E. (1980). Effects of group size and communication availability on
coalition bargaining in a veto game. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 92103.
Murphy, S. E., Blythe, D., & Fiedler, F. E. (1992). Cognitive resource theory and the ultilization
of the leader’s and group members’ technical competence. Leadership Quarterly, 3, 237255.
Murray, A. I. (1989). Top management group heterogeneity and firm performance. Strategic
Management Journal, 10, 125-141.
Murrell, A. J., Stewart, A. C., & Engel, B. T. (1993). Consensus versus devil’s advocacy: The
influence of decision process and task structure on strategic decision making. Journal of
Business Communication, 30, 399-414.
Murthy, U., & Kerr, D. S. (2003). Decision making performance of interacting groups: An
experimental investigation of the effects of task type and communication mode. Information
& Management, 40, 351-360.
Myers, A. E. (1962). Team competition, success, and the adjustment of group members. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 325-332.
Myers, B. D., Feltz, D. L., & Short, S. E. (2004). Collective efficacy and team performance: A
longitudinal study of collegiate football teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 8, 126-138.
Myers, D. G. (1973). Summary and bibliography of experiments on group-induced response
shift. Catalog of Selected Documents in Psychology, 3, 123-124.
Myers, D. G. (1975). Discussion-induced attitude polarization. Human Relations, 28, 699-714.
Myers, D. G. (1978). Polarizing effects of social comparison. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 14, 554-563.
Myers, D. G., & Bach, P. J. (1974). Discussion effects on militarism-pacifism: A test of the
group polarization hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 741-747.
Myers, D. G., & Bach, P. J. (1976). Group discussion effects on conflict behavior and selfjustification. Psychological Reports, 38, 135-140.
Myers, D. G., & Bishop, G. D. (1970). Discussion effects on racial attitudes. Science, 169, 778789.
Myers, D. G., & Kaplan, M. F. (1976). Group-induced polarization in simulated juries.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 2, 63-66.
Myers, D. G., & Lamm, H. (1975). The polarizing effect of group discussion. American
Scientist, 63, 297-303.
196
Myers, D. G., & Lamm, H. (1976). The group polarization phenomenon. Psychological Bulletin,
83, 602-627.
Myers, J. L., DiCecco, J. V., & Lorch, R. F., Jr. (1981). Group dynamics and individual
performances: Pseudogroup and quasi-F analyses. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 40, 86-98.
Myers, K. K., & McPhee, R. D. (2006). Influences on member assimilation in workgroups in
high-reliability organizations: A multilevel analysis. Human Communication Research, 32,
440-468.
Myers, N. D., Payment, C. A., & Feltz, D. L. (2004). Reciprocal relationships between collective
efficacy and team performance in women’s ice hockey. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 8, 182-195.
Mynatt, C., & Sherman, S. J. (1975). Responsibility attribution in groups and individuals: A
direct test of the diffusion of responsibility hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 32, 1111-1118.
Nacci, P. L., & Tedeschi, J. T. (1976). Liking and power as factors affecting coalition choices in
the triad. Social Behavior and Personality, 4, 27-32.
Nadler, A., Goldberg, M., & Jaffe, Y. (1982). Effect of self-differentiation and anonymity in
group deindividuation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 1127-1136.
Nadler, D. A. (1979). The effects of feedback on task group behavior: A review of the
experimental literature. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 23, 309-338.
Nadler, E. B. (1959). Yielding, authoritarianism, and authoritarian ideology regarding groups.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 408-410.
Nadler, E. B., & Fink, S. L. (1970). Impact of laboratory training on socio-political ideology.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 6, 79-92.
Nagasundaram, M., & Bostrom, R. P. (1994-1995). The structuring of creative processing using
GSS: A framework for research. Journal of MIS, 11(3), 87-114.
Nagasundaram, M., & Dennis, A. R. (1993). When a group is not a group: The cognitive
foundation of group idea generation. Small Group Research, 24, 463-489.
Nagel, T. W., & O’Driscoll, M. P. (1978). Group polarization in a real-life context: Analysis of
choice shifts in an educational situation. Australian Journal of Psychology, 30, 229-240.
Nagi, S. Z. (1975). Teamwork in health care in the U.S.: A sociological perspective. Milbank
Memorial Fund Quarterly, 53, 75-91.
Nahavandi, A., & Aranda, E. (1994). Restructuring teams for the re-engineered organization.
Academy of Management Executive, 8, 58-68.
Nakanishi, M. (1988). Group motivation and group task performance: The expectancy-valence
theory approach. Small Group Behavior, 19, 35-55.
Nandhakumar, J., & Jones, M. (2001). Accounting for time: Managing time in project-based
team-working. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 26, 193-214.
Narayana, V. K., & Nath, R. (1984). The influence of group cohesiveness on some changes
induced by flextime: A quasi-experiment. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 20, 265276.
Nathan, V., & Poulsen, S. (2004). Group-analytic training for groups for psychology students: A
qualitative study. Group Analysis, 37, 163-175.
Naumann, S. E., & Bennett, N. (2002). The effects of procedural justice climate on work group
performance. Small Group Research, 33, 361-377.
197
Navarrette, C. D., Kurzban, R., Fessler, D. M. T., & Kirkpatrick, L. A. (2004). Anxiety and
intergroup bias: Terror management or coalitional psychology? Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 7, 370-397.
Near, J. P. (1978). Comparison of developmental patterns in groups. Small Group Behavior, 9,
493-506.
Neck, C. P., Connerley, M. L., Zuniga, C. A., & Goel, S. (1999). Gamily therapy meets selfmanaging teams: Examining self-managing team performance through team member
perception. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 35, 245-259.
Neck, C. P., & Manz, C. C. (1994). From groupthink to teamthink: Toward the creation of
constructive thought patterns in self managing teams. Human Relations, 47, 929-952.
Neck, C. P., & Moorhead, G. (1995). Groupthink remodeled: The importance of leadership, time
pressure, and methodical decision-making procedures. Human Relations, 48, 537-557.
Neff, P. J. (1995). Cross-cultural research teams in a global enterprise. Research-Technology
Management, 38, 15-19.
Neimeyer, G. J., & Merlizzi, T. V. (1982). Group structure and group process: Personal construct
theory and group development. Small Group Behavior, 13, 150-164.
Nelson, R. E. (1989). The strength of strong ties: Social networks and intergroup conflict in
organizations. Academy of Management Journal, 32, 377-401.
Nemeth, C. (1977). Interaction between jurors as a function of majority vs. unanimity decision
rules. Journal of Applied Psychology, 7, 38-56.
Nemeth, C. (1983). Creating problem solving as a result of majority influence. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 13, 44-55.
Nemeth, C. J. (1985). Dissent, group process, and creativity: The contribution of minority
influence. Advances in Group Processes, 2, 57-75.
Nemeth, C. J. (1986). Differential contributions of majority and minority influence.
Psychological Review, 93, 23-32.
Nemeth, C. J., Endicott, J., & Wachtler, J. (1976). From the ‘50s to the ‘70s: Women in jury
deliberations. Sociometry, 39, 293-304.
Nemeth, C. J., & Kwan, J. L. (1985). Originality of word associations as a function of majority
vs. minority influence. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 277-282.
Nemeth, C. J., & Kwan, J. L. (1987). Minority influence, divergent thinking, and detection of
correct solutions. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 17, 788-799.
Nemeth, C., Mayseless, O., Sherman, J., & Brown, Y. (1990). Exposure to dissent and recall of
information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 429-437.
Nemeth, C., Mosier, K., & Chiles, C. (1992). When convergent thought improves performance:
Majority versus minority influence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 139144.
Nemeth, C. J., & Staw, B. M. (1989). The tradeoffs of social control in groups and organizations.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 175-210.
Nemeth, C. J., Swedlund, M., & Kanki, B. (1974). Patterning of the minority’s responses and
their influence on the majority. European Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 53-64.
Nemeth, C. J., & Wachtler, J. (1974). Creating the perceptions of consistency and confidence: A
necessary condition for minority influence. Sociometry, 37, 529-540.
Nemeth, C. J., & Wachtler, J. (1983). Creative problem solving as a result of majority vs.
minority influence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 13, 45-55.
198
Nemeth, C., Wachtler, J., & Endicott, J. (1977). Increasing the size of the minority: Some gains
and some losses. European Journal of Psychology, 7, 15-27.
Nemiroff, P. M., & King, D. C. (1975). Group decision-making performance as influenced by
consensus and self-orientation. Human Relations, 28, 1-21.
Nemiroff, P. M., Pasmore, W. A., & Ford, D. L., Jr. (1976). The effects of two normative
structural interventions on established and ad hoc groups: Implications for improving
decision making effectiveness. Decision Sciences, 7, 841-855.
Neubert, M. J. (1999). Too much of a good thing or the more the merrier? Exploring the
dispersion and gender composition of informal leadership in manufacturing teams. Small
Group Research, 30, 635-647.
Neuman, G. A., Wagner, S. H., & Christiansen, N. D. (1999). The relationship between workteam personality composition and the job performance in teams. Group & Organization
Management, 24, 28-45.
Neuman, G. A., & Wright, J. (1999). Team effectiveness: Beyond skills and cognitive ability.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 84, 376-389.
Néve, P., & Gautier, J. M. (1977-1978). Phenomena of polarization in group decisions:
Experimental study of the effects of contradiction. Bulletin de Psychologie, 31, 361-370.
Neville, B. W. (1978). Interpersonal functioning and learning in the small group. Small Group
Behavior, 9, 349-361.
Neville, B. W. (1983). Carkhuff, Maslow, and interpersonal perception in small groups. Small
Group Behavior, 14, 211-226.
Newcomb, A. F., Bukowski, W. M., & Pattee, L. (1993). Children’ peer relations: A metaanalytic review of popular, rejected, neglected, controversial, and average sociometric
status. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 99-128.
Newcomb, T. M. (1981). Heiderean balance as a group phenomenon. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 40, 862-867.
Newman, D. L., & Brown, R. D. (1992). Patterns of school board decision making: Variations in
behavior and perceptions. Journal of Research and Development in Education, 26, 1-6.
Newsletter, W. I. (1937). An experiment in the defining and measuring of group adjustment.
American Sociological Review, 2, 230-236.
Nezlek, J. B., Austin-Lane, J., & Null, C. H. (2001). Multidimensional scaling analyses of the
perceived social structure of informal groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 5, 200-207.
Nezlek, J. B., & Zyzniewski, L. E. (1998). Using hierarchical linear modeling to analyze grouped
data. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 313-320.
Ng, S. H. (1981). Equity theory and the allocation of rewards between groups. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 11, 439-444.
Ng, S. H., Bell, D., & Brooke, M. (1993). Gaining turns and achieving high influence ranking in
small conversational groups. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 265-275.
Ng, S. H., Brooke, M., & Dunne, M. (1995). Interruption and influence in discussion groups.
Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 14, 369-381.
Ng, S. H., & Cram, F. (1988). Intergroup bias by defensive and offensive groups in majority and
minority conditions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 749-757.
Ngqenyama, O. K., & Bryson, N. (1999). Eliciting and mapping qualitative preferences to
numeric rankings in group decision making. European Journal of Operational Research,
116, 487-497.
199
Nicholas, J. M. (1989). Interpersonal and group-behavior skills training for crews on space
station. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 60, 603-608.
Nicholas, M. W. (1989). A systemic perspective of group therapy supervision: Use of energy in
the supervision-therapist-group systems. Journal of Independent Social Work, 3(4), 27-39.
Nichols, M. L., & Day, V. E. (1982). A comparison of moral reasoning in groups and individuals
on the “Defining Issues Test.” Academy of Management Journal, 25, 201-208.
Nickel, J. E., & O’Neal, S. (1990). Small group incentives: Gain sharing in the microcosm.
Compensation and Benefits Review, 22, 37-44.
Nickerson, A. B., & Coleman, M. N. (2006). An exploratory study of member attraction, climate,
and behavioral outcomes of anger-coping group therapy for children with emotional
disturbance. Small Group Research, 37, 115-139.
Niederman, F., Beise, C. M., & Beranek, P. M. (1996). Issues and concerns about computersupported meetings: The facilitator’s perspective. MIS Quarterly, 20, 1-22.
Niederman, F., & Volkema, R. J. (1999). The effects of facilitator characteristics on meeting
preparation, set up, and implementation. Small Group Research, 30, 330-360.
Nielsen, M. E., & Miller, C. E. (1992). Expectations regarding the use of various group decision
rules. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 7, 43-58.
Nielsen, M. E., & Miller, C. E. (1997). The transmission of norms regarding group decision
rules. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 516-525.
Nier, J. A., Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Banker, B. S., Ward, C. M., & Rust, M. C. (2001).
Changing interracial evaluations and behavior: The effects of a common group identity.
Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 299-316.
Ninane, P. (1980). Groups and individuals. Connexions, 31, 113-143.
Nixon, H. L. (1976). Team orientations, interpersonal relations, and team success. Research
Quarterly, 47, 429-435.
Nixon, H. L. (1977). Reinforcement effects of sports team success cohesiveness-related factors.
International Review of Sport Sociology, 12, 17-38.
Noe, F. P., McDonald, C. D., & Hammitt, W. E. (1983). Comparison of perceived risk taking in
groups and implications drawn from the risky-shift paradigm. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
56, 199-206.
Noel, J. G., Wann, D. L., & Branscombe, N. R. (1995). Peripheral ingroup membership status
and public negativity toward outgroups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68,
127-137.
Nogami, G. Y. (1976). Crowding: Effects of group size, room size, or density? Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 6, 105-125.
Noma, E., & Smith, D. R. (1978). SHED: A FORTRAN IV program for the analysis of small
group sociometric structure. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation, 10, 60-62.
Nordholm, L. A. (1975). Effects of group size and stimulus ambiguity on conformity. Journal of
Social Psychology, 97, 123-130.
Norland, S. (1978). Unacknowledged accounts and the negotiation of deviant identity in small
groups. Sociological Forum, 1, 60-71.
Norton, R. W. (1979a). The coalition game: Isolating social system subgroups. Simulation and
Games, 10, 385-402.
Norton, R. W. (1979b). Identifying coalitions: Generating units of analysis. Small Group
Behavior, 10, 343-354.
200
Norvell, N., & Forsyth, D. R. (1984). The impact of inhibiting or facilitating causal factors on
group members’ reactions after success and failure. Social Psychology Quarterly, 47, 293297.
Nosanop, M., Hage, S., & Levin, J. Group intervention with college students from divorced
families. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 14, 43-57.
Nosek, B. A., Banaji, M., & Greenwald, A. G. (2002). Harvesting implicit group attitudes and
beliefs from a demonstration web site. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6,
101-115.
Nowak, A., Szamrej, J., & Latané, B. (1990). From private attitude to public opinion: A dynamic
theory of social impact. Psychological Review, 97, 362-376.
Nowakowska, M. (1978). A model of participation in group discussions. Behavioral Science, 23,
209-212.
Nugent, W. R. (1996). Integrating single-case and group-comparison designs for evaluation
research. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 32, 209-226.
Nunamakmer, J. F., Jr. (1997). Future research in group support systems: Needs, some questions
and possible directions. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 357-385.
Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., Applegate, L. M., & Konsynski, B. R. (1988). Computer-aided
deliberation: Model management and group decision support. Operations Research, 36, 826848.
Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., Briggs, R. O., Mittleman, D. D., Vogel, D. R., & Balthazard, P. A. (1996).
Lessons from a dozen years of group support systems research: A discussion of lab and field
findings. Journal of Management Information Systems, 13, 163-207.
Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., Dennis, A. R., Valachich, J. S., Vogel, D. R., & George, J. F. (1991).
Electronic meeting systems to support group work. Communications of the ACM, 34(7), 4061.
Nurco, D. N., Primm, B. J., Lerner, M., & Stephenson, P. (1995). Changes in locus-of-control
attitudes about drug misuse in a self-help group in a methadone maintenance clinic.
International Journal of the Addictions, 30, 765-778.
Nurmi, H. (1984). On the strategic properties of some modern methods of group decision
making. Behavioral Science, 29, 248-257.
Nussbaum, E. M. (2002). The process of becoming a participant in small-group critical
discussions: A case study. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 45, 488-497.
Nydegger, R. V. (1975). Leadership in small groups: A rewards-cost analysis. Small Group
Behavior, 6, 353-368.
Nydegger, R. V., & Owen, G. (1977). The norm of equity in a three-person majority game.
Behavioral Science, 22, 32-37.
Nye, J. L. (1994). Discussion: The social perceiver as a social being Small Group Research, 25,
316-322.
Nye, J. L. (2002). The eye of the follower: Information processing effects on attributions
regarding leaders of small groups. Small Group Research, 33, 337-360.
Nye, J. L., & Forsyth, D. R. (1991). The effects of prototype-based biases on leadership
appraisals: A test of leadership categorization theory. Small Group Research, 22, 360-379.
O’Keefe, R. D., Kernaghan, J. A., & Rubenstein, A. H. (1975). Group cohesiveness: A factor in
the adoption of innovations among scientific work groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 282292.
201
Oaker, G., & Brown, R. J. (1986). Intergroup relations in a hospital setting: A further test of
social identity theory. Human Relations, 39, 767-778.
Oakes, P. J., & Turner, J. C. (1980). Social categorization and intergroup behavior: Does
minimal intergroup discrimination make social identity more positive? European Journal of
Social Psychology, 10, 295-301.
Oakes, W. F., Droge, A. E., & August, B. (1960). Reinforcement effects on participation in
group discussion. Psychological Reports, 7, 503-514.
Oakley, J. G. (1998). Leadership processes in virtual teams and organizations. Journal of
Leadership Studies, 5, 3-17.
Obert, S. L. (1983). Developmental patterns of organizational task groups: A preliminary study.
Human Relations, 36, 37-52.
O’Brien, G. E., & Gross, W. F. (1981). Structural indices for potential participation in groups.
Australian Journal of Psychology, 33, 134-148.
O’Brien, G. E., & Haray, F. (1977). Measurement of the interactive effects of leadership style
and group structure upon group performance. Australian Journal of Psychology, 29, 59-71.
O’Brien, G. E., & Kabanoff, B. (1981). The effects of leadership style and group structure upon
small group productivity: A test of a discrepancy theory of leader effectiveness. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 33, 157-168.
O’Brien, G. E., & Owens, A. G. (1969). Effects of organizational structure on correlations
between member abilities and group productivity. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 525530.
O’Brien, J. F. (1939). A definition and classification of the forms of discussion. Quarterly
Journal of Speech, 25, 236-243.
O’Brien, W. H., Korchynsky, R., Fabrizio, J., McGrath, J., & Swank, A. (1999). Evaluating
group process in stress management intervention: Relationships between perceived process
and cardiovascular reactivity to stress. Research on Social Work, 9, 608-630.
Ochsman, R. B., & Chapanis, A. (1974). The effects of 10 communication modes on the
behavior of teams during co-operative problem-solving. International Journal of ManMachine Studies, 6, 579-619.
Ocker, R. J. (2005). Influences on creativity in asynchronous virtual teams: A qualitative
analysis of experimental teams. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 48, 2239.
Ocker, R., Hiltz, S. R., Turoff, M., & Fjermestad, J. (1996). The effects of distributed group
support and process structuring on software requirements development teams: Results on
creativity and quality. Journal of Management Information Systems, 12, 127-153.
Ocker, R. J., & Moreland, D. (2002). Exploring the mediating effect of group development on
satisfaction in virtual and mixed-mode environments. e-Service Journal, 1(2), 25-41.
O’Connor, B. P., & Dyce, J. (1997). Interpersonal rigidity, hostility, and complementarity in
musical bands. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 362-372.
O’Connor, G. G. (1980). Small groups: A general system model. Small Group Behavior, 11,
145-174.
O’Connor, K. M., Gruenfeld, D. M., & McGrath, J. E. (1993). The experience and effects of
conflict in continuing work groups. Small Group Research, 24, 362-382.
O’Connor, M. C. (2001). “Can any fraction be turned into a decimal? A case study of a
mathematical group discussion. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 46, 143-185.
202
O’Connor, P. (1996). Groups for families who have children in care: An evaluative case study.
Children & Society, 10, 64-76.
O’Dell, J. W. (1968). Group size and emotional interaction. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 8, 75-78.
O’Dell, S., & Seiler, G. (1975). The effects of short-term personal growth groups on anxiety and
self-perception. Small Group Behavior, 6, 251-271.
O’Dwyer, A., Berkowitz, N. H., & Alfred-Johnson, D. (2002). Group and person attributions in
response to criticism of the in-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 563-588.
Oestterheld, A., McKenna, M., & Gould, N. (1987). Group psychotherapy of bulimia: A critical
review. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 37, 163-187.
Oetzel, J. G. (1998a). Culturally homogeneous and heterogeneous groups: Explaining
communication processes through individualism-collectivism and self-construal.
International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 22, 135-161.
Oetzel, J. G. (1998b). Explaining individual communication processes in homogeneous and
heterogeneous groups through individualism-collectivism and self-construal. Human
Communication Research, 25, 202-224.
Oetzel, J. G. (2001). Self-construals, communication processes, and group outcomes in
homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Small Group Research, 32, 19-54.
Oetzel, J. G., & Bolton-Oetzel, K. D. (1997). Exploring the relationship between self-construal
and dimensions of group effectiveness. Management Communication Quarterly, 10, 289315.
Offerman, L. R. (1984). Short-term supervisory experience and LPC score: Effects of leader’s
sex and group sex composition. Journal of Social Psychology, 123, 115-121.
Offner, A. K., Kramer, T. J., & Winter, J. P. (1996). The effects of facilitation, recording, and
pauses on group brainstorming. Small Group Research, 27, 283-298.
Ogawa, D. M., & Welden, T. A. (1972). Cross-cultural analysis of feedback behavior within
Japanese American and Caucasian American small groups. Journal of Communication, 22,
189-195.
Ogilvie, J. R., & Haslett, B. (1985). Communicating peer feedback in a task group. Human
Communication Research, 12, 79-98.
Ogrodniczuk, J. S., & Piper, W. E. (2003). The effect of group climate on outcome in two forms
of short-term group therapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 64-76.
Ogunlade, J. O. (1977). Some effects of asymmetry of rewards on productivity in simulated
industrial groups. Social Behavior and Personality, 5, 73-80.
Ohtsubo, Y., & Masuchi, A. (2004). Effects of status difference and group size in group decision
making. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 161-172.
Ohtsubo, Y., Masuchi, A., Nakanishi, D. (2002). Majority influence process in group judgment:
Test of the social judgment scheme model in a group polarization context. Group Processes
& Intergroup Relations, 5, 249-261.
Ohtsubo, Y., Miller, C. E., Hayashi, N., & Masuchi, A. (2004). Effects of group decision
rules on decisions involving continuous alternatives: The unanimity rule and extreme
decisions in mock civil juries. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 320-331.
Ohtsubo, Y, Miller, C. E., Hayashi, N., & Masuchi, A. (2004). Effects of group decision rules on
decisions involving continuous alternatives: The unanimity rule and extreme decisions in
mock civil juries. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 320-332.
203
Okey, J. R., & Majer, K. (1976). Individual and small group learning with computer assisted
instruction. Audio-Visual Communication Review, 24, 79-86.
Okhyuysen, G. (2001). Structuring change: Familiarity and formal interventions in problemsolving groups. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 794-808.
Okhyuysen, G., & Eisenhardt, K. (2002). Integrating knowledge in groups: How formal
interventions enable flexibility. Organization Science, 13, 370-386.
Okuguchi, K. (1984). Utility function, group size, and the aggregate provision of a pure public
good. Public Choice, 42, 247-255.
Okun, M. A., & di Vesta, J. F. (1971). Cooperation and competition in coacting groups. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 615-620.
Olaniran, B. A. (1994). Group performance in computer-mediated and face-to-face
communication media. Management Communication Quarterly, 7, 256-281.
Olaniran, B. A. (1996). A model of group satisfaction in computer-mediated communication and
face-to-face meetings. Behaviour & Information Technology, 15, 24-36.
Olaniran, B. A., Savage, G. T., & Sorenson, R. L. (1996). Experimental and experiential
approaches to teaching face-to-face and computer mediated group communication.
Communication Education, 45, 244-259.
O’Leary-Kelly, A. M., Martocchio, J. J., & Frink, D. D. (1994). A review of the influence of
group goals on group performance. Academy of Management Journal, 73, 1285-1301.
Oliver, K., & Walker, M. (1984). The free rider problem: Experimental evidence. Public Choice,
43, 3-24.
Oliver, P. E., & Marwell, G. (1988). The paradox of group size in collective action: A theory of
the crucial mass III. American Sociological Review, 53, 1-8.
Olivera, F., & Straus, S. G. (2004). Group-to-individual transfer of learning: Cognitive and social
factors. Small Group Research, 35, 440-465.
Olson, L. (2006). A qualitative research study of one parent-child activity group. Occupational
Therapy in Mental Health, 22(3/4), 49-92.
Olson, G. M., Olson, J. S., Carter, M. R., & Storrosten, M. (1992). Small group design meetings:
An analysis of collaboration. Human Computer Interaction, 7, 347-374.
Olson, J. S., & Teasley, S. (1996). Groupware in the wild: Lessons learned from a year of virtual
collocation. Proceedings of the ACM Conference on Computer-Supported Cooperative
Work 1996, 419-427.
O’Neill, M., & Sockwell, G. (1991). Worthy of discussion: Collaborative group therapy.
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Group Therapy, 12(4), 201-206.
O’Neill, P., & Levings, D. E. (1979). Inducing biased scanning in a group setting to change
attitudes toward bilingualism and capital punishment. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 37, 1432-1438.
Operario, D., & Fiske, S. T. (2001). Ethnic identity moderates perceptions of prejudice:
Judgments of personal versus group discrimination and subtle versus blatant bias.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 550-561.
Opie, A. (1997). Thinking teams thinking clients: Issues of discourse and representation in the
work of health care teams. Sociology of Health and Illness, 19, 259-280.
Opie, A. (1998). “Nobody’s asked me for my view”: Users’ empowerment by multidisciplinary
health teams. Qualitative Health Research, 8, 188-206.
Orbe, M. P. (1998). From the standpoint(s) of traditionally muted groups: Explicating a cocultural communication theoretical model. Communication Theory, 8, 1-26.
204
Orbell, J. M., van de Kragt, A. J. C., & Dawes, R. M. (1988). Explaining discussion-induced
cooperation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 811-819.
Orcutt, J. D. (1973). Societal reaction and the response to deviation in small groups. Social
Forces, 52, 261-267.
O’Reilly, C. A., Caldwell, D. F., & Barnett, W. P. (1989). Work group demography, social
integration, and turnover. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34, 21-37.
Orengo, V., Zornoza, A. M., Prieto, F., & Peiró, J. M. (2000). The influence of familiarity among
group members, group atmosphere and assertiveness on uninhibited behavior through three
different communication media. Computers in Human Behavior, 16, 141-159.
Orlikowski, W. J. (1993). Learning from notes: Organizational issues in groupware
implementation. Information Society, 9, 237-250.
Orlitzky, M., & Hirokawa, R. Y. (2001). To err is human, to correct for it divine: A metaanalysis of research testing the functional theory of group decision-making effectiveness.
Small Group Research, 32, 313-341.
Orive, R. (1984). Group similarity, public self-awareness, and opinion extremity: A social
projection explanation of deindividuation effects. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 47, 727-737.
Orpen, C. (1986). Improving organizations through team development. Management and Labor
Studies, 11, 1-12.
Ormont, L. R. (1984). The leader's role in dealing with aggression in groups. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 553-572.
Osterlund, J. (1995). Individual competence and group behavior within a living system.
Behavioral Science, 40, 15-21.
Ostroff, C. (1993). Comparing correlations based on individual-level and aggregated data.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 569-582.
Ostrom, T., & Sedikides, C. (1992). Out-group homogeneity effects in natural and minimal
groups. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 536-552.
Otten, S., Mummendey, A., & Blanz, M. (1996). Intergroup discrimination in positive and
negative outcome allocations: The impact of stimulus, valence, group status, and relative
group size. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 568-581.
Ouwerkerk, J. W., De Gilder, D., & De Vries, N. K. (2000). When the going get tough, the tough
get going: Social identification and individual effort in intergroup competition. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1550-1559.
Overbeck, J. R., Jost, J. T., Mosso, C. O., & Hlizik, A. (2004). Resistance versus acquiescent
responses to ingroup inferiority as a function of social dominance orientation in the USA
and Italy. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 35-54.
Oxley, N. L., Dzindolet, M. T., & Paulus, P. B. (1996a). The effects of facilitators on the
performance of brainstorming groups. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 11, 633646.
Oxley, N. L., Dzindolet, M. T., & Paulus, P. B. (1996b). XXX of brainstorming groups. Journal
of Social Behavior and Personality, 11, 1-14.
Owen, W. F. (1985). Metaphor analysis of cohesiveness in small discussions groups. Small
Group Behavior, 16, 415-424.
Owen, W. F. (1986). Rhetorical themes of emergent female leaders. Small Group Behavior, 17,
475-486.
205
Oygard, L., & Theun, F. (2000). An evaluation of divorce support groups: A qualitative
approach. Journal of Divorce & Remarriage, 32, 149-164.
Pace, R. C. (1988). Communication patterns in high and low consensus discussions: A
descriptive analysis. Southern Speech Communication Journal, 53, 184-202.
Pace, R. C. (1990). Personalized and depersonalized conflict in small group discussions: An
examination of differentiation. Small Group Research, 21, 79-96.
Page, R. C., & Kubiak, L. (1978). Marathon groups: Facilitating the personal growth of
imprisoned, Black female heroin abusers. Small Group Behavior, 9, 409-416.
Page, R. H., & McGinnies, E. (1959). Composition of two styles of leadership in small group
discussion. Journal of Applied Psychology, 43, 240-245.
Pagerey, P. D., & Chapanis, A. (1983). Communication control and leadership in
telecommunications by small groups. Behaviour and Information Technology, 2, 179-196.
Pagliari, C., & Grimshaw, J. (2002). Impact of group structure and process on multidisciplinary
evidence-based guideline development: An observational study. Journal of Evaluation in
Clinical Practice, 8, 145-153.
Paicheler, G. (1977a). Norms and attitude change: I. Polarization and styles of behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 405-427.
Paicheler, G. (1977b). Norms and attitude change: II. The phenomenon of bipolarization.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 5-14.
Paicheler, G. (1979). Polarization of attitudes in homogeneous and heterogeneous groups.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 85-96.
Paletz, S. B. F., Peng, K., Erez, M., & Maslach, C. (2004). Ethnic composition and its
differential impact on group processes in diverse teams. Small Group Research, 35, 128157.
Palisi, A. T., & Ruzicka, M. F. (1974-1975). Panel analysis, comparison of theories of group
development. Interpersonal Development, 5, 234-244.
Paloutzian, R. F. (1974). Some consequences of individuation and deindividuation: Aggression
and altruism as functions of responsibility and group size. Catalog of Selected Documents in
Psychology, 4, 124-125.
Pan, P. J. D. (1998). A study on group effects, verbal interaction, and related factors of volunteer
human relations groups. Journal for Chinese Association of Mental Hygiene, 11, 29-72.
Pan, P. J. D. (2000). The effectiveness of structured and semistructured Satir model groups on
family relationships with college students in Taiwan. Journal for Specialists in Group Work,
25, 305-318.
Pan, P. J. D., & Lin, C. W. (2004). Members’ perceptions of leader behaviors, group
experiences, and therapeutic factors in group counseling. Small Group Research, 35, 174194.
Papacharissi, Z. (2004). Democracy online: Civility, politeness, and the democratic potential of
online political discussion groups. New Media and Society, 6, 259-284.
Park, B., & Judd, C. M. (1990). Measures and models of perceived group variability. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 173-191.
Park, B., & Rothbart, M. (1982). Perception of outgroup homogeneity and levels of social
categorization: Memory for the subordinate attributes of ingroup and outgroup members.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 1051-1068.
Park, E. S., Levine, T. R., Harms, C. M., & Ferrara, M. H. (2002). Group and individual
accuracy in deception detection. Communication research Reports, 19, 99-106.
206
Park, W. W. (1990). A review of the research on groupthink. Journal of Behavioral Decision
Making, 3, 229-245.
Park, W. (2000). A comprehensive empirical investigation of the relationships among variables
in the groupthink model. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 21, 873-887.
Parke, B. K., & Houben, H. C. (1985). An objective analysis of group types. International
Journal of Group Research, 1, 131-149.
Parker, K. C. (1988). Speaking turns in small group interaction: A context-sensitive event
sequence model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 965-971.
Parks, C. D., & Cowlin, R. A. (1996). Acceptance of uncommon information into group
discussion when that information is or is not demonstrable. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 66, 307-315.
Parks, C. D., & Komorita, S. S. (1997). Reciprocal strategies for large groups. Personality and
Social Psychology Review, 1, 314-322.
Parks, C. D., & Nelson, N. L. (1999). Discussion and decision: The interrelationship between
initial preference distribution and group discussion content. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 80, 87-101.
Parks, C. D., & Vu, A. D. (1994). Social dilemma behaviour of individuals from highly
individualistic and collectivist cultures. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 38, 708-718.
Parloff, M. (1970). Group therapy and the small group field: An encounter. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 20, 268-304.
Parloff, M., & Dies, M. (1977). Group psychotherapy outcome research. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy, 27, 281-319.
Parris, M. A., & Vickers, M. H. (2005). Working in teams: The influence of rhetoric—from
sensemaking to sadness. Administrative Theory & Praxis, 27, 277-300.
Paskevich, D., M., Brawley, L. R., Dorsch, L. R., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1995). Implications of
individual and group level analyses applied to the study of collective efficacy and cohesion.
Journal of Applied Sports Psychology, 7(Suppl.), 95.
Paskevich, D., M., Brawley, L. R., Dorsch, L. R., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1999). Relationship
between collective efficacy and team cohesion: Conceptual and measurement issues. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 210-222.
Patrick, B. A. (2006). Group ethos and the communication of social action. Small Group
Research, 37, 425-458.
Patterson, D. A., & Basham, R. E. (2002). A data visualization procedure for the evaluation of
group treatment outcomes across units of analysis. Small Group Research, 33, 209-232.
Patterson, D. L., & Smits, S. J. (1974). Communication bias in black-white groups. Journal of
Psychology, 88, 9-25.
Patterson, M. L., Kelley, C. E., Kondracki, B. A., & Wulf, L. J. (1979). Effects of seating
arrangement on small-group behavior. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 180-185.
Patterson, M. L., Roth, C. P., & Schenk, C. (1979). Seating arrangement, activity, and sex
differences in small group crowding. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 100103.
Patterson, M. L., & Schaeffer, R. E. (1977). Effects of size and sex composition on interaction
distance, participation, and satisfaction in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 8, 433-442.
Pattison, E. (1965). Evaluation studies of group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 15, 382-397.
207
Pattison, E., Brissenden, A., & Wohl, T. (1967). Assessing specific effects of inpatient group
psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 17, 311-328.
Paul, S., Samarah, I. M., Seetharaman, P., & Myktyn, P. P. (2005). An empirical investigation of
collraborative conflict management style in group support system-based global virtual
teams. Journal of Management Information Systems, 21, 185-222.
Paul, S., Seetharaman, P., Samarah, I., & Mykytn, P. P. (2004). Impact of heterogeneity and
collaborative conflict management style on the performance of synchronous global virtual
teams. Information and Management, 41, 303-321.
Pauleen, D. J. (2003a). An inductively derived model of leader-initiated relationship building
with virtual team members. Journal of Management Information Systems, 20, 227-256.
Pauleen, D. J. (2003b). Leadership in a global virtual team: An action learning approach.
Leadership and Organization Development, 24, 153-162.
Pauleen, D. J., & Yoong, P. (2001). Facilitating virtual team relationships via internet and
conventional communication channels. Internet Research: Electronic Networking
Applications and Policies, 11, 190-202.
Paulus, P. B. (2000). Groups, teams, and creativity: The creative potential of idea-generating
groups. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 49, 237-262.
Paulus, P. B., Annis, A. B., Seta, J. J., Schkade, J. K., & Matthews, R. W. (1976). Density does
affect task performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 248-353.
Paulus, P. B., Dugosh, K. L., Dzindolet, M. T., Coskun, H., & Putman, V. L. (2002). Social and
cognitive influences in group brainstorming: Predicting production gains and losses.
European Review of Social Psychology, 12, 299-325.
Paulus, P. B., & Dzindolet, M. T. (1993). Social influence processes in group brainstorm.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 575-586.
Paulus, P. B., Dzindolet, M. T., Poletes, G., & Camacho, L. M. (1993). Perception of
performance in group brainstorming: The illusion of group productivity. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 78-89.
Paulus, P. B., Larey, T. S., Putnam, V. L., Leggett, K. L., & Rowland, E. J. (1996). Social
influence processes in computer brainstorming. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 18, 314.
Paulus, P. B., & Yang, H. (2000). Idea generation in groups: A basis for creativity in
organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 82, 76-87.
Paulus, T. M., Bichelmeyer, B., Malopinsky, L., Pereria, M., & Rastogi, P. (2005). Power
distance and group dynamics of an international project team: A case study. Teaching in
Higher Education, 10, 43-55.
Pavelshak, M. A., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1986). Effects of prior group memberships
on subsequent reconnaissance activities. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50,
56-66.
Pavitt, C. (1992). Describing know-how about group discussion procedure: Must the
representation be recursive? Communication Studies, 43, 150-170.
Pavitt, C. (1993a). Does communication matter in social influence during small group
discussion? Five positions. Communication Studies, 44, 216-227.
Pavitt, C. (1993b). What (little) we know about formal group discussion procedures: A review of
relevant research. Small Group Research, 24, 217-235.
Pavitt, C. (1994). Theoretical commitments presupposed by functional approaches to group
discussion. Small Group Research, 25, 520-541.
208
Pavitt, C. (2003a). Why we have to be reductionists about group memory. Human
Communication Research, 29, 592-599.
Pavitt, C. (2003b). Why we still have to be reductionists about group memory. Human
Communication Research, 29, 624-629.
Pavitt, C., & Hopkins, J. (2004). Cooperative discussion in a group setting. Atlantic Journal of
Communication, 12, 105-119.
Pavitt, C., & Johnson, K. K. (1999). An examination of the coherence of group discussions.
Communication Research, 26, 303-321.
Pavitt, C., & Johnson, K. K. (2001). The association between group procedural MOPs and group
discussion procedure. Small Group Research, 32, 595-623.
Pavitt, C., & Johnson, K. K. (2002). Scheidel and Crowell revisited: A descriptive study of group
proposal sequencing. Communication Monographs, 69, 19-32.
Pavitt, C., Philipp, M., & Johnson, K. K. (2004). Who owns a group’s proposals: The initiator or
the group as a whole? Communication Research Reports, 21, 221-230.
Pavitt, C., & Sackaroff, P. (1990). Implicit theories of leadership and judgments of leadership
among group members. Small Group Research, 21, 374-392.
Pavitt, C., Whitchurch, G. G., McClurg, H., & Petersen, N. (1995). Melding the objective and
subjective sides of leadership: Communication and social judgments in decision-making
groups. Communication Monographs, 62, 243-264.
Pavitt, C., Whitchurch, G. G., Siple, H., & Petersen, N. (1997). Communication and emergent
group leadership: Does content count? Communication Research Reports, 14, 470-480.
Paxton, P., & Moody, J. (2003). Structure and sentiment: Explaining emotional attachment to
group. Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 34-47.
Payne, R. (1981). Stress in task-focused groups. Small Group Behavior, 12, 253-268.
Pearce, C. L., & Ensley, M. D. (2004). A reciprocal and longitudinal investigation of the
innovation process: The central role of shared vision in product and process innovation
teams (PPITs). Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 259-278.
Pearce, C. L., & Sims, H. P. (2002). Vertical versus shared leadership as predictors of the
effectiveness of change management teams: An examination of aversive, directive,
transactional, transformational, and empowering leader behaviors. Group Dynamics:
Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 172-197.
Pearce, J. A., II, & Ravlin, E. C. (1987). The design and activation of self-regulating work
groups. Human Relations, 40, 751-782.
Pearce, M. J., Sikkema, K. J., & Tarakeshwar, N. (2005). Development and implementation of a
spiritual coping group intervention for adults living with HIV/AIDS: A pilot study. Mental
Health, Religion & Culture, 8, 179-191.
Pearson, M. J., & Girling, A. (1990). The value of the Claybury Selection Battery in predicting
benefit from group psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 384-388.
Peay, M. Y., & Peay, E. R. (1983). The effects of density, group size, and crowding on behavior
in an unstructured interaction. British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 13-18.
Pecorino, P. (1999). The effect of group size on public good provision in a repeated game
setting. Journal of Public Economics, 72, 121-134.
Pedersen, P. B. (1985). Decision making in a multicultural group. Journal for Specialists in
Group Work, 10(3), 164-174.
Pedersen, D. M. (1977). Factors affecting personal space toward a group. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 45, 735-743.
209
Pedigo, J. M., & Singer, B. (1982). Group process development: A psychoanalytic view. Small
Group Behavior, 13, 496-517.
Peeters, M. A. G., Rutte, C. G., van Tuihl, H. F. M., & Reyen, I. M. M. J. (2006). The big five
personality traits and individual satisfaction with the team. Small Group Research, 37, 187211.
Peters, M. A. G., Van Tuijl, H. F. J. M., Rutte, C. G., & Reymen, I. M. M. J. (in press).
Personality and team performance: A meta-analysis. European Journal of Personality.
Pelled, L. H. (1996a). Demographic diversity, conflict, and work group outcomes: An
intervening process theory. Organization Science, 7, 615-631.
Pelled, L. H. (1996b). Relational demography and perceptions of group conflict and
performance: A field investigation. International Journal of Conflict Management, 7, 230246.
Pelled, L. H., Eisenhardt, K. M., & Xin, K. R. (1999). Exploring the black box: An analysis of
work group diversity, conflict, and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44, 1-28.
Pellegrini, R. J. (1971). Some effects of seating position on social perception. Psychological
Reports, 28, 887-893.
Pemberton, M. B., Insko, C. A., & Schopler, J. (1996). Memory for and experience of
differential competitive behavior of individuals and groups. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 71, 953-966.
Pemberton, M. B., & Sedikides, C. (2001). When do individuals help close others improve? The
role of information diagnosticity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 234246.
Peňa, J., Walther, J. B., & Hancock, J. T. (2007). Effects of geographic distribution on
dominance perceptions in computer-mediated groups. Communication Research, 34, 313331.
Pendell, S. D. (1990). Deviance and conflict in small group decision making: An exploratory
study. Small Group Research, 21, 393-403.
Pennington, N., & Hastie, R. (1992). Explaining the evidence: Tests of the story model for juror
decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 189-206.
Penrod, S., & Hastie, R. (1979). Models of jury decision-making: A critical review.
Psychological Bulletin, 86, 462-492.
Penrod, S., & Hastie, R. (1980). A computer simulation of jury decision making. Psychological
Review, 87, 133-159.
Pepinsky, P. N., Hemphill, J. K., & Shevitz, R. N. (1958). Attempts to lead, group productivity
and morale under conditions of acceptance and rejection. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 57, 47-54.
Pepinsky, P. N., Pepinsky, H. B., & Pavlik, W. B. (1960). The effects of task complexity and
time pressure upon team productivity. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44, 34-38.
Pepitone, A., & Kleiner, R. J. (1957). The effects of threat and frustration on group cohesiveness.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 54, 192-199.
Pepitone, A., & Reichling, G. (1955). Group cohesiveness and the expression of hostility.
Human Relations, 8, 327-337.
Perdue, C. W., Dovidio, J. F., Gurtman, M. B., & Tyler, R. B. (1990). Us and them: Social
categorization and the process of intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 59, 475-486.
210
Perez, D. A., Hosch, H. M., Ponder, B., & Trejo, G. C. (1993). Ethnicity of defendants and jurors
as influences on jury decisions. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 1249-1262.
Peri, A., Barbarito, M., Barattoni, M., & Abraham, A. (2000). The dynamics and interpersonal
and intrapersonal relations within an isolated group in extreme environments. Small Group
Research, 31, 251-274.
Perlmutter, H. V., & de Montmollin, G. (1952). Group learning of nonsense syllables. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 762-769.
Perlow, L. A., Hoffer Gittell, J., & Katz, N. (2004). Contextualizing patterns of work group
interaction: Toward a nested theory of structuration. Organization Science, 15, 520-536.
Perosa, L., Hansen, J., & Perosa, S. (1981). Development of the structured family interaction
scale. Family Therapy, 8, 77-90.
Perrone, K. M., & Sedlacek, W. E. (2000). A comparison of group cohesiveness and client
satisfaction in homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Journal for Specialists in Group
Work, 25, 243-251.
Perry, B., & Stewart, T. (2005). Insights into effective partnership in interdisciplinary team
teaching. System, 33, 563-573.
Pescosolido, A. T. (2001). Informal leaders and the development of group efficacy. Small Group
Research, 32, 74-93.
Pescosolido, A. T. (2003). Group efficacy and group effectiveness: The effects of group efficacy
over time on group performance and development. Small Group Research, 34, 20-42.
Peteroy, E. T. (1980). Expectational composition and development of group cohesiveness across
time periods. Psychological Reports, 47, 243-249.
Peters, J. (1973). Do encounter groups hurt people? Psychotherapy: Theory, Research &
Practice, 10, 33-35.
Peters, R. W., & Torrence, E. P. (1973). Effects of triadic interaction on performance of fiveyear-old disadvantaged children. Psychological Reports, 32, 755-758.
Peterson, C., Mitchell, J., Engbloom, S., Nugent, S., Pederson, M., Crow, S., et al. (2001). Selfhelp versus therapist-led group cognitive-behavior treatment of binge eating disorder at
follow-up. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 30, 363-374.
Peterson, C., Zaccaro, S. J., & Daly, D. C. (1986). Learned helplessness and the generality of
social loafing. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 10, 563-570.
Peterson, L-E., & Blank, H. (2003). Ingroup bias in the minimal group paradigm shown by threeperson groups with high or low state self-esteem. European Journal of Social Psychology,
33, 149-162.
Peterson, L-E., Dietz, J., & Freu, D. (2004). The effects of intragroup interaction and cohesion
on intergroup bias. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 107-118.
Peterson, L-E., Mitchell, T. R., Thompson, L., & Burr, R. (2000). Collective efficacy and aspects
of shared mental models as predictors of performance over time in work groups. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 3, 296-313.
Peterson, P. L., & Swing, S. R. (1985). Students’ cognitions as mediators of the effectiveness of
small-group learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 299-312.
Peterson, R. L. (1973). Small groups: Selected bibliography. Catalog of Selected Documents in
Psychology, 3, 47.
Peterson, R. S. (1997). A directive leadership style in group decision making can be both virtue
and vice: Evidence from elite and experimental groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 72, 1107-1121.
211
Peterson, R. S., & Behfar, K. J. (2003). The dynamic relationship between performance
feedback, trust, and conflict in groups: A longitudinal study. Organizational Processes &
Human Decision Processes, 92, 102-112.
Peterson, R. S., & Nemeth, C. J. (1996). Focus versus flexibility: Majority and minority
influence can both improve performance. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22,
14-23.
Peterson, R. S., Owens, P. D., & Martorana, P. V. (1999b). The group dynamics q-sort in
organizational research: A new method for studying familiar problem. Organizational
Research Methods, 2, 107-136.
Peterson, R. S., Owens, P. D., Tetlock, P. E., Fan, E. T., & Martorana, P. (1998). Group
dynamics in top management teams: Groupthink, vigilance, and alternative models of
organizational failure and success. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 73, 272-305.
Peterson, R. S., Smith, D. B., Martorana, P. V., & Owens, P. D. (2003). The impact of chief
executive officer personality on top management team dynamics: One mechanism by which
leadership affects organizational performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 795-808.
Petrocelli, J. V., Smith, E. (2005). Who I am, who we are, and why: Links between emotions and
causal attributions for self- and group discrepancies. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 1628-1642.
Petronio, S., Ellemers, N., Giles, H. & Gallois, C. (1998). (Mis)communicating across
boundaries: Interpersonal and intergroup considerations. Communication Research, 25, 571595.
Petrovic, O., & Kicki, O. (1994). Traditionally-moderated versus computer support
brainstorming: A comparative study. Information and Management, 27, 233-243.
Petrovskii, A. V. (1983). The new status of psychological theory concerning groups and
collectives. Soviet Psychology, 21(4), 57-78.
Petrovskii, A. V. (1985). Some new aspects of the development of the stratometric concept of
groups and collectives. Soviet Psychology, 23(4), 51-67.
Petrovic, O., & Kricki, O. (1994). Traditionally-moderated versus computer supported
brainstorming: A comparative study. Information & Management, 27, 233-243.
Pettigrew, T. F. (1958). Personality and sociocultural factors in intergroup attitudes: A crossnational comparison. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 2, 29-42.
Pettigrew, T. F. (1997). Generalized intergroup contact effects on prejudice. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 173-185.
Pettigrew, T. F. (1998). Intergroup contact theory. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 65-85.
Pettit, G. S., Bakshi, A., Dodge, K. A., & Coie, J. D. (1990). The emergence of social dominance
in young boys’ play groups: Developmental differences and behavior correlates.
Developmental Psychology, 26, 1018-1025.
Petty, R. E., Fleming, M. A., Priester, J. R., & Feinstein, A, H. (2001). Individual versus group
interest violation: Surprise as a determninant of argument scrutiny and persuasion. Social
Cognition, 19, 418-442.
Petty, R. E., Harkins, S. G., & Williams, K. D. (1980). The effects of group diffusion of
cognitive effort on attitudes: An information-processing view. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 38, 81-92.
Petty, R. E., Harkins, S. G., Williams, K. D., & Latané, B. (1977). The effects of group size on
cognitive effort and evaluation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 3, 579-582.
212
Petzel, T. P., Johnson, J. E., Homer, H., & Kowalski, J. (1981). Behavior of depressed subjects in
problem solving groups. Journal of Research in Personality, 15, 389-398.
Pfister, G. (1975). Outcomes of laboratory training for police officers. Journal of Social Issues,
31, 115-121.
Philipsen, G., Mulac, A., & Dietrich, D. (1979). The effects of social interaction in group idea
generation. Communication Monographs, 46, 119-125.
Phillips, G. M. & Santoro, G. M. (1989). Teaching group discussion via computer-mediated
communication. Communication Education, 38, 151-161.
Phillips, J. M. (1999). Antecedents of leader utilization of staff input in decision making teams.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 77, 215-242.
Phillips, J. M. (2001). The role of decision influence and team performance in member selfefficacy, withdrawal, satisfaction with the leader, and willingness to return. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 84, 122-147.
Phillips, J. M. (2002). Antecedents and consequences of procedural justice perceptions in
hierarchical decision-making teams. Small Group Research, 33, 32-64.
Phillips, J. M., Douthitt, E., & Hyland, M. A. M. (2001). The role of justice in team member
satisfaction with the leader and attachment to the team. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86,
316-325.
Phillips, J. S., & Lord, R. G. (1982). Schematic information processing and perceptions of
leadership in problem-solving groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 486-492.
Phillips, K. W, & Lloyd, D. L. (2006). When surface and deep-level diversity colledie: The
effects on dissenting group members. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 99, 143-160.
Phillips, K. W., Mannix, E., Neale, M., & Gruenfeld, D. (2004). Diverse groups and information
sharing: The effects of congruent ties. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 498510.
Phillips, K. W., Northcraft, G. B., & Neale, M. A. (2006). Surface-level diversity and decisionmaking in groups: When does deep-level similarity help? Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 9, 467-482.
Phinney, J. S. (1989). Stages of ethnic identity development in minority group adolescents.
Journal of Early Adolescence, 9, 34-49.
Phinney, J. S. (1992). The Multigroup Ethnic Identity Measure: A new scale for use with
adolescents and youth adults from diverse group. Journal of Adolescent Research, 7, 156176.
Phinney, J. S. (1996). When we talk about American ethnic groups, what do we mean? American
Psychologist, 51, 918-927.
Phinney, J. S., Ferguson, D. L., & Tate, J. D. 91997). Intergroup attitudes among ethnic minority
adolescents: A causal model. Child Development, 68, 955-969.
Piccoli, G., & Ives, B. (2003). Trust and the unintended effects of behavior control in virtual
teams. MIS Quarterly, 27, 365-395.
Pickett, C. L. (2001). The effects of entitativity beliefs on implicit comparisons of group
members. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 515-525.
Pickett, C. L., & Brewer, M. B. (2001). Assimilation and differentiation needs as motivational
determinants of perceived in-group and out-group homogeneity. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 37, 341-348.
213
Pierro, A., Mannetti, L., De Grada, E., Livi, S., & Kruglanski, A. W. (2003). Autocracy bias in
informal groups under need for closure. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29,
405-417.
Pilialoha, B. R. Y., & Brewer, M. B. (2006). Motivated entitativity: Applying balance theory to
group perception. Group Processes & Interpersonal Relations, 9, 235-248.
Piliavin, J. A., & Martin, R. R. (1978). The effects of the sex composition of groups on style of
social interaction. Sex Roles, 4, 281-296.
Pillai, R. (1996). Crisis and the emergence of charismatic leadership in groups: An experimental
investigation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 543-562.
Pillai, R., & Williams, E. S. (2004). Transformational leadership, self-efficacy, group
cohesiveness, commitment, and performance. Journal of Organizational Change
Management, 17, 144-159.
Pincus, D. (2001). A framework and methodology for the study of nonlinear self-organizing
family dynamics. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology, and the Sciences, 5, 139-173.
Pincus, D., & Gustello, S. J. (2005). Nonlinear dynamics and interpersonal correlates of verbal
turn-taking patterns in a group therapy session. Small Group Research, 36, 635-677.
Pinsonneault, A., Barki, H., Gallupe, R. B., & Hoppen, N. (1999). Electronic brainstorming: The
illusion of productivity. Information Systems Research, 10, 110-133.
Pinsonneault, A., & Heppel, N. (1998). Anonymity in group support systems research: New
conceptualization, measure, and contingency framework. Journal of MIS, 14(3), 89-108.
Pinsonneault, A., & Kraemer, K. L. (1989). The impact of technological support on groups: An
assessment of the empirical research. Decision Support Systems, 4, 197-216.
Pinsonneault, A., & Kraemer, K. L. (1990). The effects of electronic meetings on group
processes and outcomes: An assessment of the empirical research. European Journal of
Operational Research, 46, 143-161.
Pinto, M. B., & Pinto, J. K. (1990). Project team communication and cross-functional
cooperation in new program development. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 7,
200-212.
Pinto, M. B., Pinto, J. K., & Prescott, J. E. (1993). Antecedents and consequences of project team
cross-functional cooperation. Management Science, 39, 1281-1297.
Piper, W. E., Debbane, E. G., Garant, J., & Bienvenu, J. P. (1979). Pretraining for group
psychotherapy: A cognitive-experiential approach. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36,
1250-1256.
Piper, W. E., Jones, B. D., Lacroix, R., Marrache, M., & Richardsen, A. M. (1984). Pregroup
interactions and bonding in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 15, 51-62.
Piper, W. E., & Joyce, A. (1996). A consideration of factors influencing the utilization of timelimited, short-term group therapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 311328.
Piper, W. E., Marrache, M., Lacroix, R., Richardsen, A. M., & Jones, B. D. (1983). Cohesion as
a basic bond in groups. Human Relations, 36, 93-108.
Piper, W. E., & McCallum, M. (1991). Group interventions for persons who have experiences
loss: Description and evaluative research. Group Analysis, 24, 363-373.
Piper, W. E., Ogrodniczuk, J. S., McCallum, M., Joyce, A. S., & Rosie, J. S. (2003). Expression
of affect as a mediator of the relationship between quality of object relations and group
therapy outcome for patients with complicated grief. Journal of Counseling and Clinical
Psychology, 71, 664-771.
214
Piper, W. E., & Perrault, E. L. (1989). Pretherapy preparation for group members. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 39, 17-34.
Plant, H., Richardson, J., Stubbs, D., Lynch, D., Ellwood, J., Selvin, M., et al. (1987). Evaluation
of a support group of cancer patients and their families and friends. British Journal of
Hospital Medicine, 37, 317-322.
Platania, J., & Moran, G. P. (2001). Social facilitation as a function of mere presence of others.
Journal of Social Psychology, 141, 190-197.
Platow, M. J., Durante, M., Williams, N., Garrett, M., Walshe, J., Cincotta, S., et al. (1999). The
contribution of sport fan social identity to the production of prosocial behavior. Group
Dynamics: theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 161-169.
Platow, M. J., Reid, S., & Andrew, S. (1998). Leadership endorsement: The role of distributive
and procedural behavior in interpersonal and intergroup contexts. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 1, 35-47.
Platow, M. J., & van Knippenberg, D. 92001). A social identity analysis of leadership
endorsement: The effects of leader ingroup prototypicality and distributive intergroup
fairness. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1508-1519.
Plax, T. G., & Cecchi, L. F. (1989). Manager decisions based on communication facilitated in
focus groups. Management Communication Quarterly, 2, 511-535.
Plott, C. R., & Levine, M. E. (1978). A model of agenda influence on committee decisions.
American Economic Review, 68, 443-454.
Plous, S. (1995). A comparison of strategies for reducing interval overconfidence in group
judgments. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 443-454.
Plutchik, R., & Landau, H. (1973). Perceived dominance and emotional states in small groups.
Psychotherapy Theory, Research and Practice, 10, 341-342.
Podsakoff, P. M., Ahearne, M., & MacKenzie, S. B. (1997). Organizational citizenship behavior
and the quantity and quality of work group performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82,
262-270.
Podsakoff, P. M., MacKenzie, S. B., & Ahearne, M. (1997). Moderating effects of goal
acceptance on the relationship between group cohesiveness and productivity. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 82, 974-983.
Polansky, M., Lauterbach, W., Litzke, C., Coulter, B., & Sommers, L. (2006). A qualitative
study of an attachment-based parenting group for mothers with drug addictions: On being
and having a mother 1. Journal of Social Work Practice, 20, 115-131.
Polansky, N., Lippitt, R., & Redl, F. (1950). An investigation of behavioral contagion in groups.
Human Relations, 3, 319-348.
Pollack, B. N. (1998). Hierarchical linear modeling and the “unit of analysis” problem: A
solution for analyzing responses of intact group members. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, & Practice, 2, 299-312.
Polley, R. B. (1985). The diagnosis of intact work groups. Consultation, 4, 273-283.
Polley, R. B. (1987). Exploring polarization in organizational groups. Group & Organization
Studies, 12, 424-434.
Polley, R. B. (1988). Group field dynamics and effective mediation. International Journal of
Small Group Research, 4, 55-75.
Pollio, D., North, C., & Osborne, V. (2002). A family-responsive psychoeducation group for
families with an adult member with mental illness: Pilot results. Community Mental Health
Journal, 38, 413-421.
215
Polozova, T. A. (1980). Methodological problems in the study of interpersonal conflicts within
groups. Voprosy Psikhologii, 4, 123-129.
Pood, E. A. (1980). Functions of communication: An experimental study in group conflict
situations. Small Group Behavior, 11, 76-87.
Pool, J. (1976). Coalition formation in small groups with incomplete communication networks.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 82-91.
Polzer, J. T. (1996). Intergroup negotiations: The effects of negotiating teams. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 40, 678-698.
Polzer, J. T., Kramer, R. M., & Neale, M. A. (1997). Positive illusions about oneself and one’s
group. Small Group Research, 28, 243-266.
Polzer, J. T., Milton, L. P., & Swann, W. B., Jr. (2002). Capitalizing on diversity: Interpersonal
congruence in small work groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 47, 296-324.
Pomeroy, E., Klam, R., & Green, D. (2000). Reducing depression, anxiety, and trauma of male
inmates: An HIV/AIDS psychoeducational group intervention. Social Work Research, 24(3),
156-167.
Poole, M. S. (1981). Decision development in small groups I: A comparison of two models.
Communication Monographs, 48, 1-24.
Poole, M. S. (1983a). Decision development in small groups II: A study of multiple sequences in
decision making. Communication Monographs, 50, 206-232.
Poole, M. S. (1983b). Decision development in small groups III: A multiple sequence model of
group decision development. Communication Monographs, 50, 321-341.
Poole, M. S. (1990). Do we have any theories of group communication? Communication Studies,
41, 237-247.
Poole, M. S. (1994). Breaking the isolation of small group communication studies.
Communication Studies, 45, 20-28.
Poole, M. S., & DeSanctis, G. (1992). Microlevel structuration in computer-supported group
decision-making. Human Communication Research, 19, 5-49.
Poole, M. S., & Folger, J. P. (1981). Modes of observation and the validation of interaction
analysis schemes. Small Group Behavior, 12, 477-493.
Poole, M. S., Hollingshead, A. B., McGrath, J. E., Moreland, R. M., & Rohrbaugh, J. (2004).
Interdisciplinary perspectives on small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 3-16.
Poole, M.. S., & Holmes, M. E. (1995). Decision development in computer-assisted group
decision making. Human Communication Research, 22, 90-127.
Poole, M. S., Holmes, M., & DeSanctis, G. (1991). Conflict management in a computersupported meeting environment. Management Science, 37, 926-953.
Poole, M. S., Holmes, M. E., Watson, R., & DeSanctis, G. (1993). Group decision support
systems and group communication: A comparison of decision-making processes in
computer-supported and nonsupported groups. Communication Research, 20, 176-213.
Poole, M. S., McPhee, R. D., & Seibold, D. R. (1982). A comparison of normative and
interactional explanations of group decision-making: Social decision schemes versus
valence distributions. Communication Monographs, 49, 1-19.
Poole, M. S., & Roth, J. (1989a). Decision development in small groups IV: A typology of group
decision paths. Human Communication Research, 15, 323-356.
Poole, M. S., & Roth, J. (1989b). Decision development in small groups V: A test of a
contingency model. Human Communication Research, 15, 549-589.
216
Poole, M. S., McPhee, R. D., & Seibold, D. R. (1982). A comparison of normative and
interactional explanations of group decision-making: Social decision schemes versus
valence distributions. Communication Monographs, 49, 1-19.
Poole, M. S., Seibold, D. R., & McPhee, R. D. (1985). Group decision-making as a
structurational process. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 71, 74-102.
Poppe, E. (2001). Effects of changes in GNP and perceived group characteristics on national and
ethnic stereotypes in central and eastern Europe. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 31,
1689-1708.
Porter, C. O. L. H., Hollenback, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., Ellis, A. P. J., West, B. J., & Moon, H.
(2003). Backing up behaviors in teams: The role of personality and legitimacy of need.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 391-403.
Porter, L. E., & Alison, L. (2001). A partially ordered scale of influence in violent group
behavior: An example from gang rape. Small Group Research, 32, 475-497.
Porter, L. E., & Alison, L. J. (2004). Behavioural coherence in violent group activity: An
intrapersonal model of sexually violent gang behavior. Aggressive Behavior, 30, 449-468.
Porter, L. E., & Alison, L. J. (2005). The primacy of decision-action as an influence strategy of
violent gang leaders. Small Group Research, 36, 188-207.
Porter, N., Geis, F. L., Cooper, E., & Newman, E. (1985). Androgyny and leadership in mixedsex groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 808-823.
Porter, T. W., & Lilly, B. S. (1996). The effects of conflict, trust, and task commitment on
project team performance. International Journal of Conflict Management, 7, 361-376.
Posner, C., Wilson, K., Kral, M., Lander, S., & Mcllwraith, R. (1992). Family psycho-education
support groups in schizophrenia. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 62, 206-218.
Posner-Weber, C. (1987). Update on groupthink. Small Group Behavior, 18, 118-125.
Post, J. M. (1986). Hostilite, conformite, fraternite: The group dynamics of terrorist behavior.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 36, 211-224.
Postmes, T., Haslam, S. A., & Swaab, R. (2005). Social influence in small groups: An interactive
model of social identity formation. European Review of Social Psychology, 16, 1-42.
Postmes, T., & Lea, M. (2000). Social processes and group decision making: Anonymity in
group decision support systems. Ergonomics, 43, 1252-1274.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Cihangir, S. (2001). Quality of decision making and group norms.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 918-930.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Lea, M. (2000). The formation of group norms in computer-mediated
communication. Human Communication Research, 26, 341-371.
Postmes, T. Spears, R., & Lea, M. (2002a). The effects of anonymity in intergroup discussions:
Bipolarization in computer-mediated groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 6, 2-16.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Lea, M. (2002b). Intergroup differentiation in computer-mediated
communication: Effects of depersonalization. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 6, 3-16.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., Lee, A. T., & Novak, R. J. (in pres). Individuality and social influence in
groups: Inductive and deductive routes to group identity. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., Sakhel, K., & de Groot, D. (2001). Social influence in computermediated communication: The effects of anonymity on group behavior. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1234-1254.
217
Potter, R. E., & Balthazard, P. A. (2002). Virtual team interaction styles: Assessment and effects.
International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 56, 423-443.
Poulin, J. E., Walter, C. A., & Walker, J. L. (1994). Interdisciplinary team membership: A
survey of gerontological social workers. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 22, 93-107.
Powell, A., Piccoli, G., & Ives, B. (2004). Virtual teams: A review of current literature and
directions for future research. DATABASE for Advances in Information Systems, 35(1), 6-36.
Powell, A. A., Branscombe, N. R., & Schmitt, M. T. (2005). Inequality as “ingroup privilege” or
“outgroup disadvantage”: The impact of group focus on collective guilt and interracial
attitudes. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 501-521.
Powell, G. N., & Butterfield, D. A. (1980). The female leader: Attributional effects of group
performance. Psychological Reports, 47, 891-897.
Powell, J. P. (1974). Small group teaching methods in higher education. Educational Research,
16, 163-171.
Prabhu, J. C., & Singh, P. (1975). Small group research and risky shift: A review of research
findings. Management and Labour Studies, 1, 61-72.
Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1996). The effect of group cohesion on competitive state
anxiety. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 18, 64-74.
Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1997a). Cohesion and work output. Small Group Research, 28,
294-301.
Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1997b). Sacrifice, cohesion, and conformity to norms in sports
teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 231-240.
Pratarelli, M. E., & McIntyre, J. A. (1994). Effects of social loafing on word recognition.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 78, 455-464.
Pratt, J. (1945). The group method in the treatment of psychosomatic disorders. Sociometry, 8,
323-331.
Prentice, D. A., Miller, D. T., & Lightdale, J. R. (1994). Asymmetries in attachments to groups
and their members: Distinguishing between common-identity and common bond groups.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 484-493.
Press, S. J., Ali, M. W., & Yang, C-F.. E. (1979). An empirical study for a new method for
forming group judgments: Qualitative controlled feedback. Technological Forecasting and
Social Change, 15, 171-189.
Preston, M. (1938). Note on the reliability and validity of group judgment. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 22, 462-471.
Preston, M. G., & Heintz, R. K. (1949). Effects of participatory vs. supervisory leadership on
group judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 44, 345-355.
Price, K. H. (1987). Working hard to get people to loaf. Basic and Applied Social Psychology,
14, 329-344.
Price, K. H., & Garladn, H. (1978). Leader interventions to ameliorate the negative consequences
of collective group failure. Journal of Management, 4, 7-15.
Price, V., Nir, L., & Capella, J. N. (2006). Normative and informational influences in online
political discussions. Communication Theory, 16, 47-74.
Pridham, K. F. (1975). Acts of turning as stress-resolving mechanisms in work groups: With
special reference to the work of W. R. Bion. Human Relations, 28, 229-248.
Priem, R. L., Lyon, D. W., & Dess, G. G. (1999). Inherent limitations of demographic proxies in
top management team heterogeneity research. Journal of Management, 25, 935-953.
218
Priem, R. L., & Price, K. H. (1991). Process and outcome expectations for the dialectical inquiry,
devil’s advocacy, and consensus techniques of strategic decision making. Group &
Organization Studies, 16, 206-225.
Printz-Feddersen, V. (1990). Group process effect on caregiver burden. Journal of Neuroscience
Nursing, 22(3), 164-168.
Priola, V., Smith, J. L., & Armstrong, S. J. (2004). Group work and cognitive style: A discursive
investigation. Small Group Research, 35, 565-595.
Prislin, R., & Christensen, P. N. (2002). Group conversion versus group expansion as modes of
change in majority and minority positions: All losses hurt but only some gains gratify.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1095-1102.
Prislin, R., Limbert, W. M., & Bauer, E. (2000). From majority to minority and vice versa: The
asymmetrical effects of losing and gaining majority position within a group. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 385-397.
Pritchard, R. D., Jones, S., Roth, P., Stuebing, K., & Ekeberg, S. (1988). Effects of group
feedback, goal setting, and incentives on organizational; productivity. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 73, 337-358.
Probst, T., Carnevale, P. J., & Triandis, H. C. (1999). Cultural values in intergroup and singlegroup social dilemmas. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 77, 171191.
Propp, K. M. (1995). An experimental examination of biological sex as a status cue in decisionmaking groups an its influence on information use. Small Group Research, 26, 451-474.
Propp, K. M. (1997). Information utilization in small group decision making: A study of the
evaluative interaction model. Small Group Research, 28, 424-453.
Propp, K. M. (2002). In search of the assembly effect: Continued exploration of
communication’s role in group memory. Human Communication Research, 29, 600-606.
Propp, K. M., & Julian, K. M. (1994). Enhancing accurate information processing: An
investigation of the role of verbal information probes in decision making. Communication
Reports, 7, 145-152.
Propp, K. M., & Kreps, G. L. (1994). A rose by any other name: The vitality of group
communication research. Communication Studies, 45, 7-19.
Propp, K. M., & Nelson, D. (1996). Problem-solving performance in naturalistic groups: A test
of the ecological validity of the functional perspective. Communication Studies, 47, 35-45.
Pruitt, D. G. (1971). Choice shifts in group discussion: An introductory review. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 339-360.
Pruitt, D. G., & Cosentino, C. (1975). The role of values in the choice shift. Journal of
Experimental Social; Psychology, 11, 301-316.
Pruitt, D. G., & Teger, A. O. (1969). The risky shift in group betting. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 5, 115-126.
Prussia, G. E., & Kinicki, A. J. (1996). A motivational investigation of group effectiveness using
social-cognitive theory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 187-198.
Pryer, M. W., Flint, A. W., & Bass, B. M. (1962). Group effectiveness and consistency of
leadership. Sociometry, 25, 391-397.
Pugh, M. D., & Wahrman, R. (1983). Neutralizing sexism in mixed-sex groups: Do women have
to be better than men? American Journal of Sociology, 88, 746-762.
Puncochar, J. M., & Fox, P. W. (2004). Confidence in individual and group decision making:
when “two heads” are worse than one. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96, 582-591.
219
Putler, D. S., & Wolfe, R. A. (2002). How tight are the ties that bind stakeholder groups?
Organizational Science, 13, 64-80.
Putnam, L. L. (1979). Preference for procedural order in task-oriented small groups.
Communication Monographs, 46, 193-218.
Putnam, L. L. (1983). Small group work climates: A lag-sequential analysis of group interaction.
Small Group Behavior, 14, 465-494.
Putnam, L. L. (1994). Revitalizing small group communication: Lessons learned from a bona
fide group perspective. Communication Studies, 45, 97-102.
Putnam, L. L., & Stohl, C. (1990). Bona fide group: A reconceptualization of groups in context.
Communication Studies, 41, 248-265.
Pyron, H. C. (1964). An experimental study of the role of reflective thinking in business and
professional conferences and discussions. Speech Monographs, 31, 157-161.
Pyron, H. C., & Sharp, H., Jr. (1963). A quantitative study of reflective thinking and professional
conferences and discussions. Speech Monographs, 31, 157-161.
Quattrone, G. A., & Jones, E. E. (1980). The perception of variability within in-groups and outgroups: Implications for the law of small numbers. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 38, 141-152.
Queller, S., Mackie, D. M., & Stroessner, S. J. (1996). Ameliorating some negative effects of
positive mood: Encouraging happy people to perceive intragroup variability. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 361-386.
Query, J. L., Jr., & James, A. C. (1989). The relationship between interpersonal communication
competence and social support among elderly support groups in retirement communities.
Health Communication, 1, 165-184.
Quillian, L. (1996). Group threat and regional change in attitudes toward African-Americans.
American Journal of Sociology, 102, 816-860.
Quirk, T. J., & DiMarco, N. (1979). Relationship between operation inventory scores and overt
small-group problem-solving behavior. Group and Organization Studies, 4, 103-115.
Qureshi, S., & Vogel, D. (2001). Adaptiveness in virtual teams: Organizational challenges and
research directions. Group Decision and Negotiation, 10, 27-46.
Rabbie, J. M. (1998). Is there a discontinuity or a reciprocity effect in cooperation or competition
between individuals and groups? European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 483-507.
Rabbie, J. M., & Bekkers, F. (1978). Threatened leadership and intergroup competition.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 9-20.
Rabbie, J. M., Benoist, F., Oosterbaan, H., & Visser, L. (1974). Differential power and effects of
expected competitive and cooperative intergroup interaction on intragroup and outgroup
attitudes. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 30, 46-56.
Rabbie, J. M., & Horowitz, M. (1969). Arousal of ingroup-outgroup bias by a chance win or loss.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 269-277.
Rabbie, J. M., & Horwitz, M. (1988). Categories versus groups as explanatory concepts in
intergroup relations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 117-123.
Raes, A. M. L., Glunk, U., Heijtjes, M. G., & Roe, R. A. (2007). Top management team and
middle managers: Making sense of leadership. Small Group Research, 38, 360-386.
Rafaeli, S., & Ravid, G. (2003). Information sharing as an enabler for the virtual team: An
experimental approach to assessing the role of electronic mail in disintermediation.
Information Systems Journal, 13, 191-206.
Ragone, G. (1981). Fashion, “crazes,” and collective behavior. Communications, 7, 249-268.
220
Rail, G. (1987). Perceived role characteristics and executive satisfaction in voluntary sport
associations. Journal of Sport Psychology, 9, 376-384.
Rains, S. A. (2005). Leveling the organizational playing field—Virtually: A meta-analysis of
experimental research assessing the impact of group support system use on member
influence behaviors. Communication Research, 32, 193-234.
Rains, S. A. (2007). The impact of anonymity on perceptions of source credibility and influence
in computer-mediated group communication: A test of two competing hypotheses.
Communication Research, 34, 100-125.
Randall, D. (1995). Currative factor ranking for female incest survivor groups: A summary of
three studies. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 20, 232-239.
Randel, A. E. (2002). Identity salience: A moderator of the relationship between group gender
composition and work group conflict. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 23, 749-766.
Rantilla, A. K. (2000). Collective task responsibility allocation: Revisiting the group-serving
bias. Small Group Research, 31, 739-766.
Rao, V. S., & Jarvenpaa, S. L. (1991). Computer support of groups: Theory based models for
GSS research. Management Science, 37, 1374-1362.
Rapoport, A., & Kahan, J. P. (1976). When three is not always two against one: Coalitions in
experimental three-person games. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 253-273.
Rapoport, A., & Kahan, J. P. (1981). The power of a coalition and payoff disbursement in threeperson negotiable conflicts. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 8, 193-224.
Rasker, P. C., Post, W. M., & Schraagen, M. C. (2000). Effects of two types of intra-team
feedback on developing a shared mental model in command and control teams. Ergonomics,
43, 1167-1189.
Rasters, G., Vissers, G., & Dankbaar, B. (2002). An inside look: Rich communication through
lean media in a virtual research team. Small Group Research, 33, 718-754.
Ratner, R. K., & Miller, D. T. (2001). The norm of self-interest and its effects on social action.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 5-16.
Ratner, R. S., & Hathaway, C. T. (1984). Mutuality between men and women in self-analytic
groups. Small Group Behavior, 15, 471-495.
Rau, D. (2005). The influence of relationship conflict and trust on the transactive memory:
Performance relation in top management teams. Small Group Research, 36, 746-771.
Rausch, H. L. (1976). Intra- or interaction: Discussion. Small Group Behavior, 7, 65-72.
Raven, B. H. (1998). Groupthink, Bay of Pigs, and Watergate reconsidered. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 352-361.
Raven, B. H., & Rietsma, J. (1957). The effects of varied clarity of group goal and group path
upon the individual and his relation to the group. Human Relations, 10, 29-44.
Raver, J. L., & Gelfand, M. J. (2005). Beyond the individual victim: Linking sexual harassment,
team processes, and team performance. Academy of Management Journal, 48, 387-400.
Read, P. B. (1974). Source of authority and the legitimization of leadership in small groups.
Sociometry, 37, 189-204.
Reading, R. (2004). Impact of a general practice based group parenting programme: Quantitative
and qualitative results from a controlled trial at 12 months. Child: Care, Health &
Development, 30, 560-561.
Reagan, P., & Rohrbaugh, J. (1990). Group decision process effectiveness: A competing values
approach. Group & Organization Studies, 15, 20-43.
221
Reagan-Cirircione, P. (1994). Improving the accuracy of group judgment: A process intervention
combining group facilitation, social judgment analysis, and information technology.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 58, 246-270.
Reagans, R., & Zuckerman, E. W. (2001). Networks, diversity, and productivity: The social
capital of corporate R&D teams. Organization Science, 12, 502-517.
Reckman, R. F., & Goethals, G. R. (1973). Deviancy and group orientation as determinants of
group composition preferences. Sociometry, 36, 419-423.
Redburn, D. E., & Juretich, M. (1989). Some considerations for using widowed self-help group
leaders. Gerontology & Geriatrics Education, 9, 89-98.
Reddon, J. R., Payne, L. R., & Starzyk, K. B. (1999). Therapeutic factors in group treatment
evaluated by sex offenders: A consumers’ report. Journal of Offender Rehabilitation,
28(3/4), 91-101.
Reddy, W. B. (1972a). On affection, group composition, and self-actualization in sensitivity
training. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 38, 211-214.
Reddy, W. B. (1972b). Interpersonal compatibility and self-actualization in sensitivity training.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 8, 1-5.
Reddy, W. B. (1973). The impact of sensitivity training on self-actualization: A one-year followup. Small Group Behavior, 4, 407-413.
Reddy, W. B. (1975). Diagnosing team problem-solving effectiveness: A comparison of four
populations. Small Group Behavior, 6, 174-186.
Reddy, W. B., & Beers, T. (1977). Sensitivity training . . . and the healthy become selfactualized. Small Group Behavior, 8, 525-532.0
Reddy, W. B., & Byrnes, A. (1972). Effects of interpersonal group composition on the problemsolving behavior of middle managers. Journal of Applied Psychology, 56, 516-517.
Redl, F. (1942). Group emotion and leaders. Psychiatry, 5, 573-596.
Reed, B. G. (1983). Women leaders in small groups: Social-psychological perspectives and
strategies. Social Work With Groups, 6(3-4), 174-186.
Reeker, J., Ensing, D., & Ellliott, R. (1997). A meta-analytic investigation of group treatment
outcomes for sexually abused children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 21, 669-680.
Rees, C. R., & Segal, M. W. (1984). Role differentiation in groups: The relationship between
instrumental and expressive leadership. Small Group Behavior, 15, 109-123.
Reich, R. B. (1987). Entrepreneurship reconsidered: The team as hero. Harvard Business
Review, 65(3), 77-83.
Reicher, S. D. (1984a). Social influence in the crowd: Attitudinal and behavioural effects of deindividuation in conditions of high and low group silence. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 23, 341-350.
Reicher, S. D. (1984b). The St. Pauls’ riot: An explanation of the limits of crowd action in terms
of a social identity model. European Journal of Social Psychology, 14, 1-21.
Reicher, S. D. (1996). “The Battle of Westminster”: Developing the social identity model of
crowd behavior in order to explain the initiation and development of collective conflict.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 115-134.
Reicher, S. D., & Levine, M. (1994). Deindividuation, power relations between groups and the
expression of social identity: The effects of visibility to the out-group. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 33, 145-163.
222
Reicher, S. D., Levine, M., & Gordijn, E. (1998). More on deindividuation, power relations
between groups and the expression of social identity: Three studies on the effects of
visibility of the in-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 161-198.
Reicher, S., & Fabio, S. (1998). Introducing SAGA: Structural analysis of group arguments.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 267-284.
Reichl, A. J. (1997). Ingroup favoritism and outgroup favoritism in low status minimal groups:
Differential responses to status-related and status-unrelated measures. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 27, 617-633.
Reid, F. J. M., & Reed, S. (2000). Cognitive entrainment in engineering design teams. Small
Group Research, 31, 354-382.
Reid, S. A., & Giles, H. (2005). Intergroup relations: Its linguistic and communicative
parameters. Group Processing & Intergroup Relations, 8, 211-214.
Reid, S. A., & Ng, S. H. (1999). Language, power, and intergroup relations. Journal of Social
Issues, 55, 119-139.
Reid, S. A., & Ng, S. H. (2006). The dynamics of intragroup differentiation in an intergroup
social context. Human Communication Research, 32, 504-525.
Reimer, T., & Hoffrage, U. (2005). Can simply group heuristics detect hidden profiles in
randomly generated environments? Swiss Journal of Psychology, 64, 21-37.
Reimer, T., & Hoffrage, U. (2006). The ecological rationality of simple group heuristics: Effects
of group member strategies on decision accuracy. Theory and Decision, 60, 403-438.
Reimer, T., & Katsikopoulos, K. V. (2004). The use of recognition in group decision-making.
Cognitive Science, 28, 1009-1029.
Reimer, T., Juendig, S., Hoffrage, U., Park, E., & Hinsz, V. (2007). Effects of the information
environment on group discussions and decisions in the hidden-profile paradigm. Human
Communication Research, 74, 1-28.
Reingen, P. H. (19777). Effects of skewness of initial choices on the risky shift: An experimental
test with the use of consumer stimuli. Psychological Reports, 40, 95-101.
Reinig, B. A. (2003). Towards an understanding of satisfaction with the process and outcomes of
teamwork. Journal of Management Information Systems, 19, 4.
Reinig, B. A., Briggs, B. O., Shepherd, M. M., Yen, J., & Nunamaker, J. F. (1995/1996).
Affective reward and the adoption of group support systems: Productivity is not always
enough. Journal of Management Information Systems, 12, 171-185.
Reinig, B. A., & Shin, B. 92002). The dynamic effects of group support systems on group
meetings. Journal of Management Information Systems, 19, 303-325.
Reinig, B. A., & Mejias, R. J. (2004). The effects of national culture and anonymity on flaming
and criticalness in GSS-supported discussions. Small Group Research, 35, 698-723.
Reitan, H. T., & Shaw, M. E. (1964). Group membership, sex-composition of the group, and
conformity behavior. Journal of Social Psychology, 64, 45-51.
Remers, L., Widmeyer, W. N., Williams, J. M., & Myers, L. (1995). Possible mediators and
moderators of the class size-member adherence relationship in exercise. Journal of Applied
Sport Psychology, 7, 38-49.
Remus, W., & James, S. (1979). Playing business games: Attitudinal differences between
students playing singly and as teams. Simulation and Games, 10, 75-85.
Renjilan, D. A., Perri, M. G., Nezu, A. M., McKelvey, W. F., Shermer, R. L., & Anton, S. D.
(2001). Individual versus group therapy for obesity: Effects of matching participants to their
treatment preferences. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 717-721.
223
Rentsch, J. R., Heffner, T., & Duffy, L. (1994). What you know is what you get from experience:
Team experience related to teamwork schemas. Group & Organization Management, 19,
450-474.
Renolds, K. J., Oaks, P. J., Haslam, S. A., Nolan, M. A., & Dolnik, L. (2000). Responses to
powerlessness: Stereotyping as an instrument of social conflict. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 4, 275-290.
Rentsch, J. R., & Klimoski, R. J. (2001). Why do “great minds” think alike? Antecedents of team
member scheme agreement. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 107-120.
Renz, M. A. (2006). The meaning of consensus and blocking for cohousing groups. Small Group
Research, 37, 351-376.
Renzulli, J. S., Owen, S. V., & Callahan, C. M. (1974). Fluency, flexibility, and originality as a
function of group size. Journal of Creative Behavior, 8, 107-113.
Reus, T. H. (2004). Rhyme and reason: Emotional capability and the performance of knowledgeintensive work groups. Human Performance Journal, 17, 245-266.
Reynolds, P. D. (1984). Leaders never quit: Talking, silence, and influence in interpersonal
groups. Small Group Behavior, 15, 404-413.
Rice, C. A. (1996). Premature termination of group therapy: A clinical perspective. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 5-23.
Rich, A. L. (1971). Some problems in interracial communication: An interracial group case
study. Central States Speech Journal, 22, 228-235.
Richardson, S. A., Ronald, L., & Kleck, R. E. (1974). The social status of handicapped and
nonhandicapped boys in a camp setting. Journal of Special Education, 8, 143-152.
Rickard, H. (1962). Selected group psychotherapy evaluation studies. Journal of General
Psychology, 67, 35-50.
Riddle, B. R., Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (20002). Small group socialization scale:
Development and validity. Small Group Research, 31, 554-572.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1978). Conformity, group-oriented motivation, and status attainment in small
groups. Social Psychology, 41, 175-188.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1981). Nonconformity, competence, and influence in groups: A test of two
theories. American Sociological Reviews, 46, 333-347.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1982). Status in groups: The importance of motivation. American Sociological
Review, 47, 76-88.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1984). Dominance, performance, and status in groups: A theoretical analysis.
Advances in Group Processes, 1, 59-93.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1987). Nonverbal behavior, dominance, and the basis of status in task groups.
American Sociological Review, 52, 683-694.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Balkwell, J. W. (1997). Group processes and the diffusion of status beliefs.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 60, 14-31.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Berger, J. (1986). Expectations, legitimation, and dominance behavior in
task groups. American Sociological Review, 51, 603-617.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Diekema, D. (1989). Dominance and collective hierarchy formation in male
and female task groups. American Sociological Review, 51, 603-617.
Ridgeway, C. L., Diekema, D., & Johnson, C. (1995). Legitimacy, compliance, and gender in
peer groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, 298-311.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Jacobson, C. K. (1977). Sources of status and influence in all female and
mixed sex groups. Sociological Quarterly, 18, 413-425.
224
Ridley, D. R., Young, P., & Johnson, D. E. (1981). Salience as a dimension of individual and
group risk taking. Journal of Psychology, 109, 283-291.
Riecken, H. W. (1958). The effects of talkativeness on ability to influence group solutions to
problems. Sociometry, 21, 309-321.
Riedesel, P. L. (1974). Bales reconsidered: A critical analysis of popularity and leadership
differentiation. Sociometry, 37, 557-564.
Riedlinger, M., Gallois, C., McKay, S., & Pittam, J. (2004). Impact of social group processes and
functional diversity on communication in networked organizations. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 32, 55-79.
Riefer, D. M. (1993). Behavior engineering proposals: V. An experimental comparison of team
versus solo proofreading. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 76, 111-117.
Riehl, C. (1988). We gather together: Work, discourse, and constitutive social action in
elementary school faculty meetings. Educational Administration Quarterly, 34, 91-125.
Riess, M. (1982). Seating preferences as impression management: A literature review and
theoretical integration. Communication, 11, 85-113.
Riess, M., & Rosenfeld, P. (1980). Seating preferences as nonverbal communication: A selfpresentational analysis. Journal of Applied Communications Research, 8, 22-30.
Riggio, R. E., Riggio, H. R., Salinas, C., & Cole, E. J. (2003). The role of social and emotional
communication skills in leader emergence and effectiveness. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 7, 83-103.
Riggs, M. L., & Knight, P. A. (1994). The impact of perceived group success-failure on
motivational beliefs and attitudes: A causal model. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 755766.
Rim, Y. (1977). Personality variables and interruptions in small discussions. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 7, 245-251.
Rioch, M. J. (1970). The word of Wilfred Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33, 56-66.
Riordan, C. M., & Weatherly, E. W. (1999). Defining and measuring employees’ identification
with their work groups. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 59, 310-324.
Riordan, R. J., & Beggs, M. S. (1988). Some critical differences between self-help and therapy
groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 13, 24-29.
Riskin, J., & Faunce, E. E. (1972). An evaluation review of family interaction research, Family
Process, 11, 365-455.
Ritchie, M. H., & Huss, S. N. (2000). Recruitment and screening of minors for group counseling.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 146-156.
Riva, M. T., & Cornish, J. A. E. (1995). Group supervision practices at psychology predoctoral
internship programs: A national survey. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 26,
523-525.
Riva, M. T., & Kalodner, C. R. (1997). Group research: Encouraging a collaboration between
practitioners and researchers. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 226-227.
Riva, M. T., Lippert, L., & Tackett, M. J. (2000). Selection practices of group leaders: A national
survey. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 157-169.
Riva, M. T., & Smith, R. D. (1997). Looking into the future of group research: Where do we go
from here? Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 266-276.
Roback, H. B., Ochoa, E., Bloch, F., & Purdon, S. (1992). Guarding confidentiality in clinical
groups: The therapist’s dilemma. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 42, 81103.
225
Roberts, C. S., Piper, L., Denny, J., & Cuddeback, G. (1997). A support group intervention to
facilitate young adults’ adjustment to cancer. Health and Social Work, 22, 133-141.
Roberts, T. L., Cheney, P., & Sweeney, P. (2002). Project characteristics and group
communication: An investigation. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication,
45(2), 84-98.
Roberts, T. L., Cheney, P., Sweeney, P., & Hightower, R. (2005). The effects of information
technology project complexity on group interaction. Journal of Management Information
Systems, 21, 223-247.
Robertson, R. D. (1980). Small group decision making: The uncertain role of information in
reducing uncertainty. Political Behavior, 2, 163-188.
Robertson, Q. M. (2006). Justice in teams: The activation and role of sensemaking in the
emergence of justice climates. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
100, 177-192.
Robey, D., Khoo, H. M., & Powers, C. (2000). Situated learning in cross-functional virtual
teams. Technical Communication, 43, 51-66.
Robichaux, B. P. (1994). Sex and beliefs about computer-based information systems: An
examination of group support systems. Omega International Journal of Management
Science, 22, 381-389.
Robichaux, B. P., & Cooper, R. B. (1998). GSS participation: A cultural examination.
Information and Management, 33, 287-300.
Robins, G. L., & Wexley, K. N. (1975). Modification through modeling and reinforcement in
leaderless groups. Journal of Psychology, 91, 87-91.
Robinson, K. F. (1941). An experimental study of the effects of group discussion upon the social
attitudes of college students. Speech Monographs, 8, 34-57.
Robinson, R. J., Keltner, D., Ward, A., & Ross, L. (1995). Actual versus assumed differences in
construal: Realism in intergroup perception and conflict. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 68, 404-417.
Robinson, S. L., & O’Leary-Kelly, A. M. (1998). Monkey see, monkey do: The influence of
work groups on the antisocial behavior of employees. Academy of Management Journal, 41,
658-673.
Robinson-Kurpius, S. E., & Keim, J. (1994). Team building for nurses experiencing burnout and
poor morale. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 19, 155-161.
Roby, T. B. (1952). The influence of subgroup relationships on the performance of group and
subgroup tasks. American Psychologist, 7, 313-314.
Roby, T. B., & Lanzetta, J. T. (1958). Considerations in the analysis of group tasks.
Psychological Bulletin, 55, 88-101.
Roccas, S. (2003). The effects of status on identification with multiple groups. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 33, 351-366.
Roccas, S., & Schwartz, S. H. (1993). Effects of intergroup similarity on intergroup relations.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 581-595.
Roch S. G., & Ayman R. (2005). Group decision making and perceived decision success: The
role of communication medium. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 1531.
Roch, S. G., Lane, J. A. S., Samuelson, C. D., Allison, S. T., & Dent, J. L. (2000). Cognitive load
and the equality heuristic: A two-stage model of resource overconsumption in small groups.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 83, 185-212.
226
Rodriguez, R. A. (1998). Challenging demographic reductionism: A pilot study investigating
diversity in group composition. Small Group Research, 29, 744-759.
Rogelberg, S. G., Barnes-Farrell, J. L., & Lowe, C. A. (1992). The stepladder technique: An
alternative group structure facilitating effective group decision making. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 77, 730-737.
Rogelberg, S. G., & O’Connor, M. S. (1998). Extending the stepladder technique: An
examination of self-paced stepladder groups. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and
Practice, 2, 82-91.
Rogelberg, S. G., & Rumery, S. M. (1996). Gender diversity, team decision quality, time on task,
and interpersonal cohesion. Small Group Research, 27, 79-90.
Roger, D. B., & Reid, R. L. (1978). Small group ecology revisited: Personal space and role
differentiation. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 17, 43-46.
Rogers, D. (1932). Teamwork within the hospital. American Journal of Nursing, 32, 657-659.
Rogers, P., & Lea, M. (2005). Social presence in distributed group environments: The role of
social identity. Behaviour & Information Technology, 24, 151-158.
Rohde, K. J. (1974). Polarization—what is it? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1,
207-209.
Rohrbaugh, J. (1979). Improving the quality of group judgment: Social judgment analysis and
the Delphi technique. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 24, 73-92.
Rohrbaugh, J. (1981). Improving the quality of group judgment: Social judgment analysis and
the nominal group technique. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 28, 278288.
Rohrbaugh, M., & Bartels, B. D. (1975). Participants’ perceptions of curative factors in therapy
and growth groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 430-456.
Rokke, P., Tomhave, J., & Zocic, Z. (2000). Self-management therapy and educational group
therapy for depressed elders. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 24, 99-119.
Rom, E., & Mukulincer, M. (2003). Attachment theory and group processes: The association
between attachment style and group-related representations, goals, memories, and
functioning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1220-1235.
Romano, N. C., Jr., Lowry, P. B., & Roberts, T. L. (2007). Technology-supported small group
interaction: Extending a tradition of leading research for virtual teams and global
organizations. Small Group Research, 38, 3-11.
Romer, D., Jamieson, K. H., & De Coteau, N. J. (1998). The treatment of persons of color in
local television news: Ethnic blame discourse or realistic group conflict? Communication
Research, 25, 286-305.
Rosa, E., & Mazur, A. (1979). Incipient status in small groups. Social Forces, 58, 18-37.
Rose, G. R., & Bednar, R. L. (1980). Effect of positive and negative self-disclosure and feedback
on early group development. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 27, 63-70.
Rose, S. (1981). How group attributes relate to outcome in behavior group therapy. Social Work
Research and Abstracts, 17, 25-29.
Rose, S. (1984). Use of data in identifying and resolving group problems in goal oriented
treatment groups. Social Work With Groups, 7(2), 23-26.
Rose, S. R. (1989). Members leaving groups: Theoretical and practical considerations. Small
Group Behavior, 20, 524-535.
Rosenbaum, A., Gearan, P., & Ondovic, C. (2002). Completion and recidivism among court and
self-referred batterers in a psychoeducational group treatment program: Implications for
227
intervention and public policy. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma, 5, 199220.
Rosenbaum, L. L., & Rosenbaum, W. B. (1971). Morale and productivity consequences of group
leadership style, stress, and type of work. Journal of Applied Psychology, 55, 343-348.
Rosenbaum, M. E., Moore, D. L., Cotton, J. L., Cook, M. S., Hieser, R., Shovar, M., et al.
(1980). Group productivity and process: Pure and mixed reward structures and task
interdependence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 626-642.
Rosenberg, L. A. (1961). Group size, prior experience, and conformity. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 51, 195-203.
Rosenberg, P. P. (1984). Support groups: A special therapeutic entity. Small Group Behavior, 15,
173-186.
Rosenberg, S., Erlick, D. E., & Berkowitz, L. (1955). Some effects of varying combinations of
group members on group performance measures and leadership behaviors. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 195-203.
Rosenfeld, L. B., & Fowler, G. D. (1976). Personality, sex, and leadership style. Communication
Monographs, 43, 320-324.
Rosenfeld, L. B., & Gilbert, J. R. (1989). The measurement of cohesion and its relationship to
dimensions of self-disclosure in classroom settings. Small Group Behavior, 20, 291-301.
Rosenfeld, L. B., & Richman, J. M. (1997). Developing effective social support: Team building
and the social support process. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 9, 153-155.
Rosenfield, D., Stephan, W. G., & Lucker, G. W. (1981). Attraction to competent and
incompetent members of cooperative and competitive groups. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 11, 416-433.
Rosenvinge, J. H. (1990). Group therapy for anorexic and bulimic patients: Some aspects on the
conduction of group therapy and a critical review of some recent studies. Acta Psychiatrica
Scaqndinavica, 82(Suppl. 361), 38-43.
Ross, S. M., & Offermann, L. R. (1997). Transformational leadership: Measurement of
personality attributes and work group performance. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 10, 1078-1086.
Rossel, R. D. (1981). Word play: Metaphor and humor in the small group. Small Group
Behavior, 12, 116-136.
Rothbart, M., & John, O. P. (1985). Social categorization and behavioral episodes: A cognitive
analysis of the effects of intergroup contact. Journal of Social Issues, 41, 81-104.
Rothbart, M., & Hallmark, W. (1988). In-group—out-group differences in the perceived efficacy
of coercion and conciliation in resolving social conflict. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 55, 248-257.
Rotheram, M., la Cour, J., & Jacobs, A. (1982). Variations in group process due to valence,
response mode, and directness of feedback. Group and Organization Studies, 7, 67-75.
Rothgerber, H. (1997). External intergroup threat as an antecedent to perceptions in in-group and
out-group homogeneity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1206-1212.
Rothgerber, H., & Worchel, S. (1997). The view from below: Intergroup relations from the
perspective of the disadvantaged group. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73,
1191-1205.
Rothrock, L., Harvey, C. M., & Burns, J. (2005). A theoretical framework and quantitative
architecture to assess team task complexity in dynamic environments. Theoretical Issues in
Ergonomics Science, 6, 157-172.
228
Rousseau, V., Aubé, C., & Savoie, A. (2006). Teamwork behaviors: A review and an integration
of frameworks. Small Group Research, 37, 540-570.
Rowatt, W. C., Nesselroade, K. P., Beggan, J. K., & Allison, S. T. (1997). Perception of
brainstorming in groups: The quality over quantity hypothesis. Journal of Creative
Behavior, 31, 130-150.
Roy, M. C., Gauvin, S., & Limayem, M. (1996). Electronic group brainstorming: The role of
feedback on productivity. Small Group Research, 27, 214-247.
Roy, V., Turcotte, D., Montminy, L., & Lindsay, J. (2005). Therapeutic factors at the beginning
of the intervention process in groups for men who batter. Small Group Research, 36, 106132.
Roya, S., & Ayman, R. (2005). Group decision making and perceived decision success: The role
of communication medium. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 15-31.
Royal, E. & Golden, S. (1981). Attitude similarity and attraction to an employee group.
Psychological Reports, 48, 251-254.
Rozell, E. J., & Gundersen, D. E. (2003). The effects of leader impression management on group
perceptions of cohesion, consensus, and communication. Small Group Research, 34, 197222.
Rozell, E., & Vaught, R. (1988). The interaction effects of women in groups: A review of the
literature and implications. Arkansas Business and Economic Review, 21, 1-15.
Ruback, R. B., Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Hopper, C. H. (1984). The process of brainstorming: An
analysis with individual and group vocal parameters. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 47, 558-567.
Rubenfeld, S. (2001). Group therapy and complexity theory. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 51, 449-471.
Rubenstein, F. D., Watyzke, G., Doktor, R. H., & Dana, J. (1975). The effect of two incentive
schemes upon the conservation of shared resource by five-person groups. Organizational
Behavior and Human Performance, 13, 330-338.
Rubenstein, L. Z., Josephson, K. R., Wieland, D., English, P. A., Sayre, J. A., & Kane, R. L.
(1984). Effectiveness of a geriatric evaluation unit. New England Journal of Medicine, 311,
1664-1670.
Rubin, J. Z. (1980). Experimental research on third-party intervention in conflict: Toward some
generalizations. Psychological Bulletin, 87, 379-391.
Rubin, M., Hewstone, M., & Voci, A. (2001). Stretching the boundaries: Strategic perceptions of
intragroup variability. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 413-429.
Ruble, D. N., & Higgins, E. T. (1976). Effects of group sex composition on self-presentation and
sex-typing. Journal of Social Issues, 32, 125-132.
Ruder, M. K., & Gill, D. L. (1982). Immediate effects of win-loss on perceptions of cohesion
intramural and intercollegiate volleyball teams. Journal of Sport Psychology, 4, 227-234.
Ruef, M., Aldrich, H. E., & Carter, N. M. (2003). The structure of founding teams: Homophily,
strong ties, and isolation among U.S. entrepreneurs. American Sociological Review, 68, 195222.
Rugel, R. P., & Meyer, D. J. (1984). The Tavistock group: Empirical findings and implications
for group therapy. Small Group Behavior, 15, 361-374.
Rugs, D., & Kaplan, M. F. (1993). Effectiveness of informational and normative influences in
group decision making depends on the group interactive goal. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 32, 147-158.
229
Rugel, R. P., & Meyer, D. J. (1984). The Tavistock group: Empirical findings and implications
for group therapy. Small Group Behavior, 15, 361-374.
Ruhe, J. A., & Eatman, J. (1977). Effects of racial composition on small work groups. Small
Group Research, 8, 479-486.
Rule, B. G., & Gareau, A. (1977). Polarization as a function of meaning and consequences.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 303-315.
Rumsey, M. G., Allgeier, E. R., & Castore, C. H. (1978). Group discussion, sentencing
judgments, and the leniency shift. Journal of Social Psychology, 105, 249-257.
Rumsey, M. G., & Castore, C. H. (1980). Group discussion, commitment, and penalty shifts.
Small Group Behavior, 11, 108-119.
Runkell, R. J., Lawrence, M., Oldfield, S., Rider, M., & Clark, C. (1971). Stages of group
development: An empirical test of Tuckman’s hypothesis. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Science, 7, 180-189.
Runyan, D. L. (1974). The group risky-shift effect as a function of emotional bonds, actual
consequences, and extent of responsibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
29, 670-676.
Rushton, J. P. (1989). Genetic similarity, human altruism, and group selection. Behavioral and
Brain Sciences, 12, 503-559.
Russ, R. C., & Gold, J. A. (1975). Task expertise and group communication. Journal of
Psychology, 91, 187-196.
Rutkowski, A-F., Saunders, C., Vogel, D., & van Genuchten, M. (2007). “Is it already 4 a.m. in
your time zone?” Focus immersion and dissociation in virtual teams. Small Group Research,
38, 98-129.
Rutkowski, G. K., Gruder, C. L., & Romer, D. (1983). Group cohesiveness, social norms, and
bystander intervention. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 545-552.
Rutte, C. G., & Wilke, H. A. (1985). Preference for decision structures in a social dilemma
situation. European Journal of Social Psychology, 15, 367-370.
Ruzicka, M. F., Palisi, A. T., & Berven, N. L. (1979). Use of Cattell’s three panel model:
Remedying problems in small group research. Small Group Behavior, 10, 40-48.
Ruzicka, M. F., Palisi, A. T., Kelly, M. D., & Corrado, N. R. (1979). The relation of perceptions
of leaders and members to creative group behavior. Journal of Psychology, 103, 95-101.
Ryan, A. H., & Kahn, A. (1975). Effects of intergroup orientation on group attitudes and
proxemic behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 302-310.
Rybak, C. J., & Brown, B. M. (1997). Group conflict: Communication patterns and group
development. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 31-42.
Ryan, C. S., & Bogart, L. M. (1997). Development of new group members’ in-group and outgroup stereotypes: Changes in perceived group variability and ethnocentrism. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 719-732.
Ryen, A. H., & Kahn, A. (1975). The effects of intergroup orientation on group attitudes and
proxemic behavior: A test of two models. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31,
302-310.
Ryfe, D. (2006). Narrative and deliberation in small group forums. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 34, 72-93.
Saavedra, R., & Kwun, S. K. (1993). Peer evaluation in self-managing work groups. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 78, 450-462.
230
Saavedra, R., Earley, P. C., & Van Dyne, L. (1993). Complex interdependence in taskperforming groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 61-72.
Sabourin, T. C., & Geist, P. (1990). Collaborative production of proposals in group decision
making. Small Group Research, 21, 404-427.
Sachdev, I., & Bourhis, R. (1987). Status differentials and intergroup behaviour. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 17, 277-293.
Sachdev, I., & Bourhis, R. (1991). Power and status differentials in minority and majority group
relations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 1-24.
Sadler, C. (1994). Guidelines for group work. National Teaching and Learning Forum, 3(6), 811.
Safán-Gerard, D. (2005). “How could you!”: Self-righteousness under scrutiny in a therapy
group. Psychoanalytic Review, 92, 281-302.
Sager, K. L., & Gastil, J. (1999). Reaching consensus on consensus: A study of the relationships
between individual decision-making styles and use of the consensus decision rule.
Communication Quarterly, 47, 67-79.
Sager, K. L., & Gastil, J. (2002). Exploring the psychological foundations of democratic group
deliberation: Personality factors, confirming interaction, and democratic decision making.
Communication Research Reports, 19, 54-65.
Sager, K. L., & Gastil, J. (2006). The origins and consequences of consensus decision making: A
test of the social consensus model. Southern Communication Journal, 71, 1-24.
Saine, T. J., & Brock, D. G. (1973). A comparison of the distributional and sequential structures
of interaction in high and low consensus groups. Central States Speech Journal, 24, 125130.
Saks, M. J., & Marti, M. W. (1997). A meta-analysis of the effects of jury size. Law and Human
Behavior, 21, 451-467.
Sakurai, M. M. (1975). Small group cohesiveness and detrimental conformity. Sociometry, 38,
340-357.
Salanova, M., Llorens, S., Cifre, E., Martínez, I. M., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2003). Perceived
collective efficacy, subjective well-being, and task performance among electronic work
groups: An experimental study. Small Group Research, 34, 43-73.
Salas, E., Bowers, C. A., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (1995). Military team research: 10 years of
progress. Military Psychology, 7, 55-75.
Salas, E., Prince, C., Bowers, C., Stout, R., Oser, R. L., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (1999). A
methodology for enhancing crew resource management training. Human Factors, 41, 161172.
Salas, E., Rozell, D., Mullen, B., & Driskell, J. E. (1999). The effect of team building on
performance: An integration. Small Group Research, 30, 309-329.
Salas, E., Sims, D. E., & Burke, C. S. 92005). Is there a “big five” in teamwork? Small Group
Research, 36, 555-599.
Salazar, A. J. (1995). Understanding the synergistic effects of communication in small groups:
Making the most out of group member abilities. Small Group Research, 26, 169-199.
Salazar, A. J. (1996a). Ambiguity and communication effects on small group decision making
performance. Human Communication Research, 23, 155-192.
Salazar, A. J. (1996b). An analysis of the development and evolution of roles in the small group.
Small Group Research, 27, 475-503.
231
Salazar, A. J. (1997). Communication effects on small group decision-making: Homogeneity and
task as moderators of the communication-performance relationship. Western Journal of
Communication, 61, 35-65.
Salazar, A. J., Hirokawa, R. Y., Propp, K. M., Julian, K. M., & Leatham, G. B. (1994). In search
of true causes: Examination of the effect of group potential and group interaction on
decision performance. Human Communication Research, 20, 529-559.
Salem, M. A., & Banner, D. K. (1992). Self-managing work teams: An international perspective.
Leadership and Organization Development Journal, 13, 3-8.
Salomon, G., & Globerson, T. (1989). When teams do not function the way they ought to.
International Journal of Educational Research, 13, 89-99.
Satlz, C. (1992). The interdisciplinary team in geriatric rehabilitation. Geriatric Social Work
Education, 18, 133-143.
Saltzstein, H. D. (1975). Effects of rejection and acceptance from a group on conformity to two
types of social influence. Psychological Reports, 37, 839-848.
Salzer, M. S., McFadden, L., & Rappaport, J. (1994). Professional views of self-help groups.
Administration and Policy in Mental Health, 22(2), 85-95.
Salzer, M. S., Rappaport, J., & Segre, L. (2001). Mental health professionals’ support of selfhelp groups. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 11, 1-10.
Salzman, W. R., Pynoos, R. S., Layne, C. M., Steinberg, A. M., & Aisenberg, E. (2001).
Trauma- and grief-focused intervention for adolescents exposed to community violence:
Results of a school-based screening and group treatment protocol. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 5, 291-303.
Samarel, N., & Fawcett, J. (1992). Enhancing adaptation to breast cancer: The addition of
coaching to support groups. Oncology Nursing Forum, 19, 591-596.
Samarel, N., Fawcett, J., & Tulman, L. (1997). Effect of support groups with coaching on
adaptation to early stage breast cancer. Research in Nursing & Health, 20, 15-26.
Sambamurthy, V., & Chin, W. W. (1994). The effects of group attitudes toward alternative
GDSS designs on the decision-making performance of computer-supported groups. Decision
Sciences, 25, 215-241.
Sambamurthy, V., & Poole, M. S. (1992). The effects of variations in capabilities of GDSS
designs on management of cognitive conflict in groups. Information Systems Research, 3,
224-251.
Sambamurthy, V., Poole, M. S., & Kelly, J. (1993). The effects of variations in GDSS
capabilities on decision-making processes in groups. Small Group Research, 24, 523-546.
Sampson, E. E., & Brandon, A. C. (1964). The effects of role and opinion deviation on small
group behavior. Sociometry, 27, 261-281.
Sanchez-Burks, L, Nisbett, R. E., & Ybarra, O. (2000). Cultural styles, relational schemas, and
prejudice against out-groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 174-189.
Sandahl, C., & Ronnbers, S. (1990). Brief group therapy in relapse prevention for alcohol
dependent patients. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40, 453-476.
Sandelands, L., & St. Clair, L. (1993). Toward an empirical concept of group. Journal for the
Theory of Social Behavior, 23, 423-458.
Sanders, G. S. (1978). An integration of shifts toward risk and caution in gambling situations.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 409-416.
Sanders, G. S. (1981). Driven by distraction: An integrative review of social facilitation theory
and research. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 17, 227-251.
232
Sanders, G. S., & Baron, R. S. (1977). Is social comparison irrelevant for producing choice
shifts? Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 303-314.
Sanders, G. S., Baron, R. S., & Moore, D. L. (1978). Distraction and social comparison as
mediators of social facilitation effects. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 291303.
Sanders, G. S., & Mullen, B. (1983). Accuracy in the perception of consensus: Differential
tendencies of people with majority and minority positions. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 13, 57-70.
Sanders, K., & Nauta, A. (2004). Social cohesiveness and absenteeism: The relationship between
characteristics of employees and short-term absenteeism within an organization. Small
Group Research, 35, 724-741.
Sanderson, D. (1938). Group description. Social Forces, 16, 309-319.
Sandor, M. K., Copeland, D., & Robinson, S. (1998). Team-building interventions for
interdisciplinary teams: A case study of a pediatric client. Rehabilitation Nursing, 23, 290294.
Sands, R. G. (1993). “Can you overlap here?”: A question for an interdisciplinary team.
Discourse Processes, 16, 545-564.
Sands, R. G., Stafford, J., & McClelland, M. (1990). “I beg to differ”: Conflict in the
interdisciplinary team. Social Work in Health Care, 14, 53-73.
Sani, F., & Reicher, S. D. (2000). Contested identities and schisms in groups: Opposing the
ordination of women as priests in the Church of England. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 39, 95-112.
Sani, F., Todman, J., & Lunn, J. (2005). The fundamentality of group principles and perceived
group entitativity. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 41, 567-573.
Sanna, L. J. (1992). Self-efficacy theory: Implications for social facilitation and social loafing.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 774-786.
Sanna, L. J., & Parks, C. D. (1997). Group research trends in social and organizational
psychology: Whatever happened to intragroup research? Psychological Science, 8, 261-267.
Sanna, L. J., & Parks, C. D. (1997). Group research trends in social and organizational
psychology: Whatever happened to intragroup research? Psychological Science, 8, 261-267.
Sanna, L. J., & Shotland, R. L. (1990). Valence of anticipated evaluation and social facilitation.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 82-92.
Santee, R. T., & Jackson, S. E. (1982). Sex differences in evaluative implications of conformity
and dissent. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 121-125.
Santee, R. T., & Maslach, C. (1982). To agree or not to agree: Personal dissent amid social
pressure to conform. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 690-700.
Santos, A. P. (2006). Case studies in culture and communication: A group. Discourse Studies, 8,
847-848.
Sapia, J. (2001). Using groups for the prevention of eating disorders among college women.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 26, 256-266.
Sapp, S. G., Harrod, W. J., & Zhao, L. (1996). Leadership emergence in task groups with
egalitarian gender-role expectations. Sex Roles, 34, 65-83.
Sapsed, J., Bessant, J., Partington, D., Tranfield, D., & Young, M. (2001). Teamworking and
knowledge management: A review of converging themes. International Journal of
Management Review, 4, 71-85.
233
Saravay, S. M. (1978). A psychoanalytic theory of group development. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy, 28, 481-507.
Sarbin, T. R., & Allen, V. L. (1968). Increasing participation in a natural group setting: A
preliminary report. Psychological Record, 18, 1-7.
Sargent, J. F., & Miller, G. R. (1971). Some differences in certain communication behaviors of
autocratic and democratic leaders. Journal of Communication, 21, 233-252.
Sargent, L. D., & Sue-Can, C. (2001). Does diversity affect group efficacy? The intervening role
of cohesion and task interdependence. Small Group Research, 32, 426-450.
Sargis, E. G., & Larson, J. R. (2002). Informational centrality and member participation during
group decision making. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 333-347.
Sarin, S., & McDermott, C. (2003). The effect of team leader characteristics on learning,
knowledge application, and performance of cross-functional new product development
teams. Decision Sciences, 34, 707-739.
Sarker, S. (2005). Knowledge transfer and collaboration in distriubuted U.S.-Thai teams. Journal
of Computer-Mediated Communication, 10(4).
Sarker, S., & Sahay, S. (2001). Using an adapted grounded theory approach for interpretive
theory building about virtual team development. DATABASE for Advances in Information
Systems, 32, 38-56.
Sarker, S., & Sahay, S. (2003). Understanding virtual team development: An interpretive study.
Journal of the Association for Information Systems, 4, 1-38.
Sarkidi, A., & Rsenqvist, U. (1999). Study circles at the pharmacy—a new model for diabetes
education in groups. Patient Education Counseling, 37, 89-96.
Sasaki, K. (1979). Present status of research on group norms in Japan. American Journal of
Community Psychology, 7, 147-158.
Sassenberg, K. (2002). Common bond and common identity groups on the internet: Attachment
and normative behavior in on-topic and off-topic chats. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 6, 27-37.
Sassenberg, K., & Boos, M. (2003). Attitude change in computer-mediated communication:
Effects of anonymity and category norms. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 405422.
Sassenberg, K., & Postmes, T. (2002). Cognitive and strategic processes in small groups: Effects
of anonymity of the self and anonymity of the group on social influence. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 41, 463-480.
Sato, K. (1988). Trust and group size in a social dilemma. Japanese Psychological Research, 30,
88-93.
Satzinger, J. W., Garfield, M. J., & Nagasundaram, M. (1999). The creative process: The effects
of group memory on individual idea generation. Journal of MIS, 15(4), 143-160.
Satzinger, J. W., & Olfman, L. (1995). Computer support for group work: Perceptions of the
usefulness of support scenarios and end-user tools. Journal of Management Information
Systems, 11, 115-148.
Saulnier, C. F. (2000). Groups as data collection method and data analysis technique: Multiple
perspectives on urban social work education. Small Group Research, 31, 607-627
Saunders, C. S., & Ahuja, M. K. (2006). Are all distributed teams the same? Differentiating
between temporary and ongoing distributed teams. Small Group Research, 37, 662-700.
Saunders, C. S., Robey, D., & Vavarek, K. A. (1994). The persistence of status differentials in
computer conferencing. Human Communication Research, 20, 443-472.
234
Saunders, C., van Slyke, C., & Vogel, D. R. (2004). My time or yours? Managing time visions in
global virtual teams. Academy of Management Executive, 18, 19-31.
Saunders, D. G., & Hanusa, D. (1986). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of men who batter: The
short-term effects of group therapy. Journal of Family Violence, 1, 357-370.
Savadori, L., Van Swol, L. M., & Sniezek, J. A. (2001). Information sampling and confidence
within groups and judge advisor systems. Communication Research, 28, 737-771.
Savicki, B., Kelley, M., & lingenfelter, D. (1996). Gender, group composition, and task type in
small task groups using computer-mediated communication. Computers in Human
Behaviour, 12, 549-565.
Savin-Williams, R. C. (1977). Dominance in a human adolescent group. Animal Behavior, 25,
400-406.
Savin-Williams, R. C. (1980). Dominance hierarchies in groups of middle to late adolescent
males. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 9, 75-85.
Sawyer, J. E., Houlette, M. A., & Yeagley, E. L. (2006). Decision performance and diversity
structure: Comparing faultlines in convergent, crosscut, and racially homogeneous groups.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 99, 1-15.
Sawyer, J. E., Latham, W. R., Pritchard, B. D., & Bennett, W. R. (1999). Analysis of work group
productivity in an applied setting: Application of a time series panel design. Personnel
Psychology, 52, 927-967.
Scalia, L. M., & Sackmary, B. (1996a). Groupware and computer-supported cooperative work in
the college classroom. Business Communication Quarterly, 59, 98-110.
Scalia, L. M., & Sackmary, B. (1996b). Groupware in the classroom: Applications and
guidelines. Computers in the Schools, 12, 39-53.
Scannell, E. E. (1992). We’ve got to stop meeting like this. Training and Development, 46(1),
70-71.
Scapillato, D., & Manassis, K. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral/interpersonal group treatment for
anxious adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,
41, 739-741.
Scapinello, K. F., & Sibbard, C. P. (1976). Structured group interaction: An evaluation of Bales’
and Leary’s methods of scoring interactions of first incarcerates. Ontario Psychologist, 8,
22-25.
Schachter, S., Ellertson, N., McBride, D., & Gregory, D. (1951). An experimental study of
cohesiveness and productivity. Human Relations, 4, 229-238.
Schafer, M., & Crichlow, S. (1996). Antecedents of groupthink: A quantitative study. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 40, 415-435.
Schaffer, J., & Dreyer, S. (1982). Staff and in-patient perceptions of change mechanisms in
group psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 127-128.
Schaffer, S., & Pollak, J. (1984). Parallel process and the forced termination of a milieu group.
Clinical Social Work Journal, 12, 118-128.
Schaeffer, G. H., & Patterson, M. L. (1980). Immediacy, arousal, and small group crowding.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 283-290.
Schaible, T. D., & Jacobs, A. (1975). Feedback III: Sequential effects. Enhancement of feedback
acceptance and group attractiveness by manipulation of the sequence and valence of
feedback. Small Group Behavior, 6, 151-173.
235
Schaller, M., & Conway, L. G., III. (19999). Influence of impression management goals on the
emerging contents of group stereotypes: Support for a social-evolutionary process.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 819-833.
Schanck, R. L. (1932). A study of a community and its groups and institutions conceived as
behaviors of individuals. Psychological Monographs, 43(2) (Whole No. 195).
Scheepers, D., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (2002). The emergence and effects
of deviants in low and high status groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38,
611-673.
Schei, V., & Rognes, J. K. (2005). Small group negotiation: When members differ in
motivational; orientation. Small Group Research, 36, 289-320.
Scheidel, T. M., & Crowell, L. (1964). Idea development in small discussion groups. Quarterly
Journal of Speech, 50, 140-145.
Scheidel, T. M., & Crowell, L. (1966). Feedback in small group communication. Quarterly
Journal of Speech, 52, 273-278.
Scheidel, T. M., Crowell, L., & Shepherd, J. R. (1958). Personality and discussion behavior: A
study of possible relationships. Speech Monographs, 25, 261-267.
Scheidlinger, S. (1974). On the concept of the “mother-group.” International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 24, 417-428.
Scheidlinger, S. (1997). Group dynamics and group psychotherapy revisited: Four decades later.
International Journal of Group Psychoherapy, 47, 141-159.
Schellenberg, J. A. (1974). The effect of pretesting upon the risky shift. Journal of Psychology,
88, 197-200.
Schellenberg, J. A. (1976). Is there a pessimistic shift? Psychological Reports, 39, 359-362.
Schellens, T., & Valcke, M. (2005). Collaborative learning in asynchronous discussion groups:
What about the impact on cognitive processing? Computers in Human Behavior, 21, 957976.
Schellens, T., & Valcke, M. (2005). The impact of role assignment on knowledge construction in
asynchronous discussion groups: A multilevel analysis. Small Group Research, 36, 704-745.
Schellens, T., & Valcke, M. (in press). Fostering knowledge construction in university students
through asynchronous discussion groups. Computers and Education.
Scherer, J. J. (1979). Can team building increase productivity? or How can something that feels
so good not be worthwhile? Group and Organizational Studies, 4, 335-351.
Schermer, V. L., & Klein, R. H. (1996). Termination in group psychotherapy from the
perspectives of contemporary object relations theory and self psychology. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 99-115.
Schettino, A. P., & Borden, R. J. (1976). Sex differences in responses to naturalistic crowding:
Affective reactions to group size and group density. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 2, 67-70.
Scheuble, K. J., Dixon, K. N., Levy, A. B., & Kagan-Moore, L. (1987). Premature termination:
A risk in eating disorder groups. Group, 11, 85-93.
Schick, C., & McGlynn, R. P. (1976). Cooperation versus competition in group concept
attainment under conditions of information exchange. Journal of Social Psychology, 100,
311-312.
Schiff, M., & Bargal, D. (2000). Helping characteristics of self-help and support groups: Their
contribution to participants’ subjective well-being. Small Group Research, 31, 275-304.
236
Schilder, P. (1937). Analysis of ideologies as a psychotherapeutic method especially in group
treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 93, 601-615.
Schiller, L. (1997). Rethinking stages of development in women’s groups: Implications for
practice. Social Work with Groups, 20, 3-19.
Schiller, S. Z., & Mandviwalla, M. (2007). Virtual team research: An analysis of theory use and
a framework for theory appropriation. Small Group Research, 38, 12-59.
Schippers, M. D., Den Hartog, D. N., Koopman, P. L., & Wienk, J. A. (2003). Diversity and
team outcomes: The moderating effects of outcome interdependence and group longevity
and the mediating effect of reflectivity. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 779-802.
Schittekatte, M. (1996). Facilitating information exchange in small decision-making groups.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 537-556.
Schittekatte, M., & Van Hiel, A. (1996). Effects of partially shared information and awareness of
unshared information on information sampling. Small Group Research, 27, 431-449.
Schlenker, B. R. (1975a). Group members’ attributions of responsibility for prior group
performance. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 6, 98-108.
Schlenker, B. R. (1975b). Liking for a group following initiation: Impression management or
dissonance reduction? Sociometry, 38, 99-118.
Schlenker, B. R., & Miller, R. S. (1977a). Group cohesiveness as a determinany of egocentric
perceptions in cooperative groups. Human Relations, 30, 1039-1055.
Schlenker, B. R., & Miller, R. S. (1977b). Egocentrism in groups: Self-serving biases or logical
information processing? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 755-764.
Schlenker, B. R., Miller, R. S., Leary, M. R., & McGown, B. E. (1979). Group performance and
interpersonal evaluations as determinants of egotistical attributions in groups. Journal of
Personality, 47, 575-594.
Schlenker, B. R., Soraci, S., & McCarthy, B. (1976). Self-esteem and group performance as
determinants of egocentric perceptions in cooperative groups. Human Relations, 29, 11631176.
Schlesinger, I. M. (1974). Towards a structural analysis of discussions. Semiotica, 11, 109-122.
Schlosser, J. (2003). Commentary on “Primary Health care Teams: Opportunities and Challenges
in Evaluation of Service Delivery Innovations.” Journal of Ambulatory Care Management,
26, 36-38.
Schmidt, I., Claesson, C. B., Westerholm, B., Nilsson, L. G., & Svarstad, B. L. (1998). The
impact of multidisciplinary team interventions on psychotropic prescribing in Swedish
nursing homes. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 46, 77-82.
Schmidt, J. B., Motoya-Weiss, M. M., & Massey, A. P. (2001). New product development
decision-making effectiveness: Comparing individuals, face-to-face teams, and virtual
teams. Decision Sciences, 32, 575-600.
Schmitt, B. H., Dubé, L., & Leclerc, F. (1992). Intrusions into waiting lines: Does the queue
constitute a social system? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 806-815.
Schmitt, B. H., Gilovich, T., Goore, N., & Joseph, L. (1986). Mere presence and social
facilitation: One more time. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 242-248.
Schmitt, D. R. (1981). Performance under cooperation or competition. American Behavioral
Scientist, 24, 649-679.
Schmitt, M. H., Farrell, M. P., & Heinemann, G. D. (1988). Conceptual and methodological
problems in studying the effects of interdisciplinary geriatric teams. Gerontologist, 28, 753764.
237
Schmitt, M. T., & Branscombe, N. R. (2001). The good, the bad, and the manly: Threats to one’s
prototypicality and evaluations of fellow in-group members. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 37, 510-517.
Schmitt, M. T., Silvia, P.J., & Branscombe, N.R. (2000). The intersection of self-evaluation
maintenance and social identity theories: Intragroup judgment in interpersonal and
intergroup contexts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1598-1606.
Schmitt, M. T., Spears, R., & Branscombe, N. R. (2003). Constructing a minority group identity
out of shared rejection: The case of international students. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 33, 1-12.
Schnake, M. E. (1991). Equity in effort: The “sucker effect” in co-acting groups. Journal of
Management, 17, 41-55.
Schneider, F. W., Coutts, L. M., & Garrett, W. A. (1977). Interpersonal give in a triad as a
function of sex. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 44, 184.
Schneider, F. W., & Delaney, J. G. (1972). Effect of individual achievement motivation on group
problem solving efficiency. Journal of Social Psychology, 86, 291-298.
Schneier, C. E. (1978). The contingency model of leadership: An extension to emergent
leadership and leader’s sex. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 21, 220239.
Schneier, C. E., & Bartol, K. M. (1980). Sex effects in emergent leadership. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 65, 341-345.
Schnurr, P. P., Friedman, M. J., Foy, D. W., Shea, T., Hsieh, F. Y., Lavori, P. W., et al. (2003).
Randomized trial of trauma-focused group therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: Results
from a Department of Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study. Archives of General Psychiatry,
60, 481-489.
Schnurr, P. P., Friedman, M. J., Lavori, P. W., & Hsieh, F. Y. (2001). Design of Department of
Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study No. 420: Group treatment of posttraumatic stress
disorder. Controlled Clinical Trials, 22, 74-88.
Schoch, N. A., & White, M. D. (1997). A study of the communication patterns of participants in
consumer health electronic discussion groups. Journal of the American Society for
Information Science Proceedings, 34, 280-292.
Schofield, R. G., & Admodeo, M. (1999). Interdisciplinary teams in health care and human
services settings: Are they effective? Health and Social Work, 24, 210-219.
Schönemann, P. H. (1979). Alternative decision schemes for six-person mock juries.
Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 23, 388-398.
Schopler, J., & Galinsky, M. (1981). When groups go wrong. Social Work, 26, 424-429.
Schopler, J., & Galinsky, M. (1993). Support groups as open systems: A model for practice and
research. Health and Social Work, 18, 195-207.
Schopler, J., & Insko, C. A. (1992). The discontinuity effect in interpersonal and intergroup
relations: Generality and mediation. European Review of Social Psychology, 3, 121-151.
Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Currey, D., Smith, S., Brazil, D., Riggins, T., Gaertner, L., &
Kilpatrick, S. (1994). The survival of a cooperative tradition in the intergroup discontinuity
context. Motivation and Emotion, 18, 301-315.
Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Drigotas, S. M., Wieselquist, J., Pemberton, M., & Cox, C. (1995).
The role of identifiability in the reduction of interindividual-intergroup discontinuity.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 553-574.
238
Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S. M., & Smith, V. A. (1991). The generality
of the individual-group discontinuity effect: Variations in positivity-negativity of outcomes,
players’ relative power, and magnitude of outcomes. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 17, 612-624.
Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S., Smith, V. A., & Dahl, K. (1993).
Individual-group discontinuity: Further evidence for mediation by fear and greed.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 419-431.
Schriesheim, J. F. (1980). The social context of leader-subordinate relations: An investigation of
the effects of group cohesiveness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65, 183-194.
Schubert, M. A., & Borkman, T. J. (1991). An organizational typology for self-help groups.
American Journal of Community Psychology, 19, 769-787.
Schullery, N. M., & Shcullery, S. E. (2002). Relationships between group skills, temperament,
and argumentativeness. Communication Research Reports, 19, 246-257.
Schultz, B. (1974). Characteristics of emergent leaders of continuing problem-solving groups.
Journal of Psychology, 88, 167-173.
Schultz, B. (1978). Predicting emergent leaders: An exploratory study of the salience of
communicative functions. Small Group Research, 9, 109-114.
Schultz, B. (1980). Communicative correlates of perceived leaders. Small Group Behavior, 11,
175-191.
Schultz, B. (1982). Argumentativeness: Its effect in group decision-making and its role in
leadership perception. Communication Quarterly, 30, 368-375.
Schultz, B. (1986). Communicative correlates of perceived leaders in the small group. Small
Group Behavior, 17, 51-65.
Schultz, B., & Anderson, J. (1984). Training in the management of conflict: A communication
theory perspective. Small Group Behavior, 15, 333-348.
Schultz, B., Ketrow, S. M., & Urban, D. M. (1995). Improving decision quality in the small
group: The role of the reminder. Small Group Research, 26, 521-451.
Schultz, B., Ketrow, S. M., & Urban, D. M. (1995). An examination of functional role behavior
and its consequences of individuals in group settings. Small Group Research, 26, 521-541.
Schulz-Hardt, S., Brodbeck, F. C., Mojzisch, A., Kerschreiter, R., & Frey, D. (2006). Group
decision making in hidden profile situations: Dissent as a facilitator for decision quality.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 1080-1093.
Schulz-Hardt, S., Frey, D., Luethgens, C., & Moscovici, S. (2000). Biased information search in
group decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 655-669.
Schulz-Hardt, S., Jochims, M., & Frey, D. (2002). Productive conflict in group decision making:
Genuine and contrived dissent as strategies to counteract biased information seeking.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 88, 563-586.
Schuster, B. (1996). Mobbing, bullying, and peer rejection. Psychological Science Agenda, 9(4),
12-13.
Schutz, R. W., Eom, H. J., Smoll, F. L., & Smith, R. E. (1994). Examination of the factorial
validity of the group environment questionnaire. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport,
65, 226-236.
Schutz, W. C. (1955). What makes groups productive? Human Relations, 8, 429-465.
Schutz, W. C. (1961). On group composition. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62,
275-281.
239
Schwartz, J. P., Magee, M. M. Griffin, L. D., & Dupuis, C. W. (2004). Effects of a group
preventive intervention on risk and protective factors related to dating violence. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 221-231.
Schwartz, J. P., & Waldo, M. (1999). Therapeutic factors in spouse-abuse group treatment.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 24, 197-207.
Schwartz, T. M., Wullwick, V. J., & Shapiro, H. J. (1980). Self-esteem and group decision
making: An empirical study. Psychological Reports, 46, 951-956.
Schwarz, A., & Schwarz, C. (2007). The role of latent beliefs and group cohesion in predicting
group decision support system success. Small Group Research, 38, 195-229.
Schweiger, D. M., & Jago, A. G. (1982). Problem-solving styles and participative decisionmaking. Psychological Reports, 50, 1311-1316.
Schweiger, D. M., & Sandberg, W. (1989). The utilization of individual capabilities in group
approaches to strategic decision-making. Strategic Management Journal, 10, 31-43.
Schweiger, D. M., Sandberg, W. R., & Ragan, J. W. (1986). Group approaches for improving
strategic decision making: A comparative analysis of dialectical inquiry, devil’s advocacy
and consensus. Academy of Management Journal, 29, 51-71.
Schweiger, D. M., Sandberg, W. R., & Ragan, J. W. (1989). Experiential effects of dialectical
inquiry, devil’s advocacy, and consensus approaches to strategic decision-making. Academy
of Management Journal, 32, 745-772.
Schweiger, D. M., Sandberg, W. R., & Rechner, P. L. (1989). Experimental effects of dialectical
inquiry, devil’s advocacy, and consensus approaches to strategic decision making. Academy
of Management Journal, 32, 745-772.
Schwenk, C. R. (1988). Effects of devil’s advocacy on escalating commitment. Human
Relations, 41, 769-782.
Schwenk, C. R., & Cosier, R. A. (1980). Effects of the expert, devil’s advocate, and dialectical
inquiry methods on prediction performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
Performance, 26, 409-424.
Schwenk, C. R., & Cosier, R. A. (1993). Effects of consensus and devil’s advocacy on strategic
decision-making. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 126-139.
Schwenk, C. R., & Valacich, J. S. (1994). Effects of devil’s advocacy and dialectical inquiry on
individuals versus groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 59,
210-222.
Schyns, B. (2006). Are group consensus in leader-member exchange (LMX) and shared work
values related to organizational outcomes. Small Group Research, 37, 20-35.
Schyns, B., & Felfe, J. (2006). The personality of followers and its effects on the perception of
leadership: An overview, a study, and a research agenda. Small Group Research, 37, 522539.
Scioli, F. P., Jr., Dyson, J. W., & Fleitas, D. W. (1974). The relationship of personality and
decisional structure to leadership. Small Group Behavior, 5, 3-22.
Scontrino, M. P. (1972). The effects of fulfilling and violating group members’ expectations
about leadership style. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 8, 118-138.
Scott, A. M. (1988). Group projects in technical writing courses. Technical Writing Teacher, 15,
138-142.
Scott, C. R. (1999). The impact of physical and discursive anonymity on group members’
multiple identifications during computer-support decision making. Western Journal of
Communication, 63, 456-487.
240
Scott, C. R., & Easton, A. (1996). Examining equality of influence in group decision-making
system interaction. Small Group Research, 27, 360-382.
Scott, C. R., & Fontenot, J. C. (1999). Multiple identifications during team meetings: A
comparison of conventional and computer-supported interactions. Communication Reports,
12, 91-100.
Scott, C. R., Quinn, L., Timmerman, C. E., & Barrett, D. M. G. (1998). Ironic uses of group
communication technology: Evidence from meeting transcripts and interviews with group
decision support systems users. Communication Quarterly, 46, 353-374.
Scott, D. (1990). The problematic nature of participation in contract bridge: A qualitative study
of group-related constraints. Leisure Sciences, 13, 321-336.
Scott, W. A., & Cohen, R. D. (1978). Sociometric indices of group structure. Australian Journal
of Psychology, 30, 41-57.
Scott, W. A., & Scott, R. (1981). Intercorrelations among structural properties of primary groups.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 279-292.
Seal, D. W., Bogart, L. M., & Ehrhardt, A. A. (1998). Small group dynamics: The utility of focus
group discussion as a research method. Group Dynamics, 2, 253-267.
Sechrist, G. B., & Stangor, C. (2001). Perceived consensus influences intergroup behavior and
stereotype accessibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 645-654.
Sedikides, C. (1997). Differential processing of ingroup and outgroup information: The role of
relative group status in permeable boundary groups. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 27, 121-144.
Seeborg, I., Lafollette, W., & Belahlav, J. (1980). An exploratory analysis of effect of sex on
shift in choices. Psychological Reports, 46, 499-504.
Seeger, J. A. (1983). No innate phases in group problem solving. Academy of Management
Review, 8, 683-689.
Seel, R. (2001). Anxiety and incompetence in the large group: A psychodynamic perspective.
Journal of Organizational Change Management, 14, 493-503.
Seeley, E. A., Gardner, W. L., Pennington, G., & Gabriel, S. (2003). Circle of friends or
members of a group? Sex differences in relational and collective attachment to groups.
Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 251-263.
Seers, A. (1989). Team-member exchange quality: A new construct for role-making research.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 43, 118-135.
Seers, A., Petty, M. M., & Cashman, J. F. (1995). Team-member exchange under team and
traditional management: A naturally occurring quasi-experiment. Group & Organization
Management, 20, 18-38.
Seers, A., & Woodruff, S. (1997). Temporal pacing in task forces: Group development or
deadline pressure? Journal of Management, 23, 169-187.
Segal, M. W. (1977). A reconfirmation of the logarithmic effect of group size. Sociometry, 40,
187-190.
Segal, M. W. (1979). Varieties of interpersonal attraction and their interrelationships in natural
groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 253-261.
Segal, U. A. (1982a). The cyclical nature of decision making: An exploratory empirical
investigation. Small Group Behavior, 13, 333-348.
Segal, U. A. (1982b). Micro-behaviors in group decision-making: An exploratory study. Journal
of Social Service Research, 5(1-2), 1-14.
241
Sehmel, H. (2002). Websites and advocacy campaigns: Decision making, implementation, and
audience in an environmental advocacy group’s use of websites as part of its communication
campaigns. Business Communication Quarterly, 65, 100-107.
Seibold, D. R. (1979). Making meetings more successful: Plans, formats and procedures for
group problem-solving. Journal of Business Communication, 16, 3-20.
Seibold, D. R. (1994). More reflection or more research? To (re)vitalize small group
communication research, let’s “just do it.” Communication Studies, 45, 103-110.
Seibold, D. R., & Meyers, R. A. (2007). Group argument: A structuration perspective and
research program. Small Group Research, 38, 312-336.
Seijts, G. H., Latham, G. P., & Whyte, G. (2000). Effects of self- and group efficacy on group
performance in a mixed-motive situation. Human Performance, 13, 279-298.
Sekaquaptewa, D., & Espinoza, P. (2004). Biased processing of stereotype-incongruency is
greater for lkow than high status groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40,
128-135.
Sekaquaptewa, D., & Thompson, M. (2002). The differential effects of solo status on members
of high- and low-status groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 694-707.
Seldman, M. L., McBrearty, J. F., & Seldman, S. L. (1974). Deification of marathon encounter
group leaders. Small Group Behavior, 5, 80-91.
Sell, J., Griffith, W. I., & Wilson, R. K. (1993). Are women more cooperative than men in social
dilemmas? Social Psychology Quarterly, 56, 211-222.
Sell, J., Lovaglia, M. J., Mannix, E. A., Samuelson, C.D., & Wilson, R.K. (2004). Investigating
conflict, power, and status within and among groups. Small Group Research, 35, 44-72.
Sell, J., & Wilson, R. K. (1999). The maintenance of cooperation: Expectations of future
interaction and the trigger of group punishment. Social Forces, 77, 1551-1570.
Semin, G. R. (1975). Two studies on polarization. European Journal of Social Psychology, 5,
121-132.
Semin, G. R., Gil de Montes, L., & Vlencia, J. F. (2003). Communication constraints on the
linguistic intergroup bias. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 142-148.
Sengupta, M., & Dutta, B. (1979). A condition for Nash-stability under binary and democratic
group decision functions. Theory and Decision, 10, 293-309.
Senior, B. (1997). Team roles and team performance: Is there “really” a link? Journal of
Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 70, 241-258.
Senior, B. (1998). An empirically based assessment of Belbin’s team roles. Human Resource
Management Journal, 8(3), 54-60.
Serva, M. A., & Fuller, M. A. (2004). The effects of trustworthiness perceptions on the
formation of initial trust. Implications for MIS student teams. Journal of Information
Systems Education, 15, 383-395.
Serva, M. A., Fuller, M. A., & Mayer, R. C. (2005). The reciprocal nature of trust: A
longitudinal study of interacting teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 26, 625-648.
Seta, J. J., Paulus, P. B., & Schkade, J. K. (1976). Effects of group size and proximity under
cooperative and competitive conditions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34,
47-53.
Seta, J. J., Seta, C. E., & Hundt, G. M. (2001). Exaggerating the differences between relatively
successful and unsuccessful groups: Identity orientation as a perceptual lens. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 19-32.
242
Sethi, R. (2000). New product quality and product development teams. Journal of Marketing,
64(2), 1-14.
Sewell, G. (1998). The discipline of teams: The control of team-based industrial work through
electronic and peer surveillance. Administrative Science Quarterly, 43, 397-428.
Sewell, G. (2005). Doing what comes naturally? Why we need a practical ethics of teamwork.
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 16, 202-218.
Seymour, D. T., McQuarrie, E. F., & McIntyre, S. H. (1987). Focus groups and the development
of new products by technologically driven companies: A comment. Journal of Product
Innovation Management, 4, 50-60.
Seymour, G. E. (1971). The concurrent validity of unobtrusive measures of conflict in small
isolated groups. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 27, 431-435.
Shackelford, S., Wood, W., & Worchel, S. (1996). Behavioral styles and the influence of women
in mixed-sex groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 284-293.
Shaffer, D. R., Plummer, D., & Hammock, G. (1986). Hath he suffered enough? Effects of jury
dogmatism, defendant similarity, and defendant’s pretrial suffering on juridic decisions.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1059-1067.
Shaffer, L. S. (1978). On the current confusion of group-related behavior and collective
behavior: A reaction to Buys. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 564-567.
Shah, J. Y., Kruglanski, A. W., & Thompson, E. P. (1998). Membership has its (epistemic)
rewards: Need for closure effects on in-group bias. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 75, 383-393.
Shah, P., & Jehn, K. (1993). Do friends perform better than acquaintances? The interaction of
friendship, conflict, and task. Group Decision and Negotiation, 2, 149-166.
Shalinsky, W. (1983). One-session meetings: Aggregate or group? Small Group Behavior, 14,
495-514.
Shambaugh, P. W. (1978). The development of the small group. Human Relations, 31, 283-295.
Shambaugh, P. W. (1985). The mythic structure of Bion’s groups. Human Relations, 38, 937951.
Shanley, M., & Langfred, C. W. (1998). The importance of organizational context: An empirical
test of work group cohesiveness and effectiveness in two government bureaucracies. Public
Administration Quarterly, 21, 465-485.
Shapcott, K. M., Carron, A. V., Burke, S. M., Bradshaw, M. H., & Estabrooks, P. A. (2006).
Member diversity and cohesion and performance in walking groups. Small Group Research,
37, 701-720.
Shapiro, D. L., & Kirkman, B. L. (1999). Employees’ reaction to the change to work teams: The
influence of “anticipatory” injustice. Journal of Organizational Change Management, 12,
51-66.
Shapiro, R. J., & Klein, R. H. (1975). Perceptions of leaders in an encounter group. Small Group
Behavior, 6, 238-248.
Sharan, S. (1980). Cooperating learning in teams: Recent methods and effects on achievement,
attitudes, and ethnic relations. Review of Educational Research, 50, 241-272.
Sharan, S., Hertz-Lazarowitz, R., & Ackerman, Z. (1980). Academic achievement of elementary
school children in small group vs. whole class instruction. Journal of Experimental
Education, 48, 125-129.
Sharf, B. F. (1978). A rhetorical analysis of leadership in small groups. Communication
Monographs, 45, 156-172.
243
Sharp, J., Jr., & Millikin, J. (1964). Reflective thinking ability and the product of problemsolving discussion. Speech Monographs, 31, 124-127.
Sharry, J., & Owens, C. (2000). “The rules of engagement”: A case study of a group with
“angry” adolescents. Clinical Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 5, 53-62.
Shaw, J. B. 92004). The development and analysis of a measure of group faultlines.
Organization Research Methods, 7, 66-100.
Shaw, J. B., & Barrett-Power, E. (1998). The effects of diversity on small work group processes
and performance. Human Relations, 51, 1307-1325.
Shaw, J. D., Duffy, M. K., & Stark, E. M. (2000). Interdependence and preference for group
work: Main and congruence effects on the satisfaction and performance of group members.
Journal of Management, 26, 259-279.
Shaw, M. E. (1932). A comparison of individuals and small groups in the rational solution of
complex problems. American Journal of Psychology, 44, 491-504.
Shaw, M. E. (1954a). Some effects of problem complexity upon problem solution efficiency in
different communication nets. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 48, 211-217.
Shaw, M. E. (1954b). Some effects of unequal distribution of information upon group
performance in various communication nets. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
49, 547-553.
Shaw, M. E. (1955). A comparison of two types of leadership in various communication nets.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 50, 127-134.
Shaw, M. E. (1958). Some effects of irrelevant information upon problem-solving by small
groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 47, 33-37.
Shaw, M. E. (1959a). Acceptance of authority, group structure, and the effectiveness of small
groups. Journal of Personality, 27, 196-210.
Shaw, M. E. (1959b). Some effects of individually prominent behavior upon group effectiveness
and member satisfaction. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59, 382-386.
Shaw, M. E. (1960). A note concerning homogeneity of membership and group problem solving.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 448-450.
Shaw, M. E. (1961a). Group dynamics. Annual Review of Psychology, 12, 129-156.
Shaw, M. E. (1961b). Some factors influencing the use of information in groups. Psychological
Reports, 10, 758.
Shaw, M. E. (1963). Some effects of varying amounts of information exclusively possessed by a
group member upon his behavior in the group. Journal of General Psychology, 68, 71-79.
Shaw, M. E. (1964). Communication networks. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 1,
111-147.
Shaw, M. E. (1973). Scaling group tasks: A method for dimensional analysis. JSAS Catalog of
Selected Documents in Psychology, 3, 8.
Shaw, M. E., Ackerman, B., McCown, N. E. Worsham, A. P., Haugh, L. D., Gebhardt, B. M., et
al. (1979). Interaction patterns and facilitation of peer learning. Small Group Behavior, 10,
214-223.
Shaw, M. E., & Ashton, N. (1976). Do assembly bonus effects occur on disjunctive tasks? A test
of Steiner’s theory. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 8, 469-471.
Shaw, M. E., & Blum, J. M. (1965). Group performance as a function of task difficulty and the
group’s awareness of member satisfaction. Journal of Applied Psychology, 49, 151-154.
Shaw, M. E., & Blum, J. M. (1966). Effects of leadership styles upon group performance as a
function of task structure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 238-242.
244
Shaw, M. E., & Breed, G. R. (1970). Effects of attribution of responsibility for negative events
on behavior in small groups. Sociometry, 33, 382-393.
Shaw, M. E., & Gilchrist, J. C. (1956). Intra-group communication and leader choice. Journal of
Social Psychology, 43, 133-138.
Shaw, M. E., & Harkey, B. (1976). Some effects of congruency of member characteristics and
group structure upon group behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34,
412-418.
Shaw, M. E., & Penrod, W. T., Jr. (1962a). Does more information available to a group always
improve group performance? Sociometry, 25, 377-390.
Shaw, M. E., & Penrod, W. T., Jr. (1962b). Validity of information, attempted influence, and
quality of group decisions. Psychological Reports, 10, 19-23.
Shaw, M. E., & Penrod, W. T., Jr. (1964). Group effectiveness as a function of “legitimate”
information. Journal of Social Psychology, 62, 241-246.
Shaw, M. E., & Rothschild, G. H. (1956). Some effects of prolonged experience in
communication nets. Journal of Applied Psychology, 40, 281-286.
Shaw, M. E., Rothschild, G. H., & Strickland, J. F. (1957). Decision processes in communication
nets. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 54, 323-330.
Shaw, M. E., & Shaw, L. M. (1962). Some effects of sociometric grouping upon learning in a
second grade classroom. Journal of Social Psychology, 57, 453-458.
Shaw, M. E.,, & Tremble, T. R., Jr. (1971). Effects of attribution of responsibility for a negative
event to a group member upon group process as a function of the structure of the event.
Sociometry, 34, 504-514.
Shaw, M. E., & Webb, J. N. (1982). When compatibility interferes with group effectiveness.
Small Group Behavior, 13, 555-564.
She, H. (1999). Students’ knowledge construction in small groups in the seventh grade biology
laboratory: Verbal communication and physical engagement. International Journal of
Science Education, 21, 1051-1066.
Shea, G. P., & Guzzo, R. A. (1987a). Group effectiveness: What really matters. Sloan
Management Review, 4, 25-31.
Shea, G. P., & Guzzo, R. A. (1987b). Groups as human resources. Research in Personnel and
Human Resource Management, 5, 323-356.
Shearn, M. A., & Fireman, B. H. (1985). Stress management and mutual support groups in
rheumatoid arthritis. American Journal of Medicine, 78(5), 23-27.
Shears, L. M., & Gunderson, E. K. E. (1966). Stable attitude factors in natural isolated groups.
Journal of Social Psychology, 70, 199-204.
Shebilske, W. L., Jordon, J. A., Goettl, B. P., & Paulus, L. E. (1998). Observation versus handson practice of complex skills in dyadic, triadic, and tetradic training-teams. Human Factors,
40, 525-540.
Shechtman, Z. (2001a). Prevention groups for angry and aggressive children. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 26, 228-236.
Shechtman, Z. (2001b). Therapeutic factors and outcomes in group and individual therapy of
aggressive boys. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 225-237.
Shechtman, Z. (2002). Child group psychotherapy in the school at the threshold of a new
millennium. Journal of Counseling and Development, 80, 293-299.
Shechtman, Z. (2003). Therapeutic factors and outcomes in group and individual therapy of
aggressive boys. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 225-237.
245
Schechtman, Z., & Ben-David, M. (1999). Individual and group psychotherapy of childhood
aggression: A comparison of outcomes and processes. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 3, 263-274.
Shechtman, Z., & Gluk, G. (2005). An investigation of the therapeutic factors in children’s
groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 127-144.
Shechtman, Z., & Perl-Dekel, O. (2000). A comparison of therapeutic factors in two group
treatment modalities: Verbal and art therapy. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25,
288-304.
Shechtman, Z., & Rybko, J. (2004). Attachment style and observed initial self-disclosure as
explanatory variables of group functioning. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 8, 207-220.
Shechtman, Z., & Yapov, H. (2001). Interpretives (confrontation, interpretation, and feedback) in
preadolescent counseling groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 120135..
Sheehan, A. L., & Martin, R. (2003). Understanding diversity to maximize work team
effectiveness: Field studies designed to unravel the complex relationship between diversity
and team effectiveness. Australian Journal of Psychology, 55, 144-159.
Sheehan, J. J. (1979). Conformity prior to the emergence of a group norm. Journal of
Psychology, 103, 121-127.
Sheikh, A. A., & Koch, R. J. (1977). Recall of group tasks as a function of group cohesiveness
and interruption of tasks. Psychological Reports, 40, 275-278.
Shelley, H. P. (1954). Level of aspiration phenomena in small groups. Journal of Social
Psychology, 40, 149-164.
Shelley, H. (1960). Focused leadership and cohesiveness in small groups. Sociometry, 23, 209216.
Shelly, R. K. (1997). Sequences and cycles in social interaction. Small Group Research, 28, 333356.
Shelly, R. K., & Troyer, L. (2001a). Emergence and completion of structure in initially
undefined and partially defined groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 64, 318-332.
Shelly, R. K., & Troyer, L. (2001b). Speech duration and dependencies in initially structured and
unstructured task groups. Sociological Perspectives, 44, 419-444.
Shelton, J. N. (2003). Interpersonal concerns in social encounters between majority and minority
group members. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 171-185.
Shepperd, J. A. (1993). Productivity loss in performance groups: A motivation analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 113, 67-81.
Shepperd, J. A. (1995). Remedying motivation and productivity loss in collective settings.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 131-133.
Shepperd, J. A., & Wright, R. A. (1989). Individual contributions to a collective effort: An
incentive analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 141-149.
Sherif, M. (1954). Sociocultural influences in small group research. Sociology and Social
Research, 39, 50-64.
Sherif, M. (1958). Superordinate goals in the reduction of intergroup conflicts. American Journal
of Sociology, 63, 349-356.
Sherif, M., White, B. J., & Harvey, O. J. (1955). Status in experimentally produced groups.
American Journal of Sociology, 60, 370-379.
246
Sherman, A. C., Leszcz, M., Mosier, J., Burlingame, G. M., Cleary, T., Ulman, K. H., et al. (in
press). Group interventions for patients with cancer and HIV disease: Part II. Effects on
immune, endocrine, and disease outcomes at different phases of illness. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy.
Sherman, A. C., Mosier, J., Leszcz, M., Burlingame, G. M., Ulman, K. H., Cleary, T. et al. (in
press). Group interventions for patients with cancer and HIV disease: Part I. Effects of
psychosocial and functional outcomes at different phases of illness. International Journal of
Group Psychotherapy.
Sherman, S. J., Castelli, L., & Hamilton, D. L. (2002). The spontaneous use of a group typology
as an organizing principle in memory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82,
328-342.
Sherman, T. M., & Smith, B. V. (1976). Application of behavioral technology to small group
discussion with university students. Instructional Science, 5, 93-105.
Shields, D. L. L., Gardner, D. E., Bredemeier, B. J. L., & Bostro, A. (1997). The relationship
between leadership behaviors and group cohesion in team sports. Journal of Psychology,
131, 196-210.
Shifett, S. (1979a). Temporal changes in the prediction of group performance. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 61, 455-462.
Shifett, S. (1979b). Toward a general model of small group productivity. Psychological Bulletin,
86, 67-79.
Shirakashi, S. (1984). Social loafing of Japanese students. Hiroshima Forum for Psychology, 10,
35-40.
Shirakashi, S., & Yoshida, M. (1975). The effects of success vs. failure and leader’s LPC on
member reactions. Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient, 18,
22-29.
Shirani, A. I., Tafti, M. H., & Affisco, J. F. (1999). Task and technology fit: A comparison of
two technologies for synchronous and asynchronous group communication. Information and
Management, 36, 139-150.
Shockley-Zalabak, P. (2002). Protean places: Teams across time and space. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 30, 231-250.
Shrivastra, R. S. (1973). Formation and functioning of friendship groups: A sociological study
among prison inmates. Sociological Bulletin, 22, 98-111.
Shure, G. H., Rogers, M. S., Larsen, I. M., & Tassone, J. (1962). Group planning and task
effectiveness. Sociometry, 25, 263-282.
Shuter, R. (1977). Cross-cultural small group research: A review, an analysis, and a theory.
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 1, 90-104.
Shwalb, D. W., Shwalb, B. J., & Murata, K. (1991). Individualistic striving and group dynamics
of fifth- and eighth-grade Japanese boys. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 22, 347361.
Sia, C., Tan, B. C. Y., & Wei, K. (1996). Exploring the effects of some display and task factors
on GSS user groups. Information & Management, 30, 35-41.
Sia, C., Tan, B. C. Y., & Wei, K. (1997). Effects of GSS interface and task type on group
interaction: An empirical study. Decision Support Systems, 19, 289-299.
Sia, C., Tan, B. C. Y., & Wei, K. (2002). Group polarization and computer-mediated
communication: Effects of communication cues, social presence, and anonymity.
Information Systems Research, 13, 70-90.
247
Sidanius, J., Pratto, F., & Brief, D. (1995). Group dominance and the political psychology of
gender: A cross-cultural comparison. Political Psychology, 16, 381-396.
Sidanius, J., Pratto, F., & Rabinowitz, J. (1994). Gender, ethnic status, ingroup attachment and
social dominance orientation. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 25, 194-216.
Siebert, S., & Gruenfeld, L. (1992). Masculinity, femininity and behavior in groups. Small
Group Research, 23, 95-112.
Siegel, A. I., & Federman, P. J. (1973). Communications content training as an ingredient in
effective team performance. Ergonomics, 16, 403-416.
Siegal, L., Dubrovsky, V., Kiesler, S., & McGuire, T. W. (1986). Group processes in computermediated communication. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 37,
157-187.
Sigman, S. J. (1984). Talk and interaction strategy in a task-oriented group. Small Group
Behavior, 15, 33-50.
Silver, G. (1958). Beyond general practice: The health team. Yale Journal of Biology and
Medicine, 31, 29-38.
Silver, S. D., Cohen, B. P., & Crutchfield, J. H. (1994). Status differentiation and information
exchange in face-to-face and computer-mediated idea generation. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 57, 108-123.
Silver, S. D., Cohen, B. P., & Rainwater, J. (1988). Group structure and information exchange in
innovative problem solving. Advances in Group Processes, 5, 169-194.
Silver, W. S., & Bufianio, K. M. (1996). The impact of group efficacy and group goals on group
task performance. Small Group Research, 27, 347-349.
Silver, W. S., & Bufiano, K. M. (1997). Reciprocal relationships, causal influences, and group
efficacy: A reply to Kaplan. Small Group Research, 28, 559-562.
Silverstein, C. H., & Stang, D. J. (1976). Seating position and interaction in triads: A field study.
Sociometry, 39, 166-170.
Silvester, J., Anderson, N. R., & Patterson, F. (1999). Organizational culture change: An intergroup attributional analysis. Journal of Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 72, 123.
Silzer, R. F., & Clark, D., III. (1977). The effects of proportion, strength and value orientation of
arguments on decision-making. European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 451-464.
Siman, M. L. (1977). Application of a new model of peer group influence to naturally existing
adolescent friendship groups. Child Development, 48, 270-274.
Simkin, D. K., Lederer, J. P., & Seligman, M. E. (1983). Learned helplessness in groups.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 21, 613-622.
Simmel, G. (1902). The number of members as determining the sociological form of the group.
American Journal of Sociology, 8, 1-46, 158-196.
Simon, B. (1992). Intragroup differentiation in terms of ingroup and outgroup attributes.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 407-413.
Simon, B., & Brown, R. (1987). Perceived intragroup homogeneity in majority-minority
contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 703-711.
Simon, B., Glässner-Bayerl, B., & Stratenwerth, I. (1991). Stereotyping and self-stereotyping in
a natural intergroup context: The case of heterosexual and homosexual men. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 54, 252-266.
248
Simon, B., & Hamilton, D. L. (1994). Self-stereotyping and social context: The effects of
relative ingroup size and ingroup status. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66,
699-711.
Simon, B., Hastedt, C., & Aufderheide, B. (1997). When self-categorization makes sense: the
role of meaningful social categorization in minority and majority members’ self-perception.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 310-320.
Simon, B., Pantaleo, G., & Mummendey, A. (1995). Unique individual or interchangeable group
member? The accentuation of intragroup differences versus similarities as an indicator of the
individual self versus the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69,
106-119.
Simon, B., & Sturmer, S. (2003). Respect for group members: Intragroup determinants of
collective identification and group-serving behavior. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 29, 183-193.
Simon, G., Langmeyer, D., & Boyer, R. K. (1974). Perceptual style as a determinant in the
solution of a group task. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1, 252-255.
Simons, T., Pelled, L. H., & Smith, K. A. (1999). Making use of difference: Diversity, debate,
and decision comprehensiveness in to management teams. Academy of Management
Journal, 42, 662-673.
Simons, T. L., & Peterson, R. S. (2000). Task conflict and relationship conflict in top
management teams: The pivotal role of intragroup trust. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85,
102-111.
Simonton, D. K. (1985). Intelligence and personal influence in groups: Four nonlinear models.
Psychological Review, 92, 532-547.
Simpson, D. B., & Punwani, P. A. (1975). The effect of risk and pressure on coalition behavior
in a triadic situation. Behavioral Science, 20, 174-178.
Simpson, R. H. (1939). The effect of discussion on intra-group divergences of judgment.
Quarterly Journal of Speech, 25, 546-552.
Sinclair, A. (1992). The tyranny of a team ideology. Organization Studies, 13, 611-626.
Sinclair, A. L. (2003). The effects of justice and cooperation on team effectiveness. Small Group
Research, 34, 74-100.
Singer, D. L., Astrachan, B. M., Gould, L. J., & Klein, E. B. (1975). Boundary management in
psychological work with groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 11, 137-176.
Singleton, R. (1979). Another look at the conformity explanation of group-induced shifts in
choice. Human Relations, 32, 37-56.
Sinha, T. N., & Sinha, J. B. (1977). Styles of leadership and their effects on group productivity.
Indian Journal of Industrial Relations, 13, 209-223.
Siperstein, G. N., Bak, J., & Gottlieb, J. (1977). Effects of group discussion on children’s
attitudes toward handicapped peers. Journal of Educational Research, 70, 131-134.
Skevington, S. M. (1980). Intergroup relations and social change within a nursing context.
British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 19, 201-213.
Skvoretz, J. (1981). Extending expectation states theory: Comparative status models of
participation in N person groups. Social Forces, 59, 752-770.
Skvoretz, J. (1988). Models of participation in status-differentiated groups. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 51, 43-57.
Slater, P. E. (1955). Role differentiation in small groups. American Sociological Review, 20,
300-310.
249
Slater, P. E. (1958). Contrasting correlates of group size. Sociometry, 21, 129-139.
Slavin, R. E. (1977a). How student learning teams can integrate the desegregated classroom.
Integrated Education, 15(6), 56-58.
Slavin, R. E. (1977b). A student team approach to teaching adolescents with special emotional
and behavioral needs. Psychology in the Schools, 14, 77-84.
Slavin, R. E. (1978a). Student teams and achievement divisions. Journal of Research and
Development in Education, 12, 39-49.
Slavin, R. E. (1978b). Student teams and comparison among equals: Effects on academic
performance and student attitudes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 70, 532-538.
Slavin, R. E. (1979). Effects of biracial learning teams on cross-racial friendships. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 71, 381-387.
Slavin, R. E. (1980). Cooperating learning in teams: State of the art. Educational Psychologist,
15, 93-111.
Slavin, R. E. (1991a). Cooperative learning and group contingencies. Journal of Behavioral
Education, 1, 105-115.
Slavin, R. E. (1991b). Group rewards make groupwork work. Educational Leadership, 5, 89-91.
Slavin, R. E., & Cooper, R. (1999). Improving intergroup relations: Lessons learned from
cooperative learning programs. Journal of Social Issues, 55, 647-663.
Slavin, R. E., & Karweit, N. (1981). Cognitive and affective outcomes of an intensive student
team learning experience. Journal of Experimental Education, 50, 29-35.
Slavin, R. E., & Karweit, N. (1984). Mastery learning and student teams: A factorial experiment
in urban general mathematics classes. American Educational Research Journal, 21, 725726.
Slavin, R. E., & Oickle, E. (1981). Effects of cooperative learning teams on student achievement
and race relations: Treatment by race interaction. Sociology of Education, 54, 174-180.
Slavson, S. R. (1950). Group psychotherapy. Scientific American, 183(6), 42-45.
Slepicka, P. (1975). Interpersonal behavior and sports group effectiveness. International Journal
of Sport Psychology, 6, 14-27.
Slocum, Y. S. (1987). A survey of expectations about group therapy among clinical and nonclinical populations. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 37, 39-54.
Slusher, M. P., Mayer, C. J., & Dunkle, R. E. (1996). Gays and Lesbians Older and Wiser
(GLOW): A support group for older gay people. Gerontologist, 36, 118-123.
Smaby, M. H., Maddux, C. D., Torres-Rivera, E., & Zimmick, R. (1999). A study of the effects
of a skill-based versus a conventional group counseling training program. Journal for
Specialists in Group Work, 24, 152-163.
Smart, R. (1965). Social-group membership, leadership, and birth order. Journal of Social
Psychology, 67, 221-225.
Smith, A. J., Madden, H. E., & Sobol, R. (1957). Productivity and recall in cooperative and
competitive discussion groups. Journal of Psychology, 43, 193-204.
Smith, B. L. (1993). Interpersonal behaviors that damage the productivity of creative problemsolving groups. Journal of Creative Behavior, 27, 171-187.
Smith, B. N., Kerr, N. A., Markus, M. J., & Stasson, M. F. (2001). Individual differences in
social loafing: Need for cognition as a motivator in collective performance. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 150-158.
Smith, C., & Comer, D. (1994). Self-organization in small groups: A study of group
effectiveness within nonequilibrium conditions. Human Relations, 47, 553-581.
250
Smith, C., & Gemmil, G. (1991)., Change in the small group: A dissipative structure perspective.
Human Relations, 44, 697-716.
Smith, C. A. P., & Hayne, S. C. (1997). Decision making under time pressure: An investigation
of decision speed and decision quality of computer-supported groups. Management
Communication Quarterly, 11, 97-126.
Smith, C. M., Dykema-Engblade, A., Walker, A., Niven, T. S., & McGough, T. (2000).
Asymmetrical social influence in freely interacting groups discussing the death penalty: A
shared representations interpretation. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 3, 387-401.
Smith, C. M., Tindale, R. S., & Dugoni, B. L. (1996). Minority and majority influence in freely
interacting groups: Qualitative versus quantitative differences. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 35, 137-149.
Smith, C. M., & Powell, L. (1988). The use of disparaging humor by group leaders. Southern
Speech Communication Journal, 53, 279-292.
Smith, E. R., & Henry, S. (1996). An in-group becomes part of the self: Response time
evaluation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 635-642.
Smith, E. R., Jackson, J. W., & Sparks, C. W. (2003). Effects of inequality and reasons for
inequality on group identification and cooperation in social dilemmas. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 6, 201-220.
Smith, E. R., Murphy, J., & Coats, S. (1999). Attachment to groups: Theory and measurement.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 94-110.
Smith, G., Majeski, R., & McClenny, B. (1996). Psychoeducational support groups for aging
parents: Development and preliminary outcomes. Mental Retardation, 34(3), 172-181.
Smith, H. J., & Leach, C. W. (2004). Group membership and everyday social comparisons.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 297-308.
Smith, H. J., & Tyler, T. R. (1997). Choosing the right pond: The impact of group membership
on self-esteem and group-oriented behavior. Journal of Experimental and Social
Psychology, 33, 146-170.
Smith, H. W. (1977). Small group interaction at various ages: Simultaneous talking and
interruptions of others. Small Group Behavior, 8, 65-74.
Smith, J. A., & Foti, R. J. (1998). A pattern approach to the study of leader emergence.
Leadership Quarterly, 9, 147-160.
Smith, J. Y., & Vanecek, M. T. (1988). Computer conferencing and task oriented decisions:
Implications for group decision support. Information & Management, 14, 123-132.
Smith, J. Y., & Vanecek, M. T. (1990). Dispersed group decision making using nonsimultaneous
computer conferencing: A report of research. Journal of Management Information System,
7, 71-92.
Smith, K. A., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1981). Can conflict be constructive?
Controversy versus occurrence seeking in learning groups. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 122, 199-209.
Smith, K. A., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1984). Effects of controversy on learning in
cooperative groups. Journal of Psychology, 122, 199-209.
Smith, K. G., Smith, K. A., Olian, J., Sims, H., O’Bannon, D., & Scully, J. (1994). Top
management team demography and process: The role of social integration and
communication. Administrative Science Quarterly, 39, 412-438.
Smith, K. H. (1972). Changes in group structure through individual and group feedback. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 24, 425-428.
251
Smith, K. K., & Berg, D. N. (1987). A paradoxical concept of group dynamics. Human
Relations, 40, 633-658.
Smith, K. K., & White, G. L. (1983). Some alternatives to traditional social psychology of
groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 65-73.
Smith, P. B. (1964). Attitude change associated with training in human relations. British Journal
of Social and Clinical Psychology, 3, 104-112.
Smith, P. B. (1974). Group composition as a determinant of Kelman’s social influence modes.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 261-277.
Smith, P. B. (1975). Controlled studies of the outcome of sensitivity training. Psychological
Bulletin, 82, 597-622.
Smith, P. B. (1976a). Social influence processes and the outcome of sensitivity training. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1087-1094.
Smith, P. B. (1976b). Sources of influence in the sensitivity training laboratory. Small Group
Behavior, 7, 331-348.
Smith, P. B. (1983). Back-home environment and within-group relationships as determinants of
personal change. Human Relations, 36, 53-68.
Smith, R. B., & Banaka, W. H. (2001). Pretherapy training of therapeutic factors for members of
counseling groups. Journal for Speciualists in Group Work, 26, 397-405.
Smith, R. J., & Cook, P. E. (1973). Leadership in dyadic groups as a function of dominance and
incentives. Sociometry, 36, 561-568.
Smith, S., & Haythorn, W. W. (1972). Effects of compatibility, crowding, group size, and
leadership seniority on stress, anxiety, hostility, and annoyance in isolated groups. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 22, 67-79.
Smith, W. P. (1967). Power structure and authoritarianism in the use of power in the triad.
Journal of Personality, 35, 64-90.
Smith-Jentsch, K. A., Campbell, G. E., Milanovich, D. M., & Reynolds, A. M. (2001).
Measuring teamwork mental models to support training needs assessment, development, and
evaluation: Two empirical studies. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 179-194.
Smith-Jentsch, K., Salas, E., & Baker, D. P. (1996). Training team performance-related
assertiveness. Personnel Psychology, 49, 909-936.
Smith-Jentsch, K., Salas, E., & Brannick, M. T. (2001). To transfer or not to transfer?
Investigating the combined effects of trainee characteristics, team leader support, and team
climate. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86, 279-292.
Smith-Lovin, L., & Brody, C. (1989). Interruptions in group discussions: The effects of gender
and group composition. American Sociological Review, 54, 424-435.
Smith-Lovin, L., Skvoretz, J. V., & Hudson, C. G. (1986). Status and participation in six-person
groups: A test of Skvoretz’s comparative status model. Social Forces, 64, 992-1005.
Snelling, E. (2005). Hungry researchers: The tensions and dilemmas of developing an
emancipatory research project with members of a hearing voices group. Journal of Social
Work Practice, 19, 131-147.
Smokowski, P. R., Rose, S. D., & Bacallao, M. L. (2001). Damaging experiences in therapeutic
groups: How vulnerable consumers become group casualties. Small Group Research, 32,
223-251.
Smokowski, P. R., Rose, S., Tadar, K., & Reardon, K. (1999). Post group-casualty status, group
events, and leader behavior: An early look into the dynamics of damaging group
experiences. Research on Social Work Practice, 9, 555-574.
252
Smolensky, M. W., Carmody, M. A., & Halcomb, C. G. (1990). The influence of task type,
group structure and extraversion on uninhibited speech in computer-mediated
communication. Computers in Human Behavior, 6, 261-272.
Snadowsky, A. (1974). Member satisfaction in stable communication networks. Sociometry, 37,
38-53.
Sniezek, J. A. (1992). Groups under uncertainty: An examination of confidence in group
decision making. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 52, 124-155.
Sniezek, J. A., & Henry, R. A. (1989). Accuracy and confidence in group judgment.
Organization Behavior and Human Performance, 28, 272-288.
Sniezek, J. A., & Henry, R. A. (1990). Revision weighting and commitment in consensus group
judgment. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 52, 124-155.
Snortum, J. R., Klein, J. F., & Sherman, W. A. (1976). The impact of an aggressive juror in sixand twelve-member juries. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 3, 255-262.
Snow, C. C., Snell, S. A., & Davison, S. C. (1996). Using transnational teams to globalize your
company. Organizational Dynamics, 24(4), 50-67.
Snow, D., Zurcher, L., Jr., & Ekland-Olson, S. (1980). Social networks and social movements: A
microstructural approach to differential recruitment. American Sociological Review, 45,
787-801.
Snyder, C. R., Lassgard, M., & Ford, C. E. (1986). Distancing after group success and failure:
Basking in reflected glory and cutting off reflected failure. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 51, 382-388.
Snyder, C. R., & Newburg, C. L. (1981). The Barnum effect in a group setting. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 45, 622-629.
Sokol, M. B. (1992). Time boundaries, task commitment, and the illusion of group immortality.
Consulting Psychology Journal, 44(3), 28-32.
Solano, C. H., & Dunnam, M. (1985). Two’s company: Self-disclosure and reciprocity in triads
versus dyads. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 183-187.
Solberg, L. I., Hroschikoski, M. C., Sperl-Hillen, J. M., Harper, P. G., & Crabtree, B. F. (2006).
Transforming medical case: Case study of an exemplary small medical group. Annals of
Family Medicine, 4, 109-116.
Sole, D., & Edmondson, A. (2002). Situated knowledge and learning in dispersed teams. British
Journal of Management, 13, S17-S34.
Solomon, P., Draine, J., & Mannion, E. (1996). The impact of individualized consultation and
group workshop family education intervention on ill relatives’ outcomes. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 184, 252-255.
Solomon, S. (1983). Individual versus group therapy: Current status in the treatment of
alcoholism. Advances in Alcohol and Substance Abuse, 2, 69-86.
Sommer, R. (1967). Small group ecology. Psychological Bulletin, 67, 145-152.
Sommers, S. R. (in press). On racial diversity and group decision-making: Identifying multiple
effects of racial composition on jury deliberations. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology.
Sonnentag, S. (2001). High performance and meeting participation: An observational study in
software design teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 3-18.
Soper, W. B., & Karasik, R. (1977). Use of spatial cues with regard to the invasion of group
space. Psychological Reports, 40, 1175-1178.
253
Sorensen, G., & McCroskey, J. C. (1977). The prediction of interaction behavior in small groups:
Zero history vs. intact groups. Communication Monographs, 44, 73-80.
Sorensen, H., London, J., Heitzmann, C., Gibson, D., Morales, E., Durmont, R., et al. (1994).
Psychoeducational group approach: HIV risk reduction in drug users. AIDS Education
Prevention, 6(2), 95-112.
Sorenson, J. R. (1971). Task demands, group interaction, and group performance. Sociometry,
34, 483-495.
Sorenson, J. R. (1973). Group member traits, group process, and group performance. Human
Relations, 26, 639-655.
Sorenson, R. L., & Savage, G. T. (1989). Signaling participation through relational
communication: A test of the leader interpersonal influence model. Group and Organization
Studies, 14, 325-354.
Sorrentino, R. M., & Boutellier, R. G. (1975). The effect of quantity and quality of verbal
interaction on ratings of leadership ability. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11,
403-411.
Sorrentino, R. M., & Sheppard, B. H. (1978). Effects of affiliation-related motives on swimmers
in individual versus group competition: A field experiment. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 36, 704-714.
Sosik, J. J. (1997). Effects of transformational leadership and anonymity on idea generation in
computer-mediated groups. Group & Organization Management, 22, 460-487.
Sosik, J. J., Avolio, B. J., & Kahai, S. S. (1997). Effects of leadership style and anonymity on
group potency and effectiveness in a group decision support system environment. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 82, 89-103.
Sosik, J. J., Avolio, B. J., & Kahai, S. S. (1998). Inspiring group creativity: Comparing
anonymous and identified electronic brainstorming. Small Group Research, 29, 3-31.
Sosik, J. J., Avolio, B. J., Kahai, S. S., & Jung, D. I. (1988). Computer-supported work group
potency and effectiveness: The role of transformational leadership, anonymity, and task
interdependence. Computers in Human Behavior, 14, 491-511.
Sosik, J. J., Kahai, S. S., & Avolio, B. J. (1998). Transformational leadership and dimensions of
creativity: Motivating idea generation in computer mediated groups. Creativity Research
Journal, 11, 111-121.
Southard, B. (1984). Bengal women’s education league: Pressure group and professional
association. Modern Asian Studies, 18, 55-88.
Spears, R., Doosje, B., & Ellemers, N. (1997). Self-stereotyping in the face of threats to group
status and distinctiveness: The role of group identification. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 538-553.
Spears., R., Gordijn, E., Dijksterhuis, A., & Stapel, D. A. (2004). Reaction in action: Intergroup
contrast in automatic behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 605-616.
Spears, R., Lea, M., Corneliessen, R. A., Postmes, T., & Ter Haar, W. (2002). Computermediated communication as a channel for social resistance: The strategic side of SIDE.
Small Group Research, 33, 555-574.
Spears, R., Lea, M., & Lee, S. (1990). De-individuation and group polarization in computermediated communication. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 121-134.
Spears, R., Postmes, T., Lea, M., & Wolbert, A. (2002a). The power of influence and the
influence of power in virtual groups: A SIDE look at CMC and the internet. Journal of
Social Issues, 58, 91-108.
254
Spears, R., Postmes, T., Lea, M., & Wolbert, A. (2002b). When are net effects gross products?
The power of influence and the influence of power in computer-mediated communication.
Journal of Social Issues, 58, 91-107.
Spector, P. E., Cohen, S. L., & Penner, L. A. (1976). The effects of real vs. hypothetical risk on
group choice-shifts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 2, 290-293.
Spencer, C., Williams, M., & Oldfield-Box, H. (1974). Age, group decisions on risk-related
topics and the prediction of choice shifts. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology,
13, 375-381.
Spich, R. S., & Keleman, K. (1985). Explicit norm structuring process: A strategy for increasing
task-group effectiveness. Group and Organization Studies, 10, 37-59.
Spiegel, D., Bloom, J. R., & Yalom, I. (1981). Group support for patients with metastatic cancer:
A randomized prospective outcome study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 527-533.
Spiegel, D., & Glafkides, M. C. (1983). Effects of group confrontation with death and dying.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 433-447.
Spilane, R. (1983). Authority in small groups: A laboratory test of a Machiavellian observation.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 51-59.
Spillman, B., Bezdek, J., & Spillman, R. (1979). Development of an instrument for the dynamic
measurement of consensus. Communication Monographs, 46, 1-12.
Spillman, B., Spillman, R., & Reinking, K. (1981). Leadership emergence: Dynamic analysis of
the effects of sex and androgyny. Small Group Behavior, 12, 139-157.
Spindler, Z. A. (1976). Endogenous bargaining power and the theory of small group collective
choice. Public Choice, 28, 67-78.
Spink, K. S. (1990). Collective efficacy in the sport setting. International Journal of Sport
Psychology, 28, 25-31.
Spink, K. S. (1992). Group cohesion and starting status in successful and less successful elite
volleyball teams. Journal of Sport Sciences, 10, 379-388.
Spink, K. S., & Carron, A. V. (1993). The effects of team building on the adherence patterns of
female exercise participants. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 15, 39-49.
Spink, K. S., & Carron, A. V. (1994a). Group cohesion and adherence in exercise classes.
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 14, 78-86.
Spink, K. S., & Carron, A. V. (1994b). Group cohesion effects in exercise classes. Small Group
Research, 25, 26-42.
Spink, K. S., Nickel, D., Wilson, K., & Odnokon, P. 92005). Using a multilevel approach to
examine the relationship between task cohesion and team task satisfaction in elite ice hockey
players. Small Group Research, 36, 539-554.
Spinner, D. A. (1992). The evolution of culture and cohesion in the group treatment of ego
impaired children. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 42, 369-381.
Spitz, H. I. (1984). Contemporary trends in group psychotherapy: A literature survey. Hospital
and Community Psychiatry, 35, 132-142.
Spitzer, C. E., & Davis, J. H. (1978). Mutual social influence in dynamic groups. Social
Psychology, 41, 24-33.
Spitzer, D. R. (1975a). Effect of group discussion on teachers’ attitudes toward risk taking in
educational situations. Journal of Educational Research, 68, 371-374.
Spitzer, D. R. (1975b). Reviving the risky shift phenomenon: Applications of group dynamics
research to educational practice. Improving Human Performance: A Research Quarterly, 4,
1-11.
255
Spoelders-Claes, R. (1973). Small-group effectiveness on an administrative task as influenced by
knowledge of results and sex composition of the group. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 3, 389-401.
Spoor, J. R., & Kelly, J. R. (2004). The evolutionary significance of affect in groups:
Communication and social bonding. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 398-416.
Spreitzer, G. M., Cohen, S. G., & Ledford, G. E., Jr. (1999). Developing effective self-managing
work teams in service organizations. Group & Organization Management, 24, 340-366.
Spreitzer, G. M., Noble, D. S., Mishra, A. K., & Cooke, W. N. (1999). Predicting process
improvement team performance in an automobile firm: Explicating the roles of trust and
empowerment. Research on Managing Groups and Teams, 2, 71-92.
Sprinkl, K. S. (1990b). Group cohesion and collective efficacy of volleyball teams. Journal of
Sport and Exercise Psychology, 12, 301-311.
Spuck, D. W., Prater, D. L., & Palumbo, D. B. (1995). Using electronic meeting system support
in the design of the graduate core curriculum. Educational Technology Research &
Development, 43, 71-80.
Stacey, R. D. (2001). Complexity and the group matrix. Group Analysis, 34, 201-239.
Stager, P. (1967). Conceptual level as a composition variable in small-group decision making.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5, 152-161.
Stangor, C., Jonas, K., Stroebe, W., & Hewstone, M. (1996). Influence of student exchange on
national stereotypes, attitudes, and perceived group variability. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 26, 663-675.
Staples, D. S., & Webster, J. (2007). Exploring traditional and virtual team members’ “best
practices”: A social cognitive theory perspective. Small Group Research, 38, 60-97.
Stark, S., Stronach, I., & Warne, T. (2002). Teamwork in mental health: rhetoric and reality.
Journal of Psychiatric and Mental Health, 9, 411-418.
Staton, G. G., Jenks, R. J., & McCartney, J. L. (1975). The identification of coalitions in small
groups using multidimensional scaling: A methodology. Small Group Behavior, 18, 126137.
Stasser, G. (1988). Computer simulation as a research tool: The DISCUSS model of group
decision making. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 393-422.
Stasser, G. (1992). Information salience and the discovery of hidden profiles by decision-making
groups: A “thought experiment.” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
52, 156-181.
Stasser, G., & Davis, J. H. (1977). Opinion change during group discussion. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 3, 252-256.
Stasser, G., & Davis, J. H. (1981). Group decision making and social influence: A social
interaction model. Psychological Review, 88, 523-551.
Stasser, G., & Stewart, D. (1992). Discovery of hidden profiles by decision-making groups:
Solving a problem versus making a judgment. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 63, 426-434.
Stasser, G., Stewart, D. D., & Wittenbaum, G. (1995). Expert roles and information exchange
during discussion: The importance of knowing who knows what. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 31, 244-265.
Stasser, G., & Taylor, L. A. (1991). Speaking turns in face-to-face discussions. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 675-684.
256
Stasser, G., Taylor, L. A., & Hanna, C. (1989). Information sampling in structured and
unstructured discussions of three- and six-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 57, 67-78.
Stasser, G., & Titus, W. (1985). Pooling of unshared information in group decision making:
Biased information sampling during discussion. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 48, 1467-1478.
Stasser, G., & Titus, W. (1987). Effects of information load and percentage of shared
information on the dissemination of unshared information during group discussion. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 81-93.
Stasser, G., & Titus, W. (2003). Hidden profiles: A brief history. Psychological Inquiry, 14, 304313.
Stasser, G., Vaughan, S. I., & Stewart, D. D. (2000). Pooling unshared information: The benefits
of know how access to information is distributed among group members. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 82, 102-116.
Stasson, M. F., & Bradshaw, S. D. (1995). Explanations of individual-group performance
differences: What sort of “bonus” can be gained through group interaction? Small Group
Research, 26, 296-308.
Stasson, M. F., Kameda, T., & Davis, J. H. (1997). A model of agenda influences on group
decisions. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 316-323.
Stasson, M. F., Kameda, T., Parks, C. D., Zimmerman, S. K., & Davis, J. H. (1991). Effects of
assigned group consensus requirements on group problem solving and group members’
learning. Social Psychology Quarterly, 54, 25-35.
Stech, E. (1970). An analysis of interaction structure in the discussion of a ranking task. Speech
Monographs, 37, 249-256.
Steck, R., & Sundermann, J. (1978). The effects of group size and cooperation on the success of
interdisciplinary groups in R & D. R and D Management, 8(2), 59-64.
Steeb, R., & Johnson, S. C. (1981). A computer-based interactive system for group decisionmaking. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, SMC-11, 544-552.
Steier, F., Stanton, M., & Todd, T. C. (1982). Patterns of turn-taking and alliance formation in
family communication. Journal of Communication, 32(4), 148-160.
Stein, R. T. (1975). Identifying emergent leaders from verbal and nonverbal communication.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 125-135.
Stein, R. T., Geis, F. L., & Damarin, F. (1973). Perception of emergent leadership hierarchies in
task groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 28, 77-87.
Steinberg, S., & Bar-On, D. (2002). An analysis of the group process in encounters between
Jews and Palestinians using a typology for discourse classification. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 26, 199-214.
Stein, R. T. (1975). Identifying emergent leaders from verbal and nonverbal communications.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 125-135.
Stein, R. T. (1977). Accuracy of process consultants and untrained observers in perceiving
emergent leadership. Journal of Applied Psychology, 62, 755-759.
Stein, R. T. (1982). High-status group members as exemplars: A summary of field research on
the relationship of status to congruence conformity. Small Group Behavior, 13, 3-21.
Stein, R. T., & Heller, T. (1979). An empirical analysis of the correlations between leadership
status and participation rates reported in the literature. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 37, 1993-2002.
257
Stein, T. S. (1983). An overview of men’s groups. Social Work With Groups, 6, 149-161.
Steiner, I. D. (1966). Models for inferring relationships between group size and potential group
productivity. Behavioral Science, 11, 273-283.
Steiner, I. D. (1974). Whatever happened to the group in social psychology? Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 94-108.
Steiner, I. D. (1986). Paradigms and groups. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 19,
251-289.
Steiner, I. D., & Rajaratnam, N. (196`). A model for the comparison of individual and group
performance scores. Behavioral Science, 6, 142-147.
Steinfeld, G., & Mabli, J. (1974). Perceived curative factors in group therapy by residents of a
therapeutic community. Criminal Justice Behavior, 1, 278-288.
Steinglass, P. (1979). The Home Observation Assessment Method (HOAM): Realtime
naturalistic observation of families in their homes. Family Process, 18, 337-354.
Steinzor, B. (1950). The spatial factor in face-to-face discussion groups. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 45, 552-555.
Stempfle, J., & Badke-Schaub, P. (2002b). Thinking in design teams—An analysis of team
communication. Design Studies, 23, 473-496.
Stempfle, J., Hübner, O., & Badke-Schaub, P. (2001). A functional theory of task role
distribution in work groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 138-159.
Stephan, C. (1974). Sex prejudice in jury simulation. Journal of Psychology, 88, 305-312.
Stephan, C., Burnham, M. A., & Aronson, E. (1979). Attributions for success and failure after
cooperation, competition, or team competition. European Journal of Social Psychology, 9,
109-114.
Stephan, F. F., & Mishler, E. G. (1952). The distribution of participation in small groups: An
exponential approximation. American Sociological Review, 17, 598-608.
Stephan, W. G. (1987). The contact hypothesis in intergroup relations. Review of Personality and
Social Psychology, 9, 13-40.
Stephan, W. G., & Finlay, K. A. (1999). The role of empathy in improving intergroup relations.
Journal of Social Issues, 53, 729-743.
Stephan, W. G., & Stephan, C. W. (1985). Intergroup anxiety. Journal of Social Issues, 41, 157175.
Stephan, W. G., & Stephan, C. W. (1989). Antecedents of intergroup anxiety in AsianAmericans and Hispanic-Americans. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13,
203-219.
Stephens, C. S., & Myers, M. E. (2000). Team process constraints: Testing the perceived impact
on product quality and the effectiveness of team interactions. Proceedings International
Academy for Information Management, 15, 159-169.
Stephenson, G. M., & Brotherton, C. J. (1975). Social progression and polarization: A study of
discussion and negotiation in groups of mining supervisors. British Journal of Social and
Clinical Psychology, 14, 241-252.
Stephenson, G. M., Clark, N. K., & Wade, G. S. (1986). Meetings make evidence? An
experimental study of collaborative and individual recall of a simulated police interrogation.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1113-1122.
Stephenson, G. M., & Kniveton, B. K. (1978). Interpersonal and interparty exchange: An
experimental study of the effect of seating position on the outcome of negotiations between
teams representing parties in dispute. Human Relations, 31, 555-566.
258
Stephenson, G. M., Skinner, M., & Brotherton, C. J. (1976). Group participation and intergroup
relations: An experimental study of negotiation groups. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 6, 51-70.
Sternbach, J. (1990). The men’s seminar: An educational and support group for men. Social
Work With Groups, 13, 23-39.
Stevens, M. J., & Campion, M. T. (1994a). The knowledge, skill, and ability requirements for
teamwork: Implications for human resource management. Journal of Management, 20, 503530.
Stevens, M. J., & Campion, M. A. (1999b). Staffing work teams: Development and validation of
a selection test for teamwork settings. Journal of Management, 25, 207-228.
Stevens, M. J., & Duttlinger, J. E. (1998). Correlates of participation in a breast cancer support
group. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 45, 263-275.
Stevenson, M., & Durand-Bush, N. (1999). The relationship between development of a
university football team and cohesion over a season. Avante, 5, 90-100.
Stewart, A. E., Stewart, E. A., & Gazda, G. M. (1997). Assessing the need for a new group
journal. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 75-85.
Stewart, D. D. (1998). Stereotypes, negativity bias, and the discussion of unshared information in
decision-making groups. Small Group Research, 29, 643-669.
Stewart, D. D., Billings, R. S., & Stasser, G. (1998). Accountability and the discussion of
unshared, critical information in decision-making groups. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 2, 18-23.
Stewart, D. D., & Stasser, G. (1995). Expert role assignment and information sampling during
collective recall and decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69,
619-628.
Stewart, D. D., & Stasser, G. (1998). The sampling of critical, unshared information in decisionmaking groups: The role of an informed minority. European Journal of Social Psychology,
28, 95-113.
Stewart, D. D., & Stewart, C. B. (2001). Group recall: The picture-superiority effect with shared
and unshared information. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 48-56.
Stewart, D. D., Stewart, C. B., Tyson, C., Vinci, G., & Fioti, T. (2004). Serial position effects
and the picture-superiority effect in the group recall of unshared information. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 166-181.
Stewart, F. (2005). Groups and capabilities. Journal of Human Development, 6, 185-204.
Stewart, G. L. (2006). A meta-analytic review of relationships between team design features and
team performance. Journal of Management, 32, 29-54.
Stewart, G. L., & Barrick, M. R. (2000). Team structure and performance: Assessing the
mediating role of intrateam process and the moderating role of task type. Academy of
Management Journal, 43, 135-148.
Stewart, G. L., & Manz, C. C. (1995). Leadership for self-managing work teams: A typology and
integrative model. Human Relations, 48, 747-770.
Stewart, I., & Lacassagne, M. (2005). Social representations as a diagnostic tool for identifying
cultural and other group differences. Psychology & Marketing, 22, 721-738.
Stewart, M. J. (1990). Expanding theoretical conceptualizations of self-help groups. Social
Science and Medicine, 31, 1057-1066.
Stewart, R. A. (1988). Habitability and behavioral issues of space flight. Small Group Behavior,
19, 434-451.
259
Stiles, W. B., Tupler, L. A., & Carpenter, J. C. (1982). Participants’ perceptions of self-analytic
group sessions. Small Group Behavior, 13, 247-254.
Sotck, R. (2004). Drivers of team performance: What do we know and what have we still to
learn? Schmalenbach Business Review, 56, 274-306.
Stockton, R. (1978). Reviews and bibliographies of experiential small group research: Survey
and perspective. Small Group Behavior, 9, 435-448.
Stockton, R., & Hulse, D. (1981). Developing cohesion in small groups: Theory and research.
Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 6, 188-195.
Stockton R., Morran K. D., & Clark M. B. (2004). An investigation of group leaders’ intentions.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 196-206.
Stockton, R., Morran, D. K., & Nitza, A. G. (2000). Processing group events: A conceptual map
for leaders. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 343-355.
Stockton, R., Rohde, R. I., & Haughey, J. (1992). The effects of structured group exercises on
cohesion, engagement, avoidance, and conflict. Small Group Research, 23, 1555-1568.
Stogdill, R. M. (1972). Group productivity, drive, and cohesiveness. Organizational Behavior
and Human Performance, 8, 26-43.
Stohl, C., & Coombs, C. (1988). Cooperation or cooptation: An analysis of quality circle training
manuals. Management Communication Quarterly, 2, 63-89.
Stohl, C., & Jennings, K. (1988). Volunteerism and voice in quality circles. Western Journal of
Speech Communication, 52, 238-251.
Stohl, C., & Schell, S. E. (1991). A communication-based model of a small-group dysfunction.
Communication Quarterly, 5, 90-110.
Stokes, J. P. (1983a). Components of group cohesion: Intermember attraction, instrumental
value, and risk taking. Small Group Behavior, 14, 163-173.
Stokes, J. P. (1983b). Toward an understanding of cohesion in personal change groups.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 449-467.
Stokes, J. P., Fuehrer, A., & Childs, L. (1983). Group members’ self-disclosures: Relation to
perceived cohesion. Small Group Behavior, 14, 63-76.
Stokols, D. (1972). On the distinction between density and crowding: Some implications for
future research. Psychological Review, 79, 275-278.
Stone, G. P. (1984). Conceptual problems in small group research. Studies in Symbolic
Interaction, 5, 3-21.
Stone, N. J., & O’Gorman, M. (1991). Trained helping behaviors and group performance.
Psychological Reports, 68, 1291-1299.
Stone, S., McKay, M., & Stoops, C. (1996). Evaluating multiple family groups to address the
behavioral difficulties of urban children. Small Group Research, 27, 398-415.
Stone, V. A. (1969). A primacy effect in decision-making by jurors. Journal of Communication,
19, 239-247.
Stoneman, K. G., & Dickinson, A. M. (1989). Individual performance as a function of group
contingencies and group size. Journal of Occupational Behavior Management, 10, 131-150.
Stoner, J. A. (1968). Risky and cautious shifts in group decisions: The influence of widely held
values. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 4, 442-459.
Stoop, J. R. (1932). Is the judgment of the group better than that of the average member of the
group? Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15, 550-562.
Stout, R. J., Salas, E., & Carson, R. (1994). Individual task proficiency and team process
behavior: What’s important for team functioning? Military Psychology, 6, 177-192.
260
Stout, R. J., Salas, E., & Fowlkes, J. E. (1997). Enhancing teamwork in complex environments
through team training. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 169-182.
Straffin, P. D. (1977). Majority rule and general decision rules. Theory and Decision, 8, 351-360.
Strssberg, D. S., Gabel, H., & Anchor, K. N. (1976). Patterns of self-disclosure in parent
discussion groups. Small Group Behavior, 7, 369-378.
Straub, W. F. (1975). Team cohesiveness in athletics. International Journal of Sport Psychology,
6, 125-133.
Straus, S. G. (1996). Getting a clue: The effects of communication, media and information
distribution on participation and performance in computer-mediated and face-to-face groups.
Small Group Research, 27, 115-142.
Straus, S. G. (1997). Technology, group process, and group outcomes: Testing the connections in
computer-mediated and face-to-face groups. Human-Computer Interaction, 12, 227-266.
Straus, S. G. (1999). Testing a typology of task: An empirical validation of McGrath’s (1984)
group task cicumplex. Small Group Research, 30, 166-187.
Straus, S. G., & McGrath, J. E. (1994). Does the medium matter? The interaction of task type
and technology on group performance and member reactions. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 79, 87-97.
Strauss, B. (2002). Social facilitation in motor tasks: A review of research and theory.
Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 3, 237-256.
Streater, A. L., & Cherkoff, J. M. (1976). Distribution of rewards in a triad: A developmental test
of equity theory. Child Development, 47, 800-805.
Street, M. D. (1997). Groupthink: An examination of theoretical issues, implications, and future
research suggestions. Small Group Research, 28, 72-93.
Street, W. R. (1974). Brainstorming by individuals, coacting and interacting groups. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 59, 433-436.
Strijbos, J-W., Martens, R. L., Jochems, W. M. G., & Broers, N. J. (2004). The effect of
functional roles on group efficiency: Using multilevel modeling and content analysis of
investigate computer-supported collaboration in small groups. Small Group Research, 35,
195-229.
Stockton, R., Morran, D. K., & Berardi, M. (2004). An investigation of group leaders’ intentions.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 196-206.
Strodtbeck, F. (1954). The family as three-person group. American Sociological Review, 19, 2329.
Strodbeck, F. L., & Hare, A. P. (1954). Bibliography of small group research: From 1900
through 1953. Sociometry, 16, 107-178.
Strodtbeck, F. L., & Hook, L. H. (1961). The social dimensions of a twelve-man jury table.
Sociometry, 24, 397-415.
Strodtbeck, F. L., James, R. M., & Hawkins, C. (1957). Social status in jury deliberations.
American Sociological Review, 22, 713-719.
Strodtbeck, F. L., & Lipinski, R. M. (1985). Becoming first among equals: Moral considerations
in jury foreman selection. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 927-936.
Strodtbeck, F. L., & Mann, R. D. (1956). Sex role differentiation in jury deliberations.
Sociometry, 19, 3-11.
Stroebe, W., & Diehl, M. (1994). Why groups are less effective than their members: On
productivity loss in idea-generating groups. European Review of Social Psychology, 5, 271304.
261
Stroebe, W., Diehl, M., & Abakoumkin, G. (1992). The illusion of group effectivity. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 643-650.
Stroessner, S. J., & Mackie, D. M. (1992). The impact of induced affect on the perception of
variability in social groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 546-554.
Stroessner, S. J., Mackie, D. M., & Michalsen, V. (2005). Positive mood and the perception of
variability within and between groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 5-26.
Stotland, E., Cottell, N. B., & Liuang, G. (1960). Group interaction and perceived similarity of
members. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61, 335-340.
Stroop, J. R. (1932). Is the judgment of the group better than that of the average member of the
group? Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15, 550-562.
Struch, N., & Schwartz, S. H. (1989). Intergroup aggression: Its predictors and distinctiveness
from ingroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 364-373.
Strupp, H. H., & Hausman, H. J. (1953). Some correlates of group productivity. American
Psychologist, 8, 443-444.
Stubenbort, K., Donnelly, G. R., & Cohen, J. A. (2001). Cognitive-behavioral group therapy for
bereaved adults and children following an air disaster. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
and Practice, 5, 261-276.
Suchan, J., & Hayzak, G. (2001). The communication characteristics of virtual teams: A case
study. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 44, 174-186.
Sudolsky, M., & Nathan, R. (1971). A replication in questionnaire form of an experiment by
Lippitt, Lewin, and White concerning conditions of leadership and social climates in groups.
Cornell Journal of Social Relations, 4, 188-196.
Suedfeld, P., & Steel, G. D. (2000). The environmental psychology of capsule habitats Annual
Review of Psychology, 51, 227-253.
Sugiman, T. (1979). A study on the effects of quality on influence in group decision making.
Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 33-39.
Sugisawa, H., Liang, J., Liu, X. (1994). Social networks, social support, and mortality among
older people in Japan. Journals of Gerontology, 49, S3-S13.
Suh, E. J., Moskowitz, D. S., Fournier, M. A., & Zuroff, D. C. (2004). Gender and relationships:
Influences on agentic and communal behaviors. Personal Relationships, 11, 41-59.
Sullivan, C. F. (2003). Gendered cybersupport: A thematic analysis of two on-line cancer
support groups. Journal of Health Psychology, 8, 83-103.
Sullivan, M. P., & Reno, R. R. (1999). Perceiving groups accurately. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 3, 196-205.
Sullivan, P. (2004). Communication differences between male and female team sport athletes.
Communication Reports, 17, 121-128.
Sullivan, P. J., & Feltz, D. L. (2001). The relationship between intrateam conflict and cohesion
within hockey teams. Small Group Research, 32, 342-355.
Summers, I., Coffelt, T., & Horton, R. E. (1988). Work-group cohesion. Psychological Reports,
63, 627-636.
Sundstrom, E. (1975). An experimental study of crowding: Effects of room size, intrusion, and
goal-blocking on nonverbal behavior, self-disclosure, and self-reported stress. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 645-654.
Sundstrom, E., & Altman, I. (1989). Physical environments and work group effectiveness.
Research in Organizational Behavior, 11, 175-209.
262
Sundstrom, E., Busby, P. L., & Bobrow, W. S. (1997). Group process and performance:
Interpersonal behaviors and decision quality in group problem solving by consensus. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 241-253..
Sundstrom, E., DeMeuse, K. P., & Futrell, D. (1990). Work teams: Applications and
effectiveness. American Psychologist, 45, 120-133.
Sundstrom, E., McIntyre, M., Halfhill, T., & Richards, H. (2000). Work groups: From the
Hawthorne studies to work teams of the 1990s and beyond. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 4, 44-67.
Sundstrom, E., McIntyre, M., Halfhill, T. R., & Richards, H. (2000). Work groups: From the
Hawthorne studies to work teams of the 1990s and beyond. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 4, 44-67.
Sunstein, C. R. (2000). Deliberative trouble? Why groups go to extremes. Yale Law Journal,
110, 71-120.
Sunwolf. (2006). Decisional regret theory: Reducing the anxiety about uncertain outcomes
during group decision making through shared counterfactual storytelling. Communication
Studies, 57, 107-134.
Sunwolf, & Leets, L. (2003). Communication paralysis during peer group exclusion: Social
dynamics that prevent children and adolescents from expressing disagreement. Journal of
Language and Social Psychology, 22, 335-384.
Sunwolf, & Leets, L. (2004). Being left out: Rejecting outsiders and communicating group
boundaries in childhood and adolescent peer groups. Journal of Applied Communication
Research, 32, 195-223.
Sunwolf, & Seibold, D. R. (1998). Jurors’ intuitive rules for deliberation: A structurational
approach to communication in jury decision making. Communication Monographs, 65, 282307.
Susskind, J., Maurer, K., Thakkar, V., Hamilton, D., & Sherman, J. (1999). Perceiving
individuals and groups: Expectancies, dispositional inferences, and causal attributions.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 181-191.
Sutton, R. I., & Hargadon, A. (1996). Brainstorming groups in context: Effectiveness in a
product design firm. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41, 685-718.
Suzuki, S. (1998). In-group and out-group communication patterns in international
organizations: Implications for social identity theory. Communication Research, 25, 154182.
Suzuki, Y. (1986). A study in seat-taking in meeting situations: Territorial maintenance and
status in group. Japanese Journal of Psychology, 57, 83-86.
Svyantek, D. J., Goodman, S. A., Benz, L. L., & Gard, J. A. (1999). The relationship between
organizational characteristics and team building success. Journal of Business and
Psychology, 14, 265-283.
Swain, A. (1996). Social loafing and identifiability: The mediating role of achievement goal
orientations. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 67, 337-344.
Swan, W. B., Jr., Kwan, V. S. Y., Polzer, J. T., & Milton, L. P. (2003). Waning of stereotypic
perceptions in small groups: Identity negotiation and erosion of gender expectations of
women. Social Cognition, 21, 194-212.
Swann, W. B., Jr., Milton, L. P., & Polzer, J. T. (2000). Should we create a niche or fall in line?
Identity management and small group effectiveness. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 46, 1287-1302.
263
Sweeney, J. C., Soutar, G. N., Hausknecht, D. R., Dallin, R. F., & Johnson, L. W. (1997).
Collecting information from groups: A comparison of two methods. Journal of Market
Research Society, 39, 397-411.
Sweeney, J. W., Jr., & d’Ydewalle, G. (1983). Group size: A possible distorting factor in
learning experiments. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 21, 93-96.
Swezey, R. W., Streufert, S., Satish, U., & Siem, F. M. (1998). Preliminary development of a
computer-based team performance assessment simulation. International Journal of
Cognitive Ergonomics, 2, 163-179.
Swinth, R. L. (1981). The personal responsibility group. Small Group Behavior, 12, 21-36.
Sykes, R. E. (1990). Imagining what we might study if we really studied small groups from a
speech perspective. Communication Studies, 41, 200-211.
Szymanski, K., & Harkins, S. G. (1987). Social loafing and self-evaluation with a social
standard. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5, 891-897.
Szymanski, K., & Harkins, S. G. (1993). The effect of experimenter evaluation on selfevaluation within the social loafing paradigm. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
29, 268-286.
’t Hart, P. (1991). Irving L. Janis’ Victims of Groupthink. Political Psychology, 12, 247-278.
’t Hart, P. (1998). Preventing groupthink revisited: Evaluating and reforming groups in
government. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 306-326.
Taggar, S., & Brown, T. C. (2001). Problem-solving team behaviors: Development and
validation of BOS and a hierarchical factor structure. Small Group Research, 32, 671-697.
Taggar, S., & Brown, T. C. (2006). Interpersonal affect and peer rating bias in teams. Small
Group Research, 37, 86-111.
Taggar, S., Hackett, R., & Saha, S. (1999). Leadership emergence in autonomous work teams:
Antecedents and outcomes. Personnel Psychology, 52, 899-926.
Tajfel, H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup discrimination. Scientific American, 223, 96-102.
Tajfel, H. (1974). Social identity and intergroup behavior. Social Science Information, 13, 65-93.
Tajfel, H. (1979). Individuals and groups in social psychology. British Journal of Social and
Clinical Psychology, 18, 183-190.
Tajfel, H., Billig, M., Bundy, R. P., & Flament, C. (1971). Social categorization and intergroup
behavior. European Journal of Social Psychology, 1, 149-177.
Tajfel, H., Flaent, C., Billig, M. G., & Bundy, R. F. (1971). Social categorization and intergroup
behavior. European Journal of Social Psychology, 1, 149-177.
Takacs, K. (2001). Structural embeddedness and intergroup conflict. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 45, 743-770.
Tallman, I., & Miller, G. (1974). Class differences in family problem solving: The effects of
verbal ability, hierarchical structure, and role expectations. Sociometry, 37, 13-37.
Tammivaara, J. S. (1982). The effects of task structure on beliefs about competence and
participation in small groups. Sociology of Education, 55, 212-222.
Tan, B., Raman, K., & Wei, K. (1994). An empirical study of task dimension of group support
systems. IEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, 24, 1054-1060.
Tan, B. C., Teo, H. H., & Wei, K. K. (1995). Promoting consensus in small decision making
groups. Information and Management, 28, 251-259.
Tan, B., Wei, K. K., Huang, W., & Ng, G. (2000). A dialogic technique to enhance electronic
communication in virtual teams. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 43,
153.
264
Tan, B. C. Y., Watson, R. T., & Wei, K. K. (1995). National culture and group support systems:
Filtering communication to dampen power differentials. European Journal of Information
Systems, 4(2), 82-92.
Tan, B. C., Wei, K. K., & Watson, R. T. (1999). The equalizing impact of a group support
system on status differential. ACM Transactions on Information Systems, 17, 77-100.
Tanford, S., & Penrod, S. (1983). Computer modeling of influence in the jury: The role of the
consistent juror. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 200-212.
Tanford, S., & Penrod, S. (1984a). Social influence model: A formal integration of research on
majority and minority influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 189-225.
Tanford, S., & Penrod, S. (1984b). Social influence processes in jury judgments of multipleoffense trials. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 749-765.
Tanford, S., & Penrod, S. (1986). Jury deliberations: Discussion content and influence processes
in jury decision making. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 16, 322-347.
Tarrant, M. (2002). Adolescent peer groups and social identity. Social Development, 11, 110123.
Tarricone, P., & Luca, J. (2002). Employees, teamwork and social interdependence—a formula
for successful business? Team Performance Management, 8, 54-59.
Tasa, K., & Whyte, G. (2005). Collective efficacy and vigilant problem solving in group decision
making: A non-linear model. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 96,
119-129.
Tata, J., Anthony, T., Hung-yu, L., Newman, B., Tang, S., Millson, M., et al. (1996).
Proportionate group size and rejection of the deviate: A meta-analytic integration. Journal of
Social Behavior and Personality, 11, 739-752.
Taylor, B. W., Berry, P. C., & Block, C. H. (1958). Does group participation when using
brainstorming facilitate or inhibit creative thinking? Administrative Science Quarterly, 3,
23-47.
Taylor, C. B. (1997). Communication satisfaction: Its role in church membership satisfaction and
involvement among Southern Baptist churches. Southern Communication Journal, 62, 293304.
Taylor, D. M., & Doria, J. R. (1981). Self-serving and group-serving bias in attribution. Journal
of Social Psychology, 113, 201-211.
Taylor, D. M., Doria, J., & Tyler, J. K. (1983). Group performance and cohesiveness: An
attribution analysis. Journal of Social Psychology, 119, 187-198.
Taylor, D. M., & McKirnan, D. J. (1984). A five-stage model of intergroup relations. British
Journal of Social; Psychology, 23, 291-300.
Taylor, D. M., Moghaddam, F. M., Gamble, I., & Zellerer, E. (1987). Disadvantaged group
responses to perceived inequality: From passive acceptance to collective action. Journal of
Social Psychology, 127, 259-272.
Taylor, D. W., & Faust, W. (1952). Twenty questions: Efficiency in problem solving as a
function of size of group. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 44, 360-368.
Taylor, D. W., Berry, P. C., & Block, C. H. (1958). Does group participation when using
brainstorming facilitate or inhibit creative thinking? Administrative Science Quarterly, 3,
23-47.
Taylor, D. M., & Tyler, J. K. (1986). Group members’ responses to group-serving attributions
for success and failure. Journal of Social Psychology, 126, 775-781.
265
Taylor, D. M., Wright, S. C., Moghaddam, F. M., & Lalonde, R. N. (1990). The personal/group
discrimination discrepancy: Perceiving my group, but not myself, to be a target for
discrimination. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 16, 254-263.
Taylor, N. T., Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., Kristensen, K. B., Johansen, J., & Dahl, L.
(2001). A survey of mental health care provider and managed care organization attitudes
toward, familiarity with, and use of group interventions. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 51, 243-263.
Taylor, R. B. De Soto, C. B., & Lieb, R. (1979). Sharing secrets: Disclosure and discretion in
dyads and triads. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1196-1203.
Taylor, R. B., & Lanni, J. C. (1981). Territorial dominance: The influence of the resident
advantage in triadic decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41,
909-915.
Taylor, S. E., Falke, R. L., Shoptaw, S. J., Lichtman, R. R. (1986). Social support, support
groups, and the cancer patient. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 54, 608-615.
Taylor, T. S., & Hosch, H. M. (2004). An examination of jury verdicts for evidence of a
similarity-leniency effect, an out-group punitiveness effect or a black sheep effect. Law &
Human Behavior, 28, 587-598.
Teger, A. I., & Pruitt, D. G. (1967). Components of group risk taking. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 3, 189-205.
Teger, A. I., Pruitt, D. G., St. Jean, R., & Haaland, G. A. (1970). A reexamination of the
familiarization hypothesis in group risk taking. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
6, 346-350.
Terborg, J. R., Castore, C., & DeNinno, J. A. (1976). A longitudinal field investigation of the
impact of group composition on group performance and cohesion. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 34, 782-790.
Terry, D. J., & Callan, V. J. (2001). In-group bias in response to an organizational merger.
Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 67-81.
Terry, D. J., Carey, C. J., & Callan, V. J. (2001). Employee adjustment to an organizational
merger: An intergroup perspective. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 267280.
Terry, D. J., & Hogg, M. A. (1996). Group norms and the attitude-behavior relationship: A role
for group identification. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 776-793.
Terry, D. J., & O’Brien, T. A. (2001). Status, legitimacy, and ingroup bias in the context of an
organizational merger. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 4, 271-289.
Terry, P. C., Carron, A. V., Pink, M. J., Lane, A. M., Jones, G. J. W., & Hall, M. P. (2000).
Perceptions of group cohesion and mood in sports teams. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 4, 244-353.
Terry, D. J., Pelly, R. N., Lalonde, R. N., & Smith, J. R. (2006). Predictors of cultural
adjustment: Intergroup status relations and boundary permeability. Group Processes &
Interpersonal Relations, 9, 249-264.
Tesluk, P. E., & Mathieu, J. E. (1999). Overcoming roadblocks to effectiveness: Incorporating
management of performance barriers into models of work group effectiveness. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 84, 200-217.
Tesser, A. (1980). Self-esteem maintenance in family dynamics. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 39, 77-91.
266
Tesser, A., & Conleee, M. C. (1975). Some effects of time and thought on attitude polarization.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 262-270.
Tetlock, P. E. (1979). Identifying victims of groupthink from public statements of decision
makers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1314-1324.
Tetlock, P. E., Peterson, R. S., McGuire, C., Chang, S., & Feld, P. (1992). Assessing political
group dynamics: A test of the groupthink model. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 63, 403-425.
Thalhofer, N. N. (1993). Intergroup differentiation and reduction of intergroup conflict. Small
Group Research, 24, 28-43.
Thameling, C. L., & Andrews, P. H. (1992). Majority responses to opinion deviates: A
communicative analysis. Small Group Research, 23, 475-502.
Thamhain, H. J. (1990). Managing technologically innovative team efforts toward new products.
Journal of Product Innovation Management, 7, 5-18.
Thamhain, H. J. (2004). Leading technology-based project teams. Engineering Management
Journal, 16(2), 35-42.
Thelen, H. A. (1949). Group dynamics in inst6ruction: The principle of least group size. School
Review, 57, 139-148.
Thelan, H. A., & Dickerman, W. (1949). Stereotypes and the growth of groups. Educational
Leadership, 6, 309-316.
Theodorson, G. A. (1962). The function of hostility in small groups. Journal of Social
Psychology, 256, 57-66.
Thibaut, J. W. (1950). An experimental study of the cohesiveness of underprivileged groups.
Human Relations, 3, 251-278.
Thibaut, J. W., Strickland, L. H., Mundy, D., & Goding, E. F. (1960). Communication, task
demands, and group effectiveness. Journal of Personality, 28, 156-166.
Thie, T. W. (1925). The efficiency of the group method. English Journal, 14, 134-137.
Thomas, D. C. (1999). Cultural diversity and work group effectiveness: An experimental study.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 30, 242-263.
Thomas, E. J., & Fink, C. F. (1961). Models of group problem solving. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63, 53-63.
Thomas, G. (1943). Group psychotherapy: A review of recent literature. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 5, 166-180.
Thomas, L. H. (1994). A comparison of the verbal interactions of qualified nurses and nursing
auxiliaries in primary, team and functional nursing wards. International Journal of Nursing
Studies, 31, 231-244.
Thomas-Hunt, M. C., Ogden, T. Y., & Neale, M. A. (2003). Who’s really sharing? Effects of
social and expert status on knowledge exchange within groups. Management Science, 49,
464-477.
Thompson, J. E., & Carsrud, A. L. (1976). The effects of experimentally induced illusions of
invulnerability and vulnerability on decisional risk taking in triads. Journal of Social
Psychology, 100, 263-267.
Thompson, L. F., & Coovert, M. D. (2003). Teamwork online: The effects of computer
conferencing on perceived confusion, satisfaction and postdiscussion accuracy. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 135-151.
267
Thompson, L. F., & Coovert, M. D. (2001). Stepping up to the challenge: A critical examination
of face-to-face and computer-mediated team decision making. Group Dynamics: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 6, 52-64.
Thompson, L. L., Mannix, E. A., & Brazerman, M. H. (1988). Group negotiation: Effects of
decision rule, agenda, and aspiration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 8695.
Thompson, L. L. Peterson, E., & Brodt, S. E. (1996). Team negotiation: An examination of
integrative and distributive bargaining. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70,
66-78.
Thompson, R. A. (1986). Developing a peer group facilitation program on the secondary school
level: An investment with multiple returns. Small Group Behavior, 17, 105-112.
Thoms, P., Moore, K. S., & Scott, K. S. (1996). The relationship between self-efficacy for
participating in self-managed work groups and the Big Five personality dimensions. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 17, 349-362.
Thoms, P., Pinto, J. K., Parente, D. H., & Druskat, V. U. (2002). Adaptation to self-managing
work teams. Small Group Research, 33, 3-31.
Thornborrow, J. (2003). The organization of primary school children’s on-task and off-task talk
in a small group setting. Research on Language & Social Interaction, 36, 7-32.
Thornburg, T. H. (1991). Group size and member diversity influence on creative performance.
Journal of Creative Behavior, 25, 324-333.
Thorndike, R. L. (1938a). The effect of discussion upon the correctness of group decisions, when
the factor of majority influence is allowed for. Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 343-464.
Thorndike, R. L. (1938b). On what type of task will a group do well? Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 33, 408-412.
Thorndike, R. L. (1939). On the fallacy of imputing the correlations found for groups to the
individuals or smaller groups composing them. American Journal of Psychology, 52, 122124.
Thorpe, J. J., & Smith, B. (1953). Phases of group development in treatment of drug addicts.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 3, 66-78.
Thune, E. S., Manderscheid, R. W., & Sibergeld, S. (1980). Status or sex roles as determinants of
interaction patterns in small, mixed-sex groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 112, 51-65.
Tickle-Degnan, L., & Rosenthal, R. (1987). Group rapport and nonverbal behavior. Review of
Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 113-136.
Tiedens, L. Z., Ellsworth, P. C., & Mesquita, B. (2000). Stereotypes about sentiments and status:
Emotional expectations for high- and low-status group members. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 26, 560-574.
Tillitski, L. (1990). A meta-analysis of estimated effect size for group versus individual versus
control treatments. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40, 215-224.
Timmerman, C. E., & Scott, C. R. (2006). Virtually working: Communicative and structural
predictors of media use and key outcomes in virtual work teams. Communication
Monographs, 73, 108-136.
Timmerman, T. A. (2000). Racial diversity, age diversity, interdependence, and team
performance. Small Group Research, 31, 591-606.
Timmons, W. M. (1941). Sex differences in discussion. Speech Monographs, 8, 68-75.
Timmons, W. M. (1941). Discussion, debating, and research. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 27,
415-421.
268
Tindale, R. S., & Davis, J. H. (1985). Individual and group reward allocation decisions in two
situational contexts: Effects of relative need and performance. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 48, 1148-1161.
Tindale, R. S., Davis, J. H., Vollrath, D. A., Nagao, D. H., & Hinsz, V. B. (1990). Asymmetrical
social influence in freely interacting groups: A test of three models. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 58, 438-449.
Tindale, R. S., & Kameda, T. (2000). “Social sharedness” as a unifying theme for information
processing in groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 3, 123-140.
Tindale, R. S., & Larson, J. R. (1992). Assembly bonus effect or typical group performance? A
comment on Michaelsen, Watson, and Black (1989). Journal of Applied Psychology, 77,
102-105.
Tindale, R. S., & Larson, J. R. (1992b). It’s not how you frame the question, it’s how you
interpret the results. Journal of Applied Psychology, 77, 109-110.
Tindale, R. S., Shefey, S., & Scott, L. A. (1993). Framing and group decision-making: Do
cognitive changes parallel preference change? Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 55, 470-485.
Tindall, J. (1979). Time-limited and time-extended encounter groups: Descriptive stage
development. Small Group Behavior, 10, 402-413.
Tindall, J. H., Houtz, J. CV., Hausler, R., & Heimowitz, S. (1982). Processes of creative problem
solvers in groups. Small Group Behavior, 13, 109-116.
Tjosvold, D. (1977). The effects of the constituent’s affirmation and the opposing negotiator’s
self-presentation in bargaining between unequal status groups. Organizational Behavior and
Human Performance, 18, 146-157.
Tjosvold, D. (1982). Effects of cooperative and competitive interdependence and task
complexity on subordinates’ productivity, perception of leader, and group development.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 14, 24-34.
Tjosvold, D., & Field, R. H. (1983). Effects of social context on consensus and majority vote
decision making. Academy of Management Journal, 26, 500-506.
Tjosvold, D., & Field, R. H. (1985). Effects of concurrence, controversy, and consensus on
group decision making. Journal of Social Psychology, 125, 355-363.
Tjosvold, D., Hui, C., Ding, D. Z., & Hu, J. (2003). Conflict values and team relationships:
Conflict’s contributions to team effectiveness and citizenship in China. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 24, 69-85.
Tjosvold, D., & Yu, Z-Y. (2004). Goal interdependence and applying abilities for team in-role
and extra-role performance in China. Group Dynamics: Theory, research, and Practice, 8,
98-111.
Tobia, P. M., & Becker, M. C. (1990). Making the most of meeting time. Training and
Development, 44(8), 34-38.
Toder, N. L. (1980). The effect of the sexual composition of a group on discrimination against
women and sex-role attitudes. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 5, 292-310.
Tolman, R. M., & Molidor, C. E. (1994). A decade of social group work research: Trends in
methodology, theory, and program development. Research on Social Work Practice, 4, 142159.
Tompson, G. H. (1997, December). A top management team approach for modelling strategic
inertia. Proceedings of the Australia & New Zealand Academy of Management, 11, 91-101.
269
Toro, P. A., Reischl, T. M., Zimmerman, M. A., Rappaport, J., Seidman, E., Luke, D., et al.
(1988). Professionals in mutual help groups: Impact on social climate and members’
behavior. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 56, 631-632.
Torrance, E. P. (1954). The behavior of small groups under the stress conditions of “survival.”
American Sociological Review, 19, 751-755.
Torrance, E. P. (1957). Group decision-making and disagreement. Social Forces, 35, 314-318.
Torrance, E. P. (1971). “Structure” can improve the group behavior of five-year-old children.
Elementary School Journal, 72, 102-106.
Toseland, R. W. (1990). Long-term effectiveness of peer-led and professionally led support
groups for caregivers. Social Service Review, 64, 308-327.
Toseland, R., Krebs, A., & Vahsen, J. (1978). Changing group interaction patterns. Journal of
Social Service Research, 2, 219-232.
Toseland, R. W., Rossiter, C. M., Peak, T., & Hill, P. (1990). Therapeutic processes in peer led
and professionally led support groups for caregivers. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 40, 279-303.
Toseland, R. W., Rossiter, C. M., Peak, T., & Smith, G. C. (1990). Comparative effectiveness of
individual and group interventions to support family caregivers. Social Work, 35, 209-216.
Toseland, R., & Siporin, M. (1986). When to recommend group treatment. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 36, 172-201.
Totterdel, P., Kellett, S., Teuchmann, K., & Briner, R. B. (1998). Evidence of mood linkage in
work groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 672-682.
Townsend, A. M., DeMarie, S. M., & Hendrickson, A. R. (1996). Are you ready for virtual
teams? HR Magazine, 41, 122-126.
Townsend, A. M., DeMarie, S. M., & Hendrickson, A. R. (1998). Virtual teams: Technology and
the workplace of the future. Academy of Management Executive, 12(3), 17-29.
Tracy, K., & Ashcraft, C. (2001). Crafting policies about controversial values: How wording
disputes manage a group dilemma. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 29, 297316.
Tracy, K., & Muller, H. (2001). Diagnosing a school board’s interactional trouble: Theorizing
problem formulation. Communication Theory, 11, 84-104.
Travis, L. E. (1925). The effect of a small audience upon eye-hand coordination. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 20, 142-146.
Travis, L. E. (1928). The influence of the group upon the stutterer's speed in free association.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 23, 45-51.
Tresmer, D. (1976). Observing social interaction: Methodological models. Small Group
Behavior, 7, 47-58.
Triandis, H. C., Bontempo, R., Villareal, M. J., Asai, M., & Lucca, N. (1988). Individualism and
collectivism: Cross-cultural perspectives on self-ingroup relationships. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 323-338.
Trojan, A. (1989). Benefits of self-help groups: A survey of 232 members from 65 diseaserelated groups. Social Science & Medicine, 29, 225-232.
Tropp, K. J., & Landeres, D. M. (1979). Team interaction and the emergence of leadership and
interpersonal attraction in field hockey. Journal of Sport Psychology, 1, 228-240.
Tropp, L. R. (2003). The psychological impact of prejudice: Implications for intergroup contact.
Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 131-151.
270
Tropp, L. R., & Brown, A. C. (2004). What benefits the group can also benefit the individual:
Group-enhancing and individual-enhancing motives for collective action. Group Processing
& Intergroup Relations, 7, 267-282.
Tropp, L. R., & Pettigrew, T. F. (2005). Relationships between intergroup contact and prejudice
among minority and majority status groups. Psychological Science, 16, 951-957.
Tropp, L. R., & Wright, S. C. (2001). Ingroup identification as the inclusion of ingroup in the
self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 585-600.
Trost, M. R., Maass, A., & Kenrick, D. T. (1992). Minority influence: Personal relevance biases
cognitive processes and reverses private acceptance. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 28, 234-254.
Trujillo, N. (1986). Toward a taxonomy of small group interaction coding systems. Small Group
Behavior, 17, 371-394.
Tschacher, W., & Brunner, E. J. (1995). Empirical studies of group-dynamics from the point-ofview of self-organization theory. Zeitschrift fur Sozialpsychologie, 26, 78-91.
Tschan, F. (1995). Communication enhances small group performance if it conforms to task
requirements: The concept of ideal communication cycles. Basic and Applied Social
Psychology, 17, 371-393.
Tschan, F. (2002). Ideal cycles of communication (or cognitions) in triads, dyads, and
individuals. Small Group Research, 33, 615-643.
Tschan, F., Semmer, N. K., Nägele, C., & Gurtner, A. (2000). Task adaptive behavior and
performance in groups. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 3, 367-386.
Tschuschke, V., & Dies, R. R. (1994). Intensive analysis of therapeutic factors and outcomes in
long-term inpatient groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 185-208.
Tuckman, B. W. (1964). Personality structure, group composition, and group functioning.
Sociometry, 27, 469-487.
Tuckman, B. W. (1965). Developmental sequences in small groups. Psychological Bulletin, 63,
384-399.
Tuckman, B. W. (1967). Group composition and group performance of structured and
unstructured tasks. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 3, 25-40.
Tuckman, B. W., & Jensen, M. A. C. (1977). Stages of small group development revisited.
Group and Organization Studies, 2, 419-427.
Tuckman, J., & Lorge, I. (1962). Individual ability as a determinant of group superiority. Human
Relations, 15, 45-51.
Tuddenham, R. D., MacBride, P., & Zahn, V. (1958). The influence of the sex composition of
the group upon yielding to a distorted norm. Journal of Psychology, 46, 243-251.
Tudor, T. R., Tumble, R. R., & Diaz, J. J. (1996). Work-teams: Why do they often fail. S.A.M.
Advanced Management Journal, 61(4), 31-40.
Tulenko, P., & Kayder, S. (1990). Game-playing as an aid to the creative process of small
groups. Journal of Creative Behavior, 24, 99-104.
Tung, L. L., & Quaddus, M. A. (2002). Differences explaining the differences in results in GSS:
Implications for the next decade. Decision Support Systems, 22, 177-199.
Tunnell, G. (1991). Complications in group psychotherapy with AIDS patients. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 41, 481-498.
Turco, T. L., & Elliott, S. N. (1990). Acceptability and effectiveness of group contingencies for
improving spelling achievement. Journal of School Psychology, 28, 27-37.
271
Turner, A. L. (2000). Group treatment of trauma survivors following a fatal bus accident:
Integrating theory and practice. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 139149.
Turner, J. C. (1975). Social comparison and social identity: Some prospects for intergroup
behaviour. European Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 5-34.
Turner, J. C., Hogg, M. A., Turner, P. J., & Smith, P. M. (1984). Failure and defeat as
determinants of group cohesiveness. British Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 97-111.
Turner, J. C., Sachdev, I., & Hogg, M. A. (1983). Social categorization, interpersonal attraction
and group formation. British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 97-111.
Turner, J. C., Wetherell, M. S., & Hogg, M. A. (2989). Referent informational influence and
group polarization. British Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 135-147.
Turner, M. E. (1992). Group effectiveness under threat: The impact of structural centrality and
performance set. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 7, 511-528.
Turner, M. E., & Pratkanis, A. R. (1998). Twenty-five years of groupthink theory and research:
Lessons from the evaluation of a theory. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 73, 105-115.
Turner, M. E., Pratkanis, A. R., Probasco, P., & Leve, C. (1992). Threat, cohesion, and group
effectiveness: Testing a social identity maintenance perspective on groupthink. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 781-796.
Turner, P. K. (2003). Paradox of ordering change: I insist that we work as a team. Management
Communication Quarterly, 16, 434-439.
Turney, J. R. (1970). The cognitive complexity of group members, group structure, and group
effectiveness. Cornell Journal of Social Relations, 5, 152-165.
Turoff, M. (1991). Computer-mediated communication requirements for group support. Journal
of Organizational Computing, 1, 85-113.
Turoff, M., Hiltz, S. R., Bahgat, A. N. F., & Rana, A. R. (1993). Distributed group support
systems. MIS Quarterly, 17, 399-417.
Twenge, J. M., Baumeister, R. F., Tice, D. M., & Stucke, T. S. (2001). If you can't join them,
beat7them: Effects of social exclusion on aggressive behavior. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81, 1058-1069.
Twenge, J. M., Catanese, K. R., & Baumeister, R. F. (2002). Social exclusion causes selfdefeating behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 606-615.
Tyerman, A., & Spencer, C. (1983). A critical test of the Sherifs’ Robber's Cave Experiments:
Intergroup competition and cooperation between groups of well-acquainted individuals.
Small Group Behavior, 14, 515-531.
Tyler, T. R., & Blader, S. L. (2001). Identity and cooperative behavior in groups. Group
Processes and Intergroup Relations, 4, 207-226.
Tyler, T. R., & Blader, S. L. (2003). The group engagement model: Procedural justice, social
identity and cooperative behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 7, 349-361.
Tyler, T. R., Degoey, P., & Smith, H. (1996). Understanding why the justice of group
procedures matters: A test of the psychological dynamics of the group-value model. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 913-930.
Tyran, C. K., & George, J. F. 92002). Improving software inspections with group process
support. Communications of the ACM, 45(9), 87-92.
Tziner, A. (1982a). Differential effects of group cohesiveness types: A clarifying overview.
Social Behavior and Personality, 10, 227-239.
272
Tziner, A. (1982b). Group cohesiveness: A dynamic perspective. Social Behavior and
Personality, 10, 205-211.
Tziner, A. (1985). How team composition affects task performance: Some theoretical insights.
Psychological Reports, 57, 1111-1119.
Tziner, A., & Eden, D. (1985). Effects of crew composition on crew performance: Does the
whole equal the sum of its parts? Journal of Applied Psychology, 70, 85-93.
Unsworth, C. A., Thomas, S. A., & Greenwood, K. M. (1995). Rehabilitation team decisions on
discharge housing for stroke patients. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 76,
331-340.
Rurwin, C. A., & Haynes, D. T. (1998). A reflexive model for collaboration: Empowering
partnerships through focus groups. Administration in Social Work, 22, 23-39.
Utterback, W. E., & Fotheringham, W. C. (1958). Experimental studies of motivated group
discussion. Speech Monographs, 25, 268-277.
Utz, S., & Sassenberg, K. (2002). Distributive justice in common-bond and common-identity
groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 151-162.
Vachon, M. L. S. (1987). Team stress in palliative/hospice care. Hospice Journal, 3, 75-103.
Valachich, J. S., & Dennis, A. R. (1994). A mathematical model of performance of computermediated groups during idea generation. Journal of Management Information Systems, 11,
59-72.
Valacich, J. S., Dennis, A., & Connolly, T. (1994). Idea generation in computer-based groups: A
new ending to an old story. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 57,
448-467.
Valacich, J. S., Dennis, A. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1991). Electronic meeting support: The
group systems concept. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 34, 261-282.
Valacich, J. S., Dennis, A. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1992). Group size and anonymity effects
on computer-mediated idea generation. Small Group Research, 23, 49-73.
Valacich, J. S., George, J. F., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Vogel, D. R. (1994). Physical proximity
effects on computer-mediated group idea generation. Small Group Research, 25, 83-104.
Valachich, J. S., Jessup, L. M., Dennis, A. R., & Nunamaker, J. F. (1992). A conceptual
framework of anonymity in group support systems. Group Decision and Negotiations, 1,
219-241.
Valacich, J. S., & Schwenk, C. (1995a). Devil’s advocacy and dialectical inquiry effects on faceto-face and computer-mediated group decision making. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 63, 158-173.
Valacich, J. S., & Schwenk, C. (1995b). Structuring conflict in individual, face-to-face, and
computer-mediated group decision making: Carping versus objective devil’s advocacy.
Decision Sciences, 26, 369-392.
Valacich, J. S., Wheeler, B. C., Mennecke, B. E., & Wachter, R. (1995). The effects of numerical
and logical group size on computer-mediated idea generation. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 62, 318-329.
Valcke, M. (1999). Educational re-design of courses to support large groups of university
students by building upon the potential of ICT. Journal for the Integrated Study of Artificial
Intelligence, Cognitive Science and Applied Epistemology, 16, 16-25.
Valenti, A. C., & Downing, L. L. (1974). Six versus twelve member juries: An experimental test
of the Supreme Court assumption of functional equivalence. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 1, 273-275.
273
Valenti, A. C., & Downing, L. L. (1975). Differential effects of jury size on verdicts following
deliberation as a function of the apparent guilt of a defendant. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 41, 413-420.
Valentine, K. B., & Fisher, B. A. (1974). An interaction analysis of verbal innovative deviance in
small groups. Speech Monographs, 41, 413-420.
Valeninova, N. G., & Myedvyedyev, V. V. (1973). Selected problems of small groups in sports
teams. International Review of Sport Sociology, 8, 69-77.
Valient-Dyckoff, G. L. (1977). A British-American contrast of coalition strategies in four-person
groups of unequal pivotal power. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 8, 465-476.
Valins, S., & Baum, A. (1973). Residential group size, social interaction, and crowding.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 104-108.
Van Bergen, A., & Koekebakker, J. (1959). Group cohesiveness in laboratory experiments. Acta
Psychologica, 16, 81-98.
Van de Ven, A. H., & Delbecq, A. L. (1971). Nominal versus interacting group process for
committee decision making effectiveness. Academy of Management Journal, 14, 203-212.
Van de Ven, A. H., & Delbecq, A. L. (1973). A task contingent model of work-unit structure.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 19, 183-197.
Van de Ven, A. H., & Delbecq, A. L. (1974). The effectiveness of nominal, delphi, and
interacting group decision making processes. Academy of Management Journal, 17, 605621.
Van de Vliert, E. (1985). Escalative intervention in small-group conflicts. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 21, 19-36.
van de Wetering, S. (1996). Authoritarianism as a group-level adaptation in humans. Behavioral
and Brain Sciences, 19, 780-781.
Van den Berghe, P. L. (1977). Territorial behavior in a natural human group. Social Science
Information, 16, 419-430.
Van den Bossche, P., Gijselaers, W. H., Segers, M., & Kirschner, P. A. (2006). Social and
cognitive factors driving teamwork in collaborative learning environments: Team learning
beliefs and behaviors. Small Group Research, 37, 490-521.
Van der Vegt, G. S., & Bunderson, J. S. (2005). Learning and performance in multidisciplinary
teams: The importance of collective team identification. Academy of Management Journal,
48, 532-547.
Van der Vegt, G. S., Emans, B., & van de Vliert, E. (1998). Motivating effects of task and
outcome interdependence in work teams. Group & Organization Management, 23, 124-143.
Van der Vegt, G., Ermans, B., & van de Vliert, E. (1999). Effects of interdependencies in project
teams. Journal of Social Psychology, 139, 202-214.
Van der Vegt, G. S., Emans, B., & van de Vliert, E. (2000). Team members’ affective responses
to patterns of intergroup interdependence and job complexity. Journal of Management, 26,
633-655.
Van der Vegt, G. S., & Van De Vliert, E. (2002). Intragroup interdependence and effectiveness:
Review and proposed directions for theory and practice. Journal of Managerial Psychology,
17, 50-67.
Van der Vegt, G. S., & Van De Vliert, E. (2005). Effects of perceived skill similarity and task
interdependence on helping in work teams. Journal of Management, 31, 73-89.
274
Van der Vegt, G. S., Van De Vliert, E., & Oosterhof, A. (2003). Informational dissimilarity and
organizational citizen behavior: The role of intrateam interdependence and team
identification. Academy of Management Journal, 46, 715-727.
Van Dyne, L., & Saavedra, R. (1996). A naturalistic minority influence experiment: Effects of
divergent thinking, conflict and originality in work-groups. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 35, 151-167.
Van Emmerick, IJ. H., Lambooy, M., & Sander, K. (2002). Differential effects of individuallinked and team-level status allocation on professionals’ job performance. Small Group
Research, 33, 702-717.
Van Hiel, A., & Franssen, V. (2003). Information acquisition bias during the preparation of
group discussion: A comparison of prospective minority and majority members. Small
Group Research, 34, 557-574.
Van Hiel, A., & Mervielde, I. (2001). Preferences for behavioral style of minority and majority
members who anticipate group interaction. Social Behavior and Personality, 29, 701-710.
Van Hiel, A., & Schittekatte, M. (1998). Information exchange in context: Effects of gender
composition of group, accountability, and intergroup perception on group decision making.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 2049-2067.
Van Knippenberg, D., DeDreu, C. K. W., & Homan, A. C. (2004). Work group diversity and
group performance: An integrative model and research agenda. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 89, 1008-1022.
Van Knippenberg, A., Lossie, N., & Wilke, H. (1994). In-group prototypicality and persuasion:
Determinants of heuristic and systematic message processing. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 33, 280-300.
van Leewen, E., van Knippenberg, D., & Ellemers, N. (2003). Continuing and changing group
identities: The effects of merging on identification and ingroup bias. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 29, 697-690.
Van Noppen, B. L., Pato, M. L., Marsland, R., & Rasmussen, S. A. (1998). A time-limited
behavioral group for treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Psychotherapy
Practice and Research, 7, 272-280.
Van Offenbeek, M. (2001). Processes and outcomes of team learning. European Journal of Work
and Organizational Psychology, 10, 303-317.
van Oostrum, J., & Rabbie, J. M. (1995). Intergroup competition and cooperation within
autocratic and democratic management regimes. Small Group Research, 26, 269-295.
Van Swol, L. M. (2003). The effects of nonverbal mirroring on perceived persuasiveness,
agreement with an imitator, and reciprocity in a group discussion. Communication Research,
30, 461-480.
Van Swol, L. M. (2007). Tell me something I don’t know: Decision makers’ preference for
advisors with unshared information. Communication Research, 34, 297-312.
Van Swol, L. M., Savadori, L., & Snizek, J. A. (2003). Factors that may affect the difficulty of
uncovering hidden profiles. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 3, 1-18.
Van Swol, L. M., & Seinfeld, E. (2006). Differences between minority, majority, and unanimous
group members in the communication of information. Human Communication Research, 32,
178-197.
Van Vianen, A. E. M., & De Dreu, C. K. W. (2001). Personality in teams: Its relationship to
social cohesion, task cohesion, and team performance. European Journal of Work and
Organizational Psychology, 10, 97-120.
275
Van Vijfeijken, H. T. G. A., Kleingeld, P. A. M., Van Tuijl, H. F. J. M., Algera, J. A., & Thierry,
H. (2002). Task complexity and task, goal, and reward interdependence in group
performance management: A prescriptive model. European Journal of Work and
Organizational Psychology, 11, 363-383.
Van Vugt, M., & De Cramer, D. (1999). Leadership in social dilemmas: The effects of group
identification on collective actions to provide public goods. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 76, 587-599.
Van Vugt, M., & Hart, C. M. (2004). Social identity as social glue: The origins of group loyalty.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 585-598.
Van Zelst, R. H. (1952a). Sociometrically selected work teams increase production. Personnel
Psychology, 5, 175-185.
Van Zelst, R. H. (1952b). Validation of a sociometric regrouping procedure. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 299-301.
Vanbeselaere, N., Boen, F., & Smeesters, D. (2003). Tokenism also works with groups as
tokens: The impact of group openness and group qualification on reactions to membership in
low-status groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 104-121.
Vancouver, J. B., & Ilgen, D. R. (1989). Effects of interpersonal orientation and the sex-type of
the task on choosing to work alone or in groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 927934.
Vancouver, J., Rubin, B., & Kerr, N. (1991). Sex composition of groups and member motivation
III: Motivational losses at a feminine task. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 12, 133144.
Vandervoort, D., & Fuhriman, A. (1991). The efficacy of group therapy for depression. Small
Group Research, 22, 320-338.
VanderVoort, L. (2002). Functional and causal explanations in group communication research.
Communication Theory, 12, 469-486.
Vangelisti, A. L. (1987). Adolescent girls: A case study of speech patterns in the peer group.
Journal of the Northwest Communication Association, 15(2), 1-24.
VanLear, C. A., & Mabry, E. A. (1999). Testing contrasting interaction models for
discriminating between consensual and dissentient decision-making groups. Small Group
Research, 30, 29-58.
Varca, P. E., & Levy, J. C. (1984). Individual differences in response to unfavorable group
feedback. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 33, 100-111.
Varghese, R. (1982). Eriksonian personality variables and interpersonal behavior in groups.
Small Group Behavior, 13, 133-149.
Vassiliou, G. (1973). What general systems theory offers to the group therapist. International
Mental Health Research Newsletter, 15(4), 8-9.
Vassiliou, V. G., & Vassiliou, G. (1974). Variations of the group process across cultures.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 24, 55-65.
Vaught, C., & Wiehagen, W. J. (1991). Escape from a mine fire: Emergent perspective and work
group behavior. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 27, 452-474.
Vaz, K. M. (2005) Reflecting team group therapy and its congruence with feminist principles: A
focus on African American women. Women & Therapy, 28, 65-75.
Vecchio, R. P. (1982). A further test of leadership effects due to between-group variation and
with-group variation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 200-208.
276
Vecchio, R. P., Bullis, R. C., & Brazil, D. M. (2006). The utility of situational leadership theory:
A replication in a military setting. Small Group Research, 37, 407-424.
Vegt, G. S. V. D., Emans, B. J. M., & Vliert, E. V. D. (2001). Patterns of interdependence in
work teams: A two-level investigation of the relations with job and team satisfaction.
Personnel Psychology, 54, 51-69.
Venkatesh, M., Leo, R. J., Kuzawinski, K. M., & Diamond, L. P. (1996). A microcomputeraided support environment for Xerox quality improvement teams: A case study. Journal of
Organizational Computing and Electronic Commerce, 6, 131-159.
Verdi, A. F., & Wheelan, S. (1992). Developmental patterns in same-sex and mixed-sex groups.
Small Group Research, 23, 356-378.
Verespej. M. A. (1990). Self-directed work teams yield long-term benefits. Journal of Business
Strategy, 11(6), 9-12.
Verkuyten, M. (2005). Accounting for ethnic discrimination: A discursive study among minority
and majority group members. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 24, 66-92.
Verma, J., & Sinha, J. B. (1981). Cultural invariance in risky shift and its determinants.
Pschologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient, 24, 235-238.
Vider, S. (2004). Rethinking crowd violence: Self-categorization theory and the Woodstock 1999
riot. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 34, 141-166.
Vidmar, N. (1970). Group composition and the risky shift. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 6, 153-166.
Viega, J. F. (1991). The frequency of self-limiting behavior in groups: A measure and an
explanation. Human Relations, 44, 877-895.
Vigil, J. D. (1988). Group processes and street identity: Adolescent Chicano gang members.
Ethos, 16, 421-445.
Vinacke, W. E. (1959). Sex roles in a three-person game. Sociometry, 22, 343-360.
Vinacke, W. E., & Arkoff, A. (1957). Experimental study of coalitions in the triad. American
Sociological Review, 22, 406-415.
Vinacke, W. E., Crowell, D. C., Dien, C., & Young, V. (1966). The effect of information about
strategy on a three-person game. Behavioral Science, 11, 180-189.
Vinacke, W. E., Mogy, R., Powers, W., Langan, C., & Beck, R. (1974). Accommodative strategy
and communication in a three person matrix game. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 29, 509-525.
Vinokur, A. (1971). Review and theoretical analysis of the effects of group processes upon
individual and group decisions involving risk. Psychological Bulletin, 76, 231-250.
Vinokur, A., & Burnstein, E. (1974). Effects of partially shared persuasive arguments on groupinduced shifts: A group-problem-solving approach. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 29, 305-315.
Vinokur, A., & Burnstein, E. (1978a). Depolarization of attitudes in groups. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 872-885.
Vinokur, A., & Burnstein, E. (1978b). Novel argumentation and attitude change: The case of
polarization following group discussion. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 335348.
Vinokur, A., Burnstein, E., Sechrest, L., & Wortman, P. M. (1985). Group decision making by
experts: Field study of panels evaluating medical technologies. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 49, 70-84.
277
Vinokur, A., Trope, Y., & Burnstein, E. (1975). A decision-making analysis of persuasive
argumentation and the choice-shift effect. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11,
127-148.
Vinokur-Burstein, D. (1995). Enhancing the effectiveness of interdisciplinary mental health
treatment teams. Administration and Policy in Mental Health, 22, 521-530.
Virk, J., Aggarwal, Y. P., & Bhan, R. N. (1983). Similarity versus complementarity in clique
formation. Journal of Social Psychology, 120, 27-34.
Vishwanath, A. (2006). The effect of number of opinion seekers and leaders on technology
attitudes and choices. Human Communication Research, 32, 322-350.
Vitz, P. C., & Kite, W. R. (1970). Factors affecting conflict and negotiation within an alliance.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 6, 233-247.
Volkan, V. D. (1999a). Psychoanalysis and diplomacy: Part I. Individual and large group
identity. Sociological Review, 48, 19-42.
Volkan, V. D. (199b). Psychoanalysis and diplomacy Part II: Large group rituals. Journal of
Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 1, 233-247.
Volkema, R. J., & Gorman, R. H. (1998). The influence of cognitive-based group composition
on decision-making process and outcome. Journal of Management Studies, 35, 105-122.
Volkema, R. J., & Niederman, F. (1995). Organizational meetings: Formats, information
requirements, and technology support. Small Group Research, 26, 3-24.
Volkema, R. J., & Niederman, F. (1996). Planning and managing organizational meetings: An
empirical analysis of written and oral communication. Journal of Business Communication,
33, 275-296.
Vollrath, D. A., Sheppard, B. H., Hinsz, V. B., & Davis, J. H. (1989). Memory performance by
decision-making groups and individuals. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 43, 289-300.
Volpe, C. E., Cannon-Bowers, J. A., Salas, E., & Spector, P. E. (1996). The impact of crosstraining on team functioning: An empirical investigation. Human Factors, 38, 87-100.
Von Cranach, M., Ochsenbein, G., & Valach, L. (1986). The group as a self-active system.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 16, 193-229.
von Hippel, W. (2006). When people would rather switch than fight? Out-group favoritism
among temporary employees. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 533-546.
von Hippel, W., Sekaquaptewa, D., & Bargas, P. (1997). The linguistic intergroup bias as an
implicit indicator of prejudice. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 33, 490-509.
Vorauer, J. D. (2005). Miscommunications surrounding efforts to reach out across group
boundaries. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1653-1664.
Vorauer, J. D., Main, K. J., & O’Connell, G. B. (1998). How do individuals expect to be viewed
by members of lower status groups? Content and implications of meta-stereotypes. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 917-937.
Vraa, C. W. (1974). Emotional climate as a function of group composition. Small Group
Behavior, 5, 105-120.
Vraa, C. W., & Gerszewski, M. C. (1972). Personality characteristics and level of genuineness of
group interaction. Psychological Reports, 31, 383-386.
Vroman, K., & Kovacich, J. (2002). Computer-mediated interdisciplinary teams: Theory and
reality. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 16, 159-170.
Vroman, H. W. (1975). An application of the nominal group technique in educational systems
analysis. Educational Technology, 15(6), 51-53.
278
Vroom, V. H., Grant, L. D., & Cohen, T. S. (1969). The consequences of social interaction in
group problem solving. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 4, 77-95.
Wageman, R. (1995). Interdependence and group effectiveness. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 40, 145-180.
Wageman, R. (1997). Critical success factors for creating superb self-managing teams.
Organizational Dynamics, 26, 49-61.
Wageman, R. (1999). Task design, outcome interdependence, and individual differences: Their
joint effects on effort in task-performing teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 3, 132-137.
Wageman, R., & Baker, G. (1997). Incentives and cooperation: The joint effects of task and
reward interdependence on group performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 18,
139-158.
Wagner, J. A. (1994). Participation effects on performance and satisfaction: A reconsideration of
research evidence. Academy of Management Review, 19, 312-330.
Wagner, J. A. (1995). Studies of individualism-collectivism: Effects on cooperation in groups.
Academy of Management Journal, 38, 152-172.
Wagner, U., Lamper, L., & Syllwasschy, J. (1986). In-group inferiority, social identity and outgroup devaluation in a modified minimal group study. British Journal of Social Psychology,
25, 15-23.
Wagner, W. G., Pfeiffer, J., & O’Reilly, C. A., III. (1984). Organizational demography and
turnover in top-management groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 29, 74-92.
Wahrman, R. (1977). Status, deviance, sanctions, and group discussion. Small Group Behavior,
8, 147-168.
Walczuch, R. M., & Watson, R. L. (2001). Analyzing group data in MIS research: Inducing the
effect of the group. Group Decision and Negotiation, 10, 83-94.
Waldie, K. F. (1981). The learning potential of the dominant personality within small intensivetraining groups. Group & Organization Studies, 6, 456-463.
Waldman, D. A., Bass, B. M., & Yammarino, F. J. (1990). Adding to contingent-reward
behavior: The augmenting effect of charismatic leadership. Group and Organization
Studies, 15, 381-394.
Waldzus, S., & Mummendey, A. (2004). Inclusion in a superordinate category, in-group
prototypicality, and attitudes towards out-groups. Journal of Experimental and Social
Psychology, 40, 466-477.
Walker, D. N. (1975). A dyadic interaction model for nonverbal touching behavior in encounter
groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 308-324.
Walker, T. G. (1974). The decision-making superiority of groups: A research note. Small Group
Behavior, 5, 121-128.
Walker, T. G. (1976). Leader selection and behavior in small political groups. Small Group
Behavior, 7, 363-368.
Wall, J. A. (1974). Intergroup bargaining studied as a dynamic process: The effects of
constituent trust and representative bargaining visibility. Personality and Social Psychology,
1, 225-227.
Wall, J. A. (1975a). Effects of constituent trust and representative bargaining orientation on
intergroup bargaining. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 1004-1012.
Wall, J. A. (1975b). The effects of constituent trust and representative bargaining visibility on
intergroup bargaining. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 14, 244-0256.
279
Wall, J. A. (1976). Effects of sex and opposing representative’s bargaining orientation on
intergroup bargaining. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 55-61.
Wall, J. A. (1977a). Intergroup bargaining: Effects of opposing constituent stances, opposing
representative’s bargaining, and representative’s locus of control. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 21, 459-474.
Wall, J. A. (1977b). The intergroup bargaining of mixed-sex groups. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 62, 208-231.
Wall, T. D., Kemp, N. J., Jackson, P. R., & Clegg, C. W. (1986). Outcomes of autonomous
workgroups: A long-term field experiment. Academy of Management Journal, 29, 280-304.
Wall, V. D., Jr., & Galanes, G. J. (1986). The SYMLOG dimensions and small group conflict.
Central States Speech Journal, 37, 61-78.
Wall, V. D., Galanes, G. J., & Love, S. B. (1987). Small, task-oriented groups: Conflict, conflict
management, satisfaction, and decision quality. Small Group Behavior, 18, 31-55.
Wall, V. D., Jr., & Nolan, L. L. (1986). Perceptions of inequity, satisfaction, and conflict in taskoriented groups. Human Relations, 39, 1033-1052.
Wall, V. D., & Nolan, L. L. (1987). Small group conflict: A look at equity, satisfaction, and
styles of conflict management. Small Group Behavior, 18, 188-211.
Wallach, M. A., & Kogan, N. (1965). The roles of information, discussion, and consensus in
group risk taking. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 1-19.
Wallach, M. A., Kogan, N., & Bem, D. J. (1962). Group influence on individual risk taking.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 75-86.
Wallach, M. A., Kogan, N., & Bem, D. J. (1964). Diffusion of responsibility and level of risk
taking in groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 263-274.
Wallach, M. A., & Malbi, J. (1970). Information versus conformity in the effects of group
discussion on risk taking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 14, 149-156.
Waller, J. E. (1996). Social loafing and the group-evaluation effect: Effect of dissimilarity in a
social-comparison standard. Psychological Reports, 78, 177-178.
Waller, M. J. (1999). The timing of adaptive group responses to nonroutine events. Academy of
Management Journal, 42, 127-137.
Waller, M. J., Conte, J. M., Gibson, C. B., & Carpenter, M. A. (2001). The effect of individual
perceptions of deadlines on team performance. Academy of Management Review, 26, 586600.
Walsh, Y., Russell, R. J. H., & Wells, P. A. (1995). The personality of ex-cult members.
Personality and Individual Differences, 19, 339-344.
Walter, G. A. (1975a). Acted versus natural models for performance-oriented behavior change in
task groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60, 303-307.
Walter, G. A. (1975b). Effects of video tape feedback and modeling on the behaviors of group
members. Human Relations, 28, 121-138.
Walter, G. A. (1975c). Effects of videotape training inputs on group performance. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 60, 308-312.
Walter, G. A., & Miles, R. E. (1972). Essential elements for improving task-group membership
behaviors. Proceedings of the American Psychological Association, 7, 461-462.
Walters, G. A., & Miles, R. E. (1972). The impact of group participation plus videotape feedback
on self-acceptance scores. Small Group Behavior, 5, 356-364.
Walters, L. H. (1982). Are families different from other groups? Journal of Marriage and the
Family, 44, 841-850.
280
Walther, E., Bless, H., Strack, F., Rackstraw, P., Wagner, D., & Werth, L. (2002). Conformity
effects in memory as a function of group size, dissenters and uncertainty. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 16, 793-810.
Walther, J. (1997). Group and interpersonal effects in international computer-mediated
collaboration. Human Communication Research, 23, 342-369.
Walther, J. B. (2005). The rules of virtual groups: Trust, liking, and performance in computermediated communication. Journal of Communication, 55, 828-846.
Walther, J. B., & Bazarova, N. N. (2007). Misattribution in virtual groups: The effects of
member distribution on self-serving bias and partner blame. Human Communication
Research, 33, 1-26.
Walther, J. B., & Bunz, U. (2005). The rules of virtual groups: Trust, liking, and performance in
computer-mediated communication. Journal of Communication, 55, 828-846.
Walther, J. B., Slovacek, C. L., & Tidwell, L. C. (2001). Is a picture worth a thousand words?
Photographic images in long-term and short-term virtual teams. Communication Research,
28, 105-134.
Wang, A. Y., Newlin, M. H., & Tucker, T. L. (2001). A discourse analysis of online classroom
chats: Predictors of cyber-student performance. Teaching of Psychology, 28, 222-226.
Wang, F., & Yamagishi, T. (2005). Group-based trust and gender differences in China. Asian
Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 199-211.
Wann, D. L., Dimmock, J. A., & Grove, J. R. (2003). Generalizing the team identificationpsychological health model to a different sport and culture: The case of Australian rules
football. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 289-296.
Wanous, J. P., Reichers, A. E., & Malik, S. D. (1984). Organizational socialization and group
development: Toward an integrative perspective. Academy of Management Review, 9, 670683.
Wanous, J. P., & Youtz, M. A. (1986). Solution diversity and the quality of group decisions.
Academy of Management Journal, 29, 149-159.
Ward, V. C., Bertrand, J., & Brown, L. F. (1991). The comparability of focus group and survey
results: Three case studies. Evaluation Review, 15, 266-283.
Ware, J. R., & Barr, J. E. (1977). Effects of a nine-week structure and unstructured group
experience on measures of self-concept and self-actualization. Small Group Behavior, 8, 93100.
Ware, J. R., Barr, J. E., & Boone, M. (1982). Subjective changes in small group processes: An
experimental investigation. Small Group Behavior, 13, 395-401.
Warehime, R. G. (1981). Interactional gestalt therapy. Small Group Behavior, 12, 37-54.
Warkentin, M., & Beranek, P. M. (1999). Training to improve virtual team communication.
Information Systems Journal, 9, 271-289.
Warkentin, M. E., Sayeed, L., & Hightower, R. (1997). Virtual teams versus face-to-face teams:
An exploratory study of a web-based conference system. Decision Sciences, 28, 975-995.
Warner, R. M., Kenny, D. A., & Stoto, M. (1979). A new round robin analysis of variance for
social interaction data. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1742-1757.
Warnick, D., & Sanders, G. S. (1980). The effects of group discussion on eyewitness accuracy.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 10, 249-259.
Warriner, C. K. (1956). Groups are real: A reaffirmation. American Sociological Review, 21,
349-354.
281
Watson, C. B., Chemers, M. M., & Preiser, N. (2001). Collective efficacy: A multilevel analysis.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1057-1068.
Watson, D. (1971). Reinforcement theory of personality and social system: Dominance and
position in a group power structure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 180185.
Watson, D., & Bromberg, B. (1965). Power, communication, and position satisfaction in taskoriented groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2, 859-864.
Watson, D. L. (1965). Effects of certain power structures on communication in task-oriented
groups. Sociometry, 28, 322-336.
Watson, G. B. (1928). Do groups think more efficiently than individuals? Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 23, 328-336.
Watson, R. T., DeSanctis, G., & Poole, M. S. (1988). Using a GDSS to facilitate group
consensus: Some intended and unintended consequences. Management Information Systems
Quarterly, 12, 463-478.
Watson, R. T., Ho, T. H., & Raman, K. S. (1994). Culture: A fourth dimension of group support
systems. Communications of the ACM, 37(10), 44-55.
Watson, W. E., & Behnke, R. R. (1994). Cognitive complexity and problem-solving
effectiveness in group communication. World Communication, 23, 63-67.
Watson, W. E., Johnson, L., & Merritt, D. (1998). Team orientation, self-orientation, and
diversity in task groups: Their connection to team performance over time. Group and
Organization Management, 23, 161-189.
Watson, W. E., Johnson, L., & Zgourides, G. D. (2002). The influence of ethnic diversity of
leadership, group process, and performance: An examination of learning teams.
International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 26, 1-16.
Watson, W. E., & Kumar, K. (1992). Differences in decision making regarding risk taking: A
comparison of culturally diverse and culturally homogeneous task groups. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16, 53-65.
Watson, W. E., Kumar, K., & Michaelsen, L. K. (1993). Cultural diversity’s impact on
interaction process and performance: Comparing homogeneous and diverse task groups.
Academy of Management Journal, 36, 590-602.
Watson, W. E., & Michaelsen, L. K. (1988). Group interaction behaviors that affect group
performance on an intellectual task. Group and Organizational Studies, 13, 495-516.
Watson, W., Michaelsen, L. K., & Sharp, W. (1991). Member competence, group interaction,
and group decision making: A longitudinal study. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, 803809.
Waung, M., & Brice, T. A. (1998). The effects of conscientiousness and opportunity to caucus
on group performance. Small Group Research, 29, 624-634.
Weathers, J. E., Messé, L. A., & Aronoff, J. (1984). The effects of task-group experiences on
subsequent prosocial behavior. Social Psychology Quarterly, 47, 287-292.
Weaver, J. L., Bowers, C. A., Salas, E., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (1995). Networked simulations:
New paradigms for team performance research. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, &
Computers, 27, 12-24.
Webb, J., & Foddy, M. (2004). Vested interests in the decision to resolve social dilemma
conflicts. Small Group Research, 35, 666-697.
Webb, N. M. (1982). Student interaction and learning in small groups. Review of Educational
Research, 52, 421-445.
282
Webb, N. M. (1984a). Microcomputer learning in small groups: Cognitive requirements and
group processes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 1076-1088.
Webb, N. N. (1984b). Stability of small group interaction and achievement over time. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 76, 211-224.
Webb, N. M. (1984c). Sex differences in interaction and achievement in cooperative small
groups. Journal of Business & Psychology, 4, 365-373.
Webb, N. M. (1989). Peer interaction and learning in small groups. International Journal of
Educational Research, 12, 21-40.
Webb, N. M. (1991). Task-related verbal interaction and mathematics learning in small groups.
Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 22, 366-389.
Webb, N. M. (1993).Collaborative group versus individual assessment in mathematics: Processes
and outcomes. Educational Assessment, 1, 131-152.
Webb, N. M., & Cullian, L. K. (1983). Group interaction and achievement in small groups:
Stability over time. American Educational Research Journal, 20, 411-423.
Webb, N. M., & Farivar, S. (1994). Promoting helping behaviors in cooperative small groups in
middle school mathematics. American Education Research Journal, 31, 369-395.
Webb, N. M., & Mastergeorge, A. M. (2003). The development of students’ helping behavior
and learning in peer-directed small groups. Cognition & Instruction, 21, 361-428.
Webb, N. M., Nemer, K. M., Chizhik, A. W., & Sugrue, B. (1998). Equity issues in collaborative
group assessment: Group composition and performance. American Educational Research
Journal, 35, 607-651.
Webb, N. M., Troper, J. D., & Fall, R. (1995). Constructive activity and learning in collaborative
small groups. Journal of Educational Psychology, 87, 406-423.
Webber, S. S. (2002); Leadership and trust facilitating cross-functional team success. Journal of
Management Development, 21, 201-214.
Webber, S. S., & Donohue, L. M. (2001). Impact of highly and less job-related diversity on work
group cohesion and performance: A meta-analysis. Journal of Management, 27, 141-162.
Weber, B. A., Roberts, B. L., & McDougall, G. J. (2000). Exploring the efficacy of support
groups of men with prostate cancer. Geriatric Nursing, 41, 250-253.
Weber, U., Mummendey, A., & Waldzus, S. (2002). Perceived legitimacy of intergroup status
differences: Its prediction by relative ingroup prototypicality. European Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 186-200.
Webster, D. M., Kruglanski, A. W., & Pattison, D. A. (1997). Motivated language use in
intergroup contexts: Need-for-closure effects on the linguistic intergroup bias. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1122-1131.
Webster, J., & Wong, W. (in press). Group identity, trust, and communication in naturallyoccurring project teams. International Journal of Human Resource Management.
Wech, B. A., Mossholder, K. W., Steel, R. P., & Bennett, N. (1998). Does work group
cohesiveness affect individuals’ performance and organizational commitment? A cross-level
examination. Small Group Research, 29, 472-494.
Weesie, J. (1990). Participation in voluntary organizations and group size. Rationality and
Society, 2, 35-66.
Wegner, D. M., & Schaefer, D. (1978). The concentration of responsibility: An objective selfawareness analysis of group size effects in helping situations. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 36, 147-155.
283
Weigel, R. G. (2002). The marathon encounter group—Vision and reality: Exhuming the body
for a last look. Counseling Psychology Journal: Practice and Research, 54, 186-298.
Weigel, R. G., & Corazzini, J. G. (1978). Small group research: Suggestions for solving common
methodological and design problems. Small Group Behavior, 9, 193-220.
Weiland, D., Kramer, B. J., Waite, M. S., & Rubenstein, L. Z. (1996). The interdisciplinary team
in geriatric care. American Behavioral Scientist, 39, 655-664.
Weinberg, N., Schmale, J. D., Uken, J., & Wessel, K. (1995). Computer-mediated support
groups. Social Work with Groups, 17, 43-54.
Weinberg, N., Schmale, J., Uken, J., & Wessel, K. (1996). Online help: Cancer patients
participate in a computer-mediated support group. Health & Social Work, 21, 24-29.
Weinberg, N., Uken, J. S., Schmale, J., & Adamek, M. (1995). Therapeutic factors: Their
presence in a computer-mediated support group. Social Work With Groups, 18(4), 57-69.
Weinberg, S. B. (1979). Measurement of communication aspects of group cohesion. Journal of
Applied Communication Research, 7, 55-60.
Weinberg, S. B., Smotroff, L. J., & Pecka, J. C. (1978). Communication factors of group
leadership. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 6(2), 85-91.
Weiner, M. F., & Caldwell, T. (1983-1984). The process and impact of an ICU nurse support
group. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine, 13, 63-80.
Weingardt, K. R., & Zeiss, R. A. (2000). Skills training groups on a psychiatric intensive care
unit: A guide for group leaders. Cognitive and Behavioral Practice, 7, 385-394.
Weingart, L. R. (1992). Impact of group goals, task component complexity, effort, and planning
on group performance. Academy of Management Review, 26, 586-600.
Weingart, L. R. (1997). How did they do that? The ways and means of studying group process.
Research in Organizational Behavior, 19, 189-239.
Weingart, L. R., Bennett, R. J., & Brett, J. M. (1993). The impact of consideration of issues and
motivational orientation on group negotiation process and outcome. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 78, 504-517.
Weingart, L. R., & Weldon, E. (1991). Processes that mediate the relationship between a group
goal and group member performance. Human Performance, 4, 33-54.
Weinstein, M. S., & Hanson, R. (1975). Leader experience level and patterns of participation in
sensitivity training groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 123-140.
Weinzimmer, J. (1997). Top management team correlates of organizational growth in a small
business context: a comparative study. Journal of Small Business Management, 35, 1-9.
Weirsema, W. F., & Bantel, K. A. (1992). Top management team, demography and corporate
strategic change. Academy of Management Journal, 35, 91-121.
Weisband, S. P. (1992). Group discussion and first advocacy effects in computer-mediated and
face-to-face decision making groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 53, 352-380.
Weisband, S. (1994). Overcoming social awareness in computer-supported groups: Does
anonymity really help? Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 2, 285-297.
Weisband, S., & Atwater, L. (1999). Evaluating self and others in electronic and face-to-face
groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 84, 632-639.
Weiss, C., & Orysh, L. (1994). Group counseling for eating disorders: A two-phase treatment
program. Journal of College Student Development, 35, 487-488.
284
Weiss, M. R., & Friedrichs, W. D. (1986). The influence of leader behavior, coach attributes, and
institutional variables on performance and satisfaction of collegiate basketball teams.
Journal of Sport Psychology, 8, 332-346.
Weiss, R. F., & Miller, F. G. (1971). The drive theory of social facilitation. Psychological
Review, 78, 44-57.
Weitzel, A., & Geist, P. (1998). Parliamentary procedure in a community group: Communication
and vigilant decision making. Communication Monographs, 65, 244-259.
Wekselberg, V., Goggin, W. C., & Collings, T. J. (1997). A multifaceted concept of group
maturity and its measurement and relationship to group performance. Small Group
Research, 28, 3-28.
Welbourne, J. L. (1999). The impact of perceived entitativity on inconsistency resolution for
groups and individuals. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 481-508.
Weldon, E. (1984). Deindividuation, interpersonal affect and productivity in laboratory task
groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 14, 469-485.
Weldon, E., & Gargano, G. M. (1985). Cognitive effort in additive task groups: The effects of
shared responsibility on the quality of multiattribute judgments. Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 36, 348-361.
Weldon, E., Jehn, K. A., & Pradhan, P. (1991). Processes that mediate the relationship between a
group goal and improved group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
61, 555-569.
Weldon, E., & Mustari, E. L. (1988). Felt dispensability in groups of coactors: The effects of
shared responsibility and explicit anonymity on cognitive effort. Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 41, 330-351.
Weldon, E., & Weingart, L. R. (1993). Group goals and group performance. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 32, 307-334.
Weldon, E., & Yun, S. (2000). The effects of proximal and distal goals on goal level, strategy
development, and group performance. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 36, 336-344.
Weldon, M. S., & Bellinger, K. D. (1997). Collective memory: Collaborative and individual
processes in remembering. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 23, 1160-1175.
Weldon, M. S., Blair, C., & Huebsch, D. (2000). Group remembering: Does social loafing
underlie collaborative inhibition? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 26, 1568-1577.
Wellen, J. M., Hogg, M. A., & Terry, D. J. (1998). Group norms and attitude-behavior
consistency: The role of group salience and mood. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
Practice, 2, 48-56.
Wellen, J. M., & Neale, M. (2006). Deviance, self-typicality, and group cohesion: The corrosive
effects of the bad apples on the barrel. Small Group Research, 37, 165-186.
Wender, L. (1936). Dynamics of group psychotherapy and its application. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Diseases, 84, 54-60.
Wentworth, D. K., & Anderson, L. R. (1984). Emergent leadership as a function of sex and task
type. Sex Roles, 11, 513-524.
Wenzel, M. (2001). What is social about justice? Inclusive identity and group values as the basis
of the justice motive. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 205-218.
285
Wenzel, M., & Mummendey, A. (1996). Positive-negative asymmetry of social discrimination:
A normative analysis of differential evaluations of in-group and out-group on positive and
negative attitudes. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 493-507.
Wenzel, M., Mummendey, A., Weber, U., & Waldzus, S. (2003). The ingroup aspars pro toto:
Projection from the ingroup onto the inclusive category as a precursor to social
discrimination. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 461-473.
Werstlein, P. O., & Broders, L. D. (1997). Group process variables in group supervision. Journal
for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 120-136.
West, C., & Schwenk, C. (1996). Top management team strategic consensus, demographic
homogeneity, and firm performance: A report of resounding nonfindings. Strategic
Management Journal, 17, 571-576.
West, M. A. (2002). Sparkling fountains or stagnant ponds: An integrative model of creativity
and innovation implementation in work groups. Applied Psychology, 51, 355-424.
West, M., & Anderson, N. (1996). Innovation in top management team. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 81, 680-693.
West, M. A., Borrill, C. S., & Unsworth, K. L. (1998). Team effectiveness in organizations.
International Review of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, 13, 1-48.
West, S. G., Gunn, S. P., & Chernicky, P. (1975). Ubiquitous Watergate: An attributional
analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 23, 55-65.
Weston, S. B., & English, H. B. (1926). The influence of the group on psychological test scores.
American Journal of Psychology, 37, 600-601.
Westra, H. A., Dozois, D. J. A., & Boardman, C. (2002). Predictors of treatment change and
engagement in cognitive-behavioral group therapy for depression. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 16, 227-241.
Westre, K. R., & Weiss, M. R. (1991). The relationship between perceived coaching behaviors
and group cohesion in high school football teams. Sport Psychologist, 5, 41-54.
Whatule, L. J. (2000). Communication as an aid to resocialization: A case study of a men’s anger
group. Small Group Research, 31, 424-446.
Wheelan, S. (1996a). Effects of gender composition and group status differences on member
perceptions of group developmental patterns, effectiveness, and productivity. Sex Roles: A
Journal of Research, 34, 665-686.
Wheelan, S. A. (1996b). An initial exploration of the relevance of complexity theory to group
research and practice. Systems Practice, 9, 49-70.
Wheelan, S. A. (1997a). Co-therapists and the creation of a functional psychotherapy group: A
group dynamics perspective. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 306-310.
Wheelan, S. A (1997b). Group development and the practice of group psychotherapy. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 288-293.
Wheelan, S. A., & Abraham, M. (1993). The concept of intergroup mirroring: Reality or
illusion? Human Relations, 46, 803-825.
Wheelan, S. A., Bruner, A., Burchill, C., Craig, R., & Tilin, F. (1996). The utility of group
development theory in consulting with small, social service organizations: A case study.
Organization Development, 14(3), 4-15.
Wheelan, S. A., & Buzaglo, G., & Tsumura, E. (1998). Developing assessment tools for crosscultural group research. Small Group Research, 29, 359-370.
286
Wheelan, S. A., & Conway, C. (1991). Group development as a framework to understand and
promote school readiness to engage in an organizational development project. Journal of
Educational and Psychological Consultation, 2, 59-71.
Wheelan, S. A., Davidson, B., & Tilin, F. (2003). Group development: Reality or illusion? Small
Group Research, 34, 223-245.
Wheelan, S. A., & Hochberger, J. M. (1996). Validation studies of the group development
questionnaire. Small Group Research, 27, 143-170.
Wheelan, S. A., & Johnston, F. (1996). The role of informal member leaders in a system
containing formal leaders. Small Group Research, 27, 33-55.
Wheelan, S. A., & Kaeser, R. M. (1997). The influence of task type and designated leaders on
developmental patterns in groups. Small Group Research, 28, 94-121.
Wheelan, S., & Kesselring, J. (in press). The link between faculty group development and the
performance of elementary students on standardized tests. Journal of Educational Research.
Wheelan, S., & Lisk, A. (2000). Cohort group effectiveness and the educational achievement of
adult undergraduate students. Small Group Research, 31, 724-738.
Wheelan, S. A., & McKeage, R. L. (1993). Developmental patterns in small and large groups.
Small Group Research, 24, 60-83.
Wheelan, S., Murphy, D., Tsumura, E., & Fried-Kline, S. (1998). Member perceptions of
internal group dynamics and productivity. Small Group Research, 29, 371-393.
Wheelan, S., & Tilin, F. (1999). The relationship between faculty group effectiveness and school
productivity. Small Group Research, 30, 59-81.
Wheelan, S., & Verdi, A. F. (1992). Differences in male and female patterns of communication
in groups: A methodological artifact? Sex Roles, 27, 1-15.
Wheelan, S. A., & Williams, T. (2003). Mapping dynamic interaction patterns in work groups.
Small Group Research, 34, 443-467.
Wheeler, B. C., Mennecke, B. R., & Scudder, J. N. (1993). Restrictive group support systems as
a source of process structure for high and low procedural order groups. Small Group
Research, 24, 504-522.
Wheeler, B. C., & Valacich, J. S. (1996). Facilitation, GSS, and training as sources of process
restrictiveness and guidance for structured group decision making: An empirical assessment.
Information Systems Research, 7, 429-450.
Wheeler, I., O’Malley, K., Waldo, K., Murphey, J., & Blank, C. (1992). Participants’ perceptions
of therapeutic factors in group for incest survivors. Journal for Specialists in Group Work,
17(2), 89-95.
Wheeless, L. R., Wheeless, V. E., & Dickson-Markman, F. (1982). A research note: The
relations among social and task perceptions in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 13,
373-384.
White, K. R. (1974). T-groups revisited: Self-concept change and the “fishbowling” technique.
Small Group Behavior, 5, 473-485.
White, M. J. (1977). Counternormative behavior as influenced by deindividuating conditions and
reference group salience. Journal of Social Psychology, 103, 75-90.
White, S. E., Dittrich, J. E., & Lang, J. R. (1980). The effects of group decision-making process
and problem-situation complexity on implementation attempts. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 25, 428-440.
Whiteoak, J. W., Chalip, L., & Hort, L. K. (2004). Assessing group efficacy: Comparing three
methods of measurement. Small Group Research, 35, 158-173.
287
Whitney, J. C., & Smith, R. A. (1983). Effects of group cohesiveness on attitude polarization and
the acquisition of knowledge in a strategic planning context. Journal of Marketing Research,
20, 167-176.
Whitney, K. (1994). Improving group performance: The role of group goals and group efficacy.
Human Performance, 7, 55-78.
Whitney, K., & Sagrestano, L. M., & Maslach, C. (1994). Establishing the social impact of
individuation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 1140-1153.
Whitworth, B. P., & Felton, R. (1999). Measuring disagreement in groups facing limited choice
problems. Database for Advances in Information Systems, 30(3/4), 22-33.
Whitworth, B. P., Gallupe, B., & McQueen, R. (2000). A cognitive three-process model of
computer-mediated group interaction. Group Decision and Negotiation, 9, 431-456.
Whitworth, B. P., Gallupe, B., & McQueen, R. (2001). Generating agreement in computermediated groups. Small Group Research, 32, 625-655.
Whorley, L. W. (1996). Evaluating health care team performance: Assessment of joint problemsoling action. Health Care Supervisor, 14(4), 71-76.
Whyte, G. (1993). Escalating commitment in individual and group decision making: A prospect
theory approach. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 54, 430-455.
Whyte, G. (1998). Recasting Janis’s groupthink model: The key role of collective efficacy in
decision fiascoes. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 185-209.
Whyte, G., & Sebenius, J. K. (1997). The effect of multiple anchors on anchoring in individual
and group judgment. Occupational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 69, 75-85.
Wicker, A. W., Kirmeyer, S. L., Hanson, L., & Alexander, D. (1976). Effects of manning levels
on subjective experiences, performance, and verbal interaction in groups. Organizational
Behavior and Human Performance, 17, 251-274.
Widmar, N. (1974). Effects of group discussion on category width judgments. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 187-195.
Widmeyer, W. N. (1990). Group composition in sport. Special Issue: The group in sport and
physical activity. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 21, 264-285.
Widmeyer, W. N., Brawley, L. R., & Caroon, A. V. (1990). The effects of group size in sport.
Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 12, 177-190.
Widmeyer, W. N., & Williams, J. M. (1991). Predicting cohesion in a coacting sport. Small
Group Research, 22, 548-570.
Wieland, D., Kramer, B. J., Waite, M. S., & Rubenstein, L. Z. (1996). The interdisciplinary team
in geriatric care. American Behavioral Scientist, 39, 655-664.
Wiersma, M. F., & Bantel, K. A. (1992). Top management team demography and corporate
strategic change. Academy of Management Journal, 35, 91-121.
Wiersema, M. F., & Bird, A. (1993). Organizational demography in Japanese firms: Group
heterogeneity, individual dissimilarity, and top management team turnover. Academy of
Management Journal, 36, 996-1025.
Wiewiorowski, K. (1975). Information, communication and productivity in conditions of team
work. Polish Psychological Bulletin, 6, 95-100.
Wild, C. M., Shapiro, L. N., & Abelin, T. (1977). Communication patterns and role structure in
families of male schizophrenics: A study using automated techniques. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 34, 58-70.
Wilder, D. A. (1977). Perception of groups, size of opposition, and social influence. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 253-268.
288
Wilder, D. A. (1978). Reduction of intergroup discrimination through individuation of the outgroup. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 1361-1374.
Wilder, D. A. (1986b). Social categorization: Implications for creation and reduction of
intergroup bias. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 293-355.
Wilder, D. A. (1990). Some determinants of the persuasive power of ingroups and outgroups:
Organization of information and attribution of independence. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 59, 1202-1213.
Wilder, D. A., & Shapiro, P. (1989a). Effects of anxiety on impression formation in a group
context: An anxiety-assimilation hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
25, 481-499.
Wilder, D. A., & Shapiro, P. (1989b). Role of competition-induced anxiety in limiting the
beneficial impact of positive behavior by an out-group member. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 56, 60-69.
Wilder, D. A., & Thompson, J. E. (1980). Intergroup contact with independent manipulations of
in-group and out-group interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 589603.
Wilder, D. A., & Thompson, J. E. (1988). Assimilation and contrast effects in judgments of
groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 62-73.
Wildschut, T., Lodewijkx, H. F., & Insko, C. A. (2001). Toward a reconciliation of diverging
perspectives on interindividual-group discontinuity: The role of procedural interdependence.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 273-285.
Wildschut, T., Pinter, B., Vevea, J. L., Insko, C. A., & Schopler, J. (2003). Beyond the group
mind: A quantitative review of the interindividual-intergroup discontinuity effect.
Psychological Bulletin, 129, 698-722.
Wilgus, A., & Epstein, I. (1978). Group homes for adolescents: A comparative case study. Social
Work, 23, 486-491.
Wilkinson, S. (1998). Focus groups in feminist research: Power, interaction, and the coconstruction of meaning. Women’s Studies International Forum, 21, 111-125.
Willard, D., & Strodtbeck, F. L. (1972). Latency of verbal response and participation in small
groups. Sociometry, 35, 161-175.
Willems, E. P., & Clard, R. D., III. (1971). Shift toward risk and heterogeneity of groups.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 7, 304-312.
Willerman, B., & Swanson, L. (1953). Group prestige in voluntary organizations. Human
Relations, 6, 57-77.
Williams, A. M., Young, J., Nikoletti, S., & McRae, S. (2004). Reasons for attending and not
attending a support group for recipients of implanatable carioverter defibillators and their
carers. International Journal of Nursing Practice, 10, 127-133.
Williams, B., & Walker, L. (2003). Facilitating perception and imagination in generating change
through reflective practice groups. Nurse Education Today, 23, 131-137.
Williams, J. A. (1984). Gender and intergroup behaviour: Towards an integration. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 311-316.
Williams, J. M., & Hacker, C. M. (1982). Causal relationships among cohesion, satisfaction, and
performance in women’s intercollegiate field hockey teams. Journal of Sport Psychology, 4,
324-337.
289
Williams, J. S., Singh, B. K., Gray, L. N., & Von Broembsen, M. H. (1974). Small groups as
simulates of formal organizations. International Journal of Contemporary Sociology, 11, 4451.
Williams, K. D., Harkins, S., & Latané, B. (1981). Identifiability as a deterrent to social loafing:
Two cheering experiments. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 303-311.
Williams, K. D., & Karau, S. J. (1991). Social loafing and social compensation: The effects of
expectations of co-worker performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61,
570-581.
Williams, K. D., Nida, S. A., Baca, L. D., & Latané, B. (1989). Social loafing and swimming:
Effects of identifiability on individual and relay performance of intercollegiate swimmers.
Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 19, 73-81.
Williams, K. D., Shore, W. J., & Grahe, J. E. (1998). The silent treatment: Perceptions of its
behaviors and associated feelings. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 1, 117-141.
Williams, K. E., Deighan, J, & Kotnour, T. (1992). Knowledge acquisition for group problem
solving. Computers & Industrial Engineering, 23, 459-462.
Williams, M. (2001). In whom we trust: Group membership as an effective context for trust
development. Academy of Management Review, 26, 377-396.
Williams, R. J., Hoffman, J., & Lamont, B. (1995). The influence of top management team
characteristics on M-form implementation time. Journal of Managerial Issues, 7, 466-480.
Williams, R. M., & Mattson, M. L. (1942). The effect of social groupings upon the language of
pre-school children. Child Development, 13, 233-245.
Williams, S. R., & Wilson, R. L. (1997). Group support systems, power, and influence in an
organization: A field study. Decision Sciences, 28, 911-937.
Williams, T. P., & Sogon, S. (1984). Group composition and conforming behavior in Japanese
students. Japanese Psychological Research, 26, 231-234.
Williams, W. M., & Sternberg, R. J. (1988). Group intelligence: Why some groups are better
than others. Intelligence, 12, 351-377.
Willis, S. C., Jones, A., Bundy, C., Burdett, K., Whitehouse, C. R., & O’Neill, P. A. (2002).
Small-group work and assessment in a PBL curriculum: A qualitative and quantitative
evaluation of student perceptions of the process of working in small groups and its
assessment. Medical Teacher, 24, 495-501.
Willis, R. H. (1962). Coalitions in the tetrad. Sociometry, 25, 358-376.
Wilson, A., & Hutton, J. (1992). Groups for incest survivors: A new context. Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Family Therapy, 13(3), 129-134.
Wilson, A. L., & Soule, D. J. (1981). The role of a self-help group in working with parents of a
stillborn baby. Death Education, 5, 175-186.
Wilson, J., & Jessup, L. M. (1995). A field experiment on GSS anonymity and group member
status. Proceedings of the Twenty-Eighth Hawaii International Conference on System
Sciences, 4, 212-221.
Wilson, J. E., Mullen, D. P., & Morton, R. B. (1968). Sensitivity training for individual growth:
Team training for organizational development? Training and Development Journal, 47-53.
Wilson, J. M., Straus, S. G., & McEvily, B. (2005). All in due time: the development of trust in
computer-mediated and face-to-face teams. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Performance, 99, 16-33.
Wilson, J. P., Aronoff, J., & Messé, L. A. (1975). Social structure, member motivation, and
group productivity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 1094-1098.
290
Wilson, R. N. (1954). Teamwork in the operating room. Human Organization, 12, 9-14.
Wimer, S., & Derlega, V. J. (1983). Attributions in T-groups: A test of Kelly’s ANOVA model.
Small Group Behavior, 14, 50-62.
Wing, K. T. (1990). Implications of feedback research for group facilitation and the design of
experiential learning. Small Group Research, 21, 113-127.
Winquist, J. R., & Larson, J. R., Jr. (1998). Information pooling: When it impacts group decision
making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 371-377.
Winter, S. K. (1976). Developmental stages in the roles and concerns of group co-leaders. Small
Group Behavior, 7, 349-362.
Winter, M. S. (1976). The rehabilitation team: A catalyst to risky rehabilitation decisions?
Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin, 19, 580-586.
Winter, W. D., & Ferreira, A. J. (1967). Interaction process analysis of family decision-making.
Family Process, 6, 155-172.
Winzelberg, A. (1997). The analysis of an electronic support group for individuals with eating
disorders. Computers in Human Behavior, 13, 393-407.
Wischmeier, R. R. (1955). Group and leader-centered leadership: An experimental study. Speech
Monographs, 22, 43-48.
Wisdom, J. O. (1978). Three types of groups. Israel Annals of Psychiatry and related
Disciplines, 16(2), 103-123.
Widson, J. O. (1985). Types of groups: Transitions and cohesion; emergent properties.
International Review of Psycho Analysis, 12, 73-85.
Wisman, A., & Koole, S. L. (2003). Hiding in the crowd: Can mortality salience promote
affiliation with others who oppose one's worldviews? Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 84, 511-526.
Wisner, P. S., & Feist, H. A. (2001). Does teaming pay off? Strategic Finance, 82, 58-64.
Witte, E. H. (1989). Kohler rediscovered: The anti-Ringlemann effect. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 19, 147-154.
Witteman, H. (1991). Group member satisfaction: A conflict-related account. Small Group
Research, 22, 24-58.
Wittenbaum, G. M. (1998). Information sampling in decision-making groups: The impact of
members’ task-relevant status. Small Group Research, 29, 57-84.
Wittenbaum. G. M. (2000). The bias toward discussing shared information: Why are high-status
group members immune? Communication Research, 27, 379-401.
Wittenbaum, G. M. (2002). Putting communication into the study of group memory. Human
Communication Research, 29, 616-623.
Wittenbaum, G., Hollingshead, A. B., & Botero, I. C. (2004). From cooperative to motivated
information sharing in groups: Moving beyond the hidden profile paradigm. Communication
Monographs, 71, 286-310.
Wittenbaum, G. M., Hollingshead, A. B., Paulus, P. B., Hirokawa, R. Y., Ancona, D. G.,
Peterson, R. S., et al. (2004). The functional perspective as a lens for understanding groups.
Small Group Research, 35, 17-43.
Wittenbaum, G. M., Hubbell, A. P., & Zuckerman, C. (1999). Mutual enhancement: Toward an
understanding of the collective preference for shared information. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 77, 967-978.
Wittenbaum, G. M., & Stasser, G. (1998). The reevaluation of information during group
discussion. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 1, 21-34.
291
Wittenbaum, G. M., Stasser, G., & Merry, C. J. (1996). Tacit coordination in anticipation of
small group task completion. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 129-152.
Wituk, S., Shepherd, M. D., Slavich, S., Warren, M. L., & Meissen, G. (200). A topography of
self-help groups: An empirical analysis. Social Work, 45, 157-165.
Wituk, S. A., Shepherd, M. D., Warren, M., & Meissen, G. (2002). Factors contributing to the
survival of self-help groups. American Journal of Community Psychology, 30, 349-366.
Wodarski, J. S., Feldman, R. A., & Flax, N. (1973). Social learning theory and group work
practice with antisocial children. Clinical Social Work Journal, 1, 78-93.
Wogan, M., Getter, H., Amdur, M. J., Nichols, M. F., & Okman, C. (1977). Influencing
interaction and outcomes in group psychotherapy. Small Group Behavior, 8, 25-46.
Wolf, A. (1949). The psychoanalysis of groups. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 3, 525-558.
Wolf, C. (1975). Group perspective formation and strategies of identity in a post-threat situation.
Sociological Quarterly, 16, 401-414.
Wolf, G., & Shubik, M. (1977). Beliefs about coalition formation in multiple resource threeperson situations. Behavioural Science, 22, 99-106.
Wolf, S. (1985). Behavioural style and group cohesiveness as sources of minority influence.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 381-395.
Wolfe, J., & Box, T. M. (1988). Team cohesion effects of business game performance.
Simulation and Games, 19, 82-98.
Wolfe, M. (1975). Room size, group size, and density: Behavioral patents in a children’s
psychiatric facility. Environment and Behavior, 7, 199-224.
Wolfe, J. (2005). Gesture and collaborative planning: A case study of a student writing group.
Written Communication, 22, 298-332.
Wolff, S. B., Pescosolido, A. T., & Druskat, V. U. (2002). Emotional intelligence as the basis of
leadership emergence in self-managing teams. Leadership Quarterly, 13, 505-522.
Wolin, S. J., & Bennett, L. A. (1984). Family rituals. Family Process, 23, 401-420.
Wollert, R. (1988). An evaluation of a communications training program within a self-help group
for sexually abusive families. Community Mental Health Journal, 24, 229-235.
Wolman, C., & Frank, H. (1975). The solo woman in a professional peer group. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 45, 164-171.
Wong, J. S., Peit-Te, L., & Conway, M. (2005). Group-based resources and political
participation among Asian Americans. American Politics Research, 33, 545-576.
Wood, G. G., & Middleman, R. R. (1992). Re-casting the die: A small group approach to giving
batterers a chance to change. Social Work With Groups, 15, 5-18.
Wood, J. T. (1977). Leading in purposive discussions: A study of adaptive behavior.
Communication Monographs, 44, 152-165.
Wood, J. T. (1981). Sex differences in group communication: Directions for research in speech
communication and Sociometry. Journal of Group Psychotherapy, Psychodrama and
Sociometry, 34, 24-31.
Wood, K. (2005). Contextualizing group rape in post-apartheid South Africa. Culture, Health,
and Sexuality, 7, 303-317.
Wood, W. (1987). A meta-analytic review of sex differences in group performance.
Psychological Bulletin, 102, 53-71.
Wood, W., Lundgren, S., Ouellette, J. A., Busceme, S., & Blackstone, T. (1994). Minority
influence: A meta-analytic review of social influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 115,
323-345.
292
Wood, W., Polek, D., & Aiken, C. (1985). Sex differences in group task performance. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 63-71.
Wood, W., Pool, G. J., Leck, K., & Purvis, D. (1996). Self-definition, defensive processing, and
influence: The normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193.
Woodman, R. W., & Sherwood, J. J. (1980). The role of team development in organizational
effectiveness: A critical review. Psychological Bulletin, 88, 166-186.
Woody, SA. R., & Adessky, R. S. (2002). Therapeutic alliance, group cohesion, and homework
compliance during cognitive-behavioral group treatment of social phobia. Behavior
Therapy, 33, 5-27.
Wooley, A. W. (1998). Effects of intervention content and timing on group task performance.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 34, 30-46.
Woolf, L. M., & Hulsizer, M. R. (2004). Hate groups for dummies: How to build a successful
hate group. Humanity and Society, 28, 40-62.
Worchel, S. (1994). You can go home again: Returning group research to the group context with
an eye on developmental issues. Small Group Research, 25, 205-223.
Worchel, S., Andreoli, V. A., & Folger, R. (1977). Intergroup cooperation and intergroup
attraction: The effect of previous interaction and outcome of combined effort. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 131-140.
Worchel, S., Axsom, D., Ferris, F., Samaha, G., & Schwizer, S. (1978). Determinants of the
effect of intergroup cooperation on intergroup attraction. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22,
429-439.
Worchell, S., Jenner, S. M., & Herbl, M. R. (1998). Changing the guard: How origin of new
leader and disposition of ex-leader affect group performance and perceptions. Small Group
Research, 29, 436-452.
Worchel, S., Lind, E., & Kaufman, K. (1975). Evaluations of group products as a function of
expectations of group longevity, outcome of competition, and publicity of evaluations.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 1089-1097.
Worchel, S., & Norvell, N. (1980). Effect of perceived environmental conditions during
cooperation on intergroup attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 764772.
Worchel, S., Rothgerber, H., Day, E. A., Hart, D., & Butemeyer, J. (1998). Social identity and
individual productivity within groups. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 389-413.
Worchel, S., & Teddlie, C. (1976). The experience of crowding: A two-factor theory. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 30-40.
Worchel, S., & Yohai, S. (1979). The role of attribution in the experience of crowding. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 91-104.
Workman, M. (2001). Collectivism, individualism, and cohesion in a team-based occupation.
Journal of Vocational Behavior, 58, 82-97.
Workman, M. (2005). Virtual team culture and the amplification of team boundary permeability
on performance. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 16, 435-458.
Worringham, C. J., & Messick, D. M. (1983). Social facilitation of running: An unobtrusive
study. Journal of Social Psychology, 121, 23-29.
Worth, L. T., Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1987). Impact of a group decision on perception
of one’s own and others’ attitudes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 673682.
293
Wortley, R. K., & Hommel, R. J. (1995). Police prejudice as a function of training and outgroup
contact: A longitudinal investigation. Law and Human Behavior, 19, 305-317.
Wright, E. F., & Wells, G. L. (1985);. Does group discussion attenuate the dispositional bias?
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 15, 531-546.
Wright, F. (1976). The effects of style and sex of consultants and sex of members in self-study
groups. Small Group Behavior, 7, 433-456.
Wright, J. C., Giammarino, M., & Parad, H. W. (1986). Social status in small groups: Individualgroup similarity and the social “misfit.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50,
523-536.
Wright, K. B. (1997). Shared ideology in Alcoholic Anonymous: A grounded theory approach.
Journal of Health Communication, 2, 83-99.
Wright, K. B. (1999). Computer-mediated support groups: An examination of relationships
among social support, perceived stress, and coping strategies. Communication Quarterly, 47,
402-414.
Wright, K. B. (2000a). The communication of social support within an on-line community for
older adults: A qualitative analysis of the SeniorNet community. Qualitative Research
Reports in Communication, 1, 33-43.
Wright, K. B. (2000b). Perceptions of on-line support providers: An examination of perceived
homophily, source credibility, communication and social support within on-line support
groups. Communication Quarterly, 48, 44-59.
Wright, K. B. (2000c). Social support satisfaction, on-line communication apprehension, and
perceived life stress within computer-mediated support groups. Communication Research
Reports, 17, 139-147.
Wright, K. B. (2002a). Motives for communication within on-line support groups and
antecedents for interpersonal use. Communication Research Reports, 19, 89-98.
Wright, K. B. (2002b). Social support within an on-line cancer community: An assessment of
emotional support, perceptions of advantages and disadvantages, and motives for using the
community from a communication perspective. Journal of Applied Communication
Research, 30, 195-209.
Wright, K. B., & Bell, S. B. (2003). Health-related support groups on the internet: Linking
empirical findings to social support and computer-mediated communication theory. Journal
of Health Psychology, 8, 37-52.
Wright, S. C., Aron, A., McLaughlin-Volpe, T., & Ropp, S. A. (1997). The extended contact
effect: Knowledge of cross-group friendships and prejudice. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 73, 73-90.
Wright, S. C., Taylor, D. M., & Moghaddam, F. M. (19980). Responding to membership in a
disadvantaged group: From acceptance to collective protest. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 58, 994-1003.
Wright, S. S., & Forsyth, D. R. (1997). Group membership and collective identity: Consequences
for self-esteem. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 16, 43-56.
Wright, S. C., & Tropp, L. R. (2005). Language and intergroup contact: Investigating the impact
of bilingual instruction on children’s intergroup attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 8, 309-328.
Wright, T. L., & Duncan, D. (1986). Attraction to group, group cohesiveness, and individual
outcomes: A study of training groups. Small Group Behavior, 17, 487-492.
294
Wright, T. L., & Ingraham, L. J. (1986). A social relations model test of the interpersonal circle.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1285-1290.
Wrightstone, J. W. (1934). An instrument for measuring group discussion and planning. Journal
of Educational Research, 27, 641-650.
Wyer, R. S., Jr. (1966). Effects of incentive to perform well, group attraction, and group
acceptance on conformity in a judgmental task. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 4, 21-26.
Xie, J. L., & Johns, G. (2000). Interactive effects of absence culture salience and group
cohesiveness: A multi-level analysis of work absenteeism in the Chinese context. Journal of
Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 73, 31-52.
Yablonsky, L. (1959). The delinquent gang as a near group. Social Problems, 7, 108-117.
Yager, S., Johnson, R. T., Johnson, D. W., & Dnider, B. (1986). The impact of group processing
on achievement in cooperative learning groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 126, 389-397.
Yamagishi, T. (1984). Development of distribution rules in small groups. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 46, 1069-1078.
Yamagishi, T., & Kiyonari, T. (2000). The group as the container of generalized reciprocity.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 63, 116-132.
Yamaguchi, H. (1997a). Size effects on creative idea production be means of group discussion.
Journal of the Faculty of Letters, Okayama University, 27, 87-98.
Yamaguchi, H. (1997b). The influences of member diversity upon group creativity. Bulletin of
Education Psychology, Faculty of Education, Kyusya University, 42, 9-19.
Yamaguchi, R. (2001). Children’s learning groups: A study of emergent leadership, dominance,
and group effectiveness. Small Group Research, 32, 671-697.
Yamaguchi, R., & Maehr, M. L. (2004). Children’s emergent leadership: The relationships with
group characteristics and outcomes. Small Group Research, 35, 388-406.
Yamane, D. (1996). Collaboration and its discontents: Steps toward overcoming barriers to
successful group projects. Teaching Sociology, 24, 378-383.
Yammarino, F. J. (1990). Individual- and group-directed leader behavior descriptions.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 50, 739-759.
Yammarino, F. J., & Markham, S. E. (1992). On the application of within and between analysis:
Are absence and affect really group-based phenomena? Journal of Applied Psychology, 77,
168-176.
Yang, J., Mossholder, K. W. (2004). Decoupling task and relationship conflict: The role of
intragroup emotional processing. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 589-605.
Yellen, R. E., Winnoford, M. A., & Sanford, C. C. (1995). Extraversion and introversion in
electronically-supported meetings. Information and Management, 28, 63-74.
Yellowless, P. (1988). Group therapy in anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 7, 649-655.
Yerby, J. (1975). Attitude, task, and sex composition as variables affecting female leadership in
small problem-solving groups. Speech Monographs, 42, 160-168.
Yetton, P. W., & Bottger, P. C. (1982). Individual versus group problem solving: An empirical
test of a best-member strategy. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 29, 307321.
Yetton, P., & Bottger, P. (1983). The relationships among group size, member ability, social
decision schemes, and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 32,
145-159.
295
Yinon, Y., Jaffe, Y., & Feshbach, S. (1975). Risky aggression in individuals and groups. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 808-815.
Yinon, Y., Sharon, I., Gonen, Y., & Adam, R. (1982). Escape from responsibility and help in
emergencies among persons alone or within groups. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 12, 301-305.
Yoak, M., & Chesler, M. (1985). Alternative professional roles in health care delivery:
Leadership patterns in self-help groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 21, 427-444.
Yoo, Y., & Alavi, M. (2001). Media and group cohesion: Relative influences on social presence,
task participation, and group consensus. MIS Quarterly, 25, 371-390.
Yoo, Y., & Alavi, M. (2004). Emergent leadership on virtual teams: What do emergent leaders
do? Information and Organization, 14, 27-58.
Yoo, Y., & Kanawattanachai, P. (2001). Developments of transactive memory systems and
collective mind in virtual teams. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 9, 187208.
Yosano, A., & Hayashi, N. (2005). Social stratification, intermediary groups and creation of
trustfulness. Sociological Theory and Methods, 20, 27-44.
Young, S. M., Fisher, J., & Lindquist, T. M. (1993). The effects of intergroup competition and in
a group cooperation on slack and output in a manufacturing setting. Accounting Review, 68,
466-481.
Yrle, A. C., Hartman, S., & Galle, W. P. (2002). An investigation of relationships between
communication style and leader-member exchange. Journal of Communication
Management, 6, 257-268.
Yuan, Y. C., & Gray, G. (2006). Homophily of network ties and bonding and bridging social
capital in computer-mediated distributed teams. Journal of Computer-Mediated
Communiation, 11(4).
Yueh, J., & Alessi, S. M. (1988). The effect of reward structure and group ability composition on
coopewrative computer-assisted instruction. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 15, 1822.
Yukelson, D., Weinberg, R., & Jackson, A. (1984). A multidimensional group cohesion
instrument for intercollegiate basketball teams. Journal of Sport Psychology, 6, 103-117.
Yuker, H. E. (1955). Group atmosphere and memory. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 51, 17-23.
Yuki, M. (2003). Intergroup comparison versus intragroup cooperation: A cross-cultural
examination of social identity theory in North American and East Asian cultural contexts.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 166-183.
Yuki, M., Maddux, W. W., Brewer, M. B., & Takemura, K. (2005). Cultural differences in
relationship- and group-based trust. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 48-62.
Yzerbyt, V., Leyens, J. P., & Bellour, F. (1995). The ingroup overexclusion effect: Identity
concerns in decisions about group membership. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25,
1-16.
Yzerbyt, V., Rogier, A., & Kiske, S. T. (1998). Group entitativity and social attribution: On
translating situational constraints into stereotypes. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 24, 1089-1103.
Zaccaro, S. J. (1984). Social loafing: The role of task attractiveness. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 10, 99-106.
296
Zaccaro, S. J. (1991). Nonequivalent associations between forms of cohesiveness and grouprelated outcomes: Evidence for multidimensionality. Journal of Social Psychology, 131,
387-399.
Zaccaro, S. J., & Dobbins, G. H. (1989). Contrasting group and organizational commitment
evidence for differences among multilevel attachments. Journal of Organizational Behavior,
10, 267-273.
Zaccaro, S. J., Foti, R. J., & Kenny, D. A. (1991). Self-monitoring and trait-based variance in
leadership: An investigation of leader flexibility across multiple group situations. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 76, 308-315.
Zaccaro, S. J., Gualtieri, J., & Minionis, D. (1995). Task cohesion as a facilitator of team
decision making under temporal urgency. Military Psychology, 7, 77-93.
Zacarro, S. J., & Lowe, C. A. (1988). Cohesiveness and performance on an additive task:
Evidence of multidimensionality. Journal of Social Psychology, 128, 547-558.
Zaccaro, S. J., & McCoy, M. C. (1988). The effects of task and interpersonal cohesiveness on
performance of a disjunctive group task. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 18, 837-851.
Zaccaro, S. J., Peterson, C., & Walker, S. (1987). Self-serving attributions for individual and
group performance. Social Psychology Quarterly, 50, 257-263.
Zaccaro, S. J., Rittman, A. L., & Marks, M. A. (2001). Team leadership. Leadership Quarterly,
12, 451-483.
Zachary, W. W. (1977). An information flow model for conflict and fission in small groups.
Journal of Anthropological Research, 33, 452-473.
Zack, M. H. (1993). Interactivity and communication mode in ongoing management groups.
Information Systems Research, 4, 207-239.
Zack, M. H. (1994). Electronic messaging and communication effectiveness in an ongoing work
group. Information & Management, 26, 231-241.
Zack, M. H., & McKenney, J. L. (1995). Social context and interaction in ongoing computersupported management groups. Organization Science, 6, 394-422.
Zajonc, R. B. (1965a). The requirements and design of a standard group task. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 71-88.
Zajonc, R. B. (1965b). Social facilitation. Science, 149, 269-274.
Zajonc, R. B., & Taylor, J. J. (1963). The effects of two methods of varying group task difficulty
on individual and group performance. Human Relations, 16, 359-368.
Zakari, C., & García-Falcón, J. M. (2003). Factors favoring knowledge management in work
teams. Journal of Knowledge Management, 7(2), 81-96.
Zaleska, M. (1974). The effects of discussion on group and individual choices among bets.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 229-250.
Zaleska, M. (1976). Majority influence on group choices among bets. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 33, 8-17.
Zaleska, M. (1978). Individual and group choices among solutions of a problem when solution
verifiability is moderately low. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 37-53.
Zaldo, L., Williams, K. D., & Richardson, R. (2005). Riding the “O” train: Comparing the
effects of ostracism and verbal dispute on targets and sources. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 8, 125-143.
Zamarripa, P. O., & Krueger, D. L. (1983). Implicit contracts regulating small group leadership.
Small Group Behavior, 14, 187-210.
297
Zander, A. F. (1974). Productivity and group success: Team spirit vs. the individual achiever.
Psychology Today, 8(6), 64-68.
Zander, A. (1976). The psychology of removing group members and recruiting new ones.
Human Relations, 29, 969-987.
Zander, A. (1979a). The psychology of group processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 30, 417451.
Zander, A. (1979b). The study of group behavior during four decades. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 15, 272-282.
Zander, A. (1983). The value of belonging to a group in Japan. Small Group Behavior, 14, 3-14.
Zander, A. (1985). Whatever became of group dynamics? Contemporary Social Psychology,
11(4), 128-132.
Zander, A., & Cohen, A. R. (1955). Attributed social power and group acceptance: A classroom
experimental demonstration. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 490-492.
Zander, A., & Forward, J. (1968). Position in group, achievement motivation, and group
aspirations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 282-288.
Zander, A., & Medow, H. (1963). Individual and group levels of aspiration. Human Relations,
16, 89-105.
Zander, A., & Newcomb, T., Jr. (1967). Group levels of aspiration in United Fund campaigns.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 6, 157-162.
Zander, A., Stotland, E., & Wolfe, D. (1960). Unity of group, identification with group, and selfesteem of members. Journal of Personality, 28, 463-478.
Zander, A., & Wulff, D. (1966). Members’ test anxiety and competence: Determinants of a
group’s aspirations. Journal of Personality, 34, 55-70.
Zanou, S., Chassandra, M., & Goudas, M. (2001). Participation reasons in leisure physical
activities: Qualitative study of folk group dance participants. Athlitiki Psychologia, 12, 6172.
Zdaniuk, B., & Levine, J. M. (1996). Anticipated interaction and thought generation: The role of
faction size. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 201-218.
Zdaniuk, B., & Levine, J. M. (2001). Group loyalty: Impact of members’ identification and
contributions. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 502-509.
Zdep, S. M. (1969). Intra group reinforcement and its effects on leadership behavior.
Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 4, 284-298.
Zeleny, L. D. (1939). Characteristics of group leaders. Sociology and Social Research, 24, 140149.
Zeleny, L. D. (1940). Experimental appraisal of a group learning plan. Journal of Educational
Research, 34, 37-42.
Zellmet-Bruhn. M. E. (2003). Interruptive events and team knowledge acquisition. Management
Science, 49, 514-528.
Zerschling, G., & Palisi, B. J. (1975). Rationality of coalition formation in the triad. Western
Sociological Review, 6, 61-71.
Zeshui, X. (2005). An approach to group decision making based on incomplete linguistic
preference relations. International Journal of Information Technology & Decision Making, 4,
153-160.
Zhou, L., & Zhang, D. (2006). A comparison of deception behavior in dyad and triadic group
decision making in synchronous computer-mediated communication. Small Group
Research, 37, 140-164.
298
Ziegler, R., Diehl, M., & Ziljlstra, G. (2000). Idea production in nominal and virtual groups:
Does computer-mediated communication improve group brainstorming? Group Processing
& Intergroup Relations, 3, 141-158.
Ziffo, P. M. (1977). Communication sequence in small groups: Persuasion as a two-step process.
Journal of Social Psychology, 102, 291-296.
Zigurs, I. (2003). Leadership in virtual teams: Oxymoron or opportunity? Organizational
Dynamics, 31, 339-351.
Zigurs, I., & Buckland, B. (1998). A theory of task-technology and group support systems
effectiveness. MIS Quarterly, 22, 313-334.
Zigurs, I., & Kozar, K. A. (1994). An exploratory study of roles in computer-supported groups.
MIS Quarterly, 18, 277-297.
Zigurs, I., Poole, M. S., & DeSanctis, G. L. (1988). A study of influence in computer-mediated
group decision making. MIS Quarterly, 12, 625-644.
Ziller, R. C. (1957a). Four techniques of group decision making under certainty. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 41, 384-388.
Zoiller, R. C. (1957b). Group size: A determinant of the quality and stability of group decision.
Sociometry, 20, 165-173.
Ziller, R. C. (1965). Toward a theory of open and closed groups. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 164182.
Ziller, R. C. (1977). Group dialectics: The dynamics of groups over time. Human Development,
20, 293-308.
Zimmer, J. G., Groth-Junker, A., & McClusker, J. L. (1985). A randomized controlled study of a
home health-care team. American Journal of Public Health, 75, 134-141.
Zimmerman, S. (1994). Social cognition and evaluations of health care team communication
effectiveness. Western Journal of Communication, 58, 116-141.
Zimmerman, S., & Applegate, J. L. (1992). Person-centered comforting in the hospice
interdisciplinary team. Communication Research, 19, 240-263.
Zimpfer, D. (1987). Groups for the aging: Do they work? Journal for Specialists in Group Work,
12, 85-92.
Zimpfer, D. (1990). Group work for bulimia: A review of outcomes. Journal for Specialists in
Group Work, 15, 239-251.
Zorn, T. E., & Rosenfeld, L. B. (1989). Between a rock and a hard place: Ethical dilemmas in
problem-solving group facilitation. Management Communication Quarterly, 3, 93-106.
Zorn, T. E., & Ruccio, S. (1998). Motivational communication in college sales teams. Journal of
Business Communication, 35, 468-499.
Zorn, T. E., Roper, J., Broadfoot, K., & Kay, W. C. (2006). Focus groups as sites of influential
interaction: Building communicative self-efficacy and effective attitudinal change in
discussing controversial topics. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 34, 115-140.
Zornoza, A., Prieto, F., Martí, C., & Peiró, J. M. (1993). Group productivity and telematic
communication. European Work and Organizational Psychologist, 3, 117-127.
Zornoza, A., Ripoll, P, & Peiró, J. M. (2002). Conflict management in groups that work in two
different communication contexts: Face-to-face and computer-mediated communication.
Small Group Research, 33, 481-508.
Zuber, J. A., Crott, H. W., & Werner, J. (1992). Choice shift and group polarization: An analysis
of the status of arguments and social decision schemes. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 62, 50-61.
299
Zurcher, L. A., Jr. (1969). Stages of development in poverty program neighborhood action
committees. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 223-258.
Zwick, R., & Rapoport, A. (1985). Relative gain maximization in sequential 3-person
characteristic function games. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 29, 333-359.